Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 17, 2014

Registration No. 333-198393

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 2

to

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

the Securities Act of 1933

 

 

LendingClub Corporation

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6199   51-0605731

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

LendingClub Corporation

71 Stevenson Street, Suite 300

San Francisco, California 94105

(415) 632-5600

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Renaud Laplanche

Chief Executive Officer

LendingClub Corporation

71 Stevenson Street, Suite 300

San Francisco, California 94105

(415) 632-5600

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Please send copies of all communications to:

 

Cynthia C. Hess, Esq.

Jeffrey R. Vetter, Esq.

James D. Evans, Esq.

Fenwick & West LLP

801 California Street

Mountain View, California 94041

(650) 988-8500

 

Jason Altieri, Esq.

General Counsel and Compliance

Officer

LendingClub Corporation

71 Stevenson Street, Suite 300

San Francisco, California 94105

(415) 632-5600

 

Kurt J. Berney, Esq.

Eric C. Sibbitt, Esq.

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

Two Embarcadero Center, 28th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 984-8700

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   x

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued November 17, 2014

             Shares

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

LendingClub Corporation is offering              shares of its common stock and the selling stockholders are offering             shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares of common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

Our common stock has been authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LC.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 14.

 

 

PRICE $          A SHARE

 

 

 

       Price to
Public
       Underwriting
Discounts  and
Commissions (1)
       Proceeds  to
LendingClub
       Proceeds  to
Selling
Stockholders
 

Per share

       $           $           $           $   

Total

     $                              $                              $                              $                        

 

(1) See “Underwriters” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2014.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

 

CREDIT SUISSE

  CITIGROUP

ALLEN & COMPANY LLC

 

STIFEL   BMO CAPITAL MARKETS   WILLIAM BLAIR   WELLS FARGO SECURITIES

                    , 2014


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     14   

Letter from Renaud Laplanche

     40   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     42   

Use of Proceeds

     43   

Dividend Policy

     43   

Capitalization

     44   

Dilution

     46   

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     48   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     51   

Business

     87   
     Page  

Management

     109   

Executive Compensation

     116   

Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions

     134   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     137   

Description of Capital Stock

     139   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     145   

Material U.S. Federal Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     147   

Underwriters (Conflict of Interest)

     151   

Legal Matters

     156   

Experts

     156   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     156   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the selling stockholders take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit our initial public offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION

Our Mission

Transforming the banking system to make credit more affordable and investing more rewarding.

Overview

Lending Club is the world’s largest online marketplace connecting borrowers and investors. Our marketplace has facilitated over $6 billion in loan originations since it first launched in 2007, of which approximately $1.8 billion were invested in through notes issued pursuant to a shelf registration statement (Note Registration Statement), $2.5 billion were invested in through certificates issued by an independent trust (Trust) and $1.7 billion were invested in through whole loan sales. In the third quarter of 2014, our marketplace facilitated nearly $1.2 billion in loan originations, of which approximately $0.2 billion were invested in through notes issued pursuant to the Note Registration Statement, $0.3 billion were invested in through certificates issued by the Trust and $0.5 billion were invested in through whole loan sales. We believe a technology-powered online marketplace is a more efficient mechanism to allocate capital between borrowers and investors than the traditional banking system. Consumers and small business owners borrow through Lending Club to lower the cost of their credit and enjoy a better experience than traditional bank lending. Investors use Lending Club to earn attractive risk-adjusted returns from an asset class that has generally been closed to many investors and only available on a limited basis to institutional investors. We have built a trusted brand with a track record of delivering exceptional value and satisfaction to both borrowers and investors.

Key advantages we have relative to traditional banks include:

 

    an innovative marketplace model that efficiently connects the supply and demand of capital;

 

    online operations that substantially reduce the need for physical infrastructure and improve convenience; and

 

    automation that increases efficiency, reduces manual processes and improves borrower and investor experience.

For consumers and small business borrowers, we leverage our cost advantages and marketplace model to provide borrowers with affordable credit. We utilize our technology to provide a better experience, offering borrowers a convenient, simple and fast online application that improves the often time-consuming and frustrating loan application process. We design our products to be fair, transparent and borrower-friendly. All of the installment loans offered through our marketplace feature fixed rates, fixed monthly payments, no hidden fees and no prepayment penalties.

For individual and institutional investors, we deliver value by providing them with the opportunity to earn attractive risk-adjusted returns through equal access to standard program loans offered through our marketplace. Our marketplace provides investors with the transparency and flexibility to quickly and easily tailor or modify their portfolio by utilizing specific investment criteria, such as credit attributes, financial data and loan characteristics. We use proprietary credit decisioning and scoring models and extensive historical loan performance data to provide investors with tools to construct loan portfolios confidently and model targeted

 

 

1


Table of Contents

returns. Our technology-powered marketplace enables broad diversification by allowing investors to invest in individual loans in increments as low as $25.

Our marketplace is where borrowers and investors engage in transactions relating to standard or custom program loans. Standard program loans are three- or five-year personal loans made to borrowers with a FICO score of at least 660 and that meet other strict credit criteria. These loans can be invested in through the purchase of notes issued pursuant to the Note Registration Statement, which are only available through our website. Separately, qualified investors may also invest in standard program loans in private transactions with a separate issuer not facilitated through our website. Custom program loans are only invested in through private transactions with qualified investors and cannot be invested in through notes and are not visible through our public website. Custom program loans are generally new offerings, and currently include loans that do not meet the requirements of the standard program and loans with longer maturities than we believe to be attractive to most note investors. Small business loans, personal loans that do not meet the requirements of the standard program and education and patient finance loans are all part of our custom loan program.

We have developed our proprietary technology platform to support our marketplace and make available a variety of loan products to interested investor channels. Our proprietary technology automates key aspects of our operations, including the borrower application process, data gathering, credit decisioning and scoring, loan funding, investing and servicing, regulatory compliance and fraud detection. Our extensible technology platform has allowed us to expand our offerings from personal loans to include small business loans, and to expand investor classes from individuals to institutions and create various investment vehicles. Our platform also ensures that custom program loans are invested in through private transactions with a separate issuer and only with qualified investors, while at the same time allowing standard program loans to be available for investment through our notes and also through separate, private transactions with a separate issuer.

To further enhance our offerings, we make our marketplace and platform available to complementary partners, such as banks, asset managers, insurance companies and technology companies, to offer new investment and borrower products and develop new tools for use on our platform. For example, leveraging our publicly available application program interface and downloadable data files, our technology partners, with whom we have no compensation arrangements, have developed applications to facilitate programmatic investing controlled by their clients and to build credit models and filters in addition to those provided by us to investors. We do not pay for the development of these additional models and filters, which are only available to the developer’s clients and are not made publicly available by us. Our financial ecosystem partners provide additional financial products and opportunities for their own clients, such as pooled-investment vehicles with a variety of investment strategies. We believe that the opportunities and technology provided by these ecosystem partners complement our marketplace and that our partners will help expand the attractiveness and availability of our marketplace.

We generate revenue from transaction fees from our marketplace’s role in matching borrowers with investors to enable loan originations, servicing fees from investors and management fees for investment funds and other managed accounts. We do not assume credit risk or use our own capital to invest in loans facilitated by our marketplace, except in limited circumstances and in amounts that are not material. The capital to invest in the loans enabled through our marketplace comes directly from a wide range of investors, including retail investors, high-net-worth individuals and family offices, banks and finance companies, insurance companies, hedge funds, foundations, pension plans and university endowments, and through a variety of channels, such as borrower payment dependent investment securities and whole loan purchases. We believe our strategy of pursuing a diverse investor base will continue to strengthen our marketplace and improve our ability to facilitate a wide variety of loans through a range of business and economic conditions.

We have experienced significant growth since our marketplace launched in 2007. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, we facilitated loan originations through our marketplace of $717.9 million and $2.1 billion, respectively, representing an increase of 188%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and

 

 

2


Table of Contents

2014, we facilitated loan originations through our marketplace of $1.4 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively, representing an increase of 117%. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, our total net revenue was $33.8 million and $98.0 million, respectively, representing an increase of 190%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, our total net revenue was $64.5 million and $143.0 million, respectively, representing an increase of 122%. As our business has grown, we have achieved increasing levels of operational efficiency while continuing to invest in our business. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, our adjusted EBITDA was $(4.9) million and $15.2 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, our adjusted EBITDA was $8.7 million and $13.4 million, respectively, representing an increase of 54%. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a description of adjusted EBITDA and its limitations. See “—Loan Volume” for more information regarding the volume of our loan originations.

Industry Background and Trends

There is an opportunity for the online marketplace model to transform the traditional banking system. We believe a transparent and open marketplace where borrowers and investors have access to information, complemented by technology and tools, can make credit more affordable, redirect existing pools of capital trapped inside the banking system and attract new sources of capital to a new asset class. We believe online marketplaces have the power to facilitate more efficient deployment of capital and improve the global economy.

 

    Personal and Small Business Lending Is Essential to the Economy . We believe the ability of individuals and small businesses to access affordable credit is essential to stimulating and sustaining a healthy, diverse and innovative economy. According to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as of August 2014, the balance of outstanding consumer credit in the United States totaled $3.2 trillion. This amount included $880 billion of revolving consumer credit, which many consumers seek to refinance. According to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), as of June 30, 2014, there were $298 billion of commercial and industrial loans outstanding under $1 million.

 

    Borrowers Are Inadequately Served by the Current Banking System . We believe that traditional banks have higher fixed costs of underwriting and servicing, are ill-suited to meet personal and small business demand for small balance loans and have instead relied heavily on issuing credit cards, which require less personalized underwriting and have higher interest rates. While credit cards are convenient as a payment mechanism, they are an expensive long-term financing solution. Borrowers who carry a balance on their cards are often subject to high, variable interest rates and the possibility of incurring additional fees and penalties.

 

    Investors Have Limited Options to Participate in Personal and Small Business Credit . We believe many investors generally lack the size and access to invest in structured products directly and are unable to invest in personal and small business credit in a meaningful way. While institutional investors have had some access to this market, most have lacked the tools to customize portfolios to their specific risk tolerance, which is a feature of our marketplace and products. Additionally, banks accessing this market generally hold the loans they generate on their balance sheet. As a result, we believe additional capital that could be invested in personal and small business loans has largely been locked out of the market.

Our Solution

We are the world’s largest online marketplace connecting borrowers and investors. Our technology platform supports this innovative marketplace model to efficiently connect the supply and demand of capital. Our marketplace also substantially reduces the need for physical infrastructure and improves convenience and automation, increasing efficiency, reducing manual processes and improving the overall borrower and investor experience.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Benefits to Borrowers

 

    Access to Affordable Credit. Our innovative marketplace model, online delivery and process automation enable us to offer borrowers interest rates that are generally lower on average than the rates charged by traditional banks on credit cards or installment loans. Based on responses from 23,499 borrowers in a survey of 103,439 randomly selected borrowers conducted by us during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, borrowers who received a loan to consolidate existing debt or pay off their credit card balance reported that the interest rate on the loan they received through our marketplace was, on average, 660 basis points lower than the rate on their outstanding debt or credit card balances, representing a 31% savings.

 

    Superior Borrower Experience. We offer a fast and easy-to-use online application process and provide borrowers with access to live support and online tools throughout the process and for the lifetime of the loan. Based on a review of the credit performance of borrowers who received a loan from January 2013 through May 2014 to consolidate existing debt or pay off their credit card balance, such borrowers experienced an average increase of 23 points in their FICO score within three months after obtaining their loan, which we believe is in part attributable to a reduction in interest rate and a reduction in the borrower’s total revolving balance. Our goal is to form long-term relationships with borrowers, facilitating their access to an array of financial products that meet their evolving needs over time.

 

    Transparency and Fairness. All of the installment loans offered through our marketplace feature a fixed rate that is clearly disclosed to the borrower during the application process, with fixed monthly payments, no hidden fees and the ability to prepay the balance at any time without penalty. Our platform utilizes a computerized, rules-based engine for credit decisioning, which removes the human bias associated with reviewing applications.

 

    Fast and Efficient Decisioning. We leverage online data and technology to quickly assess risk, determine a credit rating and assign appropriate interest rates. Qualified applicants receive offers in just minutes and can evaluate loan options without impacting their credit score.

Benefits to Investors

 

    Access to a New Asset Class. All investors can invest in personal loans originated through our standard program. Additionally, qualified investors can invest in loans originated through our custom program, including small business loans, in private transactions. These asset classes have historically been entirely funded and held by financial institutions or large institutional investors on a limited basis.

 

    Attractive Risk-Adjusted Returns. We have historically offered investors attractive risk-adjusted returns across loans offered through our marketplace. We screen loan applicants based on proprietary credit decisioning and scoring models and also factor in historical borrower performance in setting interest rates.

 

    Transparency . We provide investors with transparency and choice in building their loan portfolios. For each standard program loan, investors can examine credit attributes from the borrower’s credit report and borrower-reported attributes prior to investing in a loan and can monitor ongoing loan performance. We also provide access to credit profile data on each approved loan as well as all of the historical performance data for every loan ever invested in through our marketplace. We specifically indicate the information that is verified on our website.

 

    Easy-to-Use Tools. We provide investors with tools to easily build or modify customized and diversified portfolios by selecting loans tailored to their investment objectives to assess the returns on their portfolios and, if desired, to enroll in automated investing.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and provide us with competitive advantages in realizing the potential of our market opportunity:

 

    Leading Online Marketplace . We are the world’s largest online marketplace connecting borrowers and investors, based on over $6 billion in loan originations, of which approximately $1.8 billion were invested in through notes issued pursuant to the Note Registration Statement, $2.5 billion were invested in through certificates issued by the Trust, and $1.7 billion were invested in through whole loan sales. We believe that our brand, reputation and scale allow us to attract top talent, quickly develop and deploy new products, attract marketplace participants and leverage a lower cost structure to benefit borrowers and investors.

 

    Robust Network Effects . We believe the attractiveness of our online marketplace will continue to grow to the extent the number of participants and investments enabled through our marketplace increases. We refer to this as a “network effect.” Additionally, increased participation also results in the generation of substantial data that is used to improve the effectiveness of our credit decisioning and scoring models, enhancing our performance record and generating increasing trust in our marketplace. As trust increases, we believe investors will continue to demonstrate a willingness to accept lower risk premiums that will allow us to offer lower interest rates and attract additional high-quality borrowers. We believe that these network effects reinforce our market leadership position.

 

    High Borrower and Investor Satisfaction . Borrowers have validated our approach with a net promoter score (NPS) (1) in the 70s since we began surveying borrowers in January 2013, which places us at the upper end of customer satisfaction ratings for traditional financial services companies. Additionally, investors are confident transacting on our marketplace, as evidenced by their high reinvestment rates.

 

    Technology Platform . Our technology platform automates our operations and, we believe, provides a significant time and cost advantage over traditional banks that run on legacy systems that are inflexible and slow to evolve.

 

    Sophisticated Risk Assessment . We use proprietary algorithms that leverage behavioral data, transactional data and employment information to supplement traditional risk assessment tools. We have built our technology platform to automate the application of these proprietary algorithms to each individual borrower’s application profile at scale. This approach allows us to evaluate and segment each potential borrower’s risk profile and price it accordingly.

 

    Efficient and Attractive Financial Model . We generate revenue from transaction fees from our marketplace’s role in matching borrowers with investors to enable loan originations, servicing fees from investors and management fees for investment funds and other managed accounts. We do not assume credit risk or use our own capital to invest in loans facilitated by our marketplace, except in limited circumstances and in amounts that are not material. Our technology platform significantly reduces the need for physical infrastructure and lowers our costs, which provides us with significant operating leverage.

As described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, maintaining these strengths is subject to a number of risks. For example, we may experience a decline in the network effect of our marketplace or in borrower and investor satisfaction if we are unable to maintain borrower and investor trust, promote and maintain our brand in a cost-effective manner or introduce new loan products or marketplace enhancements that achieve acceptance by borrowers and investors. We may be unable to maintain the strength of our technology platform or sophisticated risk assessment tools if we experience errors, inaccuracies or fraud in the technology or data

 

(1) NPS is a commonly used measure of customer loyalty and satisfaction, ranging from negative 100 to positive 100, based on direct questions to borrowers.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

underlying our platform or are unable to effectively use new data generated through participation in our marketplace to enhance our credit decisioning and scoring models, which could also adversely affect the efficiency of our financial model. Therefore, we cannot assure you that we will maintain these competitive strengths in the future.

Our Strategy for Growth

Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

    Execute in Our Core Markets . We believe we have substantial opportunities for future growth, and we estimate that in September 2014, approximately $390 billion in outstanding consumer credit would meet our marketplace’s standard program credit policy.

 

    Broaden Our Loan Product Offerings . We intend to continue to enhance our marketplace’s existing loan products and add new loan products to attract a greater number and broader variety of consumers and small business owners.

 

    Widen the Spectrum of Borrowers Served . We have a diverse set of investors, some of which seek to invest in loans that are different from the loans currently offered through our standard program loans, such as loans with longer maturities, lower returns, shorter credit history or higher risk. Given the lack of performance data on many of these custom loan types, we only make them available through limited private transactions to qualified investors to allow us to gather data to assess the future viability of these loans. Because our technology can efficiently assess risk and set efficient pricing for individual borrowers, we plan to extend our marketplace to widen the spectrum of borrowers to meet this investor demand over time.

 

    Increase Supply of Capital Available to Borrowers . As confidence in our marketplace’s performance increases, we are able to attract additional investors with different thresholds for risk, yield and maturity. We plan to leverage this increasing confidence to increase our depth and breadth within each investor category, capture a larger proportion of total investible capital by introducing new products, offer our products in additional states and expand the channels through which our marketplace is available.

 

    Grow Our Ecosystem . We plan to foster existing relationships and develop new relationships with complementary partners to our marketplace and platform in order to create, or help create, new tools and products for investors and borrowers.

 

    Continue to Invest in Our Innovative Technology Platform . We believe that investing in our technology platform and continuing to build our data sources will enable us to connect an increasing number of borrowers and investors, continue to identify new borrowers, detect and prevent fraud and maintain the security of our marketplace.

 

    Enter New Geographies . While we believe our largest near-term growth opportunity is domestic, over time we intend to expand our marketplace to address similar banking system inefficiencies, market dislocations, investor needs and borrower dissatisfaction globally.

If we are unable to timely and successfully execute the key elements of our growth strategy, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

Loan Volume

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our marketplace facilitated approximately $2.1 billion in loans, comprised of approximately $2.0 billion in standard program and $0.1 billion in custom program loans. Of the

 

 

6


Table of Contents

standard program loans, notes issued pursuant to the Note Registration Statement accounted for $543 million, or 28%, of investments during the period, certificates issued by the Trust accounted for $1.1 billion, or 54%, and whole loan sales accounted for $364 million, or 18%. For the year ended December 31, 2013, of the capital invested in standard program loans, $1.2 billion, or 59%, was invested by individuals through investment vehicles or managed accounts, $569 million, or 29%, was invested by self-managed, individual investors and $245 million, or 12%, was invested by institutional investors. During the year ended December 31, 2013, all of the custom program loans were invested in through whole loan sales to institutional investors.

For the three months ended September 30, 2014, our marketplace facilitated nearly $1.2 billion in loans, comprised of approximately $0.9 billion in standard program and $0.3 billion in custom program loans. Of the standard program loans, notes issued pursuant to the Note Registration Statement accounted for $223 million, or 26%, of investments during the period, certificates issued by the Trust accounted for $284 million, or 32%, and whole loan sales accounted for $367 million, or 42%. For the three months ended September 30, 2014, of the capital invested in standard program loans, $383 million, or 44%, was invested by individuals through investment vehicles or managed accounts, $226 million, or 26%, was invested by self-managed, individual investors and $262 million, or 30%, was invested by institutional investors. Of the custom program loans, certificates issued by the Trust accounted for $25 million, or 9%, whole loan sales accounted for $150 million, or 51%, and education and patient finance loans facilitated through Springstone Financial LLC’s (Springstone) platform, a company we acquired in April 2014, accounted for $116 million, or 40%, of the investments during the three months ended September 30, 2014. Of the capital invested in custom program loans during this period, $22 million, or 8%, was invested by individuals through investment vehicles or managed accounts and $269 million, or 92%, was invested by institutional investors. Loans facilitated through the custom program are not invested in through notes and are invested in through private transactions or are loans facilitated through Springstone’s platform.

Selected Risks Related to Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. Some of these risks include:

 

    We have a relatively limited operating history at our current scale.

 

    We may continue to incur net losses.

 

    We may be unable to maintain or increase loan originations facilitated through our marketplace.

 

    We may be unable to maintain a relationship with an issuing bank.

 

    Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly.

 

    We may not compete effectively in our target markets.

 

    We may be subject to negative publicity.

 

    We may fail to promote and maintain our brand in a cost-effective manner.

 

    Our marketing efforts may be unsuccessful.

 

    Our new loan products and enhancements may not achieve sufficient market acceptance.

 

    We and our issuing bank partners may fail to comply with federal and state consumer protection laws.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware as SocBank Corporation in October 2006 and changed our name to LendingClub Corporation in November 2006. Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, the terms “Lending Club,” “company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this prospectus refer to LendingClub Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and, where appropriate, its wholly owned subsidiaries. Our principal executive offices are located at 71 Stevenson Street, Suite 300, San Francisco, California 94105, and our telephone number is (415) 632-5600. Our website address is www.lendingclub.com. The information on or that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus.

LendingClub Corporation, the Lending Club logo and other Lending Club formative marks are trademarks of LendingClub Corporation in the United States. This prospectus also includes other trademarks of Lending Club and trademarks of other persons. Other trademarks, service marks or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

  

             shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

  

             shares

Common stock to be outstanding after our initial public
offering

  


             shares

Option to purchase additional shares from us

  

Use of proceeds

   We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
   The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to us from this offering to repay indebtedness outstanding under our term loan. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to us to acquire businesses, products, services or assets. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Conflict of interest

   Genesis VC Partners X, LLC (Genesis) is the general partner of Norwest Venture Partners X, L.P., a beneficial owner of more than 10% of our outstanding common stock. The managing member of Genesis is NVP Associates, LLC, which is a subsidiary of an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, an underwriter in this offering.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

  

“LC”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 310,272,201 shares of common outstanding as of September 30, 2014 and includes (i)                      shares that we expect to issue upon the automatic net exercise of warrants upon the completion of this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (ii) an additional 795,792 shares that we expect to issue upon the exercise of warrants immediately prior to the completion of this offering that would otherwise expire, and excludes:

 

    54,587,814 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.63 per share;

 

 

9


Table of Contents
    2,549,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after September 30, 2014, with an exercise price of $10.435 per share;

 

    1,815,380 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.30 per share, reduced by              shares that we expect to issue upon the automatic net exercise of warrants upon the completion of this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an additional 795,792 shares that we expect to issue upon the exercise of warrants immediately prior to the completion of this offering that would otherwise expire; and

 

                         shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (i) 3,359,320 shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (2007 Plan) as of September 30, 2014 and an additional 1,400,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance on October 31, 2014, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (2014 Plan) upon its effectiveness, (ii)                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (iii)                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), which will become effective on the date of this prospectus.

Our 2014 Plan and ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved under such plans. In addition, our 2014 Plan provides for increases in the number of shares that may be granted under the plan based on shares granted under our 2007 Plan that expire, are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us at cost. On the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2007 Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2014 Plan, and we will cease granting awards under our 2007 Plan. See “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    a two-for-one stock split of our common stock, which became effective on September 5, 2014;

 

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2014 into an aggregate of 249,351,011 shares of common stock in connection with this offering;

 

    the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the adoption of our restated bylaws, each of which will occur upon the completion of this offering;

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase from us up to an additional                      shares of our common stock; and

 

    no exercise of options or warrants outstanding on the date of this prospectus, except for                      shares that we expect to issue upon the automatic net exercise of warrants upon the completion of this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an additional 795,792 shares that we expect to issue upon the exercise of warrants immediately prior to the completion of this offering that would otherwise expire.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2013 from the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014, from the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 from unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. In December 2012, we changed our fiscal year end from March 31 to December 31. The change was effective as of December 31, 2012, and the nine months ended December 31, 2012 represent the transition period. The historical financial information presented for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 (i) combines the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31 and the nine months ended December 31 in each year and (ii) is unaudited and has been prepared by management for illustrative purposes only. The unaudited consolidated financial statements and unaudited historical financial information have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair statement of the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period. The following selected consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus.

 

    Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2011     2012     2013      2013      2014  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data and percentages)  
    (unaudited)     (audited)      (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

           

Operating revenue:

           

Transaction fees (1)

  $ 10,981      $ 30,576      $ 85,830       $ 55,214       $ 133,835   

Servicing fees

    951        1,929        3,951         2,485         6,301   

Management fees

    103        824        3,083         2,083         4,163   

Other revenue (expense)

    495        716        5,111         4,708         (438
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

    12,530        34,045        97,975         64,490         143,861   

Net interest income (expense) and other adjustments

    222        (238     27         15         (854
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net revenue

    12,752        33,807        98,002         64,505         143,007   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses (2) :

           

Sales and marketing

    11,402        18,201        39,037         26,577         60,808   

Origination and servicing

    4,758        7,589        17,217         11,044         26,135   

General and administrative:

           

Engineering and product development (3)

    2,289        4,855        13,922         9,140         22,987   

Other

    6,572        10,024        20,518         13,294         55,875   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    25,021        40,669        90,694         60,055         165,805   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (12,269     (6,862     7,308         4,450         (22,798

Income tax expense

                                  1,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (12,269   $ (6,862   $ 7,308       $ 4,450       $ (23,857
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

11


Table of Contents
     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data and percentages)  
     (unaudited)     (audited)     (unaudited)  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders (4) :

          

Basic

   $ (0.35   $ (0.17   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ (0.41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.35   $ (0.17   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ (0.41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing net income (loss) per common share (4) :

          

Basic

     34,744,860        39,984,876        51,557,136        50,457,948        57,958,838   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    
34,744,860
  
    39,984,876        81,426,976        79,153,912       
57,958,838
  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share (4)(5) (unaudited):

          

Basic

       $ 0.03        $ (0.08
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       $ 0.02        $ (0.08
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to calculate pro forma net income (loss) per common share (4)(5) (unaudited):

          

Basic

         291,766,192          303,608,800   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

         323,331,550         
303,608,800
  
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other Data (6) (unaudited):

          

Loan originations

   $ 257,364      $ 717,943      $ 2,064,626      $ 1,366,253      $ 2,962,520   

Contribution

   $ (3,591   $ 8,632      $ 43,458      $ 27,806      $ 63,374   

Contribution margin

     (28.7 )%      25.4     44.4     43.1     44.1

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (12,067   $ (4,924   $ 15,227      $ 8,713      $ 13,384   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     (96.3 )%      (14.5 )%      15.5     13.5     9.3

 

(1) Previously referred to as Origination Fees.
(2) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2011      2012      2013          2013              2014      
     (in thousands)  

Stock-Based Compensation Expense:

              

Sales and marketing

   $ 30       $ 302       $ 1,313       $ 767       $ 5,029   

Origination and servicing

     9         75         424         170         1,427   

General and administrative:

              

Engineering and product development

     71         449         2,171         1,019         3,487   

Other

     181         586         2,375         1,390         15,946   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $      291       $   1,412       $   6,283       $   3,346       $ 25,889   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(3) Previously referred to as Technology.
(4) In April 2014, our board of directors approved a two-for-one stock split of our outstanding capital stock and in August 2014, our board of directors approved another two-for-one stock split of our outstanding capital stock, which became effective in September 2014. All share and per share data in this table has been adjusted to reflect these stock splits. See Note 3 to consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for a description of how we compute basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share.

 

 

12


Table of Contents
(5) For additional information regarding the pro forma presentation, see the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations beginning on page F-67, which include both the acquisition of Springstone and the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock.
(6) For more information regarding loan originations, contribution, contribution margin, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating and Financial Metrics.” Contribution, contribution margin, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information regarding our use of these measures and a reconciliation of these measures to the most comparable GAAP measure, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

     As of September 30, 2014  
     Actual      As Adjusted (1)(2)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 82,674       $                

Loans (3)

     2,533,671      

Total assets

     2,814,846      

Notes and certificates (3)

     2,551,640      

Total liabilities

     2,673,306      

Total stockholders’ equity

     141,540      

 

(1) The as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 249,351,011 shares of common stock, (ii) the sale and issuance of              shares of common stock by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (iii) the issuance of              shares of common stock upon the automatic net exercise of warrants upon the completion of this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (iv) the issuance of 795,792 shares of common stock that we expect to issue upon the exercise of warrants that would expire if not exercised prior to the completion of this offering.
(2) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our as adjusted cash and cash equivalents total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
(3) Loans represent unsecured obligations of borrowers originated through our marketplace. Notes and certificates are issued to investors and represent repayment obligations dependent upon receipt of borrower payments as to a corresponding loan. For more information regarding notes and certificates, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview.” Period-end differences between the two line items are largely driven by timing of applying and distributing loan payments to investors.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. While we believe the risks and uncertainties described below include all material risks currently known by us, it is possible that these may not be the only ones we face. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

As a rapidly growing company with a relatively limited operating history at our current scale, we face increased risks, uncertainties, expenses and difficulties.

We have a limited operating history at our current scale, and we have encountered and will continue to encounter risks, uncertainties, expenses and difficulties, including:

 

    navigating complex and evolving regulatory and competitive environments;

 

    increasing the number of borrowers and investors utilizing our marketplace;

 

    increasing the volume of loans facilitated through our marketplace and transaction fees received for matching borrowers and investors through our marketplace;

 

    entering into new markets and introducing new loan products;

 

    continuing to revise our marketplace’s proprietary credit decisioning and scoring models;

 

    continuing to develop, maintain and scale our platform;

 

    effectively using limited personnel and technology resources;

 

    effectively maintaining and scaling our financial and risk management controls and procedures;

 

    maintaining the security of our platform and the confidentiality of the information provided and utilized across our platform; and

 

    attracting, integrating and retaining an appropriate number of qualified employees.

If we are not able to timely and effectively address these requirements, our business and results of operations may be harmed.

We have incurred net losses in the past and may incur net losses in the future.

As of September 30, 2014, our accumulated deficit was $74.2 million. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase in the foreseeable future as we seek to continue to grow our business, attract borrowers, investors and partners and further enhance and develop our loan products, marketplace and platform. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. We may incur additional net losses in the future and may not maintain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

If we are unable to maintain or increase loan originations facilitated through our marketplace or if existing borrowers or investors do not continue to participate on our marketplace, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid revenue and origination growth through our marketplace in recent periods, with loan originations through our marketplace more than doubling each year from 2008 through 2013 and with originations totaling $2.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $3.0 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. To continue to grow our business, we must continue to increase loan originations

 

14


Table of Contents

through our marketplace by attracting a large number of new borrowers who meet our platform’s lending standards and new and existing investors interested in investing in these loans. The number of unique borrowers on our marketplace increased over the prior year by 104%, 125% and 151% for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The number of unique investors on our marketplace increased over the prior year by 32%, 37% and 44% for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. There can be no assurance that this increase in the number of unique borrowers and investors will continue to increase. Furthermore, we have experienced a high number of inquiries from potential borrowers who do not meet the criteria for loan application approval. If there are not sufficient qualified loan requests, investors may be unable to deploy their capital in a timely or efficient manner and may seek other investment opportunities. If there are insufficient investor commitments, borrowers may be unable to obtain investment capital for their loans and may stop using our marketplace for their borrowing needs.

A relatively small number of investors account for a large dollar amount of investment in loans funded through our marketplace.

A relatively small number of investors account for a large dollar amount of investment in loans funded through our marketplace. Although we believe there is substantial excess investor demand to replace any investors who may choose not to continue to invest through our marketplace, if we are unable to attract sufficient investor commitments or investors do not continue to participate in our marketplace at the current rates, we may be unable to increase our loan originations and our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or decline over the short term. In addition, if a large number of our existing investors ceased utilizing our marketplace over a short period of time, our business could be temporarily interrupted as new investors complete the administrative and diligence updating processes necessary to enable their investments.

If we are unable to maintain a relationship with an issuing bank, our business will suffer.

We rely on issuing banks to originate all loans and to comply with various federal, state and other laws. Our primary issuing bank is WebBank, a Utah-chartered industrial bank that handles a variety of consumer and commercial financing programs. Springstone Financial, LLC (Springstone), which we acquired in April 2014, relies on NBT Bank and Comenity Bank as issuing banks for its education and patient finance loans.

Our agreements with WebBank are non-exclusive and do not prohibit WebBank from working with our competitors or from offering competing services. Our current agreements with WebBank have initial terms ending in November 2018, with the possibility of two, one-year renewal terms, subject to certain early termination provisions as set forth in the agreements. WebBank currently offers loan programs through another online marketplace. WebBank could decide that working with us is not in its interest, could make working with it cost prohibitive or could decide to enter into exclusive or more favorable relationships with our competitors. In addition, WebBank may not perform as expected under our agreements. We could in the future have disagreements or disputes with WebBank, which could negatively impact or threaten our relationship.

WebBank is subject to oversight by the FDIC and the State of Utah and must comply with complex rules and regulations, licensing and examination requirements, including requirements to maintain a certain amount of regulatory capital relative to its outstanding loans. We are a service provider to WebBank, and as such, we are subject to audit by WebBank in accordance with FDIC guidance related to management of third-party vendors. We may also be subject to the examination and enforcement authority of the FDIC as a bank service company covered by the Bank Service Company Act. If WebBank were to suspend, limit or cease its operations or our relationship with WebBank were to otherwise terminate, we would need to implement a substantially similar arrangement with another issuing bank, obtain additional state licenses or curtail our operations. Although we currently have a non-exclusive arrangement with Cross River Bank, another issuing bank, to date Cross River Bank has not originated any loans through our platform. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements with a different issuing bank to replace our existing arrangements, we may not be able to negotiate a comparable alternative arrangement. Transitioning loan originations to a new issuing bank is untested and may result in delays in the issuance of loans or, if our platform becomes inoperable, may result in our inability to facilitate loans through our platform. If we were unable to enter in an alternative arrangement with a different issuing bank, we would need to obtain a state license in each state in which we operate in order to enable us to originate

 

15


Table of Contents

loans, as well as comply with other state and federal laws, which would be costly and time-consuming. If we are unsuccessful in maintaining our relationships with WebBank or other issuing banks, our ability to provide loan products could be materially impaired and our operating results would suffer.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

Our quarterly results of operations, including the levels of our operating revenue, expenses, contribution margin and other key metrics, may vary significantly in the future and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results for any one quarter are not necessarily an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control and, as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Fluctuation in quarterly results may adversely affect the price of our common stock. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results include:

 

    our ability to attract new investors or borrowers and maintain relationships with existing borrowers and investors;

 

    loan volumes, loan grades, loan mix and the channels through which the loans and corresponding investors are sourced;

 

    the amount and timing of operating expenses related to acquiring borrowers and investors and the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

    network outages or security breaches;

 

    general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

    our emphasis on borrower and investor experience instead of near-term growth; and

 

    the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired technologies or businesses.

In addition, we experience some seasonality in demand for personal loans, which is generally lower in the first and fourth quarters. While our growth has somewhat masked this seasonality, our operating results could be affected by such seasonality in the future.

If we do not compete effectively in our target markets, our operating results could be harmed.

The personal and small business lending market is competitive and evolving. We compete with financial products and companies that attract borrowers, investors or both. With respect to borrowers, we primarily compete with traditional financial institutions, such as banks, credit unions, credit card issuers and other consumer finance companies. With respect to investors, we primarily compete with other investment vehicles and asset classes, such as equities, bonds and short-term fixed income securities. We also compete with other online credit marketplaces.

Many of our competitors operate with different business models, have different cost structures or participate selectively in different market segments. They may ultimately prove more successful or more adaptable to new regulatory, technological and other developments. Some of our current or potential competitors have significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do and may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their platforms and distribution channels. Our potential competitors may also have longer operating histories, more extensive customer bases, greater brand recognition and brand loyalty and broader customer and partner relationships than we have. For example, more established Internet companies that possess large, existing customer bases, substantial financial resources and established distribution channels could enter the market. Additionally, a current or potential competitor may acquire one of our existing competitors or form a strategic alliance with one of our competitors. Our competitors may be better at developing new products, responding quickly to new technologies and undertaking more

 

16


Table of Contents

extensive marketing campaigns. If we are unable to compete with such companies and meet the need for innovation in our industry, the demand for our marketplace could stagnate or substantially decline, we could experience reduced revenue or our marketplace could fail to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business.

Negative publicity could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Negative publicity about our industry or our company, including the quality and reliability of our marketplace, effectiveness of the credit decisioning and scoring models used in the marketplace, changes to our marketplace, our ability to effectively manage and resolve borrower and investor complaints, privacy and security practices, litigation, regulatory activity and the experience of borrowers and investors with our marketplace or services, even if inaccurate, could adversely affect our reputation and the confidence in, and the use of, our marketplace, which could harm our business and operating results. Harm to our reputation can arise from many sources, including employee misconduct, misconduct by our partners, outsourced service providers or other counterparties, failure by us or our partners to meet minimum standards of service and quality, inadequate protection of borrower and investor information and compliance failures and claims.

If we fail to promote and maintain our brand in a cost-effective manner, we may lose market share and our revenue may decrease.

We believe that developing and maintaining awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to attracting new and retaining existing borrowers and investors to our marketplace. Successful promotion of our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and the experience of borrowers and investors in our marketplace. Our efforts to build our brand have involved significant expense, and it is likely that our future marketing efforts will require us to incur significant additional expense. These brand promotion activities may not result in increased revenue and, even if they do, any increases may not offset the expenses incurred. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand or if we incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, we may lose our existing borrowers and investors to our competitors or be unable to attract new borrowers and investors.

Our success and future growth depend significantly on our successful marketing efforts, and if we are unable to attract borrowers and investors to our marketplace, our business and financial results may be harmed.

We intend to continue to dedicate significant resources to our marketing efforts, particularly as we continue to grow our marketplace, introduce new loan products and expand into new states. Our ability to attract qualified borrowers and sufficient investors depends in large part on the success of these marketing efforts and the success of the marketing channels we use to promote our marketplace. Our marketing channels include social media and the press, online partnerships, search engine optimization, search engine marketing, offline partnerships, mail-to-web and radio and television advertising. If any of our current marketing channels become less effective, if we are unable to continue to use any of these channels, if the cost of using these channels were to significantly increase or if we are not successful in generating new channels, we may not be able to attract new borrowers and investors in a cost-effective manner or convert potential borrowers and investors into active borrowers and investors in our marketplace. As a result, our revenue and results of operations would be adversely affected, which may impair our ability to grow our business.

If new loan products and enhancements do not achieve sufficient market acceptance, our financial results and competitive position will be harmed.

We incur expenses and expend resources upfront to develop, acquire and market new loan products and platform enhancements to incorporate additional features, improve functionality or otherwise make our marketplace more desirable to borrowers and investors. New loan products or marketplace or platform enhancements must achieve high levels of market acceptance in order for us to recoup our investment in developing and bringing them to market.

 

17


Table of Contents

Any new loan products and changes to our marketplace or platform could fail to attain sufficient market acceptance for many reasons, including:

 

    our failure to predict market demand accurately and supply loan products that meet this demand in a timely fashion;

 

    borrowers and investors using our marketplace may not like, find useful or agree with any changes;

 

    defects, errors or failures in our platform;

 

    negative publicity about our loan products or our marketplace or platform’s performance or effectiveness;

 

    delays in releasing to the market new loan products or marketplace or platform enhancements; and

 

    the introduction or anticipated introduction of competing products by our competitors.

If our new loan products or marketplace or platform enhancements do not achieve adequate acceptance in the market, our competitive position, revenue and operating results could be harmed. The adverse effect on our financial results may be particularly acute because of the significant development, marketing, sales and other expenses we will have incurred in connection with the new loan products or enhancements.

If we are unable to successfully expand our marketplace to new markets, we may not succeed in growing our business.

Although historically we have focused on the personal loan market, we recently expanded our marketplace to include small business borrowers and have also introduced education and patient finance loans through our acquisition of Springstone. We plan to address additional markets and loan products and expand the types of borrowers and investors to further grow our business. Any failure to successfully address additional market segments and loan products or develop a broader base of borrowers and investors could result in loss of market share or slower growth, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Successful strategic relationships with ecosystem partners are important for our future success.

We anticipate that we will continue to depend on relationships with ecosystem partners to grow our business. We continue to pursue additional relationships with ecosystem partners, such as banks, asset managers and insurance companies. For example, we intend to enter into strategic relationships with community banks and other financial partners to facilitate co-branded loan offerings to their borrower customers through our marketplace. Identifying, negotiating and documenting relationships with ecosystem partners require significant time and resources as does integrating third-party data and services. Our current agreements with ecosystem partners often do not prohibit them from working with our competitors or from offering competing services. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to ecosystem partners to favor their products or services or in reducing the volume of loans facilitated through our marketplace. In addition, these ecosystem partners may not perform as expected under our agreements with them, and we may have disagreements or disputes with such partners, which could adversely affect our brand and reputation. If we cannot successfully enter into and maintain effective strategic relationships with ecosystem partners, our business will be harmed.

If the credit decisioning and scoring models we use contain errors or are otherwise ineffective, our reputation and relationships with borrowers and investors could be harmed and our market share could decline.

Our ability to attract borrowers and investors to, and build trust in, our marketplace is significantly dependent on our ability to effectively evaluate a borrower’s credit profile and likelihood of default. To conduct this evaluation, we utilize credit decisioning and scoring models that assign each loan offered on our marketplace a grade and a corresponding interest rate. Our marketplace’s credit decisioning and scoring models are based on algorithms that evaluate a number of factors, including behavioral data, transactional data and employment

 

18


Table of Contents

information, which may not effectively predict future loan losses. If we are unable to effectively segment borrowers into relative risk profiles, we may be unable to offer attractive interests rates for borrowers and returns for investors. We refine these algorithms based on new data and changing macro and economic conditions. If any of these credit decisioning and scoring models contain programming or other errors, are ineffective or the data provided by borrowers or third parties is incorrect or stale, our loan pricing and approval process could be negatively affected, resulting in mispriced or misclassified loans or incorrect approvals or denials of loans. While we have not incurred any material liabilities to date, if these errors were to occur in the future, investors may try to rescind their affected investments or decide not to invest in loans or borrowers may seek to revise the terms of their loans or reduce the use of our marketplace for loans.

Credit and other information that we receive from third parties about a borrower may be inaccurate or may not accurately reflect the borrower’s creditworthiness, which may cause us to inaccurately price loans facilitated through our marketplace.

We obtain borrower credit information from consumer reporting agencies, such as TransUnion, Experian or Equifax, and assign loan grades to loan requests based on our marketplace’s credit decisioning and scoring models that take into account reported credit score, other information reported by the consumer reporting agencies and the requested loan amount, in addition to a variety of other factors. A credit score or loan grade assigned to a borrower may not reflect that borrower’s actual creditworthiness because the credit score may be based on outdated, incomplete or inaccurate consumer reporting data, and we do not verify the information obtained from the borrower’s credit report. Additionally, there is a risk that, following the date of the credit report that we obtain and review, a borrower may have:

 

    become delinquent in the payment of an outstanding obligation;

 

    defaulted on a pre-existing debt obligation;

 

    taken on additional debt; or

 

    sustained other adverse financial events.

If borrowers default on loans that are not priced correctly, investors may try to rescind their affected investments in these loans and our reputation may be harmed.

Our reputation may be harmed if information supplied by borrowers is inaccurate, misleading or incomplete.

Borrowers supply a variety of information that is included in the loan listings on our marketplace. Other than as described below, we do not verify this information, and it may be inaccurate or incomplete. For example, we often do not verify a borrower’s stated tenure, job title, home ownership status or intention for the use of loan proceeds. Moreover, investors do not, and will not, have access to financial statements of borrowers or to other detailed financial information about borrowers. If investors invest in loans through our marketplace based on information supplied by borrowers that is inaccurate, misleading or incomplete, those investors may not receive their expected returns and our reputation may be harmed.

Fraudulent activity associated with our marketplace could negatively impact our operating results, brand and reputation and cause the use of our loan products and services to decrease and our fraud losses to increase.

We are subject to the risk of fraudulent activity associated with our marketplace, issuing banks, borrowers, investors and third parties handling borrower and investor information. Our resources, technologies and fraud prevention tools may be insufficient to accurately detect and prevent fraud. Under our agreements with investors, we are obligated to repurchase loans in cases of confirmed identity theft. The level of our fraud charge-offs and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if fraudulent activity were to significantly increase. High profile fraudulent activity or significant increases in fraudulent activity could lead to regulatory intervention, negatively impact our operating results, brand and reputation and lead us to take steps to reduce fraud risk, which could increase our costs.

 

19


Table of Contents

We rely on data from third parties for the successful operation of our platform.

Our ability to review and select qualified borrowers and sufficient investors depends on credit, identification, employment and other relevant information that we receive from third parties, including credit bureaus. If this information becomes unavailable or becomes more expensive to access, it could increase our costs as we seek alternative sources of information. If this third-party data is incorrect, our ability to identify qualified borrowers and investors or approve and price loans may suffer and our business may be harmed.

Fluctuations in interest rates could negatively affect transaction volume.

All personal and small business loans facilitated through our marketplace are issued with fixed interest rates, and education and patient finance loans facilitated by Springstone are issued with fixed or variable rates, depending on the type of loan. If interest rates rise, investors who have already committed capital may lose the opportunity to take advantage of the higher rates. Additionally, potential borrowers could seek to defer loans as they wait for interest rates to settle, and borrowers of variable rate loans through Springstone’s platform may be subject to increased interest rates. If interest rates decrease after a loan is made, borrowers through our marketplace may prepay their loans to take advantage of the lower rates. Investors through our marketplace would lose the opportunity to collect the above-market interest rate payable on the corresponding loan and may delay or reduce future loan investments. As a result, fluctuations in the interest rate environment may discourage investors and borrowers from participating in our marketplace and may reduce our loan originations, which may adversely affect our business.

If loan default rates are in excess of the expected default rates, we may be unable to collect our entire servicing fee.

Personal loans facilitated through our marketplace are not secured by any collateral, not guaranteed or insured by any third party and not backed by any governmental authority in any way. We are therefore limited in our ability to collect on the loans if a borrower is unwilling or unable to repay. A borrower’s ability to repay us can be negatively impacted by increases in their payment obligations to other lenders under mortgage, credit card and other loans, including student loans and home equity lines of credit. These changes can result from increases in base lending rates or structured increases in payment obligations and could reduce the ability of our borrowers to meet their payment obligations to other lenders and to us. If a borrower defaults on a loan, we typically outsource subsequent servicing efforts to third-party collection agencies, which may be unsuccessful in their efforts to collect the amount of the loan. Because our servicing fees depend on the collectability of the loans, if we experience an unexpected significant increase in the number of borrowers who fail to repay their loans or an increase in the principal amount of the loans that are not repaid, we will be unable to collect our entire servicing fee for such loans and our revenue could be adversely affected.

If we experience an increase in defaults on loans facilitated through our marketplace, the return on investment for investors in those loans would be adversely affected and investors may not find investing through our marketplace desirable.

We make payments ratably on an investor’s investment only if we receive the borrower’s payments on the corresponding loan. If we do not receive payments on the corresponding loan related to an investment, the investor will not be entitled to any payments under the terms of the investment. Further, investors may have to pay us an additional servicing fee of up to 35% of any amount recovered by our third-party collection agencies assigned to collect on the loan. An investor may become dissatisfied with our marketplace if a loan underlying its investment is not repaid and it does not receive full payment. As a result, our reputation may suffer and we may lose investor confidence, which could adversely affect investor participation on our marketplace.

Our business and operating results may be impacted by adverse economic conditions.

General economic factors and conditions in the United States or worldwide, including the general interest rate environment, unemployment rates and residential home values, may affect borrower willingness to seek loans and investor ability and desire to invest in loans. For example, during the 2008 financial crisis, banks

 

20


Table of Contents

severely constrained lending activities, which caused a decline in loan issuances. A similar crisis could negatively impact the willingness of investors and borrowers to participate on our marketplace. Although the U.S. and global economies have shown improvement, the recovery remains modest and uncertain. If present U.S. and global economic uncertainties persist, many of our investors may delay or reduce their investment in the loans facilitated through our marketplace. Adverse economic conditions could also reduce the number of individuals seeking to invest in loans facilitated on our marketplace, reduce the number of qualified borrowers seeking loans on our marketplace and result in borrowers being unable to make payments. Should any of these situations occur, our revenue and transactions on our marketplace would decline and our business would be negatively impacted.

Limited liquidity for investments facilitated through our marketplace may make these investments less attractive to investors.

No trading market currently exists for the certificates issued by the Trust or for the limited partnership interests issued by separate investment funds in which LC Advisors, LLC (LCA) acts as the general partner, each of which are privately placed. Note investors can only sell their notes through the resale trading platform operated by FOLIOfn Investments, Inc. (FOLIOfn), an unaffiliated registered broker-dealer. During 2013, it took an average of approximately four days to sell a note on FOLIOfn with an offer price at or below par. We cannot assure you that FOLIOfn will continue to maintain a market for the trading of notes or that another market may arise. Given the lack of liquidity for certificates and the limited liquidity for notes, investors and potential investors may consider these investments to be less appealing and demand for these investments may decrease, which may adversely affect our business.

Borrowers may prepay a loan at any time without penalty and investors may stop investing in loans, which could reduce our servicing or management fees.

A borrower may decide to prepay all or a portion of the remaining principal amount on a loan at any time without penalty. If the entire remaining unpaid principal amount of a loan is prepaid, we will not receive a servicing fee on the anticipated future loan payments and investors will not receive related payments. If a significant volume of prepayments occurs, investors may stop investing in loans and the amount of our servicing or management fees would decline, either of which could harm our business.

Our ability to protect the confidential information of our borrowers and investors may be adversely affected by cyber-attacks, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins or similar disruptions.

The highly automated nature of our marketplace may make it an attractive target and potentially vulnerable to cyber attacks, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins or similar disruptions. Our marketplace processes certain sensitive data from our borrowers and investors. While we have taken steps to protect confidential information that we have access to, our security measures could be breached. Any accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access to our marketplace could cause confidential borrower and investor information to be stolen and used for criminal purposes. Security breaches or unauthorized access to confidential information could also expose us to liability related to the loss of the information, time-consuming and expensive litigation and negative publicity. If security measures are breached because of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, or if design flaws in our software are exposed and exploited, our relationships with borrowers and investors could be severely damaged, and we could incur significant liability.

Because techniques used to sabotage or obtain unauthorized access to systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until they are launched against a target, we and our third-party hosting facilities may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. In addition, federal regulators and many federal and state laws and regulations require companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving their personal data. These mandatory disclosures regarding a security breach are costly to implement and often lead to widespread negative publicity, which may cause borrowers and investors to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. Any security breach, whether actual or perceived, would harm our reputation, we could lose borrowers, investors and ecosystem partners and our business and operations could be adversely affected.

 

21


Table of Contents

Any significant disruption in service on our platform or in our computer systems, including events beyond our control, could prevent us from processing or posting payments on loans, reduce the attractiveness of our marketplace and result in a loss of borrowers or investors.

In the event of a platform outage and physical data loss, our ability to perform our servicing obligations, process applications or make loans available on our marketplace would be materially and adversely affected. The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our technology and our underlying network infrastructure are critical to our operations, customer service, reputation and our ability to attract new and retain existing borrowers and investors. Much of our system hardware is hosted in a facility located in Las Vegas, Nevada that is owned and operated by SwitchNet. We also maintain a real-time backup system at a third-party owned and operated facility located in Santa Clara, California. Our operations depend on SwitchNet’s ability to protect its and our systems in their facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, air quality issues, environmental conditions, computer viruses or attempts to harm our systems, criminal acts and similar events. If our arrangement with SwitchNet is terminated or if there is a lapse of service or damage to SwitchNet facilities, we could experience interruptions in our service as well as delays and additional expense in arranging new facilities.

Any interruptions or delays in our service, whether as a result of third-party error, our error, natural disasters or security breaches, whether accidental or willful, could harm our relationships with our borrowers and investors and our reputation. Additionally, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. Our disaster recovery plan has not been tested under actual disaster conditions, and we may not have sufficient capacity to recover all data and services in the event of an outage. These factors could prevent us from processing or posting payments on the loans, damage our brand and reputation, divert our employees’ attention, reduce our revenue, subject us to liability and cause borrowers and investors to abandon our marketplace, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, power outages, floods and other catastrophic events, and to interruption by man-made problems such as strikes and terrorism.

A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire, power outage, flood or other catastrophic event, or interruptions by strikes, terrorism or other made-made problems, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Our headquarters and our real-time disaster recovery data center are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. Despite any precautions we may take, the occurrence of a natural disaster or other unanticipated problems at our data centers could result in lengthy interruptions in our services. In addition, acts of strikes, terrorism and other geo-political unrest could cause disruptions in our business and lead to interruptions, delays or loss of critical data. All of the aforementioned risks may be further increased if our disaster recovery plans prove to be inadequate. We have implemented a disaster recovery program that allows us to move production to a back-up data center in the event of a catastrophe. Although this program is functional, we do not currently serve network traffic equally from each data center. If our primary data center shuts down, there will be a period of time that our loan products or services, or certain of our loan products or services, will remain inaccessible to our users or our users may experience severe issues accessing our loan products and services.

We do not currently maintain business interruption insurance to compensate us for potentially significant losses, including potential harm to our business that may result from interruptions in our ability to provide our loan products and services.

Our platform and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical, and if it contains undetected errors, our business could be adversely affected.

Our platform and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical and complex. In addition, our platform and internal systems depend on the ability of such software to store, retrieve, process and manage

 

22


Table of Contents

immense amounts of data. The software on which we rely has contained, and may now or in the future contain, undetected errors or bugs. Some errors may only be discovered after the code has been released for external or internal use. Errors or other design defects within the software on which we rely may result in a negative experience for borrowers and investors, delay introductions of new features or enhancements, result in errors or compromise our ability to protect borrower or investor data or our intellectual property. Any errors, bugs or defects discovered in the software on which we rely could result in harm to our reputation, loss of borrowers or investors, loss of revenue or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

Misconduct and errors by our employees and third-party service providers could harm our business and reputation.

We are exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of misconduct and errors by our employees and other third-party service providers. Our business depends on our employees and third-party service providers to process a large number of increasingly complex transactions, including treasury transactions that involve significant dollar amounts and loan transactions that involve the use and disclosure of personal and business information. We could be materially adversely affected if treasury transactions were redirected, misappropriated or otherwise improperly executed, personal and business information was disclosed to unintended recipients or an operational breakdown or failure in the processing of other transactions occurred, whether as a result of human error, a purposeful sabotage or a fraudulent manipulation of our operations or systems. In addition, the manner in which we store and use certain personal information and interact with borrowers and investors is governed by various federal and state laws. If any of our employees or third-party service providers take, convert or misuse funds, documents or data or fail to follow protocol when interacting with borrowers and investors, we could be liable for damages and subject to regulatory actions and penalties. We could also be perceived to have facilitated or participated in the illegal misappropriation of funds, documents or data, or the failure to follow protocol, and therefore be subject to civil or criminal liability. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct or errors by employees or third-party service providers, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses. Any of these occurrences could result in our diminished ability to operate our business, potential liability to borrowers and investors, inability to attract future borrowers and investors, reputational damage, regulatory intervention and financial harm, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights, which could harm our business.

Our success depends on not infringing on the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities and individuals, may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry. From time to time, third parties may claim that we are infringing on their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing on such rights. In the future, others may claim that our applications and underlying technology infringe or violate their intellectual property rights. We may, however, be unaware of the intellectual property rights that others may claim cover some or all of our technology or services. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our loan products or operating our platform or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. We may also be obligated to indemnify parties or pay substantial settlement costs, including royalty payments, in connection with any such claim or litigation and to obtain licenses, modify applications or refund fees, which could be costly. Even if we were to prevail in such a dispute, any litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.

Any failure to protect our own intellectual property rights could impair our brand, negatively impact our business or both.

Our success and ability to compete also depend in part on protecting our own intellectual property. We rely on a combination of copyright, trade secret, trademark and other rights, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual

 

23


Table of Contents

provisions to protect our proprietary technology, processes and other intellectual property. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate. Third parties may seek to challenge, invalidate or circumvent our copyright, trade secret, trademark and other rights or applications for any of the foregoing. In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could seriously adversely affect our brand and adversely impact our business.

Some aspects of our platform include open source software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more of these open source licenses could negatively affect our business.

Aspects of our platform include software covered by open source licenses, which may include, by way of example, GNU General Public License and the Apache License. The terms of various open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our platform. If portions of our proprietary software are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code, re-engineer all or a portion of our technologies or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our technologies, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our technologies and loan products. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of the software. Many of the risks associated with use of open source software cannot be eliminated, and could adversely affect our business.

If we fail to manage the integration of Springstone effectively, our results of operations and business could be harmed.

We are in the process of integrating Springstone into our business. Risks associated with any such integration include:

 

    our inability to integrate smoothly Springstone’s technologies and loan products with our current technologies and products;

 

    possible changes to Springstone’s loan products and sales and operational processes; and

 

    our inability to assimilate and retain the management and other personnel, culture and operations of Springstone, including back-office functions and systems, such as accounting, human resources, internal controls and others.

This integration may be difficult and unpredictable. We may invest resources in the acquisition and integration efforts would have been better utilized developing technology and loan products for our marketplace or on other strategic development initiatives.

Further, this acquisition may disrupt our ongoing operations, divert management’s attention from their primary responsibilities and our other strategic initiatives, subject us to additional liabilities, increase our expenses and otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

From time to time we may evaluate and potentially consummate acquisitions, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business and adversely affect our financial results.

We may evaluate and consider strategic transactions, combinations, acquisitions or alliances to enhance our existing business or develop new loan products and services. These transactions could be material to our financial condition and results of operations if consummated. If we are able to identify an appropriate business opportunity, we may not be able to successfully consummate the transaction and, even if we do consummate such a transaction, we may be unable to obtain the benefits or avoid the difficulties and risks of such transaction.

 

24


Table of Contents

Any acquisition will involve risks commonly encountered in business relationships, including:

 

    difficulties in assimilating and integrating the operations, personnel, systems, data, technologies, products and services of the acquired business;

 

    inability of the acquired technologies, products or businesses to achieve expected levels of revenue, profitability, productivity or other benefits;

 

    difficulties in retaining, training, motivating and integrating key personnel;

 

    diversion of management’s time and resources from our normal daily operations;

 

    difficulties in successfully incorporating licensed or acquired technology and rights into our platform;

 

    difficulties in maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies within the combined organizations;

 

    difficulties in retaining relationships with customers, employees and suppliers of the acquired business;

 

    risks of entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience;

 

    regulatory risks, including remaining in good standing with existing regulatory bodies or receiving any necessary pre-closing or post-closing approvals, as well as being subject to new regulators with oversight over an acquired business;

 

    assumption of contractual obligations that contain terms that are not beneficial to us, require us to license or waive intellectual property rights or increase our risk for liability;

 

    failure to successfully further develop the acquired technology;

 

    liability for activities of the acquired business before the acquisition, including patent and trademark infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities and other known and unknown liabilities;

 

    potential disruptions to our ongoing businesses; and

 

    unexpected costs and unknown risks and liabilities associated with the acquisition.

We may not make any acquisitions, or any future acquisitions may not be successful, may not benefit our business strategy, may not generate sufficient revenue to offset the associated acquisition costs or may not otherwise result in the intended benefits. In addition, we cannot assure you that any future acquisition of new businesses or technology will lead to the successful development of new or enhanced loan products and services or that any new or enhanced loan products and services, if developed, will achieve market acceptance or prove to be profitable.

Expanding our operations internationally could subject us to new challenges and risks.

Although we currently only operate in the United States, we may seek to expand our business internationally. Managing any international expansion will require additional resources and controls. Any expansion internationally could subject our business to risks associated with international operations, including:

 

    adjusting the proprietary risk algorithms that we use to account for the differences in information available on borrowers;

 

    conformity with applicable business customs, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;

 

    potential changes to our established business model;

 

    the need to support and integrate with local third-party service providers;

 

    competition with service providers that have greater experience in the local markets than we do or that have pre-existing relationships with potential borrowers and investors in those markets;

 

25


Table of Contents
    difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations in an environment of diverse culture, laws and customers, and the increased travel, infrastructure and legal and compliance costs associated with international operations;

 

    compliance with multiple, potentially conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including banking, securities, employment, tax, privacy and data protection laws and regulations, such as the EU Data Privacy Directive;

 

    compliance with U.S. and foreign anti-bribery laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Anti-Bribery Act;

 

    difficulties in collecting payments in foreign currencies and associated foreign currency exposure;

 

    restrictions on repatriation of earnings;

 

    compliance with potentially conflicting and changing laws of taxing jurisdictions where we conduct business and applicable U.S. tax laws as they relate to international operations, the complexity and adverse consequences of such tax laws and potentially adverse tax consequences due to changes in such tax laws; and

 

    regional economic and political conditions.

As a result of these risks, any potential future international expansion efforts that we may undertake may not be successful.

We have incurred substantial debt and may issue debt securities or otherwise incur substantial debt in the future, which may adversely affect our financial condition and negatively impact our operations.

We have in the past incurred, and may in the future incur, substantial debt. The incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

 

    default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenue is insufficient to repay debt obligations;

 

    acceleration of obligations to repay the indebtedness (or other outstanding indebtedness), even if we make all principal and interest payments when due, if we breach any covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

 

    our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

 

    diverting a substantial portion of cash flow to pay principal and interest on such debt, which would reduce the funds available for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; and

 

    creating potential limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate.

The occurrence of any of these risks could adversely affect our operations or financial condition.

Competition for our employees is intense, and we may not be able to attract and retain the highly skilled employees needed to support our business.

We believe our success depends on the efforts and talents of our employees, including software engineers, financial personnel and marketing professionals. Our future success depends on our continued ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. Competition for highly skilled technical and financial personnel, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area, is extremely intense. We may not be able to hire and retain these personnel at compensation levels consistent with our existing compensation and salary structure. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced employees have greater resources than we have and may be able to offer more attractive terms of employment.

 

26


Table of Contents

In addition, we invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. If we fail to retain our employees, we could incur significant expenses in hiring and training their replacements, and the quality of our services and our ability to serve borrowers and investors could diminish, resulting in a material adverse effect on our business.

If we fail to retain our key personnel, we may not be able to achieve our anticipated level of growth and our business could suffer.

In addition to attracting and retaining highly skilled employees in general, our future performance depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain key personnel, including our executive officers, senior management team and other key personnel, all of whom would be difficult to replace. In particular, Mr. Laplanche, our founder and Chief Executive Officer, is critical to the management of our business and operations and the development of our strategic direction. The loss of the services of Mr. Laplanche, our other executive officers or members of our senior management team, and the process to replace any of them, would involve significant time and expense and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, collaboration and focus that contribute to our business.

We believe that a critical component of our success is our corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, encourages teamwork and cultivates creativity. As we develop the infrastructure of a public company and continue to grow, we may find it difficult to maintain these valuable aspects of our corporate culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively impact our future success, including our ability to attract and retain employees, encourage innovation and teamwork and effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives.

If we discover a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that we are unable to remedy or otherwise fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures, our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis and the market price of our common stock may be adversely affected.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley Act) requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. Although we did not discover any material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2013, subsequent testing by us or our independent registered public accounting firm, which has not performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. To comply with Section 404A, we may incur substantial cost, expend significant management time on compliance-related issues and hire additional accounting, financial and internal audit staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404A in a timely manner or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results, and cause a decline in the price of our common stock.

Our ability to use our deferred tax assets to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations that could subject our business to higher tax liability.

We may be limited in the portion of net operating loss carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. At December 31, 2013, we had federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards (NOLs) of approximately $43.9 million and $40.7 million, respectively, to offset future taxable income. These federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards will begin expiring in 2027 and 2016, respectively. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these

 

27


Table of Contents

NOLs. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. Future changes in our stock ownership, including this or future offerings, as well as other changes that may be outside of our control, could result in additional ownership changes under Section 382 of the Code. Our NOLs may also be impaired under similar provisions of state law. Additionally, at December 31, 2013, we had federal and state research and development tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively. We assess the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to utilize the existing deferred tax assets. On the basis of this evaluation, a full valuation allowance has historically been recorded to recognize only deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized. Our deferred tax assets may expire unutilized or underutilized, which could prevent us from offsetting future taxable income.

Risks Related to Compliance and Regulation

We and our issuing bank partners are subject to borrower protection laws and federal and state consumer protection laws.

We and our issuing bank partners must comply with regulatory regimes, including those applicable to consumer credit transactions, various aspects of which are untested as applied to our marketplace. Certain state laws generally regulate interest rates and other charges and require certain disclosures. In addition, other federal and state laws may apply to the origination and servicing of loans originated through our marketplace. In particular, through our marketplace, we may be subject to laws, such as:

 

    state laws and regulations that impose requirements related to loan disclosures and terms, credit discrimination, credit reporting, debt collection and unfair or deceptive business practices;

 

    the Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z promulgated thereunder, and similar state laws, which require certain disclosures to borrowers regarding the terms and conditions of their loans and credit transactions;

 

    the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B promulgated thereunder, which prohibit creditors from discriminating against credit applicants on the basis of race, color, sex, age, religion, national origin, marital status, the fact that all or part of the applicant’s income derives from any public assistance program or the fact that the applicant has in good faith exercised any right under the federal Consumer Credit Protection Act or any applicable state law;

 

    the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which promotes the accuracy, fairness and privacy of information in the files of consumer reporting agencies;

 

    the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and similar state debt collection laws, which provide guidelines and limitations on the conduct of third-party debt collectors in connection with the collection of consumer debts;

 

    the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which includes limitations on financial institutions’ disclosure of nonpublic personal information about a consumer to nonaffiliated third parties, in certain circumstances requires financial institutions to limit the use and further disclosure of nonpublic personal information by nonaffiliated third parties to whom they disclose such information and requires financial institutions to disclose certain privacy policies and practices with respect to information sharing with affiliated and nonaffiliated entities as well as to safeguard personal customer information, and other privacy laws and regulations;

 

    the Bankruptcy Code, which limits the extent to which creditors may seek to enforce debts against parties who have filed for bankruptcy protection;

 

    the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, which allows military members to suspend or postpone certain civil obligations so that the military member can devote his or her full attention to military duties;

 

28


Table of Contents
    the Electronic Fund Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which provide disclosure requirements, guidelines and restrictions on the electronic transfer of funds from consumers’ bank accounts;

 

    the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act and similar state laws, particularly the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, which authorize the creation of legally binding and enforceable agreements utilizing electronic records and signatures; and

 

    the Bank Secrecy Act, which relates to compliance with anti-money laundering policies and procedures.

We may not always have been, and may not always be, in compliance with these laws. Compliance with these laws is also costly, time-consuming and limits our operational flexibility.

Failure to comply with these laws and regulatory requirements applicable to our business may, among other things, limit our or a collection agency’s ability to collect all or part of the principal of or interest on loans. As a result, we may not be able to collect our servicing fee with respect to the uncollected principal or interest, and investors may be discouraged from investing in loans. In addition, non-compliance could subject us to damages, revocation of required licenses, class action lawsuits, administrative enforcement actions, rescission rights held by investors in securities offerings and civil and criminal liability, which may harm our business and our ability to maintain our marketplace and may result in borrowers rescinding their loans.

Where applicable, we will seek to comply with state small loan, loan broker, servicing and similar statutes. Currently, we do not facilitate loans to borrowers in Idaho, Iowa, Maine, Nebraska and North Dakota. In all other U.S. jurisdictions with licensing or other requirements that we believe may be applicable to us, we comply with the relevant requirements through the operation of our marketplace with issuing banks or we will be seeking to obtain required licenses. Nevertheless, if we are found to not comply with applicable laws, we could lose one or more of our licenses or authorizations or face other sanctions or be required to obtain a license in such jurisdiction, which may have an adverse effect on our ability to continue to facilitate loans through our marketplace, perform our servicing obligations or make our marketplace available to borrowers in particular states, which may harm our business.

If our marketplace was found to violate a state’s usury laws, we may have to alter our business model and our business could be harmed.

The interest rates that are charged to borrowers and that form the basis of payments to investors through our marketplace are based upon the ability under federal law of the issuing bank that originates the loan to export the interest rates of its jurisdiction of incorporation to provide uniform rates to all borrowers in all states that have not opted out. WebBank, our primary issuing bank, exports the interest rates of Utah, which allows parties to generally agree by contract to any interest rate. The current annual percentage rates offered by WebBank through our marketplace for personal loans range from 6.78% to 29.99%, which equate to interest rates for investors that range from 6.03% to 26.06%. Of the forty-six jurisdictions whose residents may obtain loans (including the District of Columbia), certain states, including Utah, have no statutory interest rate limitations on personal loans, while other jurisdictions have a maximum rate less than the current maximum rate offered by WebBank through our platform. If a borrower were to successfully bring claims against us for state usury law violations, and the rate on that borrower’s personal loan was greater than that allowed under applicable state law, we could be subject to fines and penalties. Further, if we were unable to partner with another issuing bank, we would have to substantially modify our business operations from the manner currently contemplated and would be required to maintain state-specific licenses and only provide a limited range of interest rates for personal loans, all of which would substantially reduce our operating efficiency and attractiveness to investors and possibly result in a decline in our operating results.

 

29


Table of Contents

Several lawsuits have sought to re-characterize certain loan marketers and other originators as lenders. If litigation on similar theories were successful against us, loans facilitated through our marketplace could be subject to state consumer protection laws in a greater number of states.

Several lawsuits have brought under scrutiny the association between high-interest “payday loan” marketers and out-of-state banks. These lawsuits assert that payday loan marketers use out-of-state lenders in order to evade the consumer protection laws imposed by the states where they do business. Such litigation has sought to re-characterize the loan marketer as the lender for purposes of state consumer protection law and usury restrictions. Similar civil actions have been brought in the context of gift cards and retail purchase finance. Although we believe that our activities are generally distinguishable from the activities involved in these cases, a court or regulatory authority could disagree.

Additional state consumer protection laws would be applicable to the loans facilitated through our marketplace if we were re-characterized as a lender, and the loans could be voidable or unenforceable. In addition, we could be subject to claims by borrowers, as well as enforcement actions by regulators. Even if we were not required to cease doing business with residents of certain states or to change our business practices to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could be required to register or obtain licenses or regulatory approvals that could impose a substantial cost on us.

The increased scrutiny of third-party medical financing by governmental agencies may lead to increased regulatory burdens on Springstone and adversely affect our consolidated revenue or results of operations.

Springstone, through its issuing bank partners, provides education and patient finance loans, including for elective medical procedures. Recently, regulators increased scrutiny of third-party providers of financing for medical procedures that are generally not covered by health insurance. For example, in December 2013, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) fined GE Capital Retail Bank $34.1 million for insufficient training, disclosures and practices related to their medical financing services. In addition, attorneys general in New York and Minnesota have conducted investigations on alleged abusive lending practices or exploitation regarding third-party medical financing services.

In June 2014, Springstone received a civil investigative demand from the CFPB for documents and other tangible items related to its programs that provide healthcare financing. If Springstone’s practices are ultimately found to be deficient, resulting in fines, penalties or increased burdens on Springstone’s activities, our consolidated operating costs could increase. Additionally, such regulatory inquiries or actions could damage Springstone’s and our reputations and limit Springstone’s ability to conduct operations, which could adversely affect our consolidated financial statements.

The adoption of any law, rule or regulation affecting this industry may also increase Springstone’s administrative costs, modify its practices to comply with applicable requirements and reduce its ability to participate competitively, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated revenue or results of operations.

The CFPB is a new agency, and there continues to be uncertainty as to how the agency’s actions or the actions of any other new agency could impact our business or that of our issuing banks.

The CFPB, which commenced operations in July 2011, has broad authority over the businesses in which we engage. This includes authority to write regulations under federal consumer financial protection laws, such as the Truth in Lending Act and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, and to enforce those laws against and examine large financial institutions, such as our issuing banks, for compliance. The CFPB is authorized to prevent “unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices” through its regulatory, supervisory and enforcement authority. To assist in its enforcement, the CFPB maintains an online complaint system that allows consumers to log complaints with respect to various consumer finance products, including the loan products we facilitate. This system could inform future CFPB decisions with respect to its regulatory, enforcement or examination focus.

 

30


Table of Contents

We are subject to the CFPB’s jurisdiction, including its enforcement authority, as a servicer and acquirer of consumer credit. The CFPB may request reports concerning our organization, business conduct, markets and activities. The CFPB may also conduct on-site examinations of our business on a periodic basis if the CFPB were to determine, through its complaint system, that we were engaging in activities that pose risks to consumers.

There continues to be uncertainty as to how the CFPB’s strategies and priorities, including in both its examination and enforcement processes, will impact our businesses and our results of operations going forward. Actions by the CFPB could result in requirements to alter or cease offering affected loan products and services, making them less attractive and restricting our ability to offer them.

Although we have committed resources to enhancing our compliance programs, actions by the CFPB or other regulators against us, our issuing banks or our competitors that discourage the use of the marketplace model or suggest to consumers the desirability of other loan products or services could result in reputational harm and a loss of borrowers or investors. Our compliance costs and litigation exposure could increase materially if the CFPB or other regulators enact new regulations, change regulations that were previously adopted, modify, through supervision or enforcement, past regulatory guidance, or interpret existing regulations in a manner different or stricter than have been previously interpreted.

The collection, processing, storage, use and disclosure of personal data could give rise to liabilities as a result of governmental regulation, conflicting legal requirements or differing views of personal privacy rights.

We receive, transmit and store a large volume of personally identifiable information and other user data. There are federal, state and foreign laws regarding privacy and the storing, sharing, use, disclosure and protection of personally identifiable information and user data. Specifically, personally identifiable information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations in numerous U.S. and international jurisdictions, the intent of which is to protect the privacy of personal information that is collected, processed and transmitted in or from the governing jurisdiction. This regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide is currently evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. We could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are expanded to require changes in business practices or privacy policies, or if governing jurisdictions interpret or implement their legislation or regulations in ways that negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our failure to comply with applicable privacy policies or federal, state or foreign laws and regulations or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release of personally identifiable information or other user data could damage our reputation, discourage potential borrowers or investors from using our marketplace or result in fines or proceedings brought against us, our issuing banks or other third parties by governmental agencies, borrowers, investors or other third parties, one or all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition to laws, regulations and other applicable common law rules regarding privacy and privacy advocacy, industry groups or other private parties may propose new and different privacy standards. We could also be subject to liability for the inappropriate use of information made available by us. Because the interpretation and application of privacy and data protection laws and privacy standards are still uncertain, it is possible that these laws or privacy standards may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices. Any inability to adequately address privacy concerns, even if unfounded, or to comply with applicable privacy or data protection laws, regulations and privacy standards, could result in additional cost and liability for us, damage our reputation, inhibit use of our marketplace and harm our business.

We will incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of the listing of our common stock.

Although we have been a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), since 2008, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private reporting company. For example, we will be required to comply with additional requirements of the rules and regulations of the SEC and requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, including applicable

 

31


Table of Contents

corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

Our ability to offer our notes depends upon our compliance with requirements under federal or state securities laws.

All notes publicly offered through our marketplace are offered and sold pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC. We also qualify as a “well-known seasoned issuer,” which allows us to file automatically effective registration statements with the SEC. Under SEC rules, for certain material updates, we must file post-effective amendments, which, if we do not qualify as a “well-known seasoned issuer,” do not become effective until declared effective by the SEC. We may fail to maintain our “well-known seasoned issuer” status if we do not file SEC reports on a timely manner or for other reasons. In addition, if we fail to file our annual reports on Form 10-K or quarterly reports on Form 10-Q on a timely basis or are otherwise required to suspend use of a registration statement for the notes, we could be required to suspend offering of our notes until such deficiency is resolved. Because we offer notes on a continuous basis, securities law restrictions may also limit our ability to market or advertise to potential investors.

We are also currently required to register or qualify for an exemption in every state in which we offer securities. Qualification in a state can be a time-consuming process, often requiring periodic renewals. Failure to timely renew these registrations may require us to pay penalties, suspend further offerings until we regain compliance and make rescission offers in connection with previously completed investments. Certain states also impose special suitability standards and other conditions for operation in their states, restricting the persons and conditions under which we may make offerings in these states. We do not offer our notes in all states due to the restrictions of certain states. While we believe that upon the completion of this offering we may rely on federal preemption of state registration and qualification requirements, states may interpret federal law as applied to our notes differently, possibly requiring us to continue to make filings in or limit operations in those states. Regardless of any such registration, qualification or preemption, we are subject to both state and federal antifraud rules of each state in which we operate. Although we seek to verify information provided to us by borrowers, we cannot verify all such information and may be liable for any material misstatements or omissions in such information received from borrowers or from other third parties.

As a result of these requirements, actual or alleged non-compliance with federal or state laws or changes in federal or state law or regulatory policy or could limit our ability to offer notes in certain states, require us to pay fines or penalties, or curtail our operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

We may have to constrain our business activities to avoid being deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

In general, a company that is or holds itself out as being engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities may be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (Investment Company Act). The Investment Company Act contains substantive legal requirements that regulate the manner in which “investment companies” are permitted to conduct their business activities. We believe we have conducted, and we intend to continue to conduct, our business in a manner that does not result in our company being characterized as an investment company. To avoid being deemed an investment company, we may not be able to broaden our offerings, which could require us to forego attractive opportunities. We also plan to apply for formal exemptive relief to provide additional clarity on our status under the Investment Company Act. We may not receive such relief on a timely basis, if at all, and such relief may require us to modify or curtail our operations. If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our registered investment advisor, LC Advisors, LLC, were found to have violated the Investment Advisers Act, our ability to raise sufficient investor commitments to meet borrower demand could be impaired.

Our subsidiary LCA acts as an advisor to certain private funds and accredited investors, including those that invest in managed accounts that rely on a third-party adviser or manager to manage their investment through our marketplace. Registered investment advisers are subject to a number of regulatory and legal requirements, including conflicts of interest, advertising restrictions and custody requirements. We believe we have conducted, and we intend to continue to conduct, the business of LCA in substantial compliance with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (Investment Advisers Act) and applicable fiduciary duties. If, however, we are deemed to have breached any of our obligations under the Investment Advisers Act, the activities of LCA could be restricted, suspended or even terminated. If this were to occur, our ability to provide investors with the opportunity to invest through managed accounts could be severely curtailed, and we may not be able to sufficiently meet borrower and investor demand for loans, which could harm our business.

If we were required to register as a broker-dealer under federal or state law, our costs could significantly increase or our operations could be impaired.

The securities offered to investors are offered directly by us. We do not operate as a registered broker-dealer in any jurisdiction. Although we do not believe we are obligated to do so, if a regulatory body were to find that our activities require us to register as a broker-dealer or to sell the investment securities only through a registered broker-dealer, we could be subject to fines, rescission offers or other penalties, and our compliance costs and other costs of operation could increase significantly. Further, our ability to issue and distribute the securities could be significantly impaired or curtailed.

Because we may have issued stock options and underlying shares of common stock in violation of federal and state securities laws, we may be required to offer to repurchase those securities and incur other costs.

We have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act since October 2008. As a result, subsequent to that time, we were no longer entitled to rely on the exemption provided under Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), and other exemptions from state securities laws for grants of certain equity awards to, and exercises of such awards by, some of our employees, directors and consultants. Therefore, it is possible that some current or former employees, directors and consultants could assert that the options and issuance of shares prior to filing our Form S-8 in July 2014 may have violated U.S. federal and state securities laws, and that such persons could have the right to require us to repurchase those securities.

 

 

33


Table of Contents

In connection with such issuances of options and shares, we were recently required by the California Department of Business Oversight (Department) to undertake a rescission offer in accordance with applicable California securities laws to (i) grantees of options to purchase shares of common stock and (ii) to stockholders who acquired their shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options, each during the past two years. Once the Department approves our application, we intend to register this rescission offer on a separate registration statement on Form S-1. Eligible participants in this rescission offer might not accept our offer. The weighted average option exercise price for eligible option grants in respect of 39,480,568 shares was $3.68 per share, and the weighted average purchase price for sales of 3,593,295 shares was $0.79 per share. As it is unclear if a rescission offer under federal securities laws will terminate a purchaser’s right to rescind a transaction that was not registered or exempt from such registration requirements, we may be required to honor such rescission rights in future periods. Our aggregate liability may be up to $31.9 million. We believe that any remedies a person might have after the rescission offer expires would not be greater than the amount that person would have received in the rescission offer.

We have not reviewed our compliance with foreign laws regarding the participation of non-U.S. residents on our marketplace.

From time to time, non-U.S. residents invest in loans directly through our marketplace. Through September 30, 2014, the percentage of notes purchased (based upon dollar amounts) by such persons since inception was less than 2% of all loans issued. We are not experts with respect to all applicable laws in the various foreign jurisdictions, and we cannot be sure that we are complying with applicable foreign laws. Failure to comply with such laws could result in fines and penalties payable by us, which could reduce our profitability or cause us to modify or delay planned expansions and expenditures, including investments in our growth. In addition, any such fines and penalties could create negative publicity, result in additional regulatory oversight that could limit our operations and ability to succeed, or otherwise hinder our plans to expand our business internationally.

Recent legislative and regulatory initiatives have imposed restrictions and requirements on financial institutions that could have an adverse effect on our business.

The Dodd-Frank Act and other legislation and regulations relating to financial institutions and markets, including alternative asset management funds, has resulted in increased oversight and taxation. There has been, and may continue to be, a related increase in regulatory investigations of the trading and other investment activities of alternative investment funds. Such investigations may impose additional expenses by us, may require the attention of senior management and may result in fines if any of our funds are deemed to have violated any regulations.

The Dodd-Frank Act is extensive and significant legislation that, among other things:

 

    created a liquidation framework under which the FDIC may be appointed as receiver following a “systemic risk determination” by the Secretary of Treasury (in consultation with the President) for the resolution of certain nonbank financial companies and other entities, defined as “covered financial companies,” and commonly referred to as “systemically important entities,” in the event such a company is in default or in danger of default and the resolution of such a company under other applicable law would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the United States, and also for the resolution of certain of their subsidiaries;

 

    strengthened the regulatory oversight of securities and capital markets activities by the SEC; and

 

    increased regulation of the securitization markets through, among other things, a mandated risk retention requirement for securitizers, which, if applied to our business, would change our business model, and a direction to the SEC to regulate credit rating agencies and adopt regulations governing these organizations and their activities.

 

34


Table of Contents

With respect to the new liquidation framework for systemically important entities, we cannot assure you that such framework would not apply to us. Guidance from the FDIC indicates that such new framework will largely be exercised in a manner consistent with the existing bankruptcy laws, which is the insolvency regime that would otherwise apply to us. The SEC has proposed significant changes to the rules applicable to issuers and sponsors of asset-backed securities under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. With the proposed changes, our access to the asset-backed securities capital markets could be affected and our financing programs could be less effective. Compliance with such legislation or regulation may significantly increase our costs, limit our product offerings and operating flexibility, require significant adjustments in our internal business processes and potentially require us to maintain our regulatory capital at levels above historical practices.

As the regulatory framework for our business evolves, federal and state governments may draft and propose new laws to regulate online marketplaces such as ours, which may negatively affect our business.

The regulatory framework for Internet commerce, including online marketplaces such as ours, is evolving, and it is possible that new laws and regulations will be adopted in the United States and internationally, or existing laws and regulations may be interpreted in new ways, that would affect the operation of our marketplace and the way in which we interact with borrowers and investors. The cost to comply with such laws or regulations could be significant and would increase our operating expenses, and we may be unable to pass those costs on to our borrowers and investors in the form of increased fees. In addition, federal and state governmental or regulatory agencies may decide to impose taxes on services provided over the Internet or by online marketplaces. These taxes could discourage the use of our marketplace, which would adversely affect the viability of our business.

Risks Related to Our Initial Public Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The stock price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

    overall performance of the equity markets;

 

    our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;

 

    changes in the estimates of our operating results that we provide to the public, our failure to meet these projections or changes in recommendations by securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

 

    regulatory developments;

 

    announcements of innovations, new loan products or acquisitions, strategic alliances or significant agreements by our competitors;

 

    disruptions in our platform due to computer hardware, software or network problems;

 

    recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

    the economy as a whole or market conditions in our industry;

 

    trading activity by stockholders who beneficially own large amounts of our outstanding common stock;

 

    the expiration of market standoff or contractual lock-up agreements; and

 

    the size of our market float.

In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely affect our business.

 

35


Table of Contents

Substantial blocks of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the market when “lock-up” or “market standoff” periods end. If there are substantial sales of shares of our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The price of our common stock could decline if there are substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, or if there is a large number of shares of our common stock available for sale. Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding              shares of common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be available for sale in the public market. Substantially all of our security holders have entered into market standoff agreements with us restricting the sale of any shares of our common stock or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they will agree, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell any shares of our common stock until at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” Shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and various vesting agreements. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in its discretion, permit our stockholders to sell shares prior to the expiration of the restrictive provisions contained in these lock-up agreements.

After our initial public offering, certain of our stockholders will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. All of these shares are subject to market standoff or lock-up agreements restricting their sale until at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus. In addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options or warrants vested as of the expiration of the lock-up agreements will be eligible for sale at that time.

The price of our common stock could decline as a result of the sale of a substantial number of shares of common stock in the public market or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares.

There has been no prior market for our common stock and an active market may not develop or be sustained, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price, if at all.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations among the underwriters, the selling stockholders and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop upon completion of this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable, which could adversely affect your ability to sell your shares and could depress the market price of our common stock.

We may invest or spend the net proceeds to us from this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return or increase the price of our common stock.

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to us to repay indebtedness outstanding under our term loan. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to us to acquire businesses, products, services or assets. We do not, however, have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions at this time. Our management will have discretion in the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the net proceeds to us are being used appropriately. Until the net proceeds to us are used, they may be placed in investments that do not yield a favorable return. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

36


Table of Contents

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control.

Upon the completion of this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate,     % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution of $         per share, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock. See “Dilution.”

We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new loan products or enhance our marketplace, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of our common stock. Any debt financing we secure in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be impaired and our business may be harmed.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends for the foreseeable future.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent an acquisition of our company.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management. The provisions, among other things:

 

    establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

    permit only our board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill vacancies on the board;

 

37


Table of Contents
    provide that directors may only be removed “for cause” and only with the approval of two-thirds of our stockholders;

 

    require two-thirds vote to amend some provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws;

 

    authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan (also known as a “poison pill”);

 

    eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which will require that all stockholder actions must be taken at a stockholder meeting;

 

    prohibit cumulative voting; and

 

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us in certain circumstances.

Any provision of our restated certificate of incorporation or restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

In making your investment decision, you should not rely on information in public media that is published by third parties. You should rely only on statements made in this prospectus in determining whether to purchase our shares.

You should carefully evaluate all of the information in this prospectus. We have in the past received, and may continue to receive, a high degree of media coverage, including coverage that is not directly attributable to statements made by our officers and employees. We cannot confirm the accuracy of such coverage. You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus in determining whether to purchase our shares of common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend, to some extent, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who may in the future cover us downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

 

38


Table of Contents

If we were to become subject to a bankruptcy or similar proceeding, the right of payment of investors in our notes may be senior to the right of payment of our stockholders and there may not be value recoverable by our stockholders.

Under the terms of the notes offered through our marketplace, we are obligated to pay principal and interest on each note on a non-recourse basis only if and to the extent that we receive principal, interest or late fee payments from the borrower on the corresponding loan, but the notes become fully recourse to us if we fail to pay such obligation, which would include being prohibited from making such payments as a result of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding, or if we breach a covenant under the indenture governing the notes. In a bankruptcy or similar proceeding due to a default under current or future indebtedness, an action for repurchase or rescission of securities or other event, there is uncertainty regarding whether a holder of a note has any right of payment from our assets other than the corresponding loan. It is possible that a note holder could be deemed to have a right of payment from both the corresponding loan and from some or all of our other assets, in which case the note holder would have a claim to the proceeds of our assets that is senior to any right of payment of the holders of our common stock, regardless of whether we have received any payments from the underlying borrower, making it highly unlikely that there would be any value recoverable by our stockholders.

 

39


Table of Contents

LETTER FROM RENAUD LAPLANCHE

I believe Lending Club has the potential to profoundly improve people’s financial lives over the coming decades. Our mission of transforming the banking system is both audacious and achievable. Technology has successfully disrupted many industries to the benefit of society at large, and I believe banking is next.

It all started in the summer of 2006 when I opened a credit card statement charging me a 16.99% interest rate, and a savings account statement from the same bank where I was earning a 0.48% interest rate on my deposits. The extreme difference between these two rates – one paid by me to the bank and the other paid by the bank to me – made me wonder whether the existing banking system was indeed the most efficient mechanism to allocate capital from savers and depositors into the hands of people and businesses looking for affordable credit. At that point, I considered the idea that an online marketplace could be a far more cost-efficient solution. Now, with a seven-year track record and billions of dollars of credit extended, we have clear evidence that our platform delivers extraordinary value and a considerably better experience to borrowers and investors than traditional banks.

Affordable capital provides more financial flexibility to consumers and gives small businesses an opportunity to drive growth and create jobs. Our model furthermore lowers systemic risk, because our marketplace has at all times a perfect match of assets and liabilities: loans and investments are in equal amount and identical terms at any point in time.

I believe we can transform the current banking system into a frictionless, transparent and highly efficient online marketplace that provides affordable credit to borrowers and creates great investment opportunities for investors, helping millions of people achieve their financial goals.

Cutting out the Middleman

To understand the transformation we are proposing, it is useful to understand the way banks operate today. A bank can be summarized as a combination of operations and capital. Operations are performed through thousands of branches staffed by tens of thousands of employees, while capital comes from deposits and borrowed money. When a bank takes deposits and then later extends a loan using those deposits, it acts as an intermediary. An online marketplace directly and simultaneously accessible to both borrowers and investors essentially cuts out the middleman and lowers intermediation costs.

Building Confidence

We are not only bringing cost efficiency to the credit markets but also a more transparent and customer-friendly experience. Unlike traditional banks, we do not build confidence by establishing a branch at every street corner. Instead, we earn the trust of our customers by offering maximum transparency into our products’ terms and performance.

We offer responsible credit products with a fixed rate, fixed monthly payment, no prepayment penalty and no hidden fees, at a lower interest rate than prevailing alternatives, and disclose all terms upfront in a manner that is easy for borrowers to understand.

We have established investor confidence by demonstrating the effectiveness of our risk ranking technology, as well as through the accuracy, transparency and granularity of our reporting. We post on our platform the detailed performance of every single loan offered publicly to investors since inception, along with more aggregated performance statistics.

We are continuing to earn investor confidence every day by providing equal access and with a level playing field with the same tools, data and access for all investors, small and large, within a fair and efficient marketplace.

 

40


Table of Contents

People and Technology Matter

The idea of people lending money to other people is not new – it goes back thousands of years and predates the banks. We are now able to advance that idea and implement it at scale given technological innovation, processing capabilities, the evolution of consumer behavior and the greater availability of online data. Our platform allows investors to diversify their investment across hundreds or thousands of loans within seconds. That same technology enables us to service loans at a lower cost and distribute millions of payments each day to borrowers and investors in a seamless manner.

While we build highly sophisticated and complex products, we strive to shelter our customers from that complexity and make our products intuitive and easy to use.

As important and sophisticated as our technology is, Lending Club would not be what it is today without the hundreds of team members and their devotion to delivering a great customer experience. Our team is passionate about innovation and energized by our mission. We have created a culture that fosters learning and innovation, and encourages team members to constantly question the status quo and relentlessly drive improvements. Everything from our recruiting process to our operating mechanisms and the way our workspace is designed encourages open communication, collaboration and innovation.

It Feels Good to Share

The sharing economy that emerged after the 2008 financial crisis was initially motivated by financial considerations and the economic efficiency derived from putting underutilized assets to better use. I believe the sharing economy has now given birth to a socially desirable way of life that is gaining ground in every aspect of our lives from transportation and hospitality to financial transactions, with money being one of the most underutilized assets. I believe the reason our users choose Lending Club goes beyond the desire to obtain a better deal or a better experience than they’re getting from their bank. There is strong satisfaction in investing in people and having them invest in you.

The Long Run

Over time we plan to address a wide range of credit needs for a broad population of consumers and businesses globally. We are building a very big company and it’s going to take a very long time.

Transforming the banking system will not happen overnight, and we will not do it alone. We are building a large ecosystem of partners and marketplace participants and are planning to lead the transformation over the span of a decade or two. There are over 6,000 banks in the United States; I believe many of them will join our ecosystem and participate in the transformation, guided by a desire to operate more efficiently and better serve their customers. Some may resist but the history of technology-powered innovation has shown how unlikely it is for incumbents to successfully lower their cost structure and enhance their customer experience to the level of a technology disruptor like Lending Club.

As we go through the important milestone of offering our shares to the public, I am hoping to build long term relationships with shareholders who believe in our mission, share our long term perspective, and are excited at the prospect of transforming an industry in dire need of transformation. As a public company, I believe we will be even better positioned to continue to deliver great value to both investors and borrowers, make credit more affordable and fuel economic growth and prosperity.

 

41


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including statements regarding our future operating results, future growth and statements other than statements of historical fact, in the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “predict,” “plan” and “expect,” and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

 

42


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us is exercised in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to us would be approximately $         million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. Currently, we intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to us to repay indebtedness outstanding under our term loan with several lenders led by Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., which we entered into to fund a portion of the cash purchase price of Springstone. As of September 30, 2014, we had an outstanding balance of approximately $49.2 million under this term loan with an interest rate of 2.57% per annum. This term loan matures in April 2017. For additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Term Loan.”

Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to us to acquire businesses, products, services or assets. We do not, however, have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions at this time. Accordingly, our management will have discretion in the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the use of these net proceeds. Pending the use of the net proceeds to us as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds to us in short-term and long-term interest-bearing obligations, including government and investment-grade debt securities and money market funds. We cannot predict whether the proceeds invested will yield a favorable return.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. In addition, the agreements governing our term loan contain restrictions on our ability to declare and pay cash dividends on our capital stock.

 

43


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth cash and cash equivalents, as well as our capitalization, as of September 30, 2014 as follows:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 249,351,011 shares of common stock, (ii) the automatic exercise of warrants to purchase a maximum of 27,848 shares of common stock, which, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, will result in the issuance of an aggregate of              shares of common stock upon the automatic net exercise of these warrants upon completion of this offering, and (iii) the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above, (ii) the sale and issuance of             shares of common stock by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (iii) the issuance of 795,792 shares of common stock that we expect to issue upon the exercise of warrants that would expire if not exercised prior to the completion of this offering.

You should read this table together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that are included in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2014  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)(2)
 
     (in thousands, except share data)  
     (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 82,674      $ 82,674      $                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term loan

   $ 49,219      $ 49,219      $     

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 250,614,174 shares authorized, 249,351,011 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma;             shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     177,300                 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 372,000,000 shares authorized, 60,921,190 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, 310,300,049 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;             shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     609        3,103     

Additional paid-in capital

     37,817        212,623     

Accumulated deficit

     (74,186     (74,186  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     141,540        141,540     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 190,759      $ 190,759      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 

44


Table of Contents
(2) The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The table above excludes the following shares:

 

    54,587,814 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.63 per share;

 

    2,549,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after September 30, 2014, with an exercise price of $10.435 per share;

 

    1,815,380 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.30 per share, reduced by             shares that we expect to issue upon the automatic net exercise of warrants upon the completion of this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an additional 795,792 shares that we expect to issue upon the exercise of warrants immediately prior to the completion of this offering that would otherwise expire; and

 

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (i) 3,359,320 shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2007 Plan as of September 30, 2014 and an additional 1,400,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance on October 31, 2014, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2014 Plan upon its effectiveness, (ii)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (iii)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus.

 

45


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 was $           million, or $           per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 was $           million, or $           per share, based on the total number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 249,351,011 shares of common stock.

After giving effect to (i) the sale and issuance of             shares of common stock by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (ii) the issuance of              shares of common stock upon the automatic net exercise of warrants upon the completion of this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (iii) the issuance of 795,792 shares of common stock that we expect to issue upon the exercise of warrants that would expire if not exercised prior to the completion of this offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 would have been $        , or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2014

   $                   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by $        , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         per share and increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock, as adjusted to give effect to our sale of common stock in this offering, would be $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $         per share.

The following table presents, as of September 30, 2014, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock, the differences between the existing stockholders and the

 

46


Table of Contents

new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of our common stock and preferred stock, cash received from the exercise of stock options and warrants and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

                     %   $                                   %   $                

New investors

             $     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100 %   $           100 %  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

Sales of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock were exercised in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding at September 30, 2014 excludes:

 

    54,587,814 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.63 per share;

 

    2,549,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after September 30, 2014, with an exercise price of $10.435 per share;

 

    1,815,380 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.30 per share, reduced by             shares that we expect to issue upon the automatic net exercise of warrants upon the completion of this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an additional 795,792 shares that we expect to issue upon the exercise of warrants immediately prior to the completion of this offering that would otherwise expire; and

 

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (i) 3,359,320 shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2007 Plan as of September 30, 2014 and an additional 1,400,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance on October 31, 2014, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2014 Plan upon its effectiveness, (ii)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (iii)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus.

To the extent that any outstanding options or other outstanding warrants are exercised or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, there will be further dilution to investors.

 

47


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 from the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014, from the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the calendar years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 from unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. In December 2012, we changed our fiscal year end from March 31 to December 31. The change was effective as of December 31, 2012, and the nine months ended December 31, 2012 represent the transition period. The historical financial information presented for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 (i) combines the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31 and the nine months ended December 31 in each year and (ii) is unaudited and has been prepared by management for illustrative purposes only. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and unaudited historical financial information have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair statement of the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period. The following selected consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus.

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  
    (unaudited)     (audited)     (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

             

Operating revenue:

             

Transaction fees

  $ 1,307      $ 4,975      $ 10,981      $ 30,576      $ 85,830      $ 55,214      $ 133,835   

Servicing fees

    31        459        951        1,929        3,951        2,485        6,301   

Management fees

                  103        824        3,083        2,083        4,163   

Other revenue (expense)

    34        289        495        716        5,111        4,708        (438
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

    1,372        5,723        12,530        34,045        97,975        64,490        143,861   

Net interest income (expense) and other adjustments

    (1,550     (708     222        (238     27        15        (854
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

    (178     5,015        12,752        33,807        98,002        64,505        143,007   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses (1) :

             

Sales and marketing

    3,561        7,751        11,402        18,201        39,037        26,577        60,808   

Origination and servicing

    1,320        2,790        4,758        7,589        17,217        11,044        26,135   

General and administrative:

             

Engineering and product development

    1,766        1,951        2,289        4,855        13,922        9,140        22,987   

Other

    3,430        3,330        6,572        10,024        20,518        13,294        55,875   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    10,077        15,822        25,021        40,669        90,694        60,055        165,805   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (10,255     (10,807     (12,269     (6,862     7,308        4,450        (22,798

Income tax expense

                                              1,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (10,255   $ (10,807   $ (12,269   $ (6,862   $ 7,308      $ 4,450      $ (23,857
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents
    Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  
    (unaudited)     (audited)     (unaudited)  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

             

Basic

  $ (0.31   $ (0.32   $ (0.35   $ (0.17   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ (0.41
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (0.31   $ (0.32   $ (0.35   $ (0.17   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ (0.41
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing net income (loss) per common share (2) :

             

Basic

    33,093,296        34,200,300        34,744,860        39,984,876        51,557,136        50,457,948        57,958,838   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   
33,093,296
  
   
34,200,300
  
   
34,744,860
  
   
39,984,876
  
    81,426,976        79,153,912       
57,958,838
  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share (2)(3) (unaudited):

             

Basic

          $ 0.03        $ (0.08
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          $ 0.02        $ (0.08
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to calculate pro forma net income (loss) per common share (2)(3) (unaudited):

             

Basic

            291,766,192          303,608,800   
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

            323,331,550          303,608,800   
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2009      2010      2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Stock-Based Compensation Expense:

                    

Sales and marketing

   $ 28       $ 94       $ 30       $ 302       $ 1,313       $ 767       $ 5,029   

Origination and servicing

     5         15         9         75         424         170         1,427   

General and administrative:

                    

Engineering and product development

     51         60         71         449         2,171         1,019         3,487   

Other

            50              150              181              586           2,375            1,390         15,946   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 134       $ 319       $ 291       $ 1,412       $ 6,283       $ 3,346       $ 25,889   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) In April 2014, our board of directors approved a two-for-one stock split of our outstanding capital stock and in August 2014, our board of directors approved another two-for-one stock split of our outstanding capital stock, which became effective in September 2014. All share and per share data in this table has been adjusted to reflect these stock splits. See Note 3 to consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for a description of how we compute basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share.
(3) For more information regarding the pro forma presentation, see the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations beginning on page F-67, which include both the acquisition of Springstone and the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock.

 

49


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,      As of September 30,
2014
 
     2009      2010      2011      2012      2013     
     (in thousands)  
    

(unaudited)

     (audited)      (unaudited)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,730       $ 17,265       $ 24,712       $ 52,551       $ 49,299       $ 82,674   

Loans (1)

          48,797            128,241            296,100            781,215         1,829,042         2,533,671   

Total assets

     55,304         146,743         326,797         850,830         1,943,395         2,814,846   

Notes and certificates (1)

     39,718         122,532         290,768         785,316         1,839,990         2,551,640   

Total liabilities

     50,698         128,221         294,262         798,620         1,875,301         2,673,306   

Total stockholders’ equity

     4,606         18,522         32,535         52,210         68,094         141,540   

 

(1) Loans represent unsecured obligations of borrowers originated through our marketplace. Notes and certificates are issued to investors and represent repayment obligations dependent upon receipt of borrower payments as to a corresponding loan. For more information regarding notes and certificates, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview.” Period-end differences between the two line items are largely driven by timing of applying and distributing loan payments to investors.

Key Operating and Financial Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  
                 (unaudited)        

Loan originations

   $ 51,815      $ 126,351      $ 257,364      $ 717,943      $ 2,064,626      $ 1,366,253      $ 2,962,520   

Contribution

   $ (3,476   $ (4,709   $ (3,591   $ 8,632      $ 43,458      $ 27,806      $ 63,374   

Contribution margin

     (253.4 )%      (82.3 )%      (28.7 )%      25.4     44.4     43.1     44.1

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (8,498   $ (9,693   $ (12,067   $ (4,924   $ 15,227      $ 8,713      $ 13,384   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     (619.4 )%      (169.4 )%      (96.3 )%      (14.5 )%      15.5     13.5     9.3

For more information regarding loan originations, contribution, contribution margin, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating and Financial Metrics.” Contribution, contribution margin, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information regarding our use of these measures and a reconciliation of these measures to the most comparable GAAP measure, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

50


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and in this prospectus, particularly in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Overview

Lending Club is the world’s largest online marketplace connecting borrowers and investors. We believe a technology-powered marketplace is a more efficient mechanism to allocate capital between borrowers and investors than the traditional banking system. Consumers and small business owners borrow through Lending Club to lower the cost of their credit and enjoy a better experience than traditional bank lending. Investors use Lending Club to earn attractive risk-adjusted returns from an asset class that has generally been closed to many investors and only available on a limited basis to institutional investors.

Since beginning operations in 2007, our marketplace has facilitated over $6 billion in loan originations. These loans were facilitated through the following investment channels: (i) the issuance of notes pursuant to the Note Registration Statement or (ii) the sale of loans to the Trust, which acquires capital through the sale of certificates, or the sale of whole loans to qualified investors through private transactions. Approximately $1.8 billion of our loan originations since inception were invested in through notes pursuant to the Note Registration Statement, $2.5 billion were invested in through certificates issued by the Trust and $1.7 billion were invested in through whole loan sales. In the third quarter of 2014, our marketplace facilitated nearly $1.2 billion of loan originations, of which approximately $220 million were invested in through notes issued pursuant to the Note Registration Statement, $310 million were invested in through certificates issued by the Trust and $520 million were invested in through whole loan sales.

The following graphic highlights key milestones in our history and illustrates the total amount of loans originated through our marketplace cumulatively on a quarterly basis.

 

LOGO

 

51


Table of Contents

Our trusted brand, scale and network effect drives significant borrowing and investing activity on our marketplace. We generate revenue from transaction fees from our marketplace’s role in matching borrowers with investors to enable loan originations, servicing fees from investors and management fees for investment funds and other managed accounts. We do not assume credit risk or use our own capital to invest in loans facilitated by our marketplace, except in limited circumstances and in amounts that are not material. The capital to invest in the loans enabled through our marketplace comes directly from investors. From time to time, we may make limited investments in loans; however, such amounts have been, and we expect to continue to be, immaterial. Our proprietary technology automates key aspects of our operations, including the borrower application process, data gathering, credit decisioning and scoring, loan funding, investing and servicing, regulatory compliance and fraud detection. We operate with a lower cost structure than traditional banks due to our innovative model, online delivery and process automation, without the physical branches, legacy technology or high overhead associated with the traditional banking system.

Our marketplace is where borrowers and investors engage in transactions relating to standard or custom program loans. Standard program loans are unsecured, fixed rate, three or five-year personal loans in amounts ranging from $1,000 to $35,000 made to borrowers meeting strict credit criteria, including a FICO score of at least 660. Custom program loans are generally new offerings and loans that do not meet the requirements of the standard program or loans with longer maturities than we believe to be attractive to most note investors. Currently, custom program loans include small business and education and patient finance loans. Small business loans are fixed rate loans in amounts ranging from $15,000 to $100,000, with various maturities of between one and five years. Education and patient finance loans are issued in amounts ranging from $499 to $40,000 with various maturities between 24 and 84 months for term loans as well as a revolving product with a promotional period ranging from six to 24 months that is interest free if the loan balance is paid in full during that period. Standard program loans are visible through our public website and can be invested in through notes. Separately, qualified investors may also invest in standard or custom program loans in private transactions not facilitated through our website. Custom program loans cannot be invested in through notes and are not visible through our website. Securities issued in these private transactions are not offered by us and have different terms than notes.

The transaction fees we receive from issuing banks in connection with our marketplace’s role in enabling loan originations range from 1% to 6% of the initial principal amount of the loan as of September 30, 2014. In addition, for education and patient finance loans, transaction fees may exceed 6% as they include fees earned from issuing banks and service providers. Servicing fees paid to us vary based on investment channel. Note investors pay us a servicing fee equal to 1% of each payment amount received from the borrower; whole loan purchasers pay a monthly servicing fee up to 1.3% per annum on the month-end principal balance of loans serviced; and certificate holders generally pay a monthly management fee typically ranging from 0.7% to 1.2% per annum of the month-end balance of assets under management.

Loans to qualified borrowers are originated by our issuing banks. Investors can invest in loans that are offered through our marketplace in one or all of the following channels:

 

    Notes . Pursuant to an effective shelf registration statement, investors who meet the applicable financial suitability requirements and have completed our investor account opening process may purchase unsecured, borrower payment dependent notes that correspond to payments received on an underlying standard program loan selected by the investor.

 

    Certificates and Funds. Accredited investors and qualified purchasers who have established a relationship with LC Advisors, LLC (LCA), a registered investment advisor and our wholly owned subsidiary, can purchase certificates from the Trust or interests in separate limited partnership entities that purchase certificates from the Trust. The certificates are settled with cash flows from underlying standard or custom program loans selected by the investor. Neither certificates nor limited partnership interests can be purchased through our website.

 

52


Table of Contents
    Whole Loan Purchases. Certain institutional investors, such as banks, seek to hold the actual loan on their balance sheet. To meet this need, we sell entire standard or custom program loans to these investors. In connection with these sales, the investor owns all right, title and interest in each loan. For regulatory purposes, the investor also has access to the underlying borrower information, but is prohibited from contacting or marketing to the borrower in any manner and agrees to hold such borrower information in compliance with all applicable privacy laws. We continue to service these loans after they are sold and can only be removed as the servicer in limited circumstances.

Our note channel consists of the notes that we issue. When an investor registers, the investor enters into an investor agreement with us that governs the investor’s purchases of notes. Our note channel is supported by our website knowledge base and our investor services group who provide basic customer support to these investors.

Our certificate channel consists of funds and accounts managed by LCA, a registered investment advisor with operations distinct from those of Lending Club. Certificate investors typically seek to invest larger amounts as compared to the average note investor and desire a more “hands off” approach to investing. Certificates are sold in private transactions by the Trust, which acquires and holds loans for the sole benefit of certificate investors. Investors in certificates generally pay an asset-based management fee instead of the cash flow-based servicing fee paid by investors in notes.

LCA manages several funds that purchase certificates. Each fund provides a passive investment strategy around target loan grade and term allocation, such as 36-month 60% A and 40% B loans, and allows investors to more easily deploy large investment amounts and reinvest payments of principal and investment returns. LCA also manages separately managed accounts (SMAs). Investors who utilize SMAs often have investment criteria that differ from the LCA funds’ investment strategies and desire more control over their investment strategies. LCA’s management practices are guided by a three-member investment policy committee. Day-to-day operations are conducted by LCA employees and by certain personnel who have been engaged to provide specific services to LCA and its clients.

Our whole loan channel consists of the whole loans that we or our issuing banks sell in their entirety to investors through private transactions. Our institutional group is the primary point of contact for whole loan purchasers throughout the life of the relationship, from sourcing and establishing the relationship, negotiating the purchase and servicing agreement, undertaking diligence and ultimately managing the ongoing relationship. Under the whole loan purchase agreements, we establish the investors’ accounts and set out the procedures for the purchase of loans, including any purchase amount limitations, which we control in our discretion. We and the purchaser also make limited representations and warranties and agree to indemnify each other for breaches of the purchase agreement. The purchaser also agrees to simultaneously enter into a servicing agreement with us acting as servicer.

For all investment channels, we agree to repurchase loans in cases of confirmed identity theft.

Our unit economics are attractive given our low cost of borrower and investor acquisition, low capital costs and high operational leverage from automation. We optimize borrower acquisition channels by understanding risk profiles to maximize conversion of potential loan applicants. Investor acquisitions come mostly from referrals, due to our historical ability to provide attractive risk-adjusted returns. We measure contribution margin as a way to evaluate the unit economics of loans originated through our marketplace. As our marketplace has become more efficient, our contribution margin has generally increased over time and, for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, was 44.1%.

We have experienced significant growth since our marketplace launched in 2007. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, we facilitated loan originations through our marketplace of $717.9 million and $2.1 billion, respectively, representing an increase of 188%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, we facilitated loan originations through our marketplace of $1.4 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively, representing an increase of 117%. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, our total net revenue was $33.8 million and $98.0 million, respectively, representing an increase of 190%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and

 

53


Table of Contents

2014, our total net revenue was $64.5 million and $143.0 million, respectively, representing an increase of 122%. Our historical growth rates in facilitating loan originations through our marketplace reflect a deliberate strategy that allowed us to build and develop the various enterprise functions to support our scale, including customer support, operations, risk controls, compliance and technology. Borrower and investor demand will continue to inform our business and loan product decisions, but we will not compromise the long-term viability of our marketplace to pursue excessive near-term growth rates that we believe would result in borrower or investor experiences below our standards.

Change in Fiscal Year

In December 2012, we changed our fiscal year end from March 31 to December 31. The change was effective as of December 31, 2012, and the nine months ended December 31, 2012 represent the transition period.

Springstone

In April 2014, we acquired all of the outstanding limited liability company interests of Springstone, a company that facilitates education and patient finance loans through two issuing banks. For its role in loan facilitation, Springstone earns transaction fees paid by the issuing bank and service provider at the time of origination, which averaged approximately 5.0% of the initial loan balance as of September 30, 2014. Currently, Springstone does not earn any servicing fees, as loans are originated, retained and serviced by the respective issuing bank. We currently intend to continue to have these loans funded and serviced through existing issuing banks while we develop plans to integrate these loans into our standard program over time.

Key Operating and Financial Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

     Year Ended
March 31, 2012
    Nine Months Ended
December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2013     2014  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  
    

(unaudited)

 

Loan originations

   $ 321,010      $ 608,348      $ 2,064,626      $ 1,366,253      $ 2,962,520   

Contribution (1)

   $ 15,536      $ 28,927      $ 43,458      $ 27,806      $ 63,374   

Contribution margin (1)

     (12.6 )%      28.9     44.4     43.1     44.1

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   $ (11,395   $ (2,557   $ 15,227      $ 8,713      $ 13,384   

Adjusted EBITDA margin (1)

     (73.3 )%      (8.8 )%      15.5     13.5     9.3

 

(1) Contribution, contribution margin, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information regarding our use of these measures and a reconciliation of these measures to the most comparable GAAP measure, see “—Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Loan Originations

Loans to qualified borrowers are originated by our issuing bank partners. We generate revenue from transaction fees paid by issuing banks for our role in matching borrowers with investors to enable loan originations. Loan originations consist of loans acquired by us, which are either retained by us and financed primarily by the issuance of notes pursuant to the Note Registration Statement or loans sold to the Trust, which acquires capital through the sale of certificates, or are sold to unrelated third parties, and other loan originations by our issuing bank partners that we facilitated but did not purchase. We believe originations are a key indicator of the adoption rate of our marketplace, growth of our brand, scale of our business, strength of our network effect, economic competitiveness of our products and future growth. Loan originations have increased significantly over time due to the increased awareness of our brand, our high borrower and investor satisfaction rates, the

 

54


Table of Contents

effectiveness of our borrower acquisition channels, a strong track record of loan performance and the expansion of our capital sources. Factors that could affect loan originations include the interest rate and economic environment, the competitiveness of our products, the success of our operational efforts to balance investor and borrower demands, any limitations on the ability of our issuing banks to originate loans, our ability to develop new products or enhance existing products for borrowers and investors, the success of our sales and marketing initiatives and the success of borrower and investor acquisition and retention.

Contribution and Contribution Margin

Contribution is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss), excluding net interest income (expense) and other adjustments, general and administrative expense, stock-based compensation expense and income tax expense (benefit). Contribution margin is calculated by dividing contribution by total operating revenue. Contribution and contribution margin are measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends. Contribution and contribution margin have varied from period to period and have generally increased over time. Factors that affect our contribution and contribution margin include revenue mix, variable marketing expenses and origination and servicing expenses. For more information regarding the limitations of contribution and contribution margin and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to contribution, see “—Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss), excluding net interest income (expense) and other adjustments, acquisition and related expense, depreciation and amortization, amortization of intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense and income tax expense (benefit). Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as adjusted EBITDA divided by total operating revenue. Adjusted EBITDA is a measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends. Adjusted EBITDA has generally improved over time due to our increased revenue and efficiencies in the scale of our operations. For more information regarding the limitations of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA, see “—Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Factors Affecting Our Results

Economic Environment

The demand for our loan products from borrowers and investors is dependent upon interest rates offered and the return earned relative to other comparable or substitute products. While borrower appetite for consumer and small business credit has typically remained strong in most economic environments, general economic factors and conditions, including the general interest rate environment and unemployment rates, may affect borrower willingness to seek loans and investor ability and desire to invest in loans. For example, a significant interest rate increase could cause potential borrowers to defer seeking loans as they wait for rates to settle. Additionally, if weakness in the economy emerges and actual or expected default rates increase, our investors may delay or reduce their loan investments. However, we believe our marketplace will continue to offer an attractive value proposition to borrowers and investors in all economic and interest rate environments relative to other alternatives.

Effectiveness of Scoring Models

Our ability to attract borrowers and investors to our marketplace is significantly dependent on our ability to effectively evaluate a borrower’s credit profile and likelihood of default. Our ability to effectively segment borrowers into relative risk profiles impacts our ability to offer attractive interest rates for borrowers as well as our ability to offer investors attractive returns, both of which directly relate to our users’ confidence in our marketplace. We utilize credit decisioning and scoring models that assign each loan offered on our marketplace a corresponding interest rate and origination fee. Our investors’ returns are a function of the assigned interest rates for each particular loan invested in less any defaults over the term of the applicable loan. We believe we have a history of effectively evaluating borrower’s credit

 

55


Table of Contents

profiles and likelihood of defaults, as evidenced by the performance of various loan vintages facilitated through our marketplace. The following charts display the historical lifetime cumulative net charge-off rates through September 30, 2014, by booking year, for all grades and 36- and 60-month terms of standard program loans for each of the years shown.

LOGO

 

LOGO

We evaluate our marketplace’s credit decisioning and scoring models on a regular basis and leverage the additional data on loan history experience, borrower behavior, economic factors and prepayment trends that we accumulate to continually improve the models. If we are unable to effectively evaluate borrowers’ credit profiles, borrowers and investors may lose confidence in our marketplace.

Product Innovation

We have made and intend to continue to make substantial investments and incur expenses to research and develop or otherwise acquire new financial products for borrowers and investors. Our revenue growth to date has been a function of, and our future success will depend in part on, successfully meeting borrower and investor demand with new and innovative loan and investment options. For example, in early 2014, we began offering small business loans to qualified investors in private transactions, bringing the benefit of our innovative marketplace model, online delivery and process automation to small business owners. For investors, we have introduced automated investing, an application programming interface (API), investment funds and other

 

56


Table of Contents

separately managed accounts that make investing in loans easier. We also recently acquired Springstone and plan to incorporate its education and patient finance loans into our standard program over time. Failure to successfully develop and offer innovative products could adversely affect our operating results and we may not recoup the costs of new products.

Marketing Effectiveness and Strategic Relationships

We intend to continue to dedicate significant resources to our marketing and brand advertising efforts and strategic relationships. Our marketing efforts are designed to build awareness of Lending Club and attract borrowers and investors to our marketplace. We use a diverse array of marketing channels and are constantly seeking to improve and optimize our experience both on- and offline to achieve efficiency and a high level of borrower and investor satisfaction. We also continue to invest in our strategic relationships to raise awareness of our platform and attract borrowers and investors to our marketplace. Our operating results and ability to sustain and grow loan volume will depend, in part, on our ability to continue to make effective investments in marketing and the effectiveness of our strategic relationships.

Regulatory Environment

The regulatory environment for credit is complex and evolving, creating both challenges and opportunities that could affect our financial performance. We expect to continue to spend significant resources to comply with various federal and state laws and various licensing requirements designed to, among other things, protect borrowers (such as truth in lending, equal credit opportunity, fair credit reporting and fair debt collections practices) and investors. Our marketplace incorporates a number of automated features to help comply with these laws in an efficient and cost effective manner. While new laws and regulations or changes under existing laws and regulations could make facilitating loans or investment opportunities more difficult to achieve on acceptable terms, or at all, these events could also provide new product and market opportunities. To the extent we seek to grow internationally, we would become subject to additional foreign regulation and related compliance requirements and expense.

Components of Results of Operations

Total Net Revenue

Our primary sources of revenue consist of fees charged for transactions through or related to our marketplace. Our fees include transaction, servicing and management fees.

Transaction Fees

Transaction fees are fees paid by the issuing banks to us for the work we perform through our marketplace in facilitating originations. The amount of these fees is based upon the terms of the loan, including grade, rate, term and other factors. As of September 30, 2014, these fees ranged from 1% to 6% of the initial principal amount of a loan. In addition, for education and patient finance loans, transaction fees may exceed 6% as they include fees earned from issuing banks and service providers. These fees are recognized as a component of operating revenue at the time of loan issuance.

Effective July 1, 2013, we elected to account for loans we intend to sell to whole loan purchasers at fair value. Under this election, the purchase of such loans is recorded at fair value and all related transaction fees and costs are recorded when earned or incurred, respectively. Prior to this change, from December 1, 2012 through June 30, 2013, transaction fees and costs were included in the computation of the gain or loss on the sale of the loan, which was recorded in other revenue on the consolidated statement of operations. As such, transaction fees are now reflected in transaction fees and not in other revenue on the statement of operations. In accordance with GAAP, for this type of accounting change, we are not permitted to reclassify the prior period amounts to conform to this current presentation.

 

57


Table of Contents

Servicing Fees

Servicing fees paid to us vary based on investment channel. Note investors pay us a servicing fee equal to 1% of each payment amount received from the borrower and whole loan purchasers pay a monthly servicing fee up to 1.3% per annum on the month-end principal balance of loans serviced. The servicing fee compensates us for the costs we incur in servicing the related loan, including managing payments from borrowers, payments to investors and maintaining investors’ account portfolios.

We record servicing assets and liabilities at their estimated fair values when we sell whole loans to unrelated third parties or when the servicing contract commences. Over the life of the loan, changes in the estimated fair value of servicing assets and liabilities are included in servicing fees in the period in which the changes occur.

The following table provides the outstanding principal balance of loans that we serviced at the end of the periods indicated, by the method that the loans were financed.

 

Loans Serviced by Method Financed

   March 31, 2012      December 31, 2012      December 31, 2013      September 30, 2014  
     (in millions)  
    

(unaudited)

 

Notes

   $ 273.7       $ 397.1       $ 688.3       $ 983.3   

Certificates

     93.2         398.7         1,171.7         1,601.1   

Whole loans sold

             9.6         406.5         1,372.1   

Financed by Lending Club

     5.2         0.5         0.4         0.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $    372.1       $    805.9       $ 2,266.9       $ 3,956.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Management Fees

Accredited investors and qualified purchasers can invest in limited partner interests in investment funds managed by LCA. LCA typically charges these interest holders a monthly management fee based on the month-end balance of their assets under management, ranging from 0.7% to 1.2% per annum. This fee may be waived or reduced for individual limited partners at the discretion of the general partner. LCA does not earn any carried interest from the investment funds. For separately managed account certificate holders, LCA earns a management fee ranging from 0.7% to 1.2% per annum of the month-end principal balance of loans serviced.

Other Revenue

Other revenue consists of revenue from gains and losses on sales of whole loans and referral revenue. Certain investors investing through our marketplace acquire standard or custom program loans in their entirety. In connection with these whole loan sales, in addition to the transaction fee earned in respect of the corresponding loan, we recognize a gain or loss on the sale of that loan based on the degree to which the contractual loan servicing fee is above or below an estimated market rate loan servicing fee (loans are typically sold at par). From December 1, 2012 through June 30, 2013, we included in the gain calculation on whole loan sales the amount of the transaction fees earned in respect of those loans, resulting in higher gains on sale and lower transaction fees.

Net Interest Income (Expense) and Other Adjustments

Net Interest Income (Expense). We do not assume principal or interest risk on loans originated through our marketplace as it matches borrowers and investors. We only make principal and interest payments on notes issued pursuant to the Note Registration Statement to the extent we receive borrower payments. We are only required to deliver payments as a servicer on loans held by third parties and to the Trust for certificates issued by it related to the corresponding loans only to the extent we actually receive borrower payments. As a result, on our statement of operations for any period and balance sheet as of any date (i) interest income on loans corresponds to the interest expense on notes and certificates and (ii) loan balances correspond to note and certificate balances, with any variations largely resulting from timing differences between the crediting of principal and interest payments on loans versus the disbursement of those payments to investors.

 

58


Table of Contents

From time to time, however, we may make limited loan investments without us issuing a corresponding note to investors, resulting in differences between total interest income and expense amounts on our statement of operations and total loan and notes and certificates balances on our balance sheets. These loan investments have been related primarily to customer accommodations and have been insignificant. We do not anticipate that such investments will be material in the foreseeable future.

Additionally, interest income (expense) includes interest income earned on cash and cash equivalents and interest expense incurred on the term loan.

Other Adjustments: Fair Value Adjustments on Loans, Notes and Certificates and Benefit (Provision) for Losses on Loans at Amortized Cost. We estimate the fair value of loans and their related notes and certificates using a discounted cash flow valuation methodology. The discounted cash flow valuation methodology uses the historical defaults and losses and recoveries on our loans over the past several years to project future losses and net cash flows on loans. The changes in the fair values of loans, notes and certificates are shown on our consolidated statement of operations on a gross basis. Due to the payment dependent feature of the notes and certificates, fair value adjustments on the loans offset the effect of fair value adjustments on the notes and certificates, resulting in no net effect on our earnings. As discussed above, we invest in a limited amount of loans for customer accommodation purposes. These loans are included on our balance sheet with no corresponding note or certificate, and as such the change in fair value of these loans are recorded through the statement of operations with no offsetting affect. These fair value adjustments have been immaterial for the periods presented, and we do not anticipate that such investments will be material in the foreseeable future.

We previously financed certain loans using sources of funds other than our issuance of notes or sales of loans to the Trust or unaffiliated third parties and accounted for those loans at amortized cost, reduced by a valuation allowance for loan losses incurred as of the balance sheet date. All loans acquired and held after September 2011 have been accounted for at fair value. The balance of loans at amortized cost declined to zero during the quarter ended December 31, 2012.

Operating Expenses

Our primary operating expenses consist of sales and marketing expense, origination and servicing expense and general and administrative expense, including engineering and product development and other general and administrative expense.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of variable marketing expenses, including those related to borrower and investor acquisition and retention and general brand and awareness building, and salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense related to our sales and marketing staff.

Origination and Servicing

Origination and servicing expense consists primarily of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense related to our credit, collections, customer support and payment processing staff and vendor costs associated with facilitating and servicing loans.

General and Administrative

Engineering and Product Development. Engineering and product development expense consists primarily of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense for our engineering and product development team and the cost of subcontractors who work on the development and maintenance of our platform. Engineering and product development expense also includes non-capitalized hardware and software costs and depreciation and amortization of technology assets.

 

59


Table of Contents

Other. Other general and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense for our accounting and finance, business development, legal, human resources and facilities staff, professional fees related to legal and accounting, facilities expense and compensation expense related to the acquisition of Springstone. The amount of this compensation expense that we expect to record during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 is $10.8 million, $10.6 million, $3.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively, which assumes satisfaction of vesting and other obligations.

Income Tax

Provision for income taxes consists of federal and state income taxes in the United States and deferred income taxes and changes in the related valuation allowance reflecting the net tax effects of temporary difference between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purpose and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

At December 31, 2013, we had federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $43.9 million and $40.7 million, respectively, to offset future taxable income. These federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards will begin expiring in 2027 and 2016, respectively. Additionally, at December 31, 2013, we had federal and state research and development tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively. The federal credit carry-forwards will begin expiring in 2016 and the state credits may be carried forward indefinitely. We assess the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to utilize the existing deferred tax assets. On the basis of this evaluation, a full valuation allowance has historically been recorded to recognize only deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized.

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth the consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods presented:

 

    Year Ended
March 31,
2012
    Nine Months
Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
          2013     2014  
    (in thousands)  
    (audited)     (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

         

Operating revenues:

         

Transaction fees

  $ 13,701      $ 26,013      $ 85,830      $ 55,214      $ 133,835   

Servicing fees

    1,222        1,474        3,951        2,485        6,301   

Management fees

    206        720        3,083        2,083        4,163   

Other revenue (expense)

    407        720        5,111        4,708        (438
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

    15,536        28,927        97,975        64,490        143,861   

Net interest income (expense) and other adjustments

    261        (334     27        15        (854
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

    15,797        28,593        98,002        64,505        143,007   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses (1) :

         

Sales and marketing

    12,571        14,723        39,037        26,577        60,808   

Origination and servicing

    5,099        6,134        17,217        11,044        26,135   

General and administrative:

         

Engineering and product development

    2,712        3,994        13,922        9,140        22,987   

Other

    7,359        7,980        20,518        13,294        55,875   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    27,741        32,831        90,694        60,055        165,805   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (11,944     (4,238     7,308        4,450        (22,798

Income tax expense

                                1,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (11,944   $ (4,238   $ 7,308      $ 4,450      $ (23,857
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

    Year Ended
March 31,

2012
    Nine Months
Ended
December 31,

2012
    Year Ended
December 31,

2013
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
          2013     2014  
    (in thousands)  

Stock-Based Compensation Expense:

         

Sales and marketing

  $ 152      $ 216      $ 1,313      $ 767      $ 5,029   

Origination and servicing

    31        60        424        170        1,427   

General and administrative:

         

Engineering and product development

    95        406        2,171        1,019        3,487   

Other

                    382             428                    2,375                        1,390                    15,946   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 660      $             1,110      $ 6,283      $     3,346      $   25,889   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods presented as a percentage of total net revenue:

 

     Year Ended
March 31,
2012
    Nine Months
Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
           2013     2014  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Operating revenue:

          

Transaction fees

     87     91     88     86     94

Servicing fees

     8        5        4        4        4   

Management fees

     1        2.5        3        3        3   

Other revenue (expense)

     2        2.5        5        7        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

     98        101        100        100        101   

Net interest income (expense) and other adjustments

     2        (1     0        0        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     100        100        100        100        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses (1) :

          

Sales and marketing

     80        52        40        41        43   

Origination and servicing

     32        21        18        17        18   

General and administrative:

          

Engineering and product development

     17        14        14        14        16   

Other

     47        28        21        21        39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     176        115        93        93        116   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (76     (15     7        7        (16

Income tax expense

     0        0        0        0        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (76 )%      (15 )%      7     7     (17 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

 

(1) Include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended
March 31,
2012
    Nine Months
Ended
December 31,

2012
    Year Ended
December 31,

2013
   

 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
                 2013                     2014          

Stock-Based Compensation Expense:

          

Sales and marketing

     1     1     1     1     4

Origination and servicing

     0        0        1        0        1   

General and administrative:

      

Engineering and product development

     1        1        2        2        2   

Other

             2                2                2                2            11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

     4     4     6     5     18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013

Total Net Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change ($)     Change (%)  
     2013      2014      
     (in thousands, expect percentages)  
     (unaudited)  

Transaction fees

   $ 55,214       $ 133,835      $ 78,621        142

Servicing fees

     2,485         6,301        3,816        154   

Management fees

     2,083         4,163        2,080        100   

Other revenue (expense)

     4,708         (438     (5,146     N/M   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

     64,490         143,861        79,371        123
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense) and other adjustments

     15         (854     (869     N/M   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

   $ 64,505       $ 143,007      $ 78,502        122
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction Fees. Transaction fees were $133.8 million and $55.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, an increase of 142%. This increase was primarily due to an increase in loan originations through our marketplace. Originations were $2,962.5 million and $1,366.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 respectively, an increase of 117%. In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, $4.9 million in transaction fees were included in the gain on sale of whole loans, which was included in other revenue. The average transaction fees as a percentage of the initial principal amount of the loan, including the $4.9 million in other revenue, were 4.5% and 4.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. This increase was primarily due to higher percentages of 60-month loans and loans with higher risk grades, each of which have higher corresponding transaction fees, and the addition of education and patient finance loans.

Servicing Fees. Servicing fees were $6.3 million and $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, an increase of 154%. The increase was primarily due to increased loan payments and balances of notes and certain certificates and sold loans outstanding serviced by us for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2013, partially offset by changes in the fair value of servicing assets and liabilities.

Management Fees. Management fees were $4.2 million and $2.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, an increase of 100%. The increase in management fees was primarily due to an increase in assets under management and outstanding certificate balances.

 

62


Table of Contents

Other Revenue (Expense). Other revenue (expense) was $(0.4) million and $4.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, a decrease of 109%. The decrease was primarily due to a $6.0 million decrease in gain on sale of whole loans to unrelated purchasers, which was partially offset by an increase in referral commissions. From January 1, 2013 through June 30, 2013, we included $4.9 million of transaction fees that were earned in respect of those loans in the gain on whole loan sales, which resulted in higher gains on sale and lower transaction fees.

Components of Net Interest Income (Expense) and Other Adjustments

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2013                 2014        
     (in thousands)  
    

(unaudited)

 

Interest income:

    

Loans

   $ 124,760      $
252,293
  

Cash and cash equivalents

     11        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     124,771        252,298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

    

Notes and certificates

     (124,727     (252,212

Term loan

            (842
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     (124,727     (253,054
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

     44        (756

Fair value adjustments on loans, notes and certificates, net

     (29     (98
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense) and other adjustments

   $ 15      $ (854
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average outstanding balances:

    

Loans

   $ 1,138,193      $ 2,246,575   

Notes and certificates

   $ 1,144,528      $ 2,258,254   

Interest Income on Loans. Interest income from loans was $252.3 million and $124.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The increase in interest income was primarily due to the increase in the outstanding balances of loans.

Interest Expense on Notes and Certificates. Interest expense for notes and certificates was $252.2 million and $124.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to the increase in the outstanding balances of notes and certificates.

Interest Expense on Term Loan . Interest expense on term loan was $0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, which was related to the borrowing incurred in April 2014 related to the Springstone acquisition. We did not have any term loans outstanding during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and did not incur any interest expense for that period.

Fair Value Adjustments on Loans, Notes and Certificates. The fair value adjustments on loans were largely offset by the fair value adjustments on the notes and certificates at fair value due to the borrower payment dependent design of the notes and certificates and to the principal balances of the loans being similar to the combined principal balances of the notes and certificates. Accordingly, the net fair value adjustment losses on loans and notes and certificates were immaterial for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.

Net Interest I ncome (Expense) and Other Adjustments . Net interest income (expense) and other adjustments were $(0.9) million and $15,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The decrease in net interest income (expense) and other adjustments was primarily due to the interest expense incurred on the term loan.

 

63


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Change ($)      Change (%)  
   2013      2014        
     (in thousands, except percentages)  
    

(unaudited)

 

Sales and marketing

   $ 26,577       $ 60,808       $ 34,231         129

Origination and servicing

     11,044         26,135         15,091         137   

General and administrative:

           

Engineering and product development

     9,140         22,987         13,847         151   

Other

     13,294         55,875         42,581         320   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 60,055       $ 165,805       $ 105,750         176
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expense was $60.8 million and $26.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, an increase of 129%. The increase was due to a $29.1 million increase in variable marketing expenses.

Origination and Servicing. Origination and servicing expense was $26.1 million and $11.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, an increase of 137%. The increase was primarily due to a $10.3 million increase in compensation expense as we expanded our credit and customer support teams due to increasing loan applications and a $4.2 million increase in consumer reporting agency and loan processing costs, which was primarily driven by higher loan volume.

General and Administrative

Engineering and Product Development. Engineering and product development expense was $23.0 million and $9.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, an increase of 151%. The increase was primarily due to a $9.7 million increase in personnel-related expenses resulting from increased headcount and contract labor expense as we enhanced our website tools and functionality and a $3.8 million increase in expensed equipment and software, support and maintenance and depreciation expense reflecting our continued investment in technology infrastructure.

We capitalized $8.2 million and $2.0 million of software development costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These costs generally are amortized over a three year period.

Other. Other general and administrative expense was $55.9 million and $13.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, an increase of 320%. The increase was primarily due to a $26.7 million increase in compensation expense, $6.4 million of which was the amortization of the compensation arrangement related to certain key continuing employees of Springstone, with the remainder primarily related to an increase in headcount and stock-based compensation expense, an $8.3 million increase in professional services and amortization of intangibles and a $2.1 million increase in contingent legal liabilities.

Income Taxes

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recorded $1.1 million of income tax expense. The $1.1 million of income tax expense related to the amortization of tax-deductible goodwill from the acquisition of Springstone, which gives rise to an indefinite-lived deferred tax liability. There was no income tax benefit recorded on the pretax loss due to an increase in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance. We recorded no income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 because the corporate income tax liabilities due on our taxable income were offset by usage of prior years’ net operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards.

 

64


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013, Nine Months Ended December 31, 2012 and Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2012

Total Net Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended
December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31, 2013
     Change ($)      Change (%)  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Transaction fees

   $ 26,013      $ 85,830       $ 59,817         230

Servicing fees

     1,474        3,951         2,477         168   

Management fees

     720        3,083         2,363         328   

Other revenue

     720        5,111         4,391         610   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

     28,927        97,975         69,048         239   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense) and other adjustments

     (334     27         361         108   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net revenue

   $ 28,593      $ 98,002       $ 69,409         243
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Year Ended
March 31, 2012
     Nine Months Ended
December 31, 2012
    Change ($)     Change (%)  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Transaction fees

   $ 13,701       $ 26,013      $ 12,312        90

Servicing fees

     1,222         1,474        252        21   

Management fees

     206         720        514        250   

Other revenue

     407         720        313        77   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

     15,536         28,927        13,391        86   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense) and other adjustments

     261         (334     (595     (228
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

   $ 15,797       $ 28,593      $ 12,796        81
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction Fees. Transaction fees were $85.8 million and $26.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended December 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 230%. The increase in these fees was primarily due to an increase in loans originated through our marketplace from $608.2 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 to $2,064.6 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of 239%. In addition, during the six months ended June 30, 2013, $4.9 million in transaction fees were included in the gain on sale of whole loans, which was included in other revenue. The average transaction fees as a percentage of the initial principal balance of the loan, including the $4.9 million in other revenue, were 4.4% and 4.3% for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended December 31, 2012, respectively. The increase was primarily due to a higher percentage of 60-month loans and loans with higher risk grades, each of which have higher corresponding transaction fees.

Transaction fees were $26.0 million and $13.7 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 90%. The increase in these fees was primarily due to an increase in loans originated through our marketplace from $321.1 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 to $608.2 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012, an increase of 90%.

Servicing Fees. Servicing fees were $4.0 million and $1.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended December 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 168%. The increase in servicing fees was primarily due to increased balances of notes and certain certificates and sold loans outstanding serviced by us for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the nine months ended December 31, 2012.

 

65


Table of Contents

Servicing fees were $1.5 million and $1.2 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 21%. The increase in servicing fees was primarily due to an increase in the aggregate amount of outstanding note and certain certificate balances for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.

Management Fees. Management fees were $3.1 million and $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended December 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 328%. The increase in management fees was due primarily to an increase in the total assets under management and outstanding certificate balances.

Management fees were $0.7 million and $0.2 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, respectively. The increase in management fees was due primarily to an increase in the total assets under management and outstanding certificate balances.

Other Revenue. Other revenue was $5.1 million and $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended December 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 610%. The increase in other revenue was primarily due to a $3.5 million increase in gain on sale of whole loans to unrelated purchasers. The $3.5 million increase included $4.9 million in transaction fees, which are included in the gain on sale of whole loans from January 1, 2013 to June 30, 2013.

Other revenue was $0.7 million and $0.4 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 77%. The increase in other revenue was primarily due to an increase in gain on sale of whole loans to unrelated purchasers.

Components of Net Interest Income (Expense) and Other Adjustments

 

     Nine Months Ended
December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    Change ($)     Change (%)  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Interest income:

        

Loans

   $ 56,829      $ 187,495      $ 130,666        230

Cash and cash equivalents

     32        12        (20     (63
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     56,861        187,507        130,646        230   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

        

Notes and certificates

     (56,631     (187,447     (130,816     231   

Loans payable

     (11            11        (100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     (56,642     (187,447     (130,805     231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

     219        60        (159     (73

Fair value adjustments on loans, notes and certificates, net

     (595     (33     562        (94

Benefit from loss reversal on loans at amortized cost

     42               (42     (100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense) and other adjustments

   $ (334   $ 27      $ 361        (108 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average outstanding balances:

        

Loans

   $ 551,923      $ 1,278,631      $ 726,708        132

Notes and certificates

   $ 552,523      $ 1,285,764      $ 733,241        133

 

66


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
March 31, 2012
    Nine Months Ended
December 31, 2012
    Change ($)     Change (%)  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Interest income:

        

Loans

   $ 32,636      $ 56,829      $ 24,193        74

Cash and cash equivalents

     24        32        8        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     32,660        56,861        24,201        74   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

        

Notes and certificates

     (31,777     (56,631     (24,854     78   

Loans payable

     (253     (11     242        (96
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     (32,030     (56,642     (24,612     77   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

     630        219        (411     (65

Fair value adjustments on loans, notes and certificates, net

     (1     (595     (594     N/M   

Benefit (provision) for losses on loans at amortized cost

     (368     42        410        (111
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense) and other adjustments

   $ 261      $ (334   $ (595     (228 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average outstanding balances:

        

Loans

   $ 255,281      $ 551,923      $ 296,642        116

Notes and certificates

   $ 250,291      $ 552,523      $ 302,232        121

Interest Income on Loans. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended December 31, 2012, interest income from loans was $187.5 million and $56.8 million, respectively. The increase in interest income was primarily due to the increase in the outstanding balances of loans.

For the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, interest income from loans was $56.8 million and $32.6 million, respectively. The increase in interest income was primarily due to the increase in the outstanding balances of loans.

Interest Expense on Notes and Certificates. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended December 31, 2012, we recorded interest expense for notes and certificates of $187.4 million and $56.6 million, respectively. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to the increase in the outstanding balances of notes and certificates.

For the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, we recorded interest expense for notes and certificates of $56.6 million and $31.8 million, respectively. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to the increase in the outstanding balances of notes and certificates.

Interest Expense on Loans Payable. We did not incur any interest expense for loans payable for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. For loans payable that were paid in full in July 2012, we recorded interest expense for loans payable of $11,000 and $0.3 million, for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, respectively.

Fair Value Adjustments on Loans, Notes and Certificates . The fair value adjustment losses on loans were largely offset by the fair value adjustment gains on the notes and certificates at fair value due to the borrower payment dependent design of the notes and certificates and due to the principal balances of the loans being similar to the combined principal balances of the notes and certificates. Accordingly, the net fair value adjustment losses for loans, notes and certificates were $33,000, $0.6 million and $1,000 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, respectively.

 

67


Table of Contents

Benefit (Provision) for Losses on Loans at Amortized Cost. We formerly financed certain loans using sources of funds other than notes and certificates and accounted for those loans at amortized cost, reduced by a valuation allowance for loan losses incurred as of the balance sheet date. All loans acquired and held after September 2011 have been accounted for at fair value. The balance of loans at amortized cost declined to zero during the quarter ended December 31, 2012.

There was no provision or benefit related to loans at amortized cost for the year ended December 31, 2013 because there were no such loans outstanding during that period. We recorded provisions (benefits) for losses on loans at amortized cost of $(42,000) and $0.4 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, respectively. The reduction in the loan loss provision was due to the roll-off of the remaining balance of loans at amortized cost.

Net Interest Income (Expense) and Other Adjustments. Net interest income (expense) and other adjustments were $27,000 and $(0.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and nine months ended December 31, 2012, respectively. The increase was primarily due to a reduction in the net fair value adjustment losses on loans, notes and certificates of $0.6 million, which was partially offset by a decline in net interest income of $0.2 million.

Net interest income (expense) and other adjustments were $(0.3) million and $0.3 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, respectively. The net decline was primarily due to a decline in net interest income of $0.4 million and an increase in the net fair value adjustment losses on loans, notes and certificates of $0.6 million, which was partially offset by a decline in provision for losses on loans at amortized cost of $0.4 million.

Operating Expenses

 

    Nine Months Ended
December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31, 2013
           Change ($)                   Change (%)         
    (in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing

  $ 14,723      $ 39,037      $ 24,314        165

Origination and servicing

    6,134        17,217        11,083        181   

General and administrative:

       

Engineering and product development

    3,994        13,922        9,928        249   

Other

    7,980        20,518        12,538        157   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  $ 32,831      $ 90,694      $ 57,863        176
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Year Ended
March 31, 2012
    Nine Months Ended
December 31, 2012
    Change ($)     Change (%)  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing

  $ 12,571      $ 14,723      $ 2,152        17

Origination and servicing

    5,099        6,134        1,035        20   

General and administrative:

       

Engineering and product development

    2,712        3,994        1,282        47   

Other

    7,359        7,980        621        8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  $ 27,741      $ 32,831      $ 5,090        18
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expense was $39.0 million and $14.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and nine months ended December 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 165%. The increase was primarily due to an $18.7 million increase in variable marketing expenses driven by higher loan originations and a $5.1 million increase in personnel-related expenses.

 

68


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expense was $14.7 million and $12.6 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 17%. The increase was primarily due to a $1.4 million increase in variable marketing expenses driven by higher loan originations and a $1.3 million increase in personnel-related expenses.

Origination and Servicing. Origination and servicing expense was $17.2 million and $6.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and nine months ended December 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 181%. The increase was primarily due to a $7.3 million increase in personnel-related expenses and a $3.9 million increase in consumer reporting agency and loan processing costs, both driven by higher loan volumes.

Origination and servicing expense was $6.1 million and $5.1 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 20%. The increase was primarily due to a $0.6 million increase in personnel-related expenses.

General and Administrative

Engineering and Product Development. Engineering and product development expense was $13.9 million and $4.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended December 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 249%. The increase was primarily driven by continued investment in our platform, which included a $7.1 million increase in personnel-related expenses resulting from increased headcount and contract labor expense and a $2.1 million increase in expensed equipment and software and depreciation expense.

Engineering and product development expense was $4.0 million and $2.7 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 47%. The increase was primarily driven by continued investment in our platform, which included an $0.8 million increase in personnel-related expenses resulting from increased headcount and contract labor expense and a $0.2 million increase in expensed equipment and software and depreciation expense.

We capitalized $3.8 million and $0.4 million in software development costs for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

Other. Other general and administrative expense was $20.5 million and $8.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended December 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 157%. The increase was primarily due to a $7.3 million increase in personnel-related expenses from increased headcount and a $2.3 million increase in rent and facilities expenses.

Other general and administrative expense was $8.0 million and $7.4 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, respectively, an increase of 8%. The increase was primarily due to a $0.3 million increase in personnel-related expenses from increased headcount.

Income Taxes

We recorded no income tax expense related to the pre-tax income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 due to the availability of deferred tax assets subject to a full valuation to offset current year income. We recorded no tax benefit related to our pre-tax losses for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 because the tax benefit on such losses were offset by increases in the valuation allowance. Deferred tax assets, such as the future benefit of net operating loss deductions against future taxable income, can be recognized if realization of such tax-related assets is more likely than not. Given our history of operating losses, it is difficult to accurately forecast when and in what amounts future results will be affected by the realization, if any, of the tax benefits of future deductions for our net operating loss carry-forwards. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes our historical operating performance and the reported cumulative net losses in all prior years, we have provided a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets.

 

69


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated statement of operations data for each of the seven quarters ended September 30, 2014. The unaudited quarterly statement of operations data set forth below have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair statement of the unaudited quarterly statement of operations data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following quarterly consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
2013
    Jun. 30,
2013
    Sep. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Mar. 31,
2014
    Jun. 30,
2014
    Sep. 30,
2014
 
    (in thousands, except percentages)        
   

(unaudited)

       

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

             

Operating revenue:

             

Transaction fees

  $ 13,582      $ 16,393      $ 25,239      $ 30,616      $ 35,412      $ 45,801      $ 52,622   

Servicing fees

    715        882        888        1,466        1,780        1,468        3,053   

Management fees

    494        720        869        1,000        1,094        1,461        1,608   

Other revenue (expense), net

    1,452        2,847        409        403        416        (109     (745
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

    16,243        20,842        27,405        33,485        38,702        48,621        56,538   

Net interest income (expense) and other adjustments

    8        (3     10        12        16        (396     (474
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

    16,251        20,839        27,415        33,497        38,718        48,225        56,064   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses (1) :

             

Sales and marketing

    7,707        8,410        10,460        12,460        20,582        19,225        21,001   

Origination and servicing

    2,634        3,414        4,996        6,173        7,402        8,566        10,167   

General and administrative:

             

Engineering and product development

    2,248        3,043        3,849        4,782        5,722        8,030        9,235   

Other

    3,622        4,190        5,482        7,224        12,311        20,951        22,613   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    16,211        19,057        24,787        30,639        46,017        56,772        63,016   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    40        1,782        2,628        2,858        (7,299     (8,547     (6,952

Income tax expense (benefit)

           85        (85                   640        419   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 40      $ 1,697      $ 2,713      $ 2,858      $ (7,299   $ (9,187     (7,371
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Data (2) :

             

Loan originations

  $    352,885      $    446,225      $    567,142      $    698,373      $    791,348      $ 1,005,946      $ 1,165,226   

Contribution (3)

  $ 6,015      $ 9,231      $ 12,560      $ 15,654      $ 14,578      $ 21,915      $ 26,881   

Contribution margin (3)

    37.0     44.3     45.8     46.7     37.7     45.1     47.5

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

  $ 732      $ 3,054      $ 4,927      $ 6,514      $ 1,866      $ 4,002      $ 7,517   

Adjusted EBITDA margin (3)

    4.5     14.7     18.0     19.5     4.8     8.2     13.3

 

70


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended  
      Mar. 31, 
2013
      Jun. 30, 
2013
      Sep. 30, 
2013
      Dec. 31, 
2013
      Mar. 31, 
2014
      Jun. 30, 
2014
     Sep. 30,
2014
 
     (in thousands)  

Stock-Based Compensation Expense:

                    

Sales and marketing

   $ 87       $ 174       $ 506       $ 547       $ 3,502       $ 615       $ 912   

Origination and servicing

     26         39         105         255         358         470         599   

General and administrative:

                    

Engineering and product development

     174         326         519           1,151         737         1,258         1,492   

Other

          239              410              741         983           2,436           5,976         7,534   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 526       $ 949       $ 1,871       $ 2,936       $ 7,033       $ 8,319       $ 10,537   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) For more information about loan originations, contribution margin, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin, see “—Key Operating and Financial Metrics.”
(3) Contribution, contribution margin, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information regarding our use of these measures and a reconciliation of these measures to the most comparable GAAP measure, see “—Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Quarterly Trends

Our total net revenue has generally increased since our inception, including the seven quarters ended September 30, 2014. This increase has been driven primarily from an increase in loan originations and an increase in the outstanding principal balances of loans, notes and certificates. There is some seasonality in demand for personal loans, which is generally lower in the first and fourth quarters. While our growth has somewhat masked this seasonality, our operating results could be affected by such seasonality in the future.

Beyond growth in originations, revenues have also fluctuated due to changes in the mix of loans, notes and certificates. Historically, mix changes within our loan grades, which have differing transaction fees by loan grade, have driven some variability within transaction fees when measured as a percentage of originations. Mix changes in notes, certificates and loan sales drive changes in servicing fees and management fees. Net revenue for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 included $5.7 million of revenue from Springstone, which was acquired in April 2014. Effective July 1, 2013, we changed our accounting for loans sold, which resulted in transaction fees associated with loans sold being recorded in transactions fees in the statement of operations. In the future, we expect grade mix changes, product mix changes and mix changes in notes, certificates and loan sales to continue to drive variability in our revenues.

Operating expenses have increased over the last seven quarters primarily due to an increase in loan originations and an increase in the outstanding principal balances of loans that we service. Sales and marketing expenses have generally increased sequentially from quarter-to-quarter, primarily due to increases in originations and headcount-related growth, which includes stock-based compensation expense. Specifically in the quarter ended March 31, 2014, sales and marketing expense increased due to higher marketing expenditures on a new product, sales and marketing channel testing and seasonality. Origination and servicing expenses have increased sequentially from quarter-to-quarter, primarily due to increases in originations, in the total outstanding principal balances of loans that we service and in headcount-related growth, which includes stock-based compensation expense.

For the three months ended September 30, 2014, our marketplace facilitated $1,165 million in loans, comprised of $874 million in standard program and $291 million in custom program loans. Of the standard program loans, notes issued pursuant to the Note Registration Statement accounted for $223 million, or 26%, of investments during the period, certificates issued by the Trust accounted for $284 million, or 32%, and whole

 

71


Table of Contents

loan sales accounted for $367 million, or 42%. For the three months ended September 30, 2014, of the capital invested in standard program loans, $383 million, or 44%, was invested by individuals through investment vehicles or managed accounts, $226 million, or 26%, was invested by self-managed, individual investors and $262 million, or 30%, was invested by institutional investors. Of the custom program loans, certificates issued by the Trust accounted for $25 million, or 9%, whole loan sales accounted for $150 million, or 51%, and education and patient finance loans facilitated through Springstone’s platform accounted for $116 million, or 40%, of the investments during the three months ended September 30, 2014. Of the capital invested in custom program loans during this period, $22 million, or 8%, was invested by individuals through investment vehicles or managed accounts and $269 million, or 92%, was invested by institutional investors.

As a result of these quarterly trends and fluctuations in revenue, sales and marketing and origination and servicing expenses, our contribution margin has fluctuated over the periods and will continue to fluctuate quarterly based on continued investment in the business.

Engineering and product development expenses have increased quarterly due to headcount-related growth, which includes stock-based compensation expense, and increases in hardware and software investments, including amortization of capitalized software. Specifically, we increased hiring in 2014, which increased our personnel-related expenses in 2014.

Other general and administrative expense has increased quarterly primarily due to headcount-related expenses, including accounting, finance, risk management, business development, legal, human resources and facilities staff as well as external legal, audit and facilities expenses. In addition, expenses increased in 2014 due to the acquisition of Springstone, which increased compensation expense, acquisition-related expenses and amortization of intangibles. Stock-based compensation expense also increased in 2014 due to increased hiring and as a result of retention stock option grants to key employees.

Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Contribution is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss), excluding net interest income (expense) and other adjustments, general and administrative expense, stock-based compensation expense and income tax expense (benefit). Contribution margin is calculated by dividing contribution by total operating revenue. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss), excluding net interest income (expense) and other adjustments, acquisition and related expense, depreciation and amortization, amortization of intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense and income tax expense (benefit). Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as adjusted EBITDA divided by total operating revenue.

Our non-GAAP measures have limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for an analysis of our results under GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of these non-GAAP financial measures versus their nearest GAAP equivalents. Contribution, contribution margin, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin should not be viewed as substitutes for, or superior to, net income (loss) as prepared in accordance with GAAP. Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate these measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as a comparative measure. Contribution, contribution margin, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin do not consider the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation. Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future and adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements. Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us.

In evaluating contribution, contribution margin, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses similar to the adjustments in this presentation.

 

72


Table of Contents

The following tables present a reconciliation of net income (loss) to contribution for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
   

(unaudited)

 

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Contribution:

             

Net income (loss)

  $ (10,255   $ (10,807   $ (12,269   $ (6,862   $ 7,308      $ 4,450      $ (23,857

Net interest expense (income) and other adjustments.

    1,550        708        (222     238        (27     (15     854   

General and administrative expense:

             

Engineering and product development

    1,766        1,951        2,289        4,855        13,922        9,140        22,987   

Other

    3,430        3,330        6,572        10,024        20,518        13,294        55,875   

Stock-based compensation expense (1)

    33        109        39        377        1,737        937        6,456   

Income tax expense

                                              1,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contribution

  $ (3,476   $ (4,709   $ (3,591   $ 8,632      $ 43,458      $ 27,806      $ 63,374   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

  $ 1,372      $ 5,723      $ 12,530      $ 34,045      $ 97,975      $ 64,490      $ 143,861   

Contribution margin

    (253.4 )%      (82.3 )%      (28.7 )%      25.4     44.4     43.1     44.1

 

(1) Consists of stock-based compensation expense not included in general and administrative expense as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine
Months Ended

September 30,
 
     2009      2010      2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Stock-Based Compensation Expense:

                    

Sales and marketing

   $ 28       $ 94       $ 30       $ 302       $ 1,313       $ 767       $ 5,029   

Origination and servicing

            5              15                9              75         424            170         1,427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 33       $ 109       $ 39       $ 377       $ 1,737       $ 937       $ 6,456   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    Year Ended
March 31,
2012
    Nine Months
Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
          2013     2014  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
   

(unaudited)

 

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Contribution:

         

Net income (loss)

  $ (11,944   $ (4,238   $ 7,308      $ 4,450      $ (23,857

Net interest expense (income) and other adjustments

    (261     334        (27     (15     854   

General and administrative expense:

         

Engineering and product development

    2,712        3,994        13,922        9,140        22,987   

Other

    7,359           7,980         20,518        13,294        55,875   

Stock-based compensation expense (1)

    183        276        1,737        937        6,456   

Income tax expense

                                1,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contribution

  $ (1,951   $ 8,346      $ 43,458      $ 27,806      $ 63,374   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

  $ 15,536      $ 28,927      $ 97,975      $ 64,490      $ 143,861   

Contribution margin

    (12.6 )%      28.9     44.4     43.1     44.1

 

73


Table of Contents

 

(1) Consists of stock-based compensation expense not included in general and administrative expense as follows:

 

    Year Ended
March 31,

2012
    Nine
Months
Ended
December 31,

2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
   

 

Nine Months Ended September 30,

 
              2013             2014      
    (in thousands)  

Stock-Based Compensation Expense:

         

Sales and marketing

  $ 152      $ 216      $ 1,313      $ 767      $ 5,029   

Origination and servicing

         31             60           424         170        1,427   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 183      $ 276      $ 1,737      $ 937      $ 6,456   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2013
    Jun. 30,
2013
    Sep. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Mar. 31,
2014
    Jun. 30,
2014
    Sep. 30,
2014
 
     (in thousands, except percentages)        
    

(unaudited)

       

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Contribution:

              

Net income (loss)

   $ 40      $ 1,697      $ 2,713      $ 2,858      $ (7,299   $ (9,187   $ (7,371

Net interest expense (income) and other adjustments.

     (8     3        (10     (12     (16     396        474   

General and administrative expense:

              

Engineering and product development

     2,248        3,043        3,849        4,782        5,722        8,030        9,235   

Other

     3,622        4,190        5,482        7,224        12,311        20,951        22,613   

Stock-based compensation expense (1)

     113        213        611        802        3,860        1,085        1,511   

Income tax expense (benefit)

            85        (85                   640        419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contribution

   $ 6,015      $ 9,231      $ 12,560      $ 15,654      $ 14,578      $ 21,915      $ 26,881   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

   $ 16,243      $ 20,842      $ 27,405      $ 33,485      $ 38,702      $ 48,621      $ 56,538   

Contribution margin

     37.0     44.3     45.8     46.7     37.7     45.1     47.5

 

(1) Consists of stock-based compensation expense not included in general and administrative expense as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2013
     Jun. 30,
2013
     Sep. 30,
2013
     Dec. 31,
2013
     Mar. 31,
2014
     Jun. 30,
2014
     Sep. 30,
2014
 
     (in thousands)         

Stock-Based Compensation Expense:

                    

Sales and marketing

   $ 87       $ 174       $ 506       $ 547       $ 3,502       $ 615       $ 912   

Origination and servicing

          26              39            105           255         358         470         599   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 113       $ 213       $ 611       $ 802       $ 3,860       $ 1,085       $ 1,511   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

The following tables present a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
   

(unaudited)

 

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:

             

Net income (loss)

  $ (10,255   $ (10,807   $ (12,269   $ (6,862   $ 7,308      $ 4,450      $ (23,857

Net interest expense (income) and other adjustments.

    1,550        708        (222     238        (27     (15     854   

Acquisition and related expense

                                              2,819   

Depreciation and amortization

    73        87        133        288        1,663        932        4,110   

Amortization of intangible assets

                                              2,510   

Stock-based compensation expense

    134        319        291        1,412        6,283        3,346        25,889   

Income tax expense

                                              1,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (8,498   $ (9,693   $ (12,067   $ (4,924   $ 15,227      $ 8,713      $ 13,384   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

  $ 1,372      $ 5,723      $ 12,530      $ 34,045      $ 97,975      $ 64,490      $ 143,861   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

    (619.4 )%      (169.4 )%      (96.3 )%      (14.5 )%      15.5     13.5     9.3

 

    Year Ended
March 31, 2012
    Nine Months Ended
December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
          2013     2014  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
    (unaudited)  

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:

         

Net income (loss)

  $ (11,944   $ (4,238   $ 7,308      $ 4,450      $ (23,857

Net interest expense (income) and other adjustments.

    (261     334        (27     (15     854   

Acquisition and related expense

                                2,819   

Depreciation and amortization

    150        237        1,663        932        4,110   

Amortization of intangible assets

                                2,510   

Stock-based compensation expense

    660        1,110        6,283        3,346        25,889   

Income tax expense

                                1,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (11,395   $ (2,557   $ 15,227      $ 8,713      $ 13,384   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

  $ 15,536      $ 28,927      $ 97,975      $ 64,490      $ 143,861   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

    (73.3 )%      (8.8 )%      15.5     13.5     9.3

 

75


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
2013
    Jun. 30,
2013
    Sep. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Mar. 31,
2014
    Jun. 30,
2014
    Sep. 30,
2014
 
    (in thousands, except percentages)        
   

(unaudited)

       

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:

             

Net income (loss)

  $ 40      $ 1,697      $ 2,713      $ 2,858      $ (7,299   $ (9,187   $ (7,371

Net interest expense (income) and other adjustments.

    (8     3        (10     (12     (16     396        474   

Acquisition and related expense

                                1,141        1,378        301   

Depreciation and amortization

    174        320        438        732        1,007        1,333        1,769   

Amortization of intangible assets

                                       1,123        1,388   

Stock-based compensation expense

    526        949        1,871        2,936        7,033        8,319        10,537   

Income tax expense (benefit)

           85        (85                   640        419   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 732      $ 3,054      $ 4,927      $ 6,514      $ 1,866      $ 4,002      $ 7,517   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

  $ 16,243      $ 20,842      $ 27,405      $ 33,485      $ 38,702      $ 48,621      $ 56,538   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

    4.5     14.7     18.0     19.5     4.8     8.2     13.3

Springstone Acquisition

In April 2014, we acquired all of the outstanding limited liability company interests of Springstone, which offers education and patient finance loans. Springstone utilizes two issuing banks and a network of providers. The financial results of Springstone are included in our consolidated financial statements from April 17, 2014, the date of acquisition.

Under the terms of the purchase agreement, the sellers received at the closing an aggregate of $113 million in cash and $25 million worth of shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock. In connection with the acquisition, we also paid $2.4 million for transaction costs incurred by Springstone. For accounting purposes, the purchase price was $111.8 million, which was comprised of $109.0 million in cash and shares of Series F convertible preferred stock with an aggregate value of $2.8 million. To secure the retention of certain key employees, a total of $25.6 million comprised of $22.1 million of shares of Series F convertible preferred stock (Escrow Shares) and $3.5 million of cash were placed in a third-party escrow and are subject to certain vesting and forfeiture conditions applicable to these employees continuing employment over a three-year period from the closing. These amounts will be accounted for as a compensation arrangement and expensed over the three-year vesting period. Additionally, $19.0 million of the cash consideration and certain Escrow Shares were placed in a third-party escrow for 15 months from the closing date to secure, in part, the indemnification obligations of the sellers under the purchase agreement. We funded the cash portion of the purchase price with proceeds from our Series F convertible preferred stock financing and a $50.0 million term loan with a syndicate of lenders led by Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

From inception through September 30, 2014, we have raised approximately $168.0 million, net of issuance costs, through preferred stock financings. Historically, we have funded our operations with proceeds from debt financing, preferred stock issuances and common stock issuances. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we generated positive cash flows from operations.

At September 30, 2014, we had $82.7 million in available cash and cash equivalents. We primarily hold our excess unrestricted cash in short-term interest-bearing money market funds at highly-rated financial institutions. We believe that our current cash position is sufficient to meet our current liquidity needs for at least the next 12 months.

 

76


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2014, we also had $25.2 million in restricted cash that consisted primarily of pledged cash of $3.0 million as security for our primary issuing bank, $3.4 million for an investor as part of a credit support agreement, $16.8 million of cash received from investors and not yet applied to their accounts and $1.5 million as security for a correspondent bank that clears our borrowers’ and investors’ cash transactions.

The following table sets forth certain cash flow information for the periods presented:

 

                                                                                                   
    Year Ended
March 31, 2012
    Nine Months Ended
December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
                  2013                     2014          
    (in thousands)  
    (audited)     (unaudited)  

Cash provided by (used in)

         

Operating activities

  $ (11,086   $ (393   $ 1,139      $ 16,202      $ 35,395   

Investing activities (1)

    (218,806     (441,145     (1,120,615     (782,338     (925,478

Financing activities (1)

    247,800        462,845        1,116,224        775,771        923,458   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

  $        17,908      $        21,307      $ (3,252   $        9,635      $       33,375   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Cash used in investing activities includes the purchase of loans and repayment of loans originated through our marketplace. Cash provided by financing activities includes our issuance of notes and the Trust’s issuance of certificates to investors and the repayment of those notes and certificates. These amounts generally correspond to each other.

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was $35.4 million. Cash flow provided by operating activities was primarily driven by changes in certain components of our working capital, including a decrease in other assets of $13.2 million that was primarily related to payments of receivables due from investors and an increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $10.8 million. Additionally, $10.4 million of net cash provided by operating activities was generated by the net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 of $23.9 million, adjusted for non-cash stock-based compensation and warrant expense of $25.9 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $6.6 million and non-cash changes in the fair values of servicing assets and liabilities of $1.8 million, net. Also included in cash flows from operations were the purchases and sales of loans that we intended to sell, along with the gain or loss on such sales, and changes in accrued interest receivable and payable, which largely offset one another.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1.1 million. Cash flow from operating activities was generated primarily by net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $7.3 million, adjusted for non-cash stock-based compensation and warrant expense of $6.5 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $1.7 million and net non-cash changes in the fair values of servicing assets and liabilities of $0.4 million. Additionally, operating cash flows were generated due to changes in certain components of our working capital, including increases in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $4.1 million and accounts payable of $1.8 million. These cash inflows were largely offset by increases in other assets of $21.1 million that were related to increases in receivables due from investors. Also included in cash flows from operations were the purchases and sales of loans that we intended to sell, along with the gain or loss on such sales, and changes in accrued interest receivable and payable, which largely offset one another.

Net cash used in operating activities for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 was $0.4 million. The cash used in operating activities primarily related to the net loss for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 of $4.2 million, adjusted for non-cash stock-based compensation and warrant expense of $1.1 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $0.2 million and net non-cash changes in the fair values of loans, note and certificates of $0.6 million, as well as an increase in other assets of $0.6 million. This cash outflow was partially offset by net operating cash inflows from changes in certain components of our working capital, including an increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $1.6 million and a net increase in accrued interest receivable

 

77


Table of Contents

and accrued interest payable of $0.9 million. Also included in cash flows from operations were the purchases and sales of loans that we intended sell along, with the gain or loss on such sales, which largely offset one another.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended March 31, 2012 was $11.1 million. The cash used in operating activities primarily related to the net loss for the year ended March 31, 2012 of $11.9 million, adjusted for non-cash stock-based compensation and warrant expense of $0.7 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $0.2 million and a non-cash provision for losses on loans at amortized cost of $0.4 million. Additionally, net uses of operating cash flow resulted in changes in certain components of our working capital, including an increase in other assets of $1.5 million, which was partially offset by increases in accounts payable of $0.6 million and accrued expenses and other liabilities of $0.4 million.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was $925.5 million. Cash used in investing activities primarily resulted from $1.5 billion of cash used to purchase loans at fair value, $109.5 million for the Springstone acquisition, $15.0 million of purchases of property, equipment and software and a $11.4 million increase in restricted cash, partially offset by $739.5 million of principal payments received on loans at fair value.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1.1 billion, which primarily resulted from $1.6 billion of cash used to purchase loans at fair value, $10.4 million of purchases of property, equipment and software and a $4.7 million increase in restricted cash, partially offset by $511.2 million of principal payments received on loans at fair value.

Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 was $441.1 million, which primarily resulted from $598.6 million of cash used to purchase loans at fair value, a $2.6 million increase in restricted cash and $1.3 million of purchases of property, equipment and software, partially offset by $160.8 million of principal payments received on loans at fair value.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended March 31, 2012 was $218.8 million, which primarily resulted from $320.0 million of cash used to purchase loans at fair value and a $4.0 million increase in restricted cash, partially offset by $105.3 million of cash received as principal payments on loans at fair value.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was $923.5 million. Cash provided by financing activities primarily resulted from $1.5 billion of proceeds from our issuance of notes and sale of loans to the Trust in connection with its issuance of certificates, $64.8 million net proceeds from our sale of Series F convertible preferred stock in connection with the Springstone acquisition, $49.8 million of net proceeds from the issuance of a term loan and an $12.9 million increase in the amount payable to investors, partially offset by $732.3 million in principal payments made on notes and certificates.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1.1 billion, which primarily resulted from $1.6 billion of proceeds from our issuance of notes and sale of loans to the Trust in connection with its issuance of certificates, which was partially offset by $504.3 million of principal payments made on notes and certificates.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 was $462.8 million, which primarily resulted from $606.9 million of proceeds from our issuance of notes and sale of loans to the Trust in connection with its issuance of certificates and $17.3 million net proceeds from our sale of Series E convertible preferred stock, partially offset by $163.9 million of principal payments made on notes and certificates.

 

78


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended March 31, 2012 was $247.8 million, which primarily resulted from $319.7 million in proceeds from our issuance of notes and sale of loans to the Trust in connection with its issuance of certificates and $31.9 million in net proceeds from our sale of Series D convertible preferred stock, partially offset by $101.9 million of principal payments made on notes and certificates and $2.6 million of payments on loans payable.

Term Loan

In connection with the Springstone acquisition, we entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement with several lenders in April 2014, under which the lenders made a $50.0 million term loan to us. At September 30, 2014, the net outstanding balance on the term loan was $49.2 million. In connection with our entry into the credit agreement, we entered into a Pledge and Security Agreement with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

The term loan matures in April 2017 and requires principal payments of $0.3 million per quarter plus interest, with the remaining then-unpaid principal amount payable at maturity. The term loan can be prepaid at any time without premium or penalty, subject to a minimum prepayment of $1.0 million. The term loan is required to be prepaid in certain circumstances, including upon sales of assets other than loans and upon the issuance of debt or redeemable capital stock. Borrowings under the credit agreement accrued interest at a weighted-average rate of 2.65% per annum for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

The term loan is also guaranteed by Springstone and LCA and is secured by a first priority lien and security interest in substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets, not otherwise pledged or restricted, subject to certain exceptions.

The credit and pledge agreements contain certain affirmative and negative covenants applicable to us and our subsidiaries. These include restrictions on our ability to make certain restricted payments, including restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, incur indebtedness, place liens on assets, merge or consolidate, make investments and enter into certain transactions with our affiliates. The credit agreement also requires us to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) of 5.50:1 initially, and decreasing to 3.50:1 after September 30, 2015 (on a consolidated basis). The total leverage ratio as of September 30, 2014 was 2.25:1.

The credit agreement also contains customary events of default, including nonpayment of principal when due, nonpayment of interest, fees or other amounts after a grace period, material inaccuracies of representations and warranties and breaches of covenants, subject in certain cases to a grace period, cross-default to defaults in indebtedness in excess of $25.0 million, bankruptcy, judgments, change in control and other material events. The credit agreement and ancillary agreements provide customary remedies upon an event of default.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, the nine months ended December 31, 2012, the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 or the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Contingencies

Loan Funding Commitments

For loans listed in the marketplace as a result of direct marketing efforts, we have committed to invest in such loans if investors do not provide funding for all or a portion of such loans. At September 30, 2014, there were 722 such loans in the marketplace with an unfunded balance of $9.0 million. All of these loans were fully funded by investors by October 8, 2014.

In connection with transitional activities following our acquisition of Springstone, in June 2014, we entered into a contingent loan purchase agreement with an issuing bank that originates loans facilitated by Springstone

 

79


Table of Contents

and a third-party investor that has agreed to purchase certain of those loans from such bank. The contingent loan purchase commitment provides that we will purchase such loans from the bank if the third-party investor defaults on its loan purchase obligations through December 31, 2014. The contingent loan purchase commitment limits the aggregate amount of such loan originations from inception of the contingent loan purchase commitment through December 31, 2014 to a maximum of $5.0 million. As of September 30, 2014, the amount remaining under the overall limit on the cumulative amount of such loan originations through December 31, 2014 was $2.2 million. We were not required to purchase any such loans pursuant to the contingent loan purchase commitment in the quarter ended September 30, 2014. We do not expect we will be required to purchase any such loans under the contingent loan purchase commitment through its expiration on December 31, 2014.

Credit Support Agreement

We are subject to a credit support agreement with a certificate investor. The credit support agreement requires us to pledge and restrict cash in support of our contingent obligation to reimburse the investor for credit losses on loans underlying the investor’s certificate that are in excess of a specified aggregate loss threshold. We are contingently obligated to pledge cash, not to exceed $5.0 million, to support this contingent obligation, which cash balance is premised upon the investor’s certificate purchase volume. As of September 30, 2014, approximately $3.4 million was pledged and restricted to support this contingent obligation.

As of September 30, 2014, the credit losses pertaining to the investor’s certificate have not exceeded the specified threshold, nor are future credit losses expected to exceed the specified threshold, and no expense or liability has been recorded. We currently do not anticipate recording losses resulting from our contingent obligation under this credit support agreement. If losses related to the credit support agreement are later determined to be likely to occur and are estimable, our results of operations could be affected in the period in which such losses are recorded.

Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our loan funding operation in connection with direct marketing efforts, operating leases for office space and contractual commitments for other support services. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013:

 

                                                                                                                                                          
     Payments Due by Period  
     Less Than 1 Year      1 to 3 Years      3 to 5 Years      More than 5 Years      Total  
     (in thousands)  
    

(unaudited)

 

Purchase obligations

   $ 2,267       $ 546       $       $       $ 2,813   

Loan funding obligations (1)

     1,188                                 1,188   

Operating lease obligations (2)

     2,748         6,672         7,406         1,925         18,751   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations (3)

   $   6,203       $   7,218       $   7,406       $   1,925       $ 22,752   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) For loans listed in our marketplace as a result of direct marketing efforts, we have committed to invest in such loans if investors do not provide funding for all or a portion of such loans. At December 31, 2013, there were 145 of such loans listed in our marketplace with an unfunded balance of $1.2 million. All of these loans were fully invested in by investors as of January 4, 2014.
(2) Subsequent to December 31, 2013, we entered into additional operating lease agreements for office space. The total payments due in less than 1 year, 1 to 3 years, 3 to 5 years, more than 5 years and total, as a result of these additional leases are $0.6 million, $6.0 million, $7.6 million, $20.6 million and $34.8 million, respectively.
(3) The notes and certificates, special purpose limited obligations of us and the Trust, a consolidated variable-interest entity, have been excluded from the table of contractual obligations shown above because payments on those liabilities are only required to be made by us if and when we receive the related loan payments from borrowers. Our own liquidity resources are not required to make any contractual payments on the notes or certificates, except in limited instances of proven identity fraud on a related loan.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The accounting policies which are more fully described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements reflect our most significant judgments, assumptions and estimates which we believe are critical in understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, including (i) fair value estimates for loans, notes and certificates;

 

80


Table of Contents

(ii) stock-based compensation expense; (iii) provision for income taxes, net of valuation allowance for deferred tax assets; (iv) consolidation of variable interest entities; and (v) fair value estimates for servicing assets and liabilities. These judgments, estimates and assumptions are inherently subjective in nature and actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions, and the differences could be material.

Fair Value of Loans, Notes and Certificates

We have elected fair value accounting for loans and our related notes and the Trust’s certificates. The fair value election for these loans, notes and certificates allows symmetrical accounting for the timing and amounts recognized for both expected unrealized losses and charge-off losses on the loans and the related notes and certificates, consistent with the borrower payment dependent design of the notes and certificates.

We estimate the fair values of loans and their related notes and certificates using a discounted cash flow valuation methodology. The fair valuation methodology considers projected prepayments, if significant, and uses the historical actual defaults, losses and recoveries on our loans over the past several years to project future losses and net cash flows on loans.

We include in earnings the estimated unrealized fair value gains or losses during the period of loans, and the offsetting estimated fair value losses or gains attributable to the expected changes in future payments on notes and certificates. See Note 4 to consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. As a result, we are required to estimate the amount of stock-based compensation we expect to be forfeited based on our historical experience. If actual forfeitures differ significantly from our estimates, stock-based compensation expense and our results of operations could be materially impacted.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, our expected common stock price volatility over the expected life of the options, expected term of the stock option, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:

 

    Fair Value of Our Common Stock . The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying stock options has historically been established by our board of directors primarily based upon a valuation provided by an independent third-party valuation firm. Because there has been no public market for our common stock, our board of directors has relied upon this independent valuation and other factors, including, but not limited to, the current status of the technical and commercial success of our operations, our financial condition, the stage of our development and competition to establish the fair value of our common stock at the time of grant of the option.

 

    Expected Life . The expected term was estimated using the simplified method allowed under SEC guidance.

 

    Volatility . The expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historical price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the technology industry similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage.

 

    Risk-Free Rate . The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

 

81


Table of Contents
    Dividend Yield . We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

The following table presents the range of assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock-based awards granted during the periods presented:

 

    Year Ended
March 31, 2012
    Nine Months Ended
December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
              2013             2014      
          (audited)           (unaudited)  

Assumed forfeiture rate (annual %)

    8.00     5.00     5.00     5.00     5.00

Expected dividend yield

                                  

Weighted-average assumed stock price volatility

    63.5     63.5     59.1     63.5     54.0

Weighted-average risk-free rate

    1.15     1.01     1.46     1.10     1.90

Weighted-average expected life (years)

    6.26        6.28        6.30        6.25        6.38   

Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of fair value of our common stock, including the following:

 

    unrelated third party valuations of our common stock;

 

    the prices at which we sold shares of our convertible preferred stock to outside investors in arms-length transactions;

 

    the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

    our results of operations, financial position and capital resources;

 

    current business conditions and projections;

 

    the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

    the hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

    the introduction of new products;

 

    the risk inherent in the development and expansion of our loan products;

 

    our stage of development and material risks related to our business;

 

    the fact that the option grants involve illiquid securities in a private company;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company given the prevailing market conditions and the nature and history of our business;

 

    industry trends and competitive environment;

 

    trends in consumer spending, including consumer confidence;

 

    overall economic indicators, including gross domestic product, employment, inflation and interest rates; and

 

    the general economic outlook.

 

82


Table of Contents

We performed valuations of our common stock that took into account the factors described above and used a combination of financial and market-based methodologies to determine our business enterprise value (BEV) including the following approaches:

 

    Public Traded Company Method (PTCM) . PTCM is a market approach methodology and assumes that businesses operating in the same industry will share similar characteristics and that the subject business’s value will correlate to those characteristics. Therefore, by comparing the subject business to similar businesses whose financial information and public market value are available may provide a reasonable basis to estimate the subject business’s value. The PTCM provides an estimate of BEV using financial multiples derived from the stock prices of publicly traded companies. In selecting guideline public companies for this analysis, we focused primarily on size, business model and industry. In the selection of the appropriate multiples to apply to our financial metrics, we incorporated any differences between us and the comparable companies around certain characteristics, such as differences in growth, profitability and risk.

 

    Market Transaction Method (MTM) . MTM is a market approach methodology and considers transactions in the equity securities of the business being valued. Preferred stock issuances by us and private preferred and common stock sale transactions were considered if they occurred with or among willing and unrelated parties. We evaluated these transactions with particular focus on whether the transaction was relatively close to the valuation date. We choose the weighting for the MTM at each valuation date based on factors such as the volume of transactions, the timing of these transactions and whether the transactions involved investors with access to our financial information.

We used both of these valuation methodologies at each valuation date and weighted the methodologies based on the facts and circumstances on such date. The resulting value was then allocated to shares of preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options using an option pricing model (OPM) or a probability weighted expected return model (PWERM). Additionally, we have applied a discount for lack of marketability to the value of the common stock to account for a lack of access to an active public market.

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2014 was $         million, of which $         million and $         million related to stock options that were vested and unvested, respectively.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the fair value of acquired businesses in excess of the aggregate fair value of the identified net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually or whenever indications of impairment exist. Our annual impairment testing date is April 1. We can elect to qualitatively assess goodwill for impairment if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit (defined as a business for which financial information is available and reviewed regularly by our management) exceeds its carrying value. A qualitative assessment may consider macroeconomic and other industry-specific factors, such as trends in short-term and long-term interest rates and the ability to access capital, or company-specific factors, such as market capitalization in excess of net assets, trends in revenue generating activities and merger or acquisition activity.

If we elect to bypass qualitatively assessing goodwill or it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, our management will estimate the fair values of our reporting units and compare them to their carrying values. The estimated fair values of the reporting units are generally established using an income approach based on a discounted cash flow model or a market approach, which compares each reporting unit to comparable companies in its respective industry.

 

83


Table of Contents

Intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives in a manner that best reflects their economic benefit. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. We do not have any indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amount of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

The determination of whether to consolidate a variable interest entity (VIE) in which we have a variable interest requires a significant amount of analysis and judgment whether we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE via a controlling financial interest in the VIE. A controlling financial interest in a VIE exists if we have both the power to direct the VIE’s activities that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and a potentially significant economic interest in the VIE. The determination of whether an entity is a VIE considers factors, such as (i) whether the entity’s equity investment at risk is insufficient to allow the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or (ii) when a holder’s equity investment at risk lacks any of the following characteristics of a controlling financial interest: the direct or indirect ability through voting rights or similar rights to make decisions about a legal entity’s activities that have a significant effect on the entity’s success, the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity or the right to receive the expected residual returns of the legal entity.

We established the Trust in February 2011 to acquire and hold loans for the benefit of investors who have invested in certificates issued by the Trust. The Trust conducts no other business other than purchasing and retaining loans or portions thereof for the benefit of the funds and their underlying limited partners. The Trust holds loans, the cash flows of which are used to repay obligations under the certificates invested in by the funds, but does not hold any portions of loans that are financed by us directly or through the purchase and sale of notes.

In the event of our insolvency, it is anticipated that the assets of the Trust would not become part of the bankruptcy estate, but that outcome is uncertain. As a result of this risk and uncertainty and in connection with the formation of the funds, it was determined that in order to achieve any reasonable success in raising investment capital, the assets to be invested in by the funds must be held by an entity that was separate and distinct from us (i.e. bankruptcy remote) in order to reduce this risk and uncertainty.

Our capital contributions have been insufficient to allow the Trust to finance its purchase of any significant amount of loans without the issuance of certificates to investors. The Trust’s capitalization levels and structure, wherein investors’ have beneficial interests in loans via the certificates, qualifies the Trust as a VIE. That is, the Trust’s equity investment at risk is not sufficient. We believe we are the primary beneficiary of the Trust because of our controlling financial interest in the Trust. Further the Trust is designed to pass along interest rate risk and credit risk to investors in the certificates. Our exposure to the Trust includes our servicing fee revenue from the Trust, the Trust’s right to a portion of default collections and our obligation to repurchase loans from the Trust in certain instances. We perform or direct activities that significantly affect the Trust’s economic performance through (i) operation of the platform that enables borrowers to apply for loans purchased by the Trust; (ii) credit underwriting and servicing of loans purchased by the Trust; and (iii) LCA’s role to source investors that ultimately purchase certificates that supply the funds for the Trust to purchase loans. Collectively, the activities described above allow us to fund more loans, and to collect the related loan transaction fees, and for LCA to collect the management fees on the investors’ capital used to purchase certificates, than would be the case without the existence of the Trust. Therefore, we receive significant economic benefits from the existence and

 

84


Table of Contents

activities conducted by the Trust. Accordingly, because we have concluded that capital contributions to the Trust qualify as equity investments in a VIE in which we are the primary beneficiary, we have consolidated the Trust’s operations and all intercompany accounts have been eliminated.

We reviewed our relationship with the funds in which LCA is the general partner but in which neither we nor LCA has contributed capital. We concluded that LCA’s contractual relationship to the funds does not meet the requirements for consolidation of the funds into the consolidated financial statements. Further we determined that our interest as general partner does not represent a variable interest in the funds. As of September 30, 2014, we did not have any controlling interests in funds, other than our interest in the Trust discussed above, that would require inclusion in the consolidated financial statements. Management regularly reviews and reconsiders its previous conclusion regarding the status of an entity as a VIE and whether we are required to consolidate such VIE in the consolidated financial statements.

Servicing Assets and Liabilities

We record servicing assets and liabilities at their estimated fair values when we sell whole loans to unrelated third-party whole loan buyers or when the servicing contract commences. The gain or loss on a loan sale is recorded in “Other Revenue” while the component of the gain or loss that is based on the degree to which the contractual loan servicing fee is above or below an estimated market rate loan servicing fee is recorded as an offset in servicing assets or liabilities. Servicing assets and liabilities are recorded in “Other Assets” and “Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities,” respectively, on the consolidated balance sheets. Over the life of the loan, changes in the estimated fair value of servicing assets and liabilities are reported in “Servicing Fees” on the consolidated statement of operations in the period in which the changes occur.

We use a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of the loan servicing asset or liability, which considers the contractual servicing fee revenue we earn on the loans, estimated market rate servicing fee to service such loans, the current principal balances of the loans and projected servicing revenues over the remaining terms of the loans.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and interest rates.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We had cash and cash equivalents of $82.7 million as of September 30, 2014. These amounts were held primarily in cash on deposit with banks and interest-bearing money market accounts, which are short-term. Cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. Due to their short-term nature, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of these liquid investments as a result of changes in interest rates. Decreases in short-term interest rates will not reduce interest income because of the low rates currently earned on the liquid investments. Increases in short-term interest rates will modestly increase the interest income earned on the investments.

Because the amounts, interest rates and maturities of loans are almost completely matched and offset by an equal amount of notes and certificates with the exact same interest rates and maturities, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the net fair value of the combined loan, note and certificate portfolios as a result of changes in interest rates.

We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

 

85


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to loans and the related notes and certificates that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Loans and the related notes and certificates do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. Accordingly, the fair value of loans and the related notes and certificates are determined using a discounted cash flow methodology utilizing assumptions market participants use for credit losses, changes in the interest rate environment and other factors. The fair value adjustments for loans are largely offset by the fair value adjustments of the notes and certificates due to the borrower payment dependent design of the notes and certificates and due to the total principal balances of the loans being very close to the combined principal balances of the notes and certificates. Accordingly, we do not have material exposure to market risk with respect to the fair value of these financial instruments.

We also use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to loan servicing rights that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Loan servicing rights do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. Accordingly, the fair value of loan servicing assets and liabilities are determined using a discounted cash flow methodology utilizing assumptions market participants use for adequate servicing compensation, credit losses, discount rates and contractual fee income. We do not have a material exposure to market risk with respect to the fair value of these financial instruments.

 

86


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

Transforming the banking system to make credit more affordable and investing more rewarding.

Overview

Lending Club is the world’s largest online marketplace connecting borrowers and investors. Our marketplace has facilitated over $6 billion in loan originations since it first launched in 2007, of which approximately $1.8 billion were invested in through notes issued pursuant to the Note Registration Statement, $2.5 billion were invested in through certificates issued by the Trust and $1.7 billion were invested in through whole loan sales. In the third quarter of 2014, our marketplace facilitated nearly $1.2 billion in loan originations, of which approximately $0.2 billion were invested in through notes issued pursuant to the Note Registration Statement, $0.3 billion were invested in through certificates issued by the Trust and $0.5 billion were invested in through whole loan sales. We believe a technology-powered online marketplace is a more efficient mechanism to allocate capital between borrowers and investors than the traditional banking system. Consumers and small business owners borrow through Lending Club to lower the cost of their credit and enjoy a better experience than traditional bank lending. Investors use Lending Club to earn attractive risk-adjusted returns from an asset class that has generally been closed to many investors and only available on a limited basis to institutional investors. We have built a trusted brand with a track record of delivering exceptional value and satisfaction to both borrowers and investors.

Key advantages we have relative to traditional banks include:

 

    an innovative marketplace model that efficiently connects the supply and demand of capital;

 

    online operations that substantially reduce the need for physical infrastructure and improve convenience; and

 

    automation that increases efficiency, reduces manual processes and improves borrower and investor experience.

For consumers and small business borrowers, we leverage our cost advantages and marketplace model to provide borrowers with affordable credit. We utilize our technology to provide a better experience, offering borrowers a convenient, simple and fast online application that improves the often time-consuming and frustrating loan application process. We design our products to be fair, transparent and borrower-friendly. All of the installment loans offered through our marketplace feature fixed rates, fixed monthly payments, no hidden fees and no prepayment penalties.

For individual and institutional investors, we deliver value by providing them with the opportunity to earn attractive risk-adjusted returns through equal access to standard program loans offered through our marketplace. Our marketplace provides investors with the transparency and flexibility to quickly and easily tailor or modify their portfolio by utilizing specific investment criteria, such as credit attributes, financial data and loan characteristics. We use proprietary credit decisioning and scoring models and extensive historical loan performance data to provide investors with tools to construct loan portfolios confidently and model targeted returns. We provide investors access to data on each listed loan and all of the historical performance data for every loan ever invested in through our marketplace. Our technology-powered marketplace enables broad diversification by allowing investors to invest in individual loans in increments as low as $25. Investors can be as active as they wish to be in loan selection and investment decisions. For less active investors, we provide investment funds, managed accounts and automated investment tools that offer the same access and diversification but do not require any active involvement beyond the initial account setup, review and ongoing reporting.

Our marketplace is where borrowers and investors engage in transactions relating to standard or custom program loans. Standard program loans are three- or five-year personal loans made to borrowers with a FICO score of at least 660 and that meet other strict credit criteria. These loans can be invested in through the purchase of notes issued pursuant to the Note Registration Statement, which are only available through our website. Separately, qualified investors may also invest in standard program loans in private transactions with a separate issuer not facilitated through our website. Custom program loans are only invested in through private transactions with qualified investors and cannot be invested in through notes and are not visible through our public website. Custom program loans are generally

 

87


Table of Contents

new offerings, and currently include loans that do not meet the requirements of the standard program and loans with longer maturities than we believe to be attractive to most note investors. Small business loans, personal loans that do not meet the requirements of the standard program and education and patient finance loans are all part of our custom loan program.

We have developed our proprietary technology platform to support our marketplace and make available a variety of loan products to interested investor channels. Our proprietary technology automates key aspects of our operations, including the borrower application process, data gathering, credit decisioning and scoring, loan funding, investing and servicing, regulatory compliance and fraud detection. Our platform offers sophisticated analytical tools and data to enable investors to make informed decisions and assess their portfolios. Our extensible technology platform has allowed us to expand our offerings from personal loans to include small business loans, and to expand investor classes from individuals to institutions and create various investment vehicles. Our platform also ensures that custom program loans are invested in through private transactions with a separate issuer and only with qualified investors, while at the same time allowing standard program loans to be available for investment through our notes and also through separate, private transactions with a separate issuer. Our API provides investors and partners access to publicly available loan attributes and allows them to analyze the data and place orders meeting their criteria without visiting our website.

To further enhance our offerings, we make our marketplace and platform available to complementary partners, such as banks, asset managers, insurance companies and technology companies, to offer new investment and borrower products and develop new tools for use on our platform. These ecosystem partners can transact directly with our marketplace as investors or serve as a source of referrals for borrowers. Our platform and tools have been leveraged by technology partners to build and provide additional investment filters and tools for investors in our marketplace and by financial partners, such as registered investment advisors, to provide additional financial products and opportunities to potential investors. For example, leveraging our publicly available application program interface and downloadable data files, our technology partners have developed applications to facilitate programmatic investing controlled by their clients and to build credit models and filters in addition to those provided by us to investors. We do not pay for the development of these additional models and filters, which are only available to the developer’s clients, are not made publicly available by us, and we have no compensation arrangements with these technology providers for the services or tools they provide; moreover, many of these partners provide their tools for free. In addition to the tools and models provided by technology ecosystem partners, our financial ecosystem partners provide additional financial products and opportunities for their own clients, such as pooled-investment vehicles with a variety of investment strategies or products that incorporate leverage to the vehicle to enhance returns, and separately managed accounts. We believe that the opportunities and technology provided by these ecosystem partners complement our marketplace and that our partners will help expand the attractiveness and availability of our marketplace.

We generate revenue from transaction fees from our marketplace’s role in matching borrowers with investors to enable loan originations, servicing fees from investors and management fees for investment funds and other managed accounts. We do not assume credit risk or use our own capital to invest in loans facilitated by our marketplace, except in limited circumstances and in amounts that are not material. The capital to invest in the loans enabled through our marketplace comes directly from a wide range of investors, including retail investors, high-net-worth individuals and family offices, banks and finance companies, insurance companies, hedge funds, foundations, pension plans and university endowments.

We have experienced significant growth since our marketplace launched in 2007. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, we facilitated loan originations through our marketplace of $717.9 million and $2.1 billion, respectively, representing an increase of 188%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, we facilitated loan originations through our marketplace of $1.4 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively, representing an increase of 117%. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, our total net revenue was $33.8 million and $98.0 million, respectively, representing an increase of 190%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, our total net revenue was $64.5 million and $143.0 million, respectively, representing an increase of 122%. As our business has grown, we have achieved increasing levels of operational efficiency while continuing to invest in our business. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, our adjusted EBITDA was $(4.9) million and $15.2

 

88


Table of Contents

million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, our adjusted EBITDA was $8.7 million and $13.4 million, respectively, representing an increase of 54%. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a description of adjusted EBITDA and its limitations.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our marketplace facilitated approximately $2.1 billion in loans, comprised of approximately $2.0 billion in standard program and $0.1 billion in custom program loans. Of the standard program loans, notes issued pursuant to the Note Registration Statement accounted for $543.4 million, or 28%, of investments during the period, certificates issued by the Trust accounted for $1.1 billion, or 54%, and whole loan sales accounted for $364 million, or 18%. For the year ended December 31, 2013, of the capital invested in standard program loans, $1.2 billion, or 59%, was invested by individuals through investment vehicles or managed accounts, $569 million, or 29%, was invested by self-managed, individual investors and $245 million, or 12%, was invested by institutional investors. During the year ended December 31, 2013, all of the custom program loans were invested in through whole loan sales to institutional investors.

For the three months ended September 30, 2014, our marketplace facilitated nearly $1.2 billion in loans, comprised of approximately $0.9 billion in standard program and $0.3 billion in custom program loans. Of the standard program loans, notes issued pursuant to the Note Registration Statement accounted for $223 million, or 26%, of investments during the period, certificates issued by the Trust accounted for $284 million, or 32%, and whole loan sales accounted for $367 million, or 42%. For the three months ended September 30, 2014, of the capital invested in standard program loans, $383 million, or 44%, was invested by individuals through investment vehicles or managed accounts, $226 million, or 26%, was invested by self-managed, individual investors and $262 million, or 30%, was invested by institutional investors. Of the custom program loans, certificates issued by the Trust accounted for $25 million, or 9%, whole loan sales accounted for $150 million, or 51%, and education and patient finance loans facilitated through Springstone’s platform accounted for $116 million, or 40%, of the investments during the three months ended September 30, 2014. Of the capital invested in custom program loans during this period, $22 million, or 8%, was invested by individuals through investment vehicles or managed accounts and $269 million, or 92%, was invested by institutional investors. Loans facilitated through the custom program are not invested in through notes and are invested in through private transactions or are loans facilitated through Springstone’s platform.

Industry Background and Trends

There is an opportunity for the online marketplace model to transform the traditional banking system. We believe a transparent and open marketplace where borrowers and investors have access to information, complemented by technology and tools, can make credit more affordable, redirect existing pools of capital trapped inside the banking system and attract new sources of capital to a new asset class. We believe that online marketplaces have the power to facilitate more efficient deployment of capital and improve the global economy.

Personal and Small Business Lending Is Essential to the Economy

We believe the ability of individuals and small businesses to access affordable credit is essential to stimulating and sustaining a healthy, diverse and innovative economy. Lending to consumers can provide them financial flexibility and give households better control over when and how to purchase goods and services. While borrower appetite for consumer and small business credit has typically remained strong in most economic environments, general economic factors and conditions, including the general interest rate environment and unemployment rates, may affect borrower willingness to seek loans and investor ability and desire to invest in loans. According to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as of August 2014, the balance of outstanding consumer credit in the United States totaled $3.2 trillion. This amount included $880 billion of revolving consumer credit, which many consumers seek to refinance. Small businesses generated 63% of net new jobs in the United States between 1993 and the first quarter of 2014 according to the U.S. Small Business Administration, Office of Advocacy. According to the FDIC, as of June 30, 2014, there were $298 billion of commercial and industrial loans outstanding

 

89


Table of Contents

under $1 million. The market for personal and small business credit in the United States also includes an additional several trillion dollars in mortgages and other categories of secured and unsecured loans, such as those for education and motor vehicles. International markets offer similarly large opportunities.

Borrowers Are Inadequately Served by the Current Banking System

We believe the traditional banking system generally is burdened by its high fixed cost of underwriting and services, in part due to its physical infrastructure and labor- and paper-intensive business processes, compounded by an increasingly complex regulatory environment. As a result, we believe the traditional banking system is ill-suited to meet personal and small business demand for small balance loans and has instead relied heavily on issuing credit cards, which require less personalized underwriting and have higher interest rates. While credit cards are convenient as a payment mechanism, they are an expensive long-term financing solution. Borrowers who carry a balance on their cards are often subject to high, variable interest rates and the possibility of incurring additional fees and penalties. Additionally, many borrowers are charged the same high interest rates on their balances, regardless of an individual’s specific risk profile, so lower risk borrowers often subsidize higher risk borrowers. In the limited instances when traditional banks make personal loans available, the loan application process is often opaque, frustrating and time consuming.

Investors Have Limited Options to Participate in Personal and Small Business Credit

Historically, access to most personal and small business loans as an investment product was limited to the banks that hold loans on their balance sheet or to structured securitized products that were syndicated to large institutional investors. Depositors effectively fund the loans made by the banking system, but they share little in the direct returns of these loans as evidenced by the low yields on various fixed income investment or deposit products offered by banks. We believe many investors generally lack the size and access to invest in structured products directly and are unable to invest in personal and small business credit in a meaningful way. While institutional investors have had some access to this market, most have lacked the tools to customize portfolios to their specific risk tolerance, which is a feature of our marketplace and products. As a result, we believe additional capital that could be invested in personal and small business loans has largely been locked out of the market.

Online Marketplaces Have Proliferated Throughout the Economy

Online marketplaces have emerged to connect buyers and sellers across many industries to increase choice, improve quality, accelerate the speed of decision making and lower costs. We believe a successful online marketplace must act as a trusted intermediary providing transparency, security, supply and demand balance and ease of use to give marketplace participants an incentive to interact and the confidence to do business together. Initial online marketplaces connected buyers and sellers of goods and services—primarily moving demand from offline to online and making the transaction process more efficient. Online marketplaces have more recently evolved to unlock supply and demand that could not previously be matched in an efficient manner offline. The “sharing economy,” a term that describes this new marketplace trend, enables a better use of resources by allowing owners of underutilized assets to offer them to people who want them while capturing an economic benefit.

Our Solution

We are the world’s largest online marketplace connecting borrowers and investors. Our technology platform supports this innovative marketplace model to efficiently connect the supply and demand of capital. Our marketplace also substantially reduces the need for physical infrastructure and improves convenience and automation, increasing efficiency, reducing manual processes and improving the overall borrower and investor experience.

Our borrowers consist of consumers and small businesses seeking to obtain loans for one of the many uses allowed under our product offerings. Our goal is to form long-term relationships with consumers and small businesses, facilitating their access to an array of financial products that meet their evolving needs over time.

 

90


Table of Contents

Benefits to Borrowers

 

    Access to Affordable Credit. Our innovative marketplace model, online delivery and process automation enable us to offer borrowers interest rates that are generally lower on average than the rates charged by traditional banks on credit cards or installment loans. Based on responses from 23,499 borrowers in a survey of 103,439 randomly selected borrowers conducted by us during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, borrowers who received a loan to consolidate existing debt or pay off their credit card balance reported that the interest rate on the loan they received through our marketplace was on average 660 basis points lower than the rate on their outstanding debt or credit card balances, representing a 31% savings.

 

    Superior Borrower Experience. We offer a fast and easy-to-use online application process and provide borrowers with access to live support and online tools throughout the process and for the lifetime of the loan. Based on a review of the credit performance of borrowers who received a loan from January 2013 through May 2014 to consolidate existing debt or pay off their credit card balance, such borrowers experienced an average increase of 23 points in their FICO score within three months after obtaining their loan, which we believe is in part attributable to a reduction in interest rate and a reduction in the borrower’s total revolving balance. Our goal is to form long-term relationships with borrowers, facilitating their access to an array of financial products that meet their evolving needs over time.

 

    Transparency and Fairness. All of the installment loans offered through our marketplace feature a fixed rate that is clearly disclosed to the borrower during the application process, with fixed monthly payments, no hidden fees and the ability to prepay the balance at any time without penalty. Our platform utilizes a computerized, rules-based engine for credit decisioning, which removes the human bias associated with reviewing applications. We also keep borrowers informed throughout the process.

 

    Fast and Efficient Decisioning. We leverage online data and technology to quickly assess risk, determine a credit rating and assign appropriate interest rates. Qualified applicants receive offers in just minutes and can evaluate loan options without impacting their credit score.

Benefits to Investors

 

    Access to a New Asset Class. All investors can invest in personal loans originated through our standard program. Additionally, qualified investors can invest in loans originated through our custom program, including small business loans, in private transactions. These asset classes have historically been entirely funded and held by financial institutions or large institutional investors on a limited basis. We offer all investors equal access to standard program loans through our marketplace and offer qualified private investors access to custom program loans.

 

    Attractive Risk-Adjusted Returns. We have historically offered investors attractive risk-adjusted returns across loans offered through our marketplace. We screen loan applicants based on proprietary credit decisioning and scoring models and also factor in historical borrower performance in setting interest rates. We also segment loans into $25 increments to enable diversification across different borrowers and investment criteria.

 

    Transparency. We provide investors with transparency and choice in building their loan portfolios. For each standard program loan, investors can examine credit attributes from the borrower’s credit report and borrower-reported attributes prior to investing in a loan and can monitor ongoing loan performance. We also provide access to credit profile data on each approved loan as well as all of the historical performance data for every loan ever invested in through our marketplace. We specifically indicate the information that is verified on our website.

 

    Easy-to-Use Tools. We provide investors with tools to easily build or modify customized and diversified portfolios by selecting loans tailored to their investment objectives and assess the returns on their portfolios. Additionally, investors can enroll in automated investing, a free service that automatically invests any available cash in loans according to investor-specified criteria and allocation targets.

 

91


Table of Contents

How Our Marketplace Works

 

LOGO

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and provide us with competitive advantages in realizing the potential of our market opportunity:

 

    Leading Online Marketplace. We are the world’s largest online marketplace connecting borrowers and investors, based on over $6 billion in loan originations through September 30, 2014, of which approximately $1.8 billion were invested in through notes issued pursuant to the Note Registration Statement, $2.5 billion were invested in through certificates issued by the Trust and $1.7 billion were invested in through whole loan sales. We have built a trusted brand with a track record of delivering exceptional satisfaction and value to both borrowers and investors. We believe that our brand, reputation and scale allow us to attract top talent, quickly develop and deploy new products, attract marketplace participants and leverage a lower cost structure to benefit borrowers and investors.

 

92


Table of Contents
    Robust Network Effects. Our online marketplace exhibits network effects that are driven by the number of participants and investments enabled through our marketplace. More participation leads to greater potential to match borrowers with investors. Additionally, increased participation also results in the generation of substantial data that is used to improve the effectiveness of our credit decisioning and scoring models, enhancing our performance record and generating increasing trust in our marketplace. As trust increases, we believe investors will continue to demonstrate a willingness to accept lower risk premiums that will allow us to offer lower interest rates and attract additional high-quality borrowers, thereby reinforcing our track record and fueling a virtuous cycle for our business. We believe that these network effects reinforce our market leadership position.

 

    High Borrower and Investor Satisfaction. Our online marketplace is designed to eliminate the customary pain points a borrower encounters while applying for a loan and provides investors access to a new asset class with attractive risk-adjusted returns. Borrowers have validated our approach with an NPS in the 70s since we began surveying borrowers in January 2013, which places us at the upper end of customer satisfaction ratings for traditional financial services companies. Additionally, investors are confident transacting on our marketplace, as evidenced by their high reinvestment rates.

 

    Technology Platform. Our technology platform powers our online marketplace and enables us to deliver innovative solutions to borrowers and investors. Our technology platform automates our operations and, we believe, provides a significant time and cost advantage over traditional banks that run on legacy systems that are inflexible and slow to evolve.

 

    Sophisticated Risk Assessment. We use proprietary algorithms that leverage behavioral data, transactional data and employment information to supplement traditional risk assessment tools, such as FICO scores. We have built our technology platform to automate the application of these proprietary algorithms to each individual borrower’s application profile at scale. This approach allows us to evaluate and segment each potential borrower’s risk profile and price it accordingly. In contrast, traditional lenders aggregate borrowers into large pools of risk profiles, which for some borrowers results in higher interest rates despite a more favorable credit profile.

 

    Efficient and Attractive Financial Model. Our trusted brand, scale and network effect drives significant borrowing and investing activity on our marketplace. We generate revenue from transaction fees from our marketplace’s role in matching borrowers with investors to enable loan originations, servicing fees from investors and management fees for investment funds and other managed accounts. We do not assume credit risk or use our own capital to invest in loans facilitated by our marketplace, except in limited circumstances and in amounts that are not material. Our technology platform significantly reduces the need for physical infrastructure and lowers our costs, which provides us with significant operating leverage.

Our Strategy for Growth

Our historical growth rates reflect a deliberate strategy of balancing loan originations in a manner that allowed us to build and develop the various enterprise functions to support our scale, including customer support, operations, risk controls, compliance and technology. Borrower and investor demand will continue to inform our business and loan product decisions, but we will not compromise the long-term viability of our marketplace to pursue excessive near-term growth rates that we believe would result in borrower or investor experiences below our standards.

Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

    Execute in Our Core Markets. According to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as of August 2014, the balance of outstanding consumer credit in the United States totaled $3.2 trillion. This amount included $880 billion of revolving consumer credit, which many consumers are seeking to refinance. We estimate that in September 2014 approximately $390 billion in outstanding consumer credit would meet our marketplace’s standard program credit policy based on proprietary models. We believe we have opportunities for substantial future growth in our core market.

 

93


Table of Contents
    Broaden Our Loan Product Offerings. We believe that the introduction of new products will increase our ability to attract new and repeat borrowers by providing them with more options and increased financial flexibility over time. For example, in 2010, we broadened our personal loan offering through our standard program to include five-year terms, in 2011, we increased the size of our maximum loan amount to $35,000 and, in 2014, we introduced small business loans and began offering education and patient finance loans as a result of our acquisition of Springstone. We intend to continue to enhance our marketplace’s existing loan products and add new loan products to attract a greater number and broader variety of consumers and small business owners.

 

    Widen the Spectrum of Borrowers Served. We have a diverse set of investors, some of which seek to invest in loans that are different from the loans currently offered through our standard program loans, such as loans with longer maturities, lower returns, shorter credit history or higher risk. Given the lack of performance data on many of these custom loan types, we only make them available through limited private transactions to qualified investors to allow us to gather data to assess the future viability of these loans. Because our technology can efficiently assess risk across a wide range of borrower classes and assign interest rates tailored to each individual borrower, we plan to extend our marketplace to widen the spectrum of borrowers to meet this investor demand over time.

 

    Increase Supply of Capital Available to Borrowers. We have attracted a diverse set of investors having a wide range of investment strategies and thresholds for risk, yield and maturity, including retail investors, high-net-worth individuals and family offices, bank and finance companies, and institutional investors, such as insurance companies, hedge funds, foundations, pension plans and university endowments, to participate through our marketplace. As confidence in our marketplace’s performance increases, we are able to attract additional investors with different risk thresholds. We plan to leverage this increasing confidence to increase our depth and breadth within these categories, capture a larger proportion of total investable capital by introducing new products, offer our products in additional states and expand the channels through which our marketplace is available.

 

    Grow Our Ecosystem.  To continue to grow our marketplace, we need to create a vibrant ecosystem to further drive innovation and deepen supply and demand on our marketplace. We plan to foster existing relationships and develop new relationships with complementary partners to our marketplace and platform in order to create, or help create, new tools and products for investors and borrowers.

 

    Continue to Invest in Our Innovative Technology Platform. We have made, and will continue to make, significant investments in our proprietary technologies, algorithms and data sources to increase the precision, speed and scale at which we can make capital and investments available to the market. We believe that these investments will enable us to connect an increasing number of borrowers and investors, continue to identify new borrowers, detect and prevent fraud and maintain the security of our marketplace.

 

    Enter New Geographies. Since launching our marketplace in 2007, we have focused on developing an online marketplace and growing our business in the United States. While we believe our largest near-term growth opportunity is domestic, over time we intend to expand our marketplace to address similar banking system inefficiencies, market dislocations, investor needs and borrower dissatisfaction globally.

Products

Borrowers

Our marketplace facilitates several types of loan products for consumers and small businesses.

Standard Program Personal Loans. Our marketplace enables personal loans through our standard program that can be used to make major purchases, refinance credit card balances or other uses, at generally lower rates than other alternatives. Personal loan terms include amounts from $1,000 to $35,000, terms of three or five years

 

94


Table of Contents

and no prepayment penalties or fees. We believe that these loans are simple, fair and responsible credit products that make it easier for consumers to budget for monthly repayment and meet their financial goals.

Simple Application Process

 

LOGO

To apply for a loan, a consumer completes a short application that allows us to obtain a credit report from a credit bureau. The application and report data is then analyzed with the marketplace’s proprietary credit decisioning and scoring models to decide whether to approve the applicant based upon the issuing bank’s underwriting guidelines. An approved applicant then sees loan offers with a variety of amounts, terms and rates. After selecting an offer, the applicant completes one more page of information, submits bank account information and then is able to list the loan on our marketplace. While the loan is listed and attracting investment interest, we have verification processes and teams to verify an applicant’s identity, income or employment. Once the verification and fraud checks are completed and sufficient investor commitments are received, the issuing bank issues the loan and pays us a transaction fee. We also service the loans and earn a management fee or a servicing fee.

Personal loans that are approved through the standard program are offered to all investors on our marketplace. These loans must meet certain minimum credit requirements, including a FICO score of at least 660, satisfactory debt-to-income ratios, 36 months of credit history and a limited number of credit inquiries in the last six months. These and many other elements contribute to our proprietary credit decisioning and scoring models that process over 50 data points. Loans that do not meet the requirements in terms of credit criteria, maturity or longevity of track record might qualify as a custom program loan. Custom program loans are offered to private investors only and are not made available to all investors on the marketplace. These custom program loans include new offerings, such as small business and education and patient finance, loans that fall outside of the credit criteria of the standard program or loans with a longer maturity than we believe to be attractive to most note investors. We expect to migrate some of these custom program loans into our standard program over time as they gain a longer performance record.

Education and Patient Finance Loans. In April 2014, we acquired Springstone, which facilitates education and patient finance loans. Installment loans through Springstone are in amounts ranging from $2,000 to $40,000, have terms from 24 to 84 months, fixed rates from 3.99% to 17.99%, fixed monthly payments and no prepayment penalties. The deferred interest loan option are in amounts ranging from $499 to $32,000 and provides for no interest if the balance is paid in full during the promotional period, which can be six, 12, 18 or 24 months. If the loan is not paid in full during the promotional period, interest is imposed from the issuance date at a variable rate based upon the prime rate. There is no prepayment penalty and borrowers have the flexibility to pay as much or as little, subject to applicable minimums, of the outstanding balance per month during the promotional period as they chose. To apply for an education or patient finance loan, the borrower completes a short application that

 

95


Table of Contents

allows us to obtain a credit report from a credit bureau. The application and report data is then analyzed by the respective issuing bank’s credit decisioning and scoring models to decide whether to approve the applicant based upon the issuing bank’s underwriting guidelines. An approved applicant then sees offers with a variety of terms and rates. While we plan to integrate these loans into our standard program over time, we currently intend to continue to have these loans originated, held and serviced through the existing issuing banks for the foreseeable future.

Small Business Loans. In March 2014, we began facilitating small business loans through our marketplace in private transactions with qualified investors. These loans enable small business owners to expand their business, purchase equipment or inventory, or meet other obligations at an affordable rate. Small business loans are fixed rate loans in amounts ranging from $15,000 to $100,000, with various maturities of between one and five years. To apply for a small business loan, a company completes a short application that allows us to obtain a credit report from a credit bureau. The application and report data is then analyzed with the marketplace’s proprietary small business credit decisioning and scoring models to decide whether to approve the applicant based upon the issuing bank’s underwriting guidelines. An approved applicant then sees offers with a variety of amounts, terms and rates. After selecting an offer, the applicant completes one more page of information, submits bank account information and then is able to list the loan through our marketplace for investment or purchase in a private transaction. Similar to personal loans, we perform verification of revenue, good standing and other matters, as well as fraud checks. Once the verification and fraud checks are completed and sufficient investor interest is received, the issuing bank issues the loan and pays us a transaction fee. We also service the loan and earn a management fee or a servicing fee. Small business loans are currently not included in our standard loan program.

Investors

Through our marketplace, investors have the opportunity to invest in a wide range of loans based on term and credit characteristics. Investors receive monthly cash flow and attractive risk-adjusted returns. Investors are provided with a proprietary credit grade and access to credit profile data on each approved loan as well as access to data on each listed loan and all of the historical performance data for every loan ever invested in through our marketplace. The marketplace enables broad diversification by allowing distribution of investments in loans in increments as small as $25.

We attract a wide range of investors, including retail investors, high-net-worth individuals and family offices, banks and finance companies, insurance companies, hedge funds, foundations, pension plans and university endowments. We provide these investors with access to a variety of tools and products that seek to address their level of sophistication and desired level of interaction, which can range from low-touch self-directed accounts to high-touch funds and managed accounts. We believe our strategy of pursuing a diverse investor base will continue to strengthen our marketplace and improve our ability to facilitate a wide variety of loans through a range of business and economic conditions.

We provide several investment options depending on investor type.

Self-Directed Accounts. Self-directed investors use tools provided on our website to help them conduct research and make ongoing investments:

 

    Filters. The marketplace provides filters based on credit and application data, such as credit rating, interest rate, term, verified income, debt-to-income ratio and other data. These filters create a subset of loans that the investor can then further review for potential investment. Filters can be combined to create a custom, savable query that can be used repeatedly.

 

96


Table of Contents
    Portfolio Tool. This tool allows a note investor to input a variety of individualized investment criteria, including aggregate amount to invest, amount per note, grade, term, debt-to-income ratio and other factors, which are used to quickly sort the marketplace’s available inventory and create a subset of available loans matching the criteria. After the list is generated, the note investor can modify the list as the investor sees fit and then continue on to invest in those loans.

 

LOGO

 

97


Table of Contents
    Automated Investing. Note investors can enroll in automated investing, a free service that automatically invests any available cash in loans according to investor-specified criteria and allocation targets. This service enables the note investor to speed reinvestment of cash flows without having to continually revisit the site. Note investors may update their investing criteria, pause or cancel this service at any time.

 

LOGO

Funds and Managed Accounts. Our marketplace offers investors several fund and managed account options.

 

    LCA Investment Funds. Accredited investors and qualified purchasers can invest in limited partner interests in funds managed by LCA, a registered investment advisor and our wholly owned subsidiary. Each fund provides a passive investment strategy around loan grade and term allocation and allows investors to more easily deploy large investment amounts and reinvest returns through the marketplace.

 

    Separately Managed Accounts. Accredited investors may also invest through LCA’s SMAs. Investors who utilize SMAs often have investment criteria that differ from the LCA funds’ investment strategies and desire more control over their investment strategies.

In addition, external parties can access our marketplace to provide fund and managed account services to their clients.

 

98


Table of Contents

In connection with the creation of LCA, in February 2011, the Trust was established and entered into a purchase and servicing agreement for loans with us. The trust purchases loans from us as directed by the funds, SMAs or third-party advisors. The Trust funds these purchases by using investment proceeds from its sale of certificates to qualified investors in private transactions.

Whole Loan Purchases. We or our issuing banks also sell loans in their entirety to certain investors in private transactions. After the sale of the asset, we continue to service the loan. Whole loan purchases are attractive for some banks as it enables them to account for the loan as an asset, which can offer favorable financial reporting and capital reserve treatment.

Marketplace Mechanics

Technology

Key elements of our technology include:

 

    Highly Automated . Our borrower and investor acquisition process, registration, credit decisioning and scoring, servicing and payment systems are highly automated using our internally developed software. We developed our own cash management software to process electronic cash movements, record book entries and calculate cash balances in our borrower and investor fund accounts. In nearly all payment transactions, Automated Clearing House (ACH) is used to disburse loan proceeds, pull borrower payments on outstanding loans, receive funds from investors and disburse payments to investors.

 

    Scalable Platform . Our scalable infrastructure utilizes standard techniques, such as virtualization, load-balancing and high-availability platforms. Our application and database tiers are designed to be scaled horizontally by adding servers as needed.

 

    Proprietary Fraud Detection . We use a combination of third-party data, sophisticated analytical tools and current and historical data obtained during the application process to help determine an application’s fraud risk. High-risk applications are subject to further investigation. In cases where we confirm fraud, the application is cancelled, and we identify and flag characteristics of the loan to help refine our fraud detection efforts.

 

    Data Integrity and Security . We maintain an effective information security program based on well-established security standards and best practices, such as ISO2700x and NIST 800 series. The program establishes policies and procedures to safeguard the confidentiality, integrity and availability of borrower and investor information. The program also addresses risk assessment, training, access control, encryption, service provider oversight, an incident response program and continuous monitoring and review.

 

    Application Programming Interface . Our API provides investors and partners access to publicly available loan attributes and allows them to analyze the data and place orders meeting their criteria without visiting our website. Investors and partners may create their own software that uses the API or they may use a variety of third-party services that invest via our API on behalf of their members.

Our engineering and product development expense was $2.7 million, $4.0 million, $13.9 million and $23.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, the nine months ended December 31, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively.

Credit Decisioning and Scoring Process

Our marketplace provides an integrated and automated application and credit decisioning and scoring process that is extensible to a variety of loan products. Borrowers come to our marketplace to apply online for a loan. During the simple application process, our marketplace uses proprietary risk algorithms that leverage behavioral data, transactional data and employment information to supplement traditional risk assessment tools, such as FICO scores, to assess the borrower’s risk profile. The marketplace then presents an approved borrower with various loan options, including term, rate and amount, for which they qualify. After the borrower selects

 

99


Table of Contents

their desired loan terms and the rest of the application is completed, our verification processes and teams verify an applicant’s identity, income or employment by connecting to various data sources, directly or through third-party service providers, or by contacting the human resources department of the borrower’s stated employer to ultimately approve the loan request.

As of September 30, 2014, the minimum credit standards for standard program loans were:

 

    minimum FICO score of 660 (as reported by a consumer reporting agency);

 

    debt-to-income ratio (excluding mortgage) below 40%;

 

    acceptable debt-to-income ratio (including mortgage and the requested standard program loan amount); and

 

    credit report (as reported by a consumer reporting agency) reflecting:

 

    at least two revolving accounts currently open;

 

    five or fewer inquiries (or recently opened accounts) in the last six months (excluding mortgages and auto loans); and

 

    a minimum credit history of 36 months.

Effective as of October 29, 2014, the LC Scores, which are the scores derived from our proprietary credit-scoring algorithm and corresponding interest rates, for standard program loans were as follows:

 

LC Score

  

Base Risk Grade

  

Interest Rate

1

   A1    6.03

2

   A2    6.49

3

   A3    6.99

4

   A4    7.49

5

   A5    8.19

6

   B1    8.67

7

   B2    9.49

8

   B3    10.49

9

   B4    11.44

10

   B5    11.99

11

   C1    12.39

12

   C2    12.99

13

   C3    13.66

14

   C4    14.31

15

   C5    14.99

16

   D1    15.59

17

   D2    15.99

18

   D3    16.49

19

   D4    17.14

20

   D5    17.86

21

   E1    18.54

22

   E2    19.24

23

   E3    19.99

24

   E4    20.99

25

   E5    21.99

Risk grades from F1-G5 are modified from an E5 base risk grade based upon channel, term, amount and other factors. These loans have interest rates that range from 22.99%-26.06%. Our 1% service fee charged to note holders results in a decrease in return on a note ranging from 0.42% to 0.76% depending on the original term and interest rate of the associated loan.

 

100


Table of Contents

Certain of the criteria that impact a borrower’s loan grade include:

 

Loan Term

  

FICO Score

Revolving Balance

  

Public Records

Average Bankcard Line

  

Referral Source

Number of Installment Loans

  

Average Non-Mortgage Balance

Loan Amount

   Number of Open Trade Lines

Number of Inquiries

   Number and Term of Delinquencies

In addition to identity, we may also verify a borrower’s income or employment. Income and employment is verified by connecting to various data sources, directly or through third-party service providers, or by contacting the human resources department of the borrower’s stated employer.

For standard program loans, the following credit profile information is provided for each borrower:

 

Credit Score Range

   Delinquent Amount

Earliest Credit Line

   Delinquencies (last two years)

Open Credit Lines

   Months Since Last Delinquency

Total Credit Lines

   Public Records on File

Revolving Credit Balance

   Months Since Last Record

Revolving Line Utilization

   Months Since Last Major Derogatory

Inquiries in Last Six Months

   Collections Excluding Medical

Accounts Now Delinquent

  

Regulatory and Compliance Framework

Our marketplace provides a compliance framework that allows investors to participate in consumer and commercial credit as an asset class. We believe that our relationship with an issuing bank is a key component of the compliance framework that we provide to investors. The bank issues loans to borrowers that apply on our marketplace, and we subsequently purchase these loans with funds provided by investors through a variety of investment channels, thereby enabling investors to capture the interest rate return on each loan. Our primary issuing bank is WebBank, a Utah-chartered industrial bank that handles a variety of consumer and commercial financing programs. We also executed an agreement with Cross River Bank, a New Jersey chartered bank, to operate as our back-up issuing bank in the event WebBank can no longer be an issuing bank.

We have entered into a loan account program agreement with WebBank that governs the terms and conditions between us and WebBank with respect to loans facilitated through our marketplace and issued by WebBank, including our obligations for servicing the loans during the period of time that the loans are owned by WebBank. Under the terms of the loan account program agreement, we pay WebBank a monthly service fee based on the amount of loans issued by WebBank in each month, subject to a minimum monthly fee. WebBank also retains ownership of all loans for two business days and earns any interest received on the loans during that time. WebBank pays us a transaction fee for our marketplace’s role in processing loan applications. Under a loan sale agreement that we entered into with WebBank, two business days after a loan is closed, WebBank sells the loan to us, including all rights related to the loan, without recourse. The loan sale agreement prohibits us from securitizing the loans without prior written consent of WebBank. The initial terms of the loan account program agreement and the loan sale agreement end in November 2018, with the possibility of two, one-year renewal terms, subject to certain early termination provisions as set forth in the agreements.

As part of our ongoing compliance program, we also have customer identification processes in place to enable us to identify user identification fraud and compare user identity against applicable governmental lists, such as the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) and the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. We compare all users’ identities against these lists at least twice a month for continued compliance and oversight. If a user were to appear on a list, we would take appropriate action to resolve the issue. In addition to our continued identification compliance program, we use our robust technology to assist in identifying and stopping potential money laundering schemes. See “—Regulations and Licensing” for more information regarding our regulatory framework.

 

101


Table of Contents

Loan Issuance Mechanism

 

LOGO

We have developed an extensible, automated platform that allows us to work with issuing banks to originate and issue a variety of loan products to an array of applicants. Our service is provided in a seamless fashion to the applicant. A borrower comes to our website and completes a simple application for a loan product. We then use proprietary risk algorithms to analyze an applicant’s risk profile based upon the issuing bank’s underwriting guidelines. Once an application is approved, we present the borrower with various loan options. After the applicant selects its personalized financing option and completes the application process, the loan is then listed on our marketplace to attract investor commitments. Simultaneously to listing the loan on our marketplace, we perform additional verifications on the borrower. Once the verifications are completed and sufficient investor commitments are received, the issuing bank originates and issues the loan to the borrower, net of the origination fee. After the loan is issued, we use the proceeds from these investors to purchase the loan. Investor cash balances (excluding payments in process) are held in a segregated bank or custodial accounts and are not commingled with our monies. We receive a transaction fee from the issuing bank for our marketplace’s role in originating the loan. We also earn a recurring servicing or management fee from the investors for the subsequent servicing of loans.

Loan Servicing

We service all personal and small business loans originated through our marketplace. Servicing is comprised of account maintenance, collections, processing payments from borrowers and distributions to investors.

For September 2014, approximately 99% of loan payments were made through an ACH withdrawal from the borrower’s bank account. Loan repayments are remitted utilizing ACH to segregated bank accounts maintained for the benefit of investors or custodial or other accounts designated by our investors. This automated process allows us to avoid the time and expense of processing a significant volume of mailed payments and provides a higher degree of certainty for timely payments. This process also provides us with prompt notice in the event of a missed payment, which allows us to react quickly to resolve the issue with the borrower. Generally, in the first 30 days that a loan is delinquent, our in-house collection team works to bring the account current. After that time, we typically outsource subsequent servicing efforts to third-party collection agencies.

The servicing fee paid by investors is designed to cover the day-to-day processing costs of loans. If a loan needs more intensive collection focus, whether internal or external, we may charge investors an additional fee to compensate for the costs of this collection activity. This fee varies, with a maximum of up to 35% of the amount recovered. There is no fee charged if there is no recovery, and the fee cannot exceed the proceeds collected. For loans that are ultimately charged-off, we may sell the account to a third party. All proceeds received on this sale are subject to the standard servicing fee, and the net balance goes to investors.

 

102


Table of Contents

Springstone Acquisition

In April 2014, we acquired all of the outstanding limited liability company interests of Springstone, which offers education and patient finance loans. Springstone utilizes two issuing banks and a network of providers. Springstone facilitates two loan products:

 

    An installment loan with amounts ranging from $2,000 to $40,000, terms from 24 to 84 months, fixed rates from 3.99% to 17.99%, fixed monthly payments and no prepayment penalties.

 

    A deferred interest loan with amounts ranging from $499 to $32,000 that provides for no interest if the balance is paid in full during the promotional period, which can be six, 12, 18 or 24 months. If the loan is not paid in full during the promotional period, interest is imposed from the issuance date at variable rate based upon the prime rate. There is no prepayment penalty and borrowers have the flexibility to pay as much or as little, subject to applicable minimums, of the outstanding balance per month during the promotional period as they chose.

Currently, each of Springstone’s issuing banks originates, holds and services each issued loan. For its role in loan facilitation, Springstone earns transaction fees paid by the issuing bank and service provider at the time of origination, which averaged approximately 5% of the initial loan balance as of September 30, 2014. Currently, Springstone does not earn any servicing fees, as loans are originated, retained and serviced by the issuing bank. We currently intend to continue to have these loans funded and serviced through existing issuing banks while we develop plans to integrate these loans into our standard program over time.

Competition

We compete with financial products and companies that attract borrowers, investors or both. With respect to borrowers, we primarily compete with traditional financial institutions, such as banks, credit unions, credit card issuers and other consumer finance companies. We believe our innovative marketplace model, online delivery and process automation enable us to operate more efficiently and with more competitive rates and higher borrower satisfaction than these competitors.

With respect to investors, we primarily compete with other investment vehicles and asset classes, such as equities, bonds and short-term fixed income securities. We believe that our diverse and customizable investment options give us the flexibility to offer attractive risk-adjusted returns that are uncorrelated with other asset classes.

We compete with other online credit marketplaces, such as Prosper Marketplace, Inc. and Funding Circle Limited. We are the world’s largest online marketplace connecting borrowers to investors, which we believe provides us with a major competitive advantage. We believe that our network effects and marketplace dynamics at play make us more attractive and efficient to both borrowers and investors. We anticipate that more established internet, technology and financial services companies that possess large, existing customer bases, substantial financial resources and established distribution channels may enter the market in the future. We believe that our brand, scale, network effect, historical data and performance record provide us with significant competitive advantages over current and future competitors.

Sales and Marketing

Our marketing efforts are designed to attract and retain borrowers and investors and build brand awareness and reputation. Currently, we believe reputation and word of mouth drives continued organic growth in our investor base. We believe most marketplace investors are satisfied with their experience, often adding funds to their account and referring their friends and colleagues to us.

We use a diverse array of online and offline marketing channels to attract borrowers, including:

 

    Social Media and Press. We leverage social media outlets and the press to help drive brand awareness.

 

    Online Partnerships. We work with companies that sell products or services that are suitable for financing or that help potential borrowers manage their finances, manage their credit or find the best lending options.

 

103


Table of Contents
    Search Engine Optimization. We seek to ensure that our marketplace is optimized to achieve meaningful organic traffic from search engines.

 

    Search Engine Marketing. We also use paid placement on major online search engines.

 

    Offline Partnerships. We work with companies that sell products offline that often require affordable financing, such as pools, home improvement providers and furniture sellers.

 

    Mail-to-Web. We have developed a highly-targeted direct marketing program that selects from a given population of consumers and small business owners who would benefit from our products.

 

    Radio and Television Advertising. We utilize radio and television advertising to enhance the impact of our other marketing channels.

Regulations and Licensing

The lending and securities industries are highly regulated. However, we are regulated very differently than a bank. While a bank has capital risk from both credit and interest rate risk, investor capital and borrower loans through our marketplace are almost completely matched. Additionally, we do not take deposits and are therefore not regulated by the FDIC in that respect. An issuing bank originates all the loans offered through our marketplace and is subject to regulation by the FDIC.

However, we and the loans made through our marketplace are subject to extensive and complex rules and regulations, licensing and examination by various federal, state and local government authorities. For example, our primary issuing bank, WebBank, is subject to oversight by the FDIC and the State of Utah. These authorities impose obligations and restrictions on our activities and the loans made through our marketplace. In particular, these rules limit the fees that may be assessed on the loans, require extensive disclosure to, and consents from, the borrowers and lenders, prohibit discrimination and may impose multiple qualification and licensing obligations on our activities. Failure to comply with any of these requirements may result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses or registration, loss of approved status, voiding of the loan contracts, class action lawsuits, administrative enforcement actions and civil and criminal liability. While compliance with such requirements is at times complicated by our novel business model, we believe we are in substantial compliance with these rules and regulations.

State Licensing Requirements

In most states we believe that WebBank, as originator of loans made through our marketplace, satisfies any relevant licensing requirements with respect to loans applicable to our operations. In addition, we hold licenses in a number of states and, as needed will seek authorizations, to conduct activities on a uniform basis in all other states and the District of Columbia, with the exceptions of Idaho, Iowa, Maine, Nebraska and North Dakota. State licensing statutes impose a variety of requirements and restrictions on us, including:

 

    recordkeeping requirements;

 

    restrictions on servicing practices, including limits on finance charges and fees;

 

    disclosure requirements;

 

    examination requirements;

 

    surety bond and minimum net worth requirements;

 

    financial reporting requirements;

 

    notification requirements for changes in principal officers, stock ownership or corporate control;

 

    restrictions on advertising; and

 

    review requirements for loan forms.

The statutes also subject us to the supervisory and examination authority of state regulators in certain cases.

 

104


Table of Contents

Consumer Protection Laws

State Usury Limitations . Section 521 of the Depository Institution Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980 (DIDA) and Section 85 of the National Bank Act (NBA), federal case law interpreting the NBA such as Tiffany v. National Bank of Missouri and Marquette National Bank of Minneapolis v. First Omaha Service Corporation and FDIC advisory opinion 92-47 permit FDIC-insured depository institutions, such as WebBank, to “export” the interest rate permitted under the laws of the state or U.S. territory where the bank is located, regardless of the usury limitations imposed by the state law of the borrower’s residence unless the state has chosen to opt out of the exportation regime. WebBank is located in Utah, and Title 70C of the Utah Code does not limit the amount of fees or interest that may be charged by WebBank on loans of the type offered through our marketplace. Only Iowa and Puerto Rico have opted out of the exportation regime under Section 525 of DIDA and we do not operate in either jurisdiction. We believe, however, if a state or U.S. territory in which we operate opted out of rate exportation, judicial interpretations support the view that such opt outs would apply only to loans “made” in those states. We believe that the “opt-out” of any state would not affect the ability of our marketplace to benefit from the exportation of rates. If a loan made through our marketplace were deemed to be subject to the usury laws of a state or U.S. territory that had opted-out of the exportation regime, we could become subject to fines, penalties and possible forfeiture of amounts charged to borrowers, and we could decide not to originate loans in that jurisdiction, which could adversely impact our growth.

State Disclosure Requirements and Other Substantive Lending Regulations . We are subject to state laws and regulations that impose requirements related to loan disclosures and terms, credit discrimination, credit reporting, debt collection and unfair or deceptive business practices. Our ongoing compliance program seeks to comply with these requirements.

Truth in Lending Act. The Truth in Lending Act (TILA), and Regulation Z, which implements it, require lenders to provide consumers with uniform, understandable information concerning certain terms and conditions of their loan and credit transactions. These rules apply to WebBank as the creditor for loans facilitated through our marketplace, but because the transactions are carried out on our hosted website, we facilitate compliance. For closed-end credit transactions of the type provided through our marketplace, these disclosures include providing the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the number of payments and the amount of the monthly payment. The creditor must provide the disclosures before the loan is closed. TILA also regulates the advertising of credit and gives borrowers, among other things, certain rights regarding updated disclosures and the treatment of credit balances. Our marketplace provides borrowers with a TILA disclosure at the time a borrower posts a loan request on the marketplace. If the borrower’s request is not fully funded and the borrower chooses to accept a lesser amount offered, we provide an updated TILA disclosure. We also seek to comply with TILA’s disclosure requirements related to credit advertising.

Equal Credit Opportunity Act. The federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA) prohibits creditors from discriminating against credit applicants on the basis of race, color, sex, age, religion, national origin, marital status, the fact that all or part of the applicant’s income derives from any public assistance program or the fact that the applicant has in good faith exercised any right under the federal Consumer Credit Protection Act or any applicable state law. Regulation B, which implements ECOA, restricts creditors from requesting certain types of information from loan applicants and from making statements that would discourage on a prohibited basis a reasonable person from making or pursuing an application. These requirements apply both to a lender such as WebBank as the creditor for loans facilitated through our marketplace as well as to a party such as ourselves that regularly participates in a credit decision. Investors may also be subject to the ECOA in their capacity as purchasers of notes if they are deemed to regularly participate in credit decisions. In the underwriting of loans offered through our marketplace, and in all aspects of operations, both WebBank and we seek to comply with ECOA’s provisions prohibiting discouragement and discrimination. ECOA also requires creditors to provide consumers with timely notices of adverse action taken on credit applications. WebBank and we provide prospective borrowers who apply for a loan through our marketplace but are denied credit with an adverse action notice in compliance with applicable requirements.

Fair Credit Reporting Act . The federal Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA), administered by the CFPB, promotes the accuracy, fairness and privacy of information in the files of consumer reporting agencies. FCRA

 

105


Table of Contents

requires a permissible purpose to obtain a consumer credit report and requires persons to report loan payment information to credit bureaus accurately. FCRA also imposes disclosure requirements on creditors who take adverse action on credit applications based on information contained in a credit report. WebBank and we have a permissible purpose for obtaining credit reports on potential borrowers, and we also obtain explicit consent from borrowers to obtain such reports. As the servicer for the loan, we accurately report loan payment and delinquency information to appropriate consumer reporting agencies. We provide an adverse action notice to a rejected borrower on WebBank’s behalf at the time the borrower is rejected that includes all the required disclosures. We also have processes in place to ensure that consumers are given “opt-out” opportunities, as required by the FCRA, regarding the sharing of their personal information. We have implemented an identity theft prevention program.

Fair Debt Collection Practices Act . The federal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (FDCPA) provides guidelines and limitations on the conduct of third-party debt collectors in connection with the collection of consumer debts. The FDCPA limits certain communications with third parties, imposes notice and debt validation requirements, and prohibits threatening, harassing or abusive conduct in the course of debt collection. While the FDCPA applies to third-party debt collectors, debt collection laws of certain states impose similar requirements on creditors who collect their own debts. Our agreement with its investors prohibits investors from attempting to collect directly on the loan. Actual collection efforts in violation of this agreement are unlikely given that investors do not learn the identity of borrowers. We use our internal collection team and a professional third-party debt collection agent to collect delinquent accounts. They are required to comply with the FDCPA and all other applicable laws in collecting delinquent accounts of our borrowers.

Privacy and Data Security Laws . The federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLBA) includes limitations on financial institutions’ disclosure of nonpublic personal information about a consumer to nonaffiliated third parties, in certain circumstances requires financial institutions to limit the use and further disclosure of nonpublic personal information by nonaffiliated third parties to whom they disclose such information and requires financial institutions to disclose certain privacy policies and practices with respect to information sharing with affiliated and nonaffiliated entities as well as to safeguard personal customer information. We have a detailed privacy policy, which complies with GLBA and is accessible from every page of our website. We maintain consumers’ personal information securely, and we do not sell, rent or share such information with third parties for marketing purposes unless previously agreed to by the consumer. In addition, we take measures to safeguard the personal information of our borrowers and investors and protect against unauthorized access to this information.

Servicemembers Civil Relief Act . The federal Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (SCRA) allows military members to suspend or postpone certain civil obligations so that the military member can devote his or her full attention to military duties. The SCRA requires us to adjust the interest rate of borrowers who qualify for and request relief. If a borrower with an outstanding loan qualifies for SCRA protection, we will reduce the interest rate on the loan to 6% for the duration of the borrower’s active duty. During this period, the investors who have invested in such a loan will not receive the difference between 6% and the loan’s original interest rate. For a borrower to obtain an interest rate reduction on a loan due to military service, we require the borrower to send us a written request and a copy of the borrower’s mobilization orders. We do not take military service into account in assigning loan grades to borrower loan requests and we do not disclose the military status of borrowers to investors.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act . In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act is extensive and significant legislation that, among other things:

 

    created a liquidation framework under which the FDIC may be appointed as receiver following a “systemic risk determination” by the Secretary of Treasury (in consultation with the President) for the resolution of certain nonbank financial companies and other entities, defined as “covered financial companies,” and commonly referred to as “systemically important entities,” in the event such a company is in default or in danger of default and the resolution of such a company under other applicable law would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the United States, and also for the resolution of certain of their subsidiaries;

 

    strengthened the regulatory oversight of securities and capital markets activities by the SEC; and

 

106


Table of Contents
    increased regulation of the securitization markets through, among other things, a mandated risk retention requirement for securitizers, which, if applied to our business, would change our business model, and a direction to the SEC to regulate credit rating agencies and adopt regulations governing these organizations and their activities.

With respect to the new liquidation framework for systemically important entities, no assurances can be given that such framework would not apply to us. Guidance from the FDIC indicates that such new framework will largely be exercised in a manner consistent with the existing bankruptcy laws, which is the insolvency regime which would otherwise apply to us.

Other Regulations

Electronic Fund Transfer Act and NACHA Rules. The federal Electronic Fund Transfer Act (EFTA) and Regulation E that implements it provide guidelines and restrictions on the electronic transfer of funds from consumers’ bank accounts. In addition transfers performed by ACH electronic transfers are subject to detailed timing and notification rules and guidelines administered by the National Automated Clearinghouse Association (NACHA). Most transfers of funds in connection with the origination and repayment of loans are performed by ACH. We obtain necessary electronic authorization from borrowers and investors for such transfers in compliance with such rules. We also comply with the requirement that a loan cannot be conditioned on the borrower’s agreement to repay the loan through automatic fund transfers. Transfers of funds through our platform are executed by Wells Fargo and conform to the EFTA, its regulations and NACHA guidelines.

Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act/Uniform Electronic Transactions Act. The federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (ESIGN) and similar state laws, particularly the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act (UETA), authorize the creation of legally binding and enforceable agreements utilizing electronic records and signatures. ESIGN and UETA require businesses that want to use electronic records or signatures in consumer transactions and provide disclosures to consumers, to obtain the consumer’s consent to receive information electronically. When a borrower or investor registers on our platform, we obtain his or her consent to transact business electronically, receive electronic disclosures and maintain electronic records in compliance with ESIGN and UETA requirements.

Bank Secrecy Act. In cooperation with WebBank, we have implemented various anti-money laundering policy and procedures to comply with applicable federal law. With respect to new borrowers, we apply the customer identification and verification program rules and screen names against the list of specially designated nationals maintained by the U.S. Department of the Treasury and OFAC pursuant to the USA PATRIOT Act amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act and its implementing regulation.

New Laws and Regulations. From time to time, various types of federal and state legislation are proposed and new regulations are introduced that could result in additional regulation of, and restrictions on, the business of consumer lending. We cannot predict whether any such legislation or regulations will be adopted or how this would affect our business or our important relationships with third parties. In addition, the interpretation of existing legislation may change or may prove different than anticipated when applied to our novel business model. Compliance with such requirements could involve additional costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. As a consequence of the extensive regulation of commercial lending in the United States, our business is particularly susceptible to being affected by federal and state legislation and regulations that may increase the cost of doing business.

In addition, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Compliance and Regulation.”

Foreign Laws and Regulations. We do not permit non-U.S. based individuals to register as borrowers on the platform and the lending platform does not operate outside the United States. It is, therefore, not subject to foreign laws or regulations for borrowers.

 

107


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of copyright, trade secret and other rights, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary technology, processes and other intellectual property. Although the protection afforded by copyright, trade secret and trademark law, written agreements and common law may provide some advantages, we believe that the following factors help us to maintain a competitive advantage: technological skills and focus on innovation of our software development team and other team members across the organization; frequent enhancements to our platform; and borrower and investor satisfaction. Our competitors may develop products that are similar to our technology. We enter into agreements with our employees, consultants and partners and through these agreements we attempt to control access to and distribution of our other proprietary technology and information. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, third parties may, in an authorized or unauthorized manner, attempt to use, copy or otherwise obtain and market or distribute our intellectual property rights or technology or otherwise develop a product with the same functionality as our solution. Policing all unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights is nearly impossible. Therefore, we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken or will take in the future will prevent misappropriations of our technology or intellectual property rights.

Employees

At September 30, 2014, we had 742 employees and contractors. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Legal Proceedings

In the second quarter of 2014, we offered to settle a dispute with a consultant that previously performed work for us. The dispute arose over how much compensation for the work performed was to be provided in cash and in equity and as to equity what valuations were to be used. We offered the claimant 80,000 shares of common stock, options to purchase 40,000 shares of common stock and cash consideration of $215,000. Based upon an assumed stock price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the total value of the consideration offered to the claimant was $        .

During the second quarter of 2014, we also received notice from the California Employment Development Department (EDD) that it had commenced an examination of our records concerning the employment relationship of certain individuals who performed services for us from 2011 through 2014. Based on the EDD’s preliminary determination, certain of these individuals should have been classified as employees with appropriate tax withholding and employer-related taxes incurred and paid. EDD has completed its examination and issued a Final Notice of Assessment, which serves as the EDD’s official notice of the EDD’s determination relating to this matter. We intend to pay the assessment in full for the payroll taxes related to the misclassified workers during the fourth quarter of 2014.

We received a Civil Investigative Demand from the CFPB dated June 5, 2014 related to the operations of Springstone. The purpose of the investigation is to determine whether the Springstone is engaging in unlawful acts or practices in connection with the marketing, issuance and servicing of loans for healthcare related financing. As of September 2014, we had provided all of the documents requested by the CFPB. We are continuing to evaluate this matter. As of September 30, 2014, there are no probable or estimable losses related to this matter.

In addition to the foregoing, we may be subject to legal proceedings and regulatory actions in the ordinary course of business. We do not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of any such matter will have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is located in San Francisco, California and consists of approximately 141,000 square feet of space under lease agreements that expire in February 2019 and June 2022. Under these lease agreements, we have an option to extend nearly all of the space under the leases for five years. We have additional office space in Westborough, Massachusetts. We also have data centers located in Las Vegas, Nevada and Santa Clara, California. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs.

 

108


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Key Employees and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, key employees and directors as of November 1, 2014:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Renaud Laplanche

   44   

Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Chaomei Chen

   56   

Chief Risk Officer

Carrie Dolan

   49   

Chief Financial Officer

John MacIlwaine

   45   

Chief Technology Officer

Scott Sanborn

   45   

Chief Operating and Marketing Officer

Jason Altieri

   49   

General Counsel and Compliance Officer

Jeff Bogan

   34   

Head of Institutional Group

Angela Loeffler

   37   

Chief People Officer

Daniel Ciporin (1)(4)

   56   

Director

Jeffrey Crowe (1)

   57   

Director

Rebecca Lynn (1)(3)

   41   

Director

John J. Mack (1)(2)

   69   

Director

Mary Meeker (2)(3)

   58   

Director

John C. (Hans) Morris (3)(4)

   55   

Director

Lawrence Summers (2)(4)

   59   

Director

 

(1) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(2) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
(3) Member of the Audit Committee.
(4) Member of the Risk Committee.

Executive Officers and Key Employees

Renaud Laplanche is our founder and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since October 2006. From June 2005 to October 2006, Mr. Laplanche served as Head of Product Management, Search Technologies, for Oracle Corporation, a computer technology corporation. From September 1999 to June 2005, Mr. Laplanche served as the founder and Chief Executive Officer of TripleHop Technologies, an enterprise software company, the assets of which were acquired by Oracle Corporation in June 2005. Mr. Laplanche holds a post-graduate DESS-DJCE degree (tax and corporate law) from the Université de Montpellier, Montpellier, France and an M.B.A. from HEC Business School, Paris, France. Mr. Laplanche was chosen to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as our founder and Chief Executive Officer and his experience with high growth technology companies.

Chaomei Chen has served as our Chief Risk Officer since June 2011. From September 2008 to August 2009, Ms. Chen served as the Chief Risk Officer at JP Morgan Chase Card Services, a credit card company, where she was responsible for business and credit risk in the Washington Mutual portfolio. Ms. Chen holds a B.S. in mathematics from Southwestern Jiaotong University in China and an M.S.E. in mathematical science from The Johns Hopkins University.

Carrie Dolan has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 2010. From May 2007 to January 2010, Ms. Dolan served as Treasurer for The Charles Schwab Corporation, a financial advisory company, where she also served as Schwab Bank Chief Financial Officer from January 2008 to January 2010. Ms. Dolan holds a B.S. in finance and accounting and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley’s Haas School of Business.

John MacIlwaine has served as our Chief Technology Officer since July 2012. From December 2011 to July 2012, Mr. MacIlwaine served as the Chief Information Officer at Green Dot Corporation, a provider of prepaid financial services. From April 2007 to November 2011, Mr. MacIlwaine served as head of global development at

 

109


Table of Contents

Visa, Inc., a credit card company, where he led program management and information services, including web application development, data warehousing, business intelligence and mobile development, and oversaw all new technology initiatives. Mr. MacIlwaine holds a B.S.E. in computer engineering from the University of Michigan.

Scott Sanborn has served as our Chief Operating and Marketing Officer since April 2013 and served as our Chief Marketing Officer from May 2010 to March 2013. From November 2008 to February 2010, Mr. Sanborn served as the Chief Marketing and Revenue Officer for eHealthInsurance, an e-commerce company. Mr. Sanborn holds a B.A. in literature from Tufts University.

Jason Altieri has served as our General Counsel and Compliance Officer since October 2009. From October 2008 to October 2009, Mr. Altieri served as the General Counsel and VP, Partnerships for Corefino, Inc., an outsourced accounting solution and technology provider. Mr. Altieri has also been a corporate partner for the international law firms of Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo P.C. and Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal, LLP (now Dentons) and an associate with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, PC. Mr. Altieri holds a B.A. (with honors) in economics from the University of California, Davis, an M.A. in international relations and public policy (China emphasis) from the University of California, San Diego and a J.D. (magna cum laude) from the University of San Francisco School of Law.

Jeff Bogan has served as our Head of Institutional Group since April 2013 and served as our Vice President of Corporate Development from April 2012 to March 2013. From January 2011 to February 2012, Mr. Bogan served as Vice President, and from June 2010 to January 2011 as an associate, at Morgan Stanley, a financial services company. Mr. Bogan has also served in financial advisory roles at Greenhill & Co. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey. Mr. Bogan holds a B.B.A. in finance and management information systems from the University of Georgia and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Angela Loeffler has served as our Chief People Officer since November 2012. From February 2004 to May 2012, Ms. Loeffler served in various roles, including as the Chief Administrative Officer at Ask.com, an online brand for questions and answers. Ms. Loeffler has also served as the Senior Compensation Analyst at Openwave Systems Inc. and as a compensation analyst for William M. Mercer Human Resources Consulting. Ms. Loeffler holds an A.B. in psychology from the University of California, Berkeley.

Non-Employee Directors

Daniel Ciporin has been a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Mr. Ciporin joined Canaan Partners, an investment firm, in March 2007 and is currently a general partner specializing in digital media, financial technology and e-commerce investments. From March 2006 to March 2007, Mr. Ciporin served as Chairman of the Internet Lab. From January 1999 to June 2005, Mr. Ciporin served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Shopping.com. Mr. Ciporin currently serves on the board of directors of Borderfree, Inc. and several privately-held companies. Previously, Mr. Ciporin served on the board of directors of Primedia Inc. from 2006 to 2011 and Corel Corporation from 2007 to 2010. Mr. Ciporin holds an A.B. from Princeton University’s Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs and an M.B.A. from Yale University. Mr. Ciporin was chosen to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the technology and e-commerce industries and his investment and operational expertise.

Jeffrey Crowe has been a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Mr. Crowe joined Norwest Venture Partners, an investment firm, in 2004 and became managing partner in 2013. Mr. Crowe focuses on investments in the internet, consumer and software arenas and currently serves on the board of directors of RetailMeNot, Inc. and several privately held companies. From December 1999 to April 2001, Mr. Crowe served as President, Chief Operating Officer and Director of DoveBid. From May 1990 to November 1999, Mr. Crowe served as the Chief Executive Officer and director of Edify Corporation. Mr. Crowe holds a B.A. in history from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Crowe was chosen to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience advising internet and consumer companies.

 

110


Table of Contents

Rebecca Lynn has been a member of our board of directors since March 2009. Ms. Lynn joined Morgenthaler Ventures, a venture capital firm, in 2007 and became a partner in 2010. She is also a partner at Canvas Venture Fund, a venture capital firm she co-founded in 2013. From 2003 to 2007, Ms. Lynn ran her own consulting business, Marengo Marketing. From 1998 to 2002, Ms. Lynn served as the Vice President of Marketing at NextCard, Inc., after beginning her career at Procter and Gamble. Ms. Lynn also serves on the board of directors of several private companies. Ms. Lynn holds a B.S. in chemical engineering from the University of Missouri and a J.D./M.B.A. from the Haas School of Business and the University of California, Berkeley School of Law at the University of California, Berkeley. Ms. Lynn was chosen to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive experience advising financial services and internet companies and her investment expertise.

John J. Mack joined our board of directors in April 2012. Mr. Mack served as Chairman of the Board of Morgan Stanley, a financial services company, from 2005 to 2011, and served as the Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley from June 2005 until December 2009, during which time he oversaw the firm’s conversion into a bank holding company. Mr. Mack was Co-Chief Executive Officer of Credit Suisse Group from 2003 to 2004 and the President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Credit Suisse First Boston from 2001 to 2004. He became the President, Chief Operating Officer and a director of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co. in 1997 and served in that position until 2001. Mr. Mack joined Morgan Stanley in 1972 in the bond department and served as head of the Worldwide Taxable Fixed Income Division from 1985 to 1992, became Chairman of the Operating Committee in 1992 and became President in 1993. Mr. Mack is a senior advisor of both Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and KKR & Co. L.P. Mr. Mack holds a B.A. in history from Duke University. Mr. Mack was chosen to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience advising and managing banking and financial services companies.

Mary Meeker joined our board of directors in June 2012. Ms. Meeker is a general partner at Kleiner Perkins Caulfield and Byers (KPCB), a venture capital firm. Ms. Meeker joined KPCB in December 2010. She focuses on investments in KPCB’s digital practice and helps lead KPCB’s Digital Growth Fund. From 1991 to 2010, Ms. Meeker worked at Morgan Stanley, where she served as a managing director and research analyst. Ms. Meeker holds a B.A. in psychology and Honorary Doctor of Letters degree from DePauw University and an M.B.A. from Cornell University. Ms. Meeker was chosen to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive experience advising and analyzing technology companies.

John C. (Hans) Morris joined our board of directors in February 2013. Mr. Morris founded Nyca Partners, a venture capital and advisory company, in 2014 and is the managing partner. From January 2010 until January 2014, he also served as a managing director and special advisor at General Atlantic, a growth equity firm. Mr. Morris previously served as the President of Visa, Inc. from 2007 to 2009. Prior to Visa, Mr. Morris spent 27 years at Citigroup, a banking and financial services company, and its predecessor companies in various leadership positions, with his final position as Chief Financial Officer and Head of Finance, Technology and Operations for Citi Markets and Banking. Mr. Morris also serves as on the board of directors of KCG Holdings, Inc. and a privately held company. Mr. Morris holds a B.A. in government from Dartmouth College. Mr. Morris was chosen to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the banking and financial services industry and his financial expertise.

Lawrence Summers joined our board of directors in December 2012. Mr. Summers is the Charles W. Eliot University Professor & President Emeritus of Harvard University and the Weil Director of the Mossavar-Rahmani Center for Business & Government at Harvard’s Kennedy School. He became a tenured member of Harvard University’s faculty in 1983, served as President from 2001 to 2006 and returned to Harvard in 2011. He has served in various senior policy positions in Washington, D.C., including Secretary of the Treasury from 1999 to 2001, Director of the National Economic Council for President Obama from 2009 to 2011 and Vice President of Development Economics and Chief Economist of the World Bank from 1991 to 1993. He holds a B.S. in economics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Ph.D. in economics from Harvard University. Mr. Summers was chosen to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive economic, financial and business experience.

 

111


Table of Contents

Election of Officers

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly appointed or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Our board of directors consists of eight members, all of whom were elected as directors pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated voting agreement, dated April 16, 2014, among us and certain of our stockholders and investors.

Our amended and restated voting agreement will terminate and the provisions of our current certificate of incorporation by which our directors were elected will be restated in connection with this offering. After this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that we expect to be in effect upon the completion of this offering. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of his or her successor or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Classified Board of Directors

Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that we expect to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    Class I directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015, will consist of             and             ;

 

    Class II directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016, will consist of             ,             and             ; and

 

    Class III directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017, will consist of             ,             and             .

Directors in a particular class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their terms expire. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his or her successor or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

The classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws Provisions.”

Director Independence

Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

 

112


Table of Contents

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that Daniel Ciporin, Jeffrey Crowe, Rebecca Lynn, John J. Mack, Mary Meeker, John C. (Hans) Morris and Lawrence Summers, representing seven of our eight directors, do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

In addition, audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other committee of the board of directors (i) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. Additionally, compensation committee members must not have a relationship with us that is material to the director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member.

Board of Directors’ Role in Risk Management

Our board of directors oversees an enterprise-wide approach to risk management designed to support the achievement of organizational objectives, including strategic objectives, improving long-term organizational performance and enhancing stockholder value. Risk management includes not only understanding our specific risks and the steps management implements to manage those risks, but also what level of risk is acceptable and appropriate for us. Management is responsible for establishing our business strategy, identifying and assessing the related risks and implementing appropriate risk management practices. Our board of directors and our Risk Committee review our business strategy and management’s assessment of the related risk and discuss with management our appropriate level of risk.

Our board of directors and our Audit Committee also oversee financial risk exposures, including monitoring the integrity of the consolidated financial statements, internal control over financial reporting and the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our board of directors, through our Audit Committee, receives periodic internal controls and related assessments from our finance department. In fulfilling its oversight responsibility with respect to compliance matters, our board of directors, through our Audit Committee, meets at least quarterly with our finance department, independent registered public accounting firm and internal or external legal counsel to discuss risks related to our financial reporting function.

Board Leadership

Our board of directors has no formal chair and the duties are performed by our Chief Executive Officer who (i) works with our board of directors to schedule meetings and set meeting agendas; (ii) presides as the chair at executive sessions of directors; (iii) serves as the principal liaison between our board of directors and our executive officers; (iv) briefs our board of directors on issues or concerns arising between meetings of our board of directors, which are generally held monthly; (v) participates actively in corporate governance; and (vi) performs such other duties as our board of directors may, from time to time, delegate. Our board of directors believes that the performance of these duties by our Chief Executive Officer provides more consistent communication and coordination throughout the organization, which results in a more effective and efficient implementation of corporate strategy. Our board of directors further believes that this combination is important in unifying our strategy behind a single vision. We believe this structure provides consistent and effective oversight of our management and is optimal for us, our operations, stockholders and investors.

 

113


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a new code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of the code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations section of our website. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of these provisions, on our website or in public filings.

Board Committees

Audit Committee

The members of our Audit Committee are Rebecca Lynn, Mary Meeker and John C. (Hans) Morris (chair). All of the members of our Audit Committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Morris is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange. All of the members of our Audit Committee are independent directors as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

Our Audit Committee oversees financial risk exposures, including monitoring the integrity of our consolidated financial statements, internal controls over financial reporting and the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our Audit Committee receives internal control-related assessments and reviews and discusses our annual and quarterly consolidated financial statements with management. In fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to compliance matters, our Audit Committee meets at least quarterly with management, our internal audit department, our independent registered public accounting firm and our internal legal counsel to discuss risks related to our financial reporting function.

Compensation Committee

The members of our Compensation Committee are Daniel Ciporin, Jeffrey Crowe (chair), Rebecca Lynn and John J. Mack. All of the members of our Compensation Committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

Our Compensation Committee oversees our executive officer and director compensation arrangements, plans, policies and programs and administers our cash-based and equity-based compensation plans and arrangements for employees generally, including issuance of stock options and other equity-based awards granted other than pursuant to a plan.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are John J. Mack (chair), Mary Meeker and Lawrence Summers. All of the members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange.

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee ensures that our board of directors is properly constituted to meet its statutory, fiduciary and corporate governance oversight. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will advise our board of directors on corporate governance matters and board performance matters, including making recommendations regarding the structure and composition of our board of directors and board committees and developing, recommending and monitoring compliance with corporate governance guidelines and policies and our code of business conduct and ethics.

Risk Committee

The members of our Risk Committee are Daniel Ciporin, John C. (Hans) Morris (chair) and Lawrence Summers.

 

114


Table of Contents

Our Risk Committee assists our board of directors in its oversight of our key risks, including credit, technology and security, strategic, legal and compliance and operational risks, as well as the guidelines, policies and processes for monitoring and mitigating such risks. The chair of our Risk Committee assists our Audit Committee in its review of the risks that have been delegated to our Audit Committee in its charter. The chair of our Risk Committee also coordinates with the chair of our Compensation Committee to assist our Compensation Committee in its consideration of the relationship between risk management policies and practices, corporate strategy and senior executive compensation.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our Compensation Committee is or has at any time during the past fiscal year been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past fiscal year has served as a member of our board of directors or Compensation Committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or our Compensation Committee.

Director Compensation

The non-employee members of our board of directors who are not affiliated with our significant stockholders generally receive a stock option award upon commencement of their service as a director. During the year ended December 31, 2013, none of our directors received any cash compensation for services as a member of our board of directors. From time to time, we reimburse certain of our non-employee directors for travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending our board and committee meetings.

The following table presents the total compensation for Mr. Morris in the year ended December 31, 2013. None of the other non-employee members of our board of directors earned any compensation in the year ended December 31, 2013. Mr. Laplanche, our Chief Executive Officer, receives no compensation for his service as a director.

 

Name of Director (1)

   Option
Awards (2)
    Total  

John C. (Hans) Morris

   $ 1,251,593 (3)     $ 1,251,593   

 

(1) As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Mack held outstanding options to purchase 1,585,532 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.18 per share, Mr. Morris held outstanding options to purchase 660,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.70 per share and Mr. Summers held outstanding options to purchase 1,332,424 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.70 per share. As of December 31, 2013, Messrs. Ciporin and Crowe and Mses. Lynn and Meeker did not hold any options to purchase shares of common stock.
(2) The amounts reported in this column do not reflect the amounts actually received by our non-employee directors. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each stock option granted to our non-employee directors during 2013, as computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 13 to consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our non-employee directors who have received options will only realize compensation with regard to these options to the extent the price of our common stock is greater than the exercise price of such options.
(3) Based on options to purchase 660,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.70 per share, granted on February 22, 2013. The options will vest in equal quarterly installments over sixteen quarters from the grant date, subject to continued service on our board of directors.

In July 2014, our Compensation Committee approved a non-employee director compensation policy, which will take effect following the completion of this offering. Pursuant to this policy, our non-employee directors will receive (i) an annual retainer of $40,000, (ii) an equity award upon initial election to our board of directors having a value equal to $574,000 and a four-year term, of which 25% will vest on the one-year anniversary of the grant date and the remaining will vest in equal monthly installments over the remaining three years and (iii) and an annual equity award having a value of $200,000 and a one-year term, of which 100% will vest on the one-year anniversary of the grant date. The first annual retainer payment and first annual equity award will be made following our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders. In the event of a change in control, the equity awards granted under our non-employee director compensation policy will immediately vest in full.

 

115


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

This section explains our executive compensation philosophy, objectives and design, our compensation-setting process, our executive compensation program components and the decisions made in 2013 and in the first half of 2014 for our named executive officers (NEOs), who were the following executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

    Renaud Laplanche, our founder and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Carrie Dolan, our Chief Financial Officer;

 

    Scott Sanborn, our Chief Operating and Marketing Officer;

 

    John MacIlwaine, our Chief Technology Officer; and

 

    Chaomei Chen, our Chief Risk Officer.

The compensation provided to our NEOs for 2013 is set forth in detail in the Summary Compensation Table and other tables and the accompanying footnotes and narrative that follow this section.

Executive Compensation Philosophy, Objectives and Design

Philosophy . Our mission is to transform the banking system. To succeed, we must develop new products, update existing products, attract borrowers and investors, operate within an efficient cost structure and deliver a great borrower and investor experience. To achieve these objectives, we need a highly talented team of engineering, product, marketing and general and administrative professionals. We also expect our team to possess and demonstrate strong leadership and management capabilities.

We believe that to attract, retain and motivate highly talented employees, including our executives, we must foster our company culture and continue to review and, when necessary, make changes to our executive compensation program, which serves as the basis on which we hire, evaluate and reward the performance of our employees.

Objectives. The objectives of our executive compensation program are to:

 

    recruit an exceptional executive team;

 

    incentivize and reward the achievement of strategic and financial goals of the company, with an emphasis on long-term goals;

 

    ensure each of our executive officers receives a total compensation package that encourages his or her long-term retention; and

 

    align the interests of our executives with those of our stockholders.

Design. Our executive compensation has been principally weighted toward equity, in the form of stock options. Our board of directors believes that this form of compensation focuses our executives on achieving our strategic and financial goals. Our board of directors also believes that making equity awards a key component of executive compensation aligns the executive team with the long-term interests of our stockholders. To maintain a competitive compensation program, we also offer cash compensation in the form of (i) base salaries to reward individual contributions and compensate our employees for their day-to-day responsibilities and (ii) annual bonuses to drive leadership and incentivize achievement of our shorter-term objectives.

As part of our planning for the transition to being a publicly-traded company, our management and board of directors engaged Compensia, a national compensation consulting firm, in October 2013 to assess our executive

 

116


Table of Contents

pay levels relative to public company market norms and, in December 2013, our board of directors formed a Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee, with the assistance of Compensia, evaluated our executive compensation program, including our mix of cash and equity compensation in 2014 and approved changes to our program.

We will continue to evaluate our executive compensation program at least annually or as circumstances require based on our business objectives and the competitive environment for talent. We anticipate continuing our emphasis on pay-for-performance and long-term incentive compensation for our executive officers. Our Compensation Committee has retained Compensia to provide executive compensation advisory services for 2014.

Compensation-Setting Process

Role of Our Board of Directors. Prior to the formation of our Compensation Committee in December 2013, our board of directors oversaw our executive officer (including our NEO) and director compensation arrangements, plans, policies and programs and administered our cash-based and equity-based compensation plans and arrangements for employees generally.

Role of Management. In setting compensation for 2013, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief People Officer worked closely with our board of directors in managing our executive compensation program. Our Chief Executive Officer made recommendations to our board of directors regarding compensation for our executive officers other than himself because of his daily involvement with our executive team. No executive officer participated directly in the final deliberations or determinations regarding his or her own compensation package.

Role of Our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee, which was formed in December 2013, currently oversees our executive officer and director compensation. Our Compensation Committee is expected to meet at least twice a year or more frequently, as determined appropriate by our Compensation Committee.

Role of Compensation Consultant. Our board of directors selected Compensia to advise on executive compensation matters given its expertise in the technology industry and its knowledge of our peer companies. During the year ended December 31, 2013 and in the first half of 2014, Compensia provided the following services:

 

    advised on our transitioning of executive pay from private company practices to those of a publicly-traded company compensation program;

 

    assisted in the development of the peer group of companies we use to understand market competitive compensation practices;

 

    reviewed and assessed our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officer base salaries, cash bonuses and equity compensation levels and plan structures relative to the market and our peers;

 

    reviewed and assessed market and best practice with respect to executive severance and change in control arrangements;

 

    assisted in the development of our equity compensation strategy, including the development of award guidelines and an aggregate spending budget; and

 

    reviewed and assessed board of director compensation market practices.

Compensia does not provide any services to us other than the services described above. Our board of directors believes that Compensia does not have any conflicts of interest in advising our board of directors under applicable rules and regulations.

 

117


Table of Contents

Use of Comparative Market Data. Prior to 2014, our management and board of directors used publicly available data on the compensation policies and practices of comparable publicly-traded companies as a reference to understand our competitive market for executive talent, but they did not specifically identify a peer group or seek to benchmark our executive compensation to any particular level.

In connection with our retention of Compensia, our board of directors directed management to conduct a market analysis for purposes of understanding the competitive market for executive talent and making executive compensation comparisons. As part of this undertaking, we formalized our process of identifying a peer group for comparative purposes. Following discussions with our management team, our board of directors and Compensia identified comparative peer group companies that they believed would be useful in determining a reference point for what we should consider to be “market” levels of cash and equity compensation.

In developing our compensation peer group, we focused primarily on public technology companies whose shares are listed in the United States. We considered the revenue, revenue growth, net income and market capitalization of these companies, and determined that selecting peer companies with levels both above and below our own financial metrics was appropriate. Our management, board of directors and Compensation Committee believed that including companies with higher revenues, an income and market capitalization was appropriate due to our historical and recent rapid growth. The compensation peer group includes a combination of internet and technology companies where, as a result of rapid growth, the scope and complexity of the peer companies’ senior executive positions were comparable to the scope and complexity of our executive positions.

In February 2014, our Compensation Committee determined to use the following peer group of companies:

 

Angie’s List

   Pandora Media

CoStar Group

   ServiceNow

Financial Engines

   Splunk

HomeAway

   Trulia

Linkedin

   Workday

MarketAxess Holdings

   Yelp

MercadoLibre

   Zillow

OpenTable

  

Our Compensation Committee expects to periodically review and update this peer group.

Our management and our Compensation Committee also reviewed compensation data from a group of technology companies headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area with revenues between $200 million and $1 billion in the Radford Global Technology and Global Sales Survey published by AON (Radford Survey).

In 2014, our Compensation Committee reviewed our executive compensation against our peer group and the Radford Survey to ensure that our executive officer compensation program is sufficient to achieve its objectives. Management provided our Compensation Committee with total compensation data at various percentiles within both the peer group and the Radford Survey. Overall, based on our peer group analysis, annual base compensation for each of our NEOs was generally below the median of similarly situated executives in both our peer group and the Radford Survey.

Our Compensation Committee also reviewed the in-the-money value of current equity holdings of our executive officers against a reference group of recent technology company initial public offerings with post-offering market capitalizations of greater than $500 million.

While our Compensation Committee considered this data in determining executive officer compensation, it did not seek to benchmark our executive compensation to any particular level. The total compensation for our NEOs was not determined based on any pre-set “target” percentile of market. Rather, we sought to compensate

 

118


Table of Contents

our executive officers at a level that would allow us to successfully recruit and retain the best possible talent for our executive team. We relied heavily on the knowledge and experience of our Compensation Committee and management in determining the appropriate compensation levels for our executive officers.

Executive Compensation Program Components

Elements of Executive Compensation. Our executive officer compensation packages generally include:

 

    equity-based compensation in the form of stock options;

 

    base salary; and

 

    cash bonuses.

We believe that our compensation mix supports our objective of focusing on at-risk compensation having significant financial upside based on company and individual performance. We expect to continue to emphasize equity awards because of the direct link that equity compensation provides between stockholder interests and the interests of our executive officers, thereby motivating our executive officers to focus on increasing our value over the long term.

Equity Compensation. We have used stock options as the principal component of our executive compensation program. Consistent with our compensation objectives, we believe this approach aligns our executive team’s contributions with our long-term interests and allows our executive team to participate in any future appreciation in our common stock. We believe that stock options also serve as an effective retention tool due to vesting requirements that are based on continued service with us and help create an ownership culture. In granting stock options, we customarily considered, among other things, the executive officer’s cash compensation, the need to create a meaningful opportunity for reward predicated on the creation of long-term stockholder value, our financial results, an evaluation of the expected and actual performance of each executive officer, his or her individual contributions and responsibilities and market conditions.

In 2013, our board of directors did not grant any stock options to our NEOs. In making this determination, our board of directors reviewed our historical stock option grants and the number of shares subject to outstanding stock options held by each of our NEOs and concurred with our Chief Executive Officer’s recommendation that the stock options held by our NEOs, taking into consideration the unvested portion and the value of such stock options, appropriately met our retention and incentive goals, and that no additional stock options were necessary.

In 2014, our Compensation Committee undertook a review of the aggregate stock options held by each NEO. This review involved a comparison of the aggregate equity awards held by our NEOs compared to our peer group, as well as an analysis of each NEO’s total equity holdings in light of the objective of long-term retention. A review of the stock options held by our NEOs showed that a significant portion of the stock options would become vested in 2015 and the remaining unvested portion would be almost entirely vested in 2016. As a result, in February 2014, at the recommendation of our Compensation Committee, our board of directors granted stock options to our NEOs. Our Compensation Committee reviewed the aggregate number of shares subject to stock options held by each of our NEOs, taking into consideration the unvested portion and the value of such stock options, as well as the need to maintain the retention value of unvested stock options. Based on such review, our Compensation Committee recommend, and our board of directors approved, the grant of stock options to purchase 2,701,884, 1,350,944, 665,388, 483,920 and 326,644 shares of our common stock to Mr. Laplanche, Mr. Sanborn, Ms. Dolan, Mr. MacIlwaine and Ms. Chen, respectively. These new awards will vest in 16 quarterly increments beginning one year after the date of grant, for a total vesting period of five years.

Base Salary. In determining base salaries for 2013, our board of directors considered the overall compensation package of our executives and, in particular, the fact that we have assigned greater emphasis on providing compensation in the form of stock options in order to motivate our executive team and foster long-term

 

119


Table of Contents

growth for the benefit of our stockholders. Historically, our executive officers have received base salaries within a very narrow range that was established when we were a smaller company and that was based on our desire to maintain internal pay equity between executive officers. As we have grown, we have gradually increased base salaries for our executive officers with the goal of bringing salaries closer to market over time. In June 2013, our board of directors reviewed executive salaries, including the salaries of our NEOs, and approved a base salary increase from $300,000 per year to $325,000 per year for each Mr. Laplanche, Mr. Sanborn and Ms. Dolan. Ms. Chen’s and Mr. MacIlwaine’s salaries of $270,000 and $300,000 per year, respectively, did not change.

In January 2014, our Compensation Committee reviewed executive salaries. Our Compensation Committee approved base salaries of $461,500, $350,000, $330,000 and $300,000 for Mr. Laplanche, Mr. Sanborn, Ms. Dolan and Ms. Chen, respectively. Mr. MacIlwaine’s base salary did not change. The changes were made in order to bring salaries of each of our NEOs closer to the median of similarly situated executives in our peer group.

Cash Bonuses. Our board of directors approved bonuses for 2013 for our executive officers, including our NEOs, in order to reward our executive officers for achieving our financial and operational goals. Historically, target cash bonuses for executive officers, which had been established as target dollar amounts, varied based on specific negotiations with the individual, usually in connection with the individual’s hiring. In August 2013, our board of directors reviewed and approved an increased bonus target for each of Mr. Sanborn and Ms. Dolan from $100,000 to $125,000. The change was made in order to bring bonus targets more in line with market, which included technology companies headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area noted in the Radford Survey.

In 2012, we changed our fiscal year end from March 31 to December 31. However, during the 2012 transition year, we still awarded bonuses on a March 31 year-end basis and, therefore, awarded 2012 bonuses based on performance from April 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013 and awarded 2013 bonuses based on performance from April 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013.

Executive bonuses during each of these periods were based on the achievement of corporate performance metrics during such period, with pro-rata payout between 25% and 150% of the target performance level established for each metric. For each of these periods, 100% of our Chief Executive Officer’s bonus was based on the achievement of performance metrics, while 75% of each other executive’s bonus was based on the achievement of performance metrics and 25% of the bonus target was based on individual performance as determined by our Chief Executive Officer.

Corporate Performance Metrics. Our board of directors established total revenue and adjusted EBITDA as the two financial measures to be used as our corporate performance metrics for bonuses. Our total revenue target for the period from April 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013 was $94 million, which was weighted at 60%, and our adjusted EBITDA target was $10 million, which was weighted at 40%. Our total revenue target for the period from April 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013 was $32 million, which was weighted at 60%, and our adjusted EBITDA target was $5 million, which was weighted at 40%. For additional information about adjusted EBITDA, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

At the time these performance metrics were set, our board of directors believed that the corporate performance metrics were challenging and aggressive. In order to reach target payouts, we would have had to achieve an exceptional year-over-year increase in our annual total revenue and adjusted EBITDA. Our board of directors believed that the achievement of the performance metrics at the target levels would require excellent leadership, effective leveraging of our competencies and a clear focus on driving and achieving results throughout the period.

Individual Performance Measures. We expect a high level of performance from each of our executive officers in carrying out his or her respective responsibilities to achieve results effectively. As a result, each executive officer is evaluated based on his or her overall performance. Our Chief Executive Officer evaluates

 

120


Table of Contents

each executive officer’s individual performance (other than his own) and, for purposes of determining bonuses, made a recommendation to our board of directors or Compensation Committee.

Bonus Payments for the April 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013 Period . In early 2014, our Compensation Committee reviewed our April 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013 corporate performance against our performance metrics and determined that we exceeded our two performance metrics, yielding an aggregate of 131% achievement. This percentage was used to establish the size of the bonuses available to executives, including our NEOs, for the noted period.

The following table summarizes the calculations that were used in determining the cash bonus paid to each of our NEOs for the April 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013 performance period:

 

     12 Month
Bonus Target
($)
     Individual
Bonus
Component
(%)
     Individual
Bonus
Achievement
(%)
     Company
Bonus
Component
(%)
     Company
Bonus
Achievement
(%)
     Individual
Bonus
Payout ($)
 

Renaud Laplanche

     150,000         0         100         100         131         147,375   

Carrie Dolan

     125,000         25         110         75         131         117,891   

Scott Sanborn

     125,000         25         150         75         131         127,266   

John MacIlwaine

     100,000         25         110         75         131         94,313   

Chaomei Chen

     50,000         25         347         75         131         69,328   

Bonus Payments for the April 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013 Period . In mid-2013, our board of directors reviewed our April 1, 2102 to March 31, 2013 corporate performance against our performance metrics and determined that we exceeded our two performance metrics, yielding an aggregate of 150% achievement. This percentage was used to establish the size of the bonuses available to executives, including our NEOs, for the noted period.

The following table summarizes the calculations that were used in determining the cash bonus paid to each of our NEOs for the April 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013 performance period:

 

     12 Month
Bonus Target
($)
     Individual
Bonus
Component
(%)
     Individual
Bonus
Achievement
(%)
     Company
Bonus
Component
(%)
     Company
Bonus
Achievement
(%)
     Individual
Bonus
Payout ($)
 

Renaud Laplanche

     150,000         0         100         100         150         225,000   

Carrie Dolan

     100,000         25         100         75         150         137,500   

Scott Sanborn

     100,000         25         114         75         150         141,000   

John MacIlwaine (1)

     100,000         25         100         75         150         91,541   

Chaomei Chen

     50,000         25         100         75         150         68,750   

 

(1) Mr. MacIlwaine began serving as our Chief Technology Officer on July 31, 2012.

Compensation Governance

Our Compensation Committee seeks to ensure sound executive compensation practices to adhere to our pay-for-performance philosophy while appropriately managing risk and aligning our compensation programs with long-term stockholder interests. We expect the following practices to be in effect following the completion of this offering:

 

    our Compensation Committee will be comprised solely of independent directors under the standards of the exchange on which our common stock is listed;

 

    our Compensation Committee will conduct an annual review and approval of our compensation strategy; and

 

    our Compensation Committee will retain discretion on bonus payouts to enable it to respond to unforeseen events and adjust bonus payouts as appropriate.

 

121


Table of Contents

Benefits Programs

Our employee benefit programs, including our 401(k) plan, our ESPP, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus, and health and welfare programs, are designed to provide a competitive level of benefits to our employees generally, including our executive officers and their families. We adjust our employee benefit programs as needed based on regular monitoring of applicable laws and practices and the competitive market. Our executive officers are entitled to participate in the same employee benefit plans, and on the same terms and conditions, as all other U.S. full-time employees.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

Currently, we do not view perquisites or other personal benefits as a significant component of our executive compensation program. Accordingly, we do not generally provide perquisites to our executive team. In the future, we may provide perquisites or other personal benefits in limited circumstances, such as where we believe it is appropriate to assist an individual executive in the performance of his or her duties, to make our executive team more efficient and effective and for recruitment, motivation or retention purposes. All future practices with respect to perquisites or other personal benefits will be subject to review and approval by our Compensation Committee.

Post-Employment Compensation

We intend to enter into new employment agreements with each of our NEOs in connection with this offering. For additional information regarding these employment agreements, see “—Employment Agreements.”

In hiring our executive officers, we recognized that it would be necessary to recruit candidates from outside our company with the requisite experience and skills. Accordingly, we sought to develop competitive compensation packages to attract qualified candidates who could fill our most critical positions. At the same time, we were sensitive to the need to integrate new executive officers into our existing executive compensation structure, balancing both competitive and internal equity considerations.

The new employment agreements that we intend to enter into with our NEOs will also provide for certain protection in the event of their termination of employment under specified circumstances, including following a change in control. We believe that these protections are necessary to induce these individuals to forego other opportunities. We also believe that entering into these arrangements will help our executives maintain continued focus and dedication to their responsibilities to help maximize stockholder value if there is a potential transaction that could involve a change in control of our company.

For additional information regarding these severance and change in control arrangements, see “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

162(m) Tax Deductibility

Section 162(m) of the Code limits the amount that we may deduct from our federal income taxes for remuneration paid to our NEOs to $1 million per executive officer per year, unless certain requirements are met. Section 162(m) provides an exception from this deduction limitation for certain forms of “performance-based compensation,” as well as for the gain recognized by covered executive officers on the exercise of qualifying compensatory stock options. In addition, “grandfather” provisions may apply to certain compensation arrangements that were entered into by a corporation before it was publicly held. We believe that, to date, all of our compensation that has been granted has been exempt from the Section 162(m) deduction limitation. While our Compensation Committee is mindful of the benefit to us of the full deductibility of compensation, our Compensation Committee believes that it should not be constrained by the requirements of Section 162(m) where those requirements would impair flexibility in compensating our executive officers in a manner that can best promote our corporate objectives. Therefore, our Compensation Committee has not adopted a policy that requires that all compensation be deductible. Our Compensation Committee intends to continue to compensate our executive officers in a manner consistent with the best interests of our company and stockholders.

 

122


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation earned during the year ended December 31, 2013 (FY 2013), the nine months ended December 31, 2012, the year ended March 31, 2012 (FY 2012) and the year ended March 31, 2011 (FY 2011) by each of our NEOs:

 

Name and Principal Position

  

Year (1)

   Salary ($)      Bonus ($)     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($) (2)
     Option
Awards ($) (3)
     Total ($)  

Renaud Laplanche

   FY 2013      314,583                203,625                 518,208   

Chief Executive Officer

   9 Months 2012      216,667                168,750         813,738         1,199,155   
   FY 2012      250,000                100,000                 350,000   
   FY 2011      218,750                93,750         327,394         639,894   

Carrie Dolan

   FY 2013      314,583                152,266                 466,849   

Chief Financial Officer (4)

   9 Months 2012      220,833                103,125         325,495         649,453   
   FY 2012      275,000                87,500                 362,500   
   FY 2011      171,875                44,100         131,683         347,658   

Scott Sanborn

   FY 2013      314,583                162,516                 477,099   

Chief Operating Officer (5)

   9 Months 2012      220,833                105,750         406,869         733,452   
   FY 2012      275,000                90,000                 365,000   
   FY 2011      235,513                68,685         198,391         502,589   

John MacIlwaine

   FY 2013      300,000         87,500 (7)       117,198                 504,698   

Chief Technology Officer (6)

   9 Months 2012      126,154         87,500 (7)       68,656         598,901         881,211   

Chaomei Chen

   FY 2013      270,000                86,516                 356,516   

Chief Risk Officer (8)

   9 Months 2012      199,167                51,563                 250,730   
   FY 2012      208,333                34,356         306,786         549,475   

 

(1) Effective December 31, 2012, we changed our fiscal year end from March 31 to December 31. Amounts in the “FY 2013” row reflect compensation earned from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013. Amounts in the “9 Months 2012” row reflect compensation earned from April 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012. Amounts in the “FY 2012” row reflect compensation earned from April 1, 2011 to March 31, 2012. Amounts in the “FY 2011” row reflect compensation earned from April 1, 2010 to March 31, 2011.
(2) For more information regarding our non-equity incentive plan awards, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Executive Compensation Program Components—Cash Bonuses.”
(3) The amounts reported in this column do not reflect the amounts actually received by our NEOs. These amounts instead reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each stock option granted to our NEOs during the period presented, as computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 13 to consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our NEOs who have received options will only realize compensation with regard to these options to the extent the trading price of our common stock is greater than the exercise price of such options.
(4) Ms. Dolan began serving as our Chief Financial Officer in August 2010.
(5) Mr. Sanborn began serving as our Chief Marketing Officer in May 2010 and as our Chief Operating Officer in April 2013.
(6) Mr. MacIlwaine began serving as our Chief Technology Officer in July 2012.
(7) Includes two installments of $43,750 each for Mr. MacIlwaine’s starting bonus.
(8) Ms. Chen began serving as our Chief Risk Officer in June 2011.

 

123


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards In 2013

The following table sets forth certain information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our NEOs during 2013. Our NEOs did not receive any equity awards in 2013.

 

          Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards (1)  

Name

       Grant Date        Threshold                  Target                  Maximum  

Renaud Laplanche

   8/13/2013    $ 37,500       $ 150,000       $ 225,000   

Carrie Dolan

   8/13/2013      31,250         125,000         187,500   

Scott Sanborn

   8/13/2013      31,250         125,000         187,500   

John MacIlwaine

   8/13/2013      25,000         100,000         150,000   

Chaomei Chen

   8/13/2013      12,500         50,000         75,000   

 

(1) For more information regarding the achievement of these non-equity incentive plan awards, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Executive Compensation Program Components—Cash Bonuses.”

2013 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth certain information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs that remained outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

 

           Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
     Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised

Options (#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Name

   Grant Date             

Renaud Laplanche

     10/16/2012 (1)       500,000         1,500,000         0.70         10/16/2022   
     5/28/2010 (2)       4,620,000         660,000         0.10         5/28/2020   

Carrie Dolan

     10/16/2012 (1)       121,064         600,000         0.70         10/16/2022   
     2/23/2011 (3)       166,640         499,928         0.10         2/23/2021   

Scott Sanborn

     10/16/2012 (1)       250,000         750,000         0.70         10/16/2022   
     5/28/2010 (4)       967,120         399,940         0.10         5/28/2020   

John MacIlwaine

     10/16/2012 (5)       349,224         872,516         0.70         10/16/2022   

Chaomei Chen

     2/16/2012 (6)       183,736         1,102,400         0.18         2/16/2022   

 

(1) The holder’s right to purchase the shares subject to the option vests ratably over 16 calendar quarters beginning October 1, 2012.
(2) The holder’s right to purchase 25% of the shares subject to the options vested on April 1, 2011, and the holder’s right to purchase the remaining shares subject to the option vests ratably over the following 12 calendar quarters.
(3) The holder’s right to purchase 25% of the shares subject to the options vested on August 16, 2011, and the holder’s right to purchase the remaining shares subject to the option vests ratably over the following 12 calendar quarters.
(4) The holder’s right to purchase 25% of the shares subject to the options vested on May 24, 2011, and the holder’s right to purchase the remaining shares subject to the option vests ratably over the following 12 calendar quarters.
(5) The holder’s right to purchase 25% of the shares subject to the options vested on July 31, 2013, and the holder’s right to purchase the remaining shares subject to the option vests ratably over the following 12 calendar quarters.
(6) The holder’s right to purchase 25% of the shares subject to the options vested on June 1, 2012, and the holder’s right to purchase the remaining shares subject to the option vests ratably over the following 12 calendar quarters.

 

124


Table of Contents

2013 Option Exercises

The following table sets forth for each of our NEOs the number of shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of stock options during 2013 and the aggregate value realized upon exercise.

 

     Option Awards  

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
     Value Realized on
Exercise (1)
 

Renaud Laplanche

           $   

Carrie Dolan

     1,618,636       $ 2,069,050   

Scott Sanborn

     1,432,520       $ 1,702,820   

John MacIlwaine

     73,600       $ 204,650   

Chaomei Chen

     551,200       $ 1,384,423   

 

(1) The value realized on exercise was calculated as the difference between the actual sales price to a third party of the shares underlying the options exercised and the applicable exercise price of those options.

Employment Agreements

We intend to enter into new employment agreements with each of our NEOs in connection with this offering. We expect that each of these agreements will provide for at-will employment and include each NEO’s base salary, a discretionary annual incentive bonus opportunity and standard employee benefit plan participation. Each of our NEOs has also executed our standard form of confidential information and invention assignment agreement.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Under the terms of the new employment agreements that we intend to enter into with each of our NEOs in connection with this offering, we expect that our NEOs will be eligible to receive certain benefits in connection with the termination of their employment, depending on the circumstances, including following a change in control of our company.

The actual amounts that would be paid or distributed to our NEOs as a result of a termination event occurring in the future may be different than those set forth below as many factors will affect the amount of any payments and benefits upon a termination of employment. For example, some of the factors that could affect the amounts payable include the NEO’s base salary and the market price of our common stock at the time of the termination event. Additionally, we or an acquirer may mutually agree with the NEOs on severance terms that vary from those provided in pre-existing agreements.

The tables below set forth the value of the benefits that each of our NEOs would be entitled to receive upon a qualifying termination event as of December 31, 2013.

Renaud Laplanche

 

     No Change
in Control
     Change in Control  

Benefit

   Involuntary
Termination
     No Termination      Involuntary
Termination
 

Cash severance

   $                    $                    $                

Equity vesting acceleration (1)

        

Total severance and equity vesting acceleration

        

 

(1) Calculated based on the amount by which the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, exceeds the per share exercise price of the applicable stock option.

 

125


Table of Contents

Carrie Dolan

 

     No Change
in Control
     Change in Control  

Benefit

   Involuntary
Termination
     No Termination      Involuntary
Termination
 

Cash severance

   $                    $                    $                

Equity vesting acceleration (1)

        

Total severance and equity vesting acceleration

        

 

(1) Calculated based on the amount by which the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, exceeds the per share exercise price of the applicable stock option.

Scott Sanborn

 

     No Change
in Control
     Change in Control  

Benefit

   Involuntary
Termination
     No Termination      Involuntary
Termination
 

Cash severance

   $                    $                    $                

Equity vesting acceleration (1)

        

Total severance and equity vesting acceleration

        

 

(1) Calculated based on the amount by which the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, exceeds the per share exercise price of the applicable stock option.

John MacIlwaine

 

     No Change
in Control
     Change in Control  

Benefit

   Involuntary
Termination
     No Termination      Involuntary
Termination
 

Cash severance

   $                    $                    $                

Equity vesting acceleration (1)

        

Total severance and equity vesting acceleration

        

 

(1) Calculated based on the amount by which the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, exceeds the per share exercise price of the applicable stock option.

Chaomei Chen

 

     No Change
in Control
     Change in Control  

Benefit

   Involuntary
Termination
     No Termination      Involuntary
Termination
 

Cash severance

   $                    $                    $                

Equity vesting acceleration (1)

        

Total severance and equity vesting acceleration

        

 

(1) Calculated based on the amount by which the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, exceeds the per share exercise price of the applicable stock option.

 

126


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plans

2007 Stock Incentive Plan

We previously adopted the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (2007 Plan). The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of both incentive stock options, which qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under Section 422 of the Code, and non-statutory stock options, as well as for the issuance of shares of restricted stock and other stock-based awards. We may grant incentive stock options only to our employees. We may grant non-statutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants. The exercise price of each stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 2007 Plan is 10 years, except that the maximum permitted term of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders is five years. In the event of our merger or consolidation, the 2007 Plan provides that, unless the applicable option agreement provides otherwise, options held by current employees, directors and consultants will vest in full if they are not assumed or substituted and all unexercised options shall expire on the consummation of the merger or consolidation.

As of September 30, 2014, we had reserved 83,954,536 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2007 Plan, of which 3,359,320 were unissued and remained available for future grant. On October 31, 2014, we reserved an additional 1,400,000 million shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2007 Plan. We will cease issuing awards under our 2007 Plan upon the implementation of our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (2014 Plan). Our 2014 Plan will be effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus. As a result, we will not grant any additional options under the 2007 Plan following that date, and the 2007 Plan will terminate at that time. However, any outstanding options granted under the 2007 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2007 Plan and stock option agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. Options granted under the 2007 Plan have terms similar to those described below with respect to options to be granted under our 2014 Plan.

All shares of our common stock reserved but not issued or subject to outstanding grants under our 2007 Plan on the date of this prospectus will become available for grant and issuance under our 2014 Plan. In addition, shares issued under the 2007 Plan will become available for grant and issuance under our 2014 Plan if they are (i) subject to stock options or other awards that cease to be subject to those options or other awards by forfeiture or otherwise, (ii) issued pursuant to the exercise of options that are forfeited after the date of this prospectus, (iii) repurchased by us at the original issue price or (iv) used to pay the exercise price of an option or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

We expect our board of directors to adopt the 2014 Plan, subject to stockholder approval, to become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus. The 2014 Plan will terminate in 2024, unless sooner terminated by our board of directors. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The 2014 Plan is also designed to permit us to make cash-based awards and equity-based awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

Stock Awards . The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units (RSUs), performance-based stock awards and other forms of equity compensation. In addition, the 2014 Plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees, subject to certain limitation described below. All other awards may be granted to employees, as well as directors and consultants.

 

127


Table of Contents

The principal features of the 2014 Plan are summarized below. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the 2014 Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Share Reserve . We reserved             shares of our common stock to be issued under our 2014 Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year beginning January 1, 2016 through the termination of the plan by the lesser of 5% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31 or a number determined by our board of directors or Compensation Committee. In addition, shares reserved but not issued or subject to outstanding awards under our 2007 Plan on the date of this prospectus will be available for grant and issuance under our 2014 Plan and the following shares will again be available for grant and issuance under our 2014 Plan:

 

    shares subject to options or stock appreciation rights granted under our 2014 Plan that cease to be subject to the option or stock appreciation right for any reason other than exercise of the option or stock appreciation right;

 

    shares subject to awards granted under our 2014 Plan that are subsequently forfeited or repurchased by us at the original issue price;

 

    shares subject to awards granted under our 2014 Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued;

 

    shares surrendered, cancelled or exchanged for cash or a different award (or combination thereof);

 

    shares subject to stock options or other awards under our 2007 Plan that cease to be subject to those options or other awards by forfeiture or otherwise;

 

    shares issued pursuant to the exercise of options under our 2007 Plan that are forfeited after the date of this prospectus;

 

    shares issued under our 2007 Plan that are repurchased by us at the original issue price; and

 

    shares subject to awards under our 2007 Plan that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award.

As of the date of this prospectus, no shares of our common stock have been issued under the 2014 Plan. No person may be granted stock awards covering more than             shares of our common stock under the 2014 Plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options or stock appreciation rights other than a new employee of ours, who will be eligible to receive no more than shares of common stock under the 2014 Plan in the calendar year in which the employee commences employment. Such limitations are designed to help ensure that any deductions to which we would otherwise be entitled with respect to such stock awards will not be subject to the $1.0 million limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. The aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be subject to awards granted to any one non-employee director pursuant to the 2014 Plan in any calendar year shall not exceed 1,500,000.

Administration . Our 2014 Plan will be administered by our Compensation Committee, all of the members of which are outside directors as defined under applicable federal tax laws, or by our board of directors acting in place of our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee will have the authority to construe and interpret our 2014 Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2014 Plan.

Our Compensation Committee has the authority to reprice any outstanding stock award (by reducing the exercise price of any outstanding option, canceling an option in exchange for cash or another equity award or any other action that may be deemed a repricing under generally accepted accounting provisions) under the 2014 Plan without the approval of our stockholders.

 

128


Table of Contents

Stock Options . Incentive and non-statutory stock options are granted pursuant to incentive and non-statutory stock option agreements. Our Compensation Committee determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2014 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, except where a higher exercise price is required in the case of certain incentive stock options, as described below.

We anticipate that in general, options will vest over a four-year period. Options may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. Our Compensation Committee may provide for options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. The maximum term of options granted under our 2014 Plan will be 10 years. Our Compensation Committee will determine the term of stock options granted under the 2014 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years, except in the case of certain incentive stock options, as described below. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than for cause, disability or death, the optionholder may exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us is terminated for cause, then the option terminates immediately. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the award agreement following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may exercise any vested options for a period of at least six months in the event of disability or death. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the option following termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. In no event, however, may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its maximum term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the Compensation Committee and may include (i) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (ii) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (iii) the tender of common stock or common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (iv) cancellation of our indebtedness to the optionholder, (v) waiver of compensation due to the optionholder for services rendered and (vi) other legal consideration approved by our Compensation Committee.

Unless our Compensation Committee provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may, however, designate a beneficiary who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Limitations on Incentive Stock Options . Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of shares of our common stock with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock comprising more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (i) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (ii) the term of the incentive stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards . Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements. A restricted stock award is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to restrictions. The price, if any, of a restricted stock award will be determined by our Compensation Committee. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (i) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (ii) past or future services rendered to us or our affiliates or (iii) any other form of legal consideration determined by our Compensation Committee. Shares of common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option or forfeiture restriction in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by our Compensation Committee. Rights to acquire shares under a restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by our Compensation Committee. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested will be forfeited or subject to repurchase upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

 

129


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Unit Awards . RSU awards are granted pursuant to RSU award agreements. RSUs represent the right to receive shares of our common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of that right because of termination of the holder’s services to us or the holder’s failure to achieve certain performance conditions. If a RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU agreement, we may deliver to the holder of the RSU whole shares of our common stock, which may be subject to additional restrictions, cash or a combination of our common stock and cash. Our Compensation Committee may also permit the holder of a RSU to defer payment to a date or dates after the RSU is earned, provided that the terms of the RSU and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation rights agreements. Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of our common stock, to the holder based upon the increase in the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise from the stated exercise price (subject to any maximum number of shares as may be specified in the award agreement). The payment may occur upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right or deferred with such interest or dividend equivalent, if any, as our Compensation Committee determines, provided that the terms of the stock appreciation right and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Our Compensation Committee will determine the exercise price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. Stock appreciation rights expire under the same rules that apply to stock options.

Performance Awards . The 2014 Plan permits the grant of performance stock awards and performance cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1.0 million limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code (performance awards). To help ensure that the compensation attributable to performance awards will so qualify, our committee can structure such awards so that stock will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only upon the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. Awards may be made under the 2014 Plan that are based on performance criteria but are not performance awards under this paragraph. The maximum benefit that may be granted to a participant in any calendar year pursuant to a performance award described in this paragraph may not exceed $1.0 million.

Other Stock Awards . Our Compensation Committee may grant other stock awards based in whole or in part on our common stock. Our Compensation Committee will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such stock awards.

Changes to Capital Structure . In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made to (i) the maximum number of shares reserved under the 2014 Plan, (ii) the maximum number of shares subject to options, stock appreciation rights and performance stock awards that can be granted in a calendar year, (iii) the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon exercise of incentive stock options, (iv) the maximum number of shares that may be awarded to a member of our board of directors and (v) the number of shares and exercise price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions . The 2014 Plan provides that, in the event of a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets or specified types of mergers or consolidations (corporate transaction), outstanding awards under our 2014 Plan may be assumed or replaced by any surviving or acquiring corporation; the surviving or acquiring corporation may substitute similar awards for those outstanding under the 2014 Plan; outstanding awards may be settled for the full value of such outstanding award (whether or not then vested or exercisable) in cash or securities of the successor entity with payment deferred until the date or dates the award would have become exercisable or vested; or outstanding awards may be terminated for no consideration. Our board of directors has the discretion to provide that a stock award under the 2014 Plan will immediately vest as to all or any portion of the shares subject to the stock award at the time of a corporate transaction or in the event a participant’s service with us or a successor entity is terminated actually or constructively within a designated

 

130


Table of Contents

period following the occurrence of the corporate transaction. Stock awards held by participants under the 2014 Plan will not vest automatically on such an accelerated basis unless specifically provided in the participant’s applicable award agreement. In the event of a corporate transaction, the vesting of all awards granted to non-employee directors shall accelerate and such awards shall become exercisable (as applicable) in full upon the consummation of the corporate transaction.

Plan Suspension or Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan at any time provided that such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We expect our board of directors to adopt the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), subject to stockholder approval, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus. The purpose of the ESPP is to assist us in retaining the services of new employees and securing the services of new and existing employees while providing incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success. When effective, the ESPP will enable eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount following this offering. Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.

Share Reserve . Following this offering, the ESPP authorizes the issuance of             shares of our common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of our subsidiaries. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each year beginning January 1, 2016 through the termination of the plan by the lesser of 1% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31 or a number determined by our board of directors or Compensation Committee. As of the date hereof, no shares of our common stock have been purchased under the ESPP. The aggregate number of shares issued over the term of our ESPP will not exceed             shares of our common stock, and no other shares may be added to the ESPP without the approval of our stockholders.

Administration . The ESPP will be administered by our Compensation Committee. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings of purchase rights to eligible employees. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which not more than 5,000 shares of our common stock may be purchased by any employee participating in the offering. The first offering period will begin on the date of this prospectus and will end approximately six months following the date of this prospectus. Each purchase period will be for six months. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances. When the initial offering period commences, our employees who meet the eligibility requirements for participation in that offering period will automatically be granted a nontransferable option to purchase shares in that offering period. For subsequent offering periods, new participants will be required to enroll in a timely manner. Once an employee is enrolled, participation will be automatic in subsequent offering periods. An employee’s participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason.

Payroll Deductions . Our employees generally are eligible to participate in our ESPP if they are employed by us for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in a calendar year. Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in our ESPP, are ineligible to participate in our ESPP. We may impose additional restrictions on eligibility. Under our ESPP, eligible employees will be able to acquire shares of our common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our eligible employees will be able to select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their eligible cash compensation. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors or Compensation Committee, common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to the lower of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

 

131


Table of Contents

Limitations . No holder will have the right to purchase our shares at a rate that, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also outstanding in the same calendar year(s), would have a fair market value of more than $25,000, determined in accordance with Section 423 of the Code, for each calendar year in which that right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP, if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code.

If we experience a change in control transaction, any offering period that commenced prior to the closing of the change in control transaction will be shortened and terminated on a new purchase date. The new purchase date will occur prior to the closing of the proposed change in control transaction and our ESPP will then terminate on the closing of the proposed change in control.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a retirement plan for the benefit of our employees. The plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Code, so that contributions to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on such contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan (except in the case of contributions under the 401(k) plan designated as Roth contributions). The 401(k) plan provides that each participant may contribute up to 100% of his or her pre-tax compensation, up to a statutory limit, which is $17,500 for 2014. Participants who are at least 50 years old can also make “catch-up” contributions of up to an additional $5,500 above the statutory limit. Under the 401(k) plan, each employee is fully vested in his or her deferred salary contributions. Employee contributions are held and invested by the plan’s trustee as directed by participants. Our 401(k) plan provides for discretionary matching of employee contributions.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our restated certificate of incorporation that we expect be in effect upon the completion of this offering contains provisions that will limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that we expect to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and allow us to indemnify other employees and agents as provided for in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our restated bylaws will also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted, subject to very limited exceptions.

We also intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers and certain key employees that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors, executive officers and key employees against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors, executive officers and key employees in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these

 

132


Table of Contents

agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors, executive officers and key employees. Prior to the completion of this offering, we also intend to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that we expect to be in effect upon completion of this offering may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breaches of their fiduciary duties. Such provisions may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

133


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation” and the registration rights described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” the following is a description of each transaction since April 1, 2010 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

    we have been or are to be a participant;

 

    the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Transactions on Our Marketplace

Our executive officers, directors and certain affiliates (including immediate family members) have opened investor accounts with us, made deposits to and withdrawals from their accounts and funded portions of loans. All of these transactions were conducted on terms and conditions that were not more favorable than those obtained by investors not related to us.

The following tables summarize deposits and withdrawals made by our directors and executive officers for the periods indicated. No other related party has made deposits or withdrawals exceeding $120,000.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2014
 
   Deposits      Withdrawals  
     (unaudited)  

Daniel Ciporin

   $ 500,000       $ 62,855   

John J. Mack

     950,000         69,317   

Larry Summers

     200,000           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,650,000       $ 132,172   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
 
   Deposits      Withdrawals  

Daniel Ciporin

   $ 600,000       $ 128,288   

Jeffrey Crowe

     800,000         444,227   

John J. Mack

     405,118         617,779   

Larry Summers

     530,898           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,336,016       $ 1,190,294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Nine Months Ended
December 31, 2012
 
   Deposits      Withdrawals  

Daniel Ciporin

   $ 500,000       $ 129,698   

Jeffrey Crowe

     150,000           

John J. Mack

     529,540         451,617   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,179,540       $ 581,315   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

134


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
March 31, 2012
 
     Deposits      Withdrawals  

Daniel Ciporin

   $ 209,500       $ 158,113   

John J. Mack

     1,700,000         199,265   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,909,500       $ 357,378   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended
March 31, 2011
 
     Deposits      Withdrawals  

Daniel Ciporin

   $ 400,902       $ 118,331   

Jeffrey Crowe

     446,000         100,000   

Scott Sanborn

     134,710         137,861   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 981,612       $ 356,192   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing Arrangements With Directors and Significant Stockholders

In April 2010, we issued 62,486,436 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock to investors for aggregate gross cash consideration of $24.5 million. In 2011 and 2012, we issued and sold 36,030,712 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock to investors for aggregate gross cash consideration of $32.0 million. In June 2012, we issued and sold 10,000,000 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock to investors for aggregate gross cash consideration of $17.5 million.

The participants in these convertible preferred stock financings included the following directors and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities or entities affiliated with them.

 

Participants

   Series C
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Consideration
     Series D
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Consideration
     Series E
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Consideration
 

Norwest Venture Partners X, L.P. (1)

     12,451,360       $ 4,879,999         3,635,264       $ 3,233,022               $   

Canaan VII L.P.

     12,038,400         4,718,150         3,800,044         3,379,569                   

Morgenthaler Venture Partners IX, L.P. (2)

     7,654,524         2,999,999         1,686,624         1,499,999                   

Entities affiliated with Foundation Capital (3)

     26,663,264         10,450,000         3,004,792         2,672,312                   

John J. Mack

                                     1,428,572         2,500,001   

 

(1) Jeffrey Crowe, a member of our board of directors, is an officer of NVP Associates, LLC, the managing member of the general partner of Norwest Venture Partners X, L.P.
(2) Rebecca Lynn, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of the general partner of Morgenthaler Venture Partners IX, L.P.
(3) Represents 294,628 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and 33,204 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock purchased by Foundation Capital VI Principals Fund, LLC and 26,368,636 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and 2,971,588 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock purchased by Foundation Capital VI, L.P.

Registration Rights

We have entered into an investor rights agreement with certain holders of our convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. These stockholders are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following our initial public offering under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

135


Table of Contents

Indemnification Agreements

We also intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers and certain key employees that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The indemnification agreements and our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that we expect to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain very limited exceptions, our restated bylaws will also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter and our Audit Committee Charter require that any transaction with a related party that must be reported under applicable rules of the SEC, other than compensation-related matters, must be reviewed and approved or ratified by our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, unless the related party is, or is associated with, a member of that committee, in which event the transaction must be reviewed and approved by our Audit Committee.

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a formal written related-party transaction policy that provides that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock, and any of their immediate family members or affiliates, are not permitted to enter into a material related-party transaction with us without the review and approval of our Audit Committee, or a committee composed solely of independent directors in the event it is inappropriate for our Audit Committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. The policy will provide that any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, director nominee, beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock or with any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 will be presented to our Audit Committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, we expect that our Audit Committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our Audit Committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

136


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2014, by:

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each of the selling stockholders.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities and include shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options and warrants that are exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2014. Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table below, all of the shares reflected in the table are shares of common stock and all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.

We calculated percentage ownership prior to this offering based on 310,272,201 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, assuming the conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock upon completion of this offering. We calculated percentage ownership after this offering based on             shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional             shares of common stock from us.

In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of capital stock subject to options and warrants held by that person that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table below, addresses of named beneficial owners are in care of LendingClub Corporation, 71 Stevenson Street, Suite 300, San Francisco, California 94105.

 

    Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering
    Number of
Shares
Offered
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After this Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Number     Percentage       Number   Percentage

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

         

Renaud Laplanche (1)

    14,897,330        4.7      

Carrie Dolan (2)

    2,330,266        *         

Scott Sanborn (3)

   
2,509,016
  
    *         

John MacIlwaine (4)

    411,986        *         

Chaomei Chen (5)

    1,294,560        *         

Daniel Ciporin (6)

    1,000,680        *         

Jeffrey Crowe (7)

    50,822,020        16.4         

Rebecca Lynn (8)

    28,491,504        9.2         

John J. Mack (9)

    2,419,528        *         

Mary Meeker (10)

    14,285,712        4.6         

John C. (Hans) Morris (11)

    247,500        *         

Lawrence Summers (12)

    999,316        *         

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (13)

    119,709,418        38.5         

 

137


Table of Contents
    Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering
  Number of
Shares
Offered
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After this Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Number   Percentage     Number   Percentage

5% Stockholders:

         

Entities Affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners X, L.P. (7)

  50,822,020   16.4      

Entities Affiliated with Canaan VII L.P. (14)

  49,050,512   15.8      

Entities Affiliated with Foundation Capital VI, L.P.  (15)

  39,367,152   12.7      

Entities Affiliated with Morgenthaler Venture Partners IX, L.P. (8)

  28,491,504   9.2      

Other Selling Stockholders:

         

 

 

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
(1) Represents (i) 4,617,330 shares held by Mr. Laplanche, (ii) 4,000,000 shares held by Laplanche Dmitrieva Family 2012 Irrevocable Trust U/A DTD December 17, 2012 and (iii) 6,280,000 shares underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014 held by Mr. Laplanche.
(2) Represents (i) 1,768,636 shares held by Dolan Family Trust U/A DTD 1/27/2003, (ii) 220,000 shares held by Dolan Family 2014 Irrevocable GST Exempt Trust and (iii) 341,630 shares underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014 held by Ms. Dolan.
(3) Represents (i) 665,956 shares and (ii) 1,843,060 shares underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014 held by Mr. Sanborn.
(4) Represents shares underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014 held by Mr. MacIlwaine.
(5) Represents (i) 559,624 shares and (ii) 734,936 shares underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014 held by Ms. Chen.
(6) Represents (i) 952,408 shares held by Mr. Ciporin and (ii) 48,272 shares held by Daniel Ciporin 2014 Family Trust.
(7) Represents (i) 50,352,536 shares and (ii) 469,484 shares underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014 held by Norwest Venture Partners X, L.P. The general partner of Norwest Venture Partners X, L.P. is Genesis VC Partners X, LLC. The managing member of Genesis VC Partners X, LLC is NVP Associates, LLC. Promod Haque, Matthew Howard and Jeffrey Crowe, a member of our board of directors, are officers of NVP Associates, LLC. Each of these individuals has shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Norwest Venture Partners X, L.P. The address of Norwest Venture Partners X, L.P. is 525 University Avenue, Suite 800, Palo Alto, CA 94301-1922.
(8) Represents 28,491,504 shares held by Morgenthaler Venture Partners IX, L.P. The general partner of Morgenthaler Venture Partners IX, L.P. is Morgenthaler Management Partners IX, LLC. The managing members of Morgenthaler Management Partners IX, LLC are Robert Bellas, James Broderick, Ralph Christoffersen, Rebecca Lynn, a member of our board of directors, Gary Morgenthaler, Scott Watters, Gary Little, Robert Pavey and Henry Plain. Each of these individuals has shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Morgenthaler Venture Partners IX, L.P. The address of Morgenthaler Venture Partners IX, L.P. is 2710 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(9) Represents (i) 1,428,572 shares and (ii) 990,956 shares underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014 held by Mr. Mack.
(10) Represents 14,285,712 shares held by KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee. The shares are held in the name of “KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee” for the account of KPCB Digital Growth Fund, LLC and KPCB DGF Founders Fund, LLC (collectively, Funds). Ms. Meeker is a managing member of KPCB DGF Associates, LLC, the managing member of the Funds and, therefore, has shared voting and investment power over the shares held by the Funds.
(11) Represents shares underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014 held by Mr. Morris.
(12) Represents (i) 499,660 shares held by Mr. Summers, (ii) 180,000 shares held by Lawrence H. Summers 2012 Irrevocable Trust No. 1, (iii) 90,000 shares held by Lawrence H. Summers 2012 Irrevocable Trust No. 2 and (iv) 229,656 shares held by LHS 2014 Qualified Annuity Trust #3L.
(13) Represents (i) 108,389,866 shares, (ii) 10,850,068 shares underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014 and (iii) 469,484 shares underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014 held by our executive officers and directors as a group.
(14) Represents (i) 48,581,028 shares and (ii) 469,484 shares underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014 held by Canaan VII L.P. The general partner of Canaan VII L.P. is Canaan Partners VII LLC. The managers of Canaan Partners VII LLC are Brenton Ahrens, John Balen, Stephen Bloch, Wende Hutton, Maha Ibrahim, Deepak Kamra, Gregory Kopchinsky, Guy Russo and Eric Young. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by Canaan VII L.P. are made by the managers of Canaan Partners VII LLC, collectively. The address of Canaan VII, L.P. is 285 Riverside Avenue, Suite 250, Westport, CT 06880.
(15) Represents (i) 38,932,144 shares held by Foundation Capital VI, L.P. and (ii) 435,008 shares held by Foundation Capital VI Principals Fund, LLC. The general partner of Foundation Capital VI, L.P. and Foundation Capital VI Principals Fund, LLC is Foundation Capital Management Co. VI, LLC. The managing members of Foundation Capital Management Co. VI, LLC are William Elmore, Paul Koontz, Michael Schuh, Paul Holland, Richard Redelfs, Steve Vassallo, Charles Moldow and Warren Weiss. Each of these individuals has shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Foundation Capital VI, L.P. and Foundation Capital VI Principals Fund, LLC. The address of Foundation Capital Management Co. VI, LLC is 250 Middlefield Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 

138


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

A description of our capital stock and the material terms and provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that we expect to be in effect upon the completion of this offering is set forth below. This description is only a summary and does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that we expect to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of             shares, with a par value of $0.01 per share, of which:

 

             shares are designated common stock; and

 

             shares are designated preferred stock.

As of September 30, 2014, and after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into 249,351,011 shares of common stock upon completion of this offering, there were outstanding:

 

    310,272,201 shares of our common stock held by approximately 275 stockholders;

 

    54,587,814 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options; and

 

    1,815,380 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See “Dividend Policy.”

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our restated certificate of incorporation that we expect to be in effect upon the completion of this offering. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock will be able to elect all of our directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation that we expect to be in effect upon the completion of this offering establishes a classified board of directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders are distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

139


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation that we expect to be in effect upon completion of this offering, all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock will convert into common stock, effective upon the completion of this offering. As a result, each currently outstanding share of convertible preferred stock will be converted into common stock. All series of convertible preferred stock will convert at a ratio of one share of common stock for each share of convertible preferred stock.

Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue convertible preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of convertible preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of convertible preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of convertible preferred stock.

Options

As of September 30, 2014, we had outstanding options to purchase 54,587,814 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.63 per share.

Warrants

As of September 30, 2014, we had four warrants outstanding to purchase an aggregate of 1,189,392 shares of our Series A preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.266 per share. The warrants have a net exercise provision under which the holder, in lieu of paying the exercise price in cash, can surrender the warrant and receive a net number of shares of Series A preferred stock based on the fair market value of such stock at the time of exercise, after deducting the aggregate exercise price. Of such warrants:

 

    Warrants to purchase 938,968 shares of our Series A preferred stock would, unless earlier exercised, expire on January 24, 2015. If these warrants are not exercised prior to the completion of this offering, they will become exercisable for an equivalent number of shares of our common stock.

 

    Warrants to purchase 250,424 shares of our Series A preferred stock would, unless earlier exercised, automatically expire immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We expect warrants to purchase 250,424 shares of our Series A preferred stock will be exercised prior to the completion of this offering.

As of September 30, 2014, we had 18 warrants outstanding to purchase 625,988 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.375 per share. The warrants have a net exercise provision under which the holder, in lieu of paying the exercise price in cash, can surrender the warrant and receive a net number of shares of common stock based on the fair market value of such stock at the time of exercise, after deducting the aggregate exercise price. Of such warrants:

 

    Warrants to purchase 52,772 shares of our common stock would, unless earlier exercised, expire on the tenth anniversary of their respective issue dates.

 

140


Table of Contents
    Warrants to purchase 573,216 shares of our common stock would, unless earlier exercised, automatically expire immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We expect that 545,368 shares of our common stock will be issued upon the exercise of these warrants and that             shares of our common stock will be issued upon the automatic net exercise of the remainder of these warrants upon the completion of this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, holders of 264,205,934 shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014, will be entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the sale of such shares under the Securities Act. We refer to these shares as registrable securities. The holders of these registrable securities possess registration rights pursuant to the terms of our investor rights agreement.

Demand Registration Rights

Under our investor rights agreement, upon the written request of the holders of registrable securities that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act with an anticipated aggregate price to the public of at least $10.0 million, we will be obligated to notify all holders of registrable securities of the written request and use our reasonable best efforts to effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration of all registrable securities that holders request to be registered. We are not required to effect a registration statement until 180 days after our initial public offering (or such longer period, not to exceed 198 days after our initial public offering, as the underwriters may request) or April 16, 2017, whichever is earlier. We are required to effect no more than two registration statements that are declared or ordered effective, subject to certain exceptions. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days once in a 12-month period if in the good-faith judgment of our board of directors such registration would be detrimental to us, and we are not required to effect the filing of a registration statement during the period beginning on the date of the filing of, and ending on a date 180 days following the effective date of, a registration related to an initial public offering initiated by us.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we register any of our securities for public sale, we are required to afford each holder of registrable securities an opportunity to include in the registration statement all or part of the holder’s registrable securities. Each holder desiring to include all or any part of the registrable securities held by it in any such registration statement is required to notify us within 15 days of being notified by us of the registration. This right does not apply to registration statements relating to demand registrations, for Form S-3 registrations, employee benefit plans, a corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, stock issued upon conversion of debt securities or any registration statements related to the issuance of our notes. The underwriter of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit, due to marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these holders to 30% of the total shares covered by the registration statement, unless the offering is our initial public offering and the registration statement does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the registrable securities of the holders may be excluded by the underwriter.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of registrable securities can request that we register all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $1.0 million. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days once in a 12-month period if in the good-faith judgment of our board of directors such registration would be detrimental to us or if we notify holders within 30 days of making the Form S-3 registration request that we intend to make a public offering within 90 days.

 

141


Table of Contents

Registration Expenses

We will pay all expenses incurred in connection with each of the registrations described above, except for underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not, however, pay for any expenses of any demand or Form S-3 registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn by the participating holders of the registrable securities to be registered, subject to limited exceptions.

Expiration of Registration Rights

The registration rights described above will survive our initial public offering and will terminate after our initial public offering on the earlier of:

 

    the three-year anniversary of our initial public offering; and

 

    as to each holder of registrable securities, at the time the holder holds less than 1% of our then-outstanding common stock and all of such holder’s registrable securities may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act during any 90-day period.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of Delaware law and our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that we expect to be in effect upon the completion of this offering could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. This section prevents some Delaware corporations from engaging, under some circumstances, in a business combination, which includes a merger or sale of at least 10% of the corporation’s assets with any interested stockholder, meaning a stockholder who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock, unless:

 

    the transaction is approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder;

 

    upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder’s becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or

 

    subsequent to such time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts may be discouraged or prevented. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of outstanding common stock.

 

142


Table of Contents

Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws Provisions

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws that we expect to be in effect upon the completion of this offering include a number of provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management team, including the following:

 

    Board of Directors Vacancies . Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management.

 

    Classified Board . Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors, each with staggered three-year terms. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See “Management—Classified Board of Directors.”

 

    Stockholder Action; Special Meetings of Stockholders . Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would be unable to amend our restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our restated bylaws. Further, our restated bylaws and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions could delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

    Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations . Our restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our restated bylaws also will specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from nominating directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions might also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

    No Cumulative Voting . The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Neither our restated certificate of incorporation nor our restated bylaws will provide for cumulative voting.

 

    Directors Removed Only for Cause . Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock.

 

    Amendment of Charter Provisions . Any amendment of the provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation described above would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock.

 

   

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock . Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to             shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and

 

143


Table of Contents
 

preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

Choice of Forum

Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation or our restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Listing

Our common stock has been authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LC.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

 

144


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have             shares of common stock outstanding, based on the number of shares of outstanding capital stock as of September 30, 2014. This includes             shares of common stock that we and the selling stockholders are selling in this offering, which shares may be resold in the public market immediately after the completion of this offering, and assumes no additional exercise of outstanding options or warrants other than as described in this prospectus.

The remaining             shares of common stock that are not sold in this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, which is summarized below.

In addition, substantially all of our security holders have entered into market standoff agreements with us restricting the sale of any shares of our common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they will agree, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell any shares of our common stock until at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, as further described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our investors’ rights agreement described in “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” subject to the provisions of Rule 144, based on an assumed offering date of                     2014,             shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    beginning on the date of this prospectus, the             shares sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

 

    beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension as described in “Underwriters,”             additional shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which             shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell, upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after the completion of this offering, or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

145


Table of Contents

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Lock-Up Agreements and Market Stand-Off Provisions

Our officers and directors, the selling stockholders and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding equity securities will agree with the underwriters not to dispose of any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. In addition, substantially all holders of our common stock, options and warrants have previously entered into market stand-off agreements with us that similarly restrict their ability to sell or otherwise transfer any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock.

Additionally, our employees, including our executive officers and directors, may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to this offering described above.

See “Underwriters” for a more complete description of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters.

Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, holders of 264,205,934 shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014, will be entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the sale of such shares under the Securities Act. Registration of the sale of these shares would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Registration Statement

In July 2014, we filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of common stock subject to options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our 2007 Plan. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. None of the shares registered on the Form S-8 will, however, be eligible for resale until the expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.

 

146


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by “non-U.S. holders” (defined below) pursuant to this offering. This summary does not provide a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax considerations relating thereto. The information provided below is based upon provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings, and judicial decisions currently in effect. These authorities may change at any time, possibly retroactively, or the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), might interpret the existing authorities differently. In either case, the tax considerations of owning or disposing of our common stock could differ from those described below.

For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. holder” is any holder of our common stock, other than an entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is not:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;

 

    a trust if it (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one of more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

 

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. income tax regardless of source.

If a partnership or other pass-through entity is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership or an owner of the entity will depend upon the status of the partner or other owner and the activities of the partnership or other entity. Accordingly, this summary does not address tax consequences applicable to partnerships that hold our common stock, and any partner in a partnership or owner of a pass-through entity holding shares of our common stock should consult its own tax advisor.

This discussion assumes that a non-U.S. holder will hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). The summary generally does not address tax considerations that may be relevant to particular investors because of their specific circumstances, or because they are subject to special rules, including, without limitation, if the investor is a former citizen or long-term resident of the United States, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company,” corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, real estate investment trust, regulated investment company, dealer in securities or currencies, financial institution, tax-exempt entity, insurance company, person holding our common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or constructive sale transaction or a straddle, trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting, person liable for the alternative minimum tax, person who acquired our common stock as compensation for services, or partner in a partnership or beneficial owner of a pass-through entity that holds our common stock. Finally, the summary does not describe the Medicare tax imposed on certain investment income, the effects of any applicable foreign, state or local laws, or except to the limited extent set forth below, the effects of any applicable gift or estate tax laws.

INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF FOREIGN, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS, AND TAX TREATIES.

Distributions

We do not expect to declare or make any distributions on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do make distributions on shares of our common stock, however, such distributions will constitute dividends for

 

147


Table of Contents

U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in shares of our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock. See “—Sale of Common Stock.”

Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder on our common stock that is not effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate. The withholding tax might apply at a reduced rate under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty. You should consult your tax advisors regarding your entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. Generally, in order for us or our paying agent to withhold tax at a lower treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must certify its entitlement to treaty benefits. A non-U.S. holder generally can meet this certification requirement by providing a properly executed Form W-8BEN (or other appropriate version of IRS From W-8 or applicable successor form) to us or our paying agent certifying qualification for the reduced rate. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS in a timely manner.

Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder (and, if an income tax treaty is applicable, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must provide us or our paying agent with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition to being taxed at the graduated tax rates described above, dividends received by corporate non-U.S. holders that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the corporate non-U.S. holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.

Sale of Common Stock

Non-U.S. holders will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gains realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, and certain other requirements are met (in which case the gain would be subject to a flat 30% tax, or such reduced rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States);

 

    the rules of the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act (FIRPTA) treat the gain as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business; or

 

    the gain (i) is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a U.S. trade or business and (ii) if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (in which case the special rules described below apply).

The FIRPTA rules may apply to a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock if we are, or were within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, as a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (USRPHC). In general, we would be a USRPHC if interests in U.S. real estate comprised at least half of the value of our business assets. We do not believe that we are a

 

148


Table of Contents

USRPHC and we do not anticipate becoming one in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as “U.S. real property interests” only if beneficially owned by a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition.

If any gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, (i) is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder and (ii) if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, then the gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, under certain circumstances, that portion of its earnings and profits that is effectively connected with its U.S. trade or business, subject to certain adjustments, generally would be subject also to a “branch profits tax.” The branch profits tax rate is generally 30%, although an applicable income tax treaty might provide for a lower rate.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estate of a nonresident alien individual is generally subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property having a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

The amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder, and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends generally will be reported annually to the IRS and to each such holder, regardless of whether no withholding was required because such dividends were effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

A non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN or applicable successor form) that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of shares of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to a holder of common stock under the backup withholding rules can be credited against any U.S. federal income tax liability of the holder and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments to certain foreign entities of dividends on and the gross proceeds of dispositions of our common stock, unless such entity satisfies various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating

 

149


Table of Contents

to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities). Final Treasury regulations provide for certain transition rules under which these withholding requirements will only apply for dividend payments made on or after July 1, 2014, and for payments of gross proceeds of dispositions of our common stock made on or after January 1, 2017. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

150


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The offering of the shares of common stock by the underwriters is subject to the receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of common stock from us.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     No Exercise      Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                $                      $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us

   $                $                $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions payable by the selling stockholders

   $                $                $            

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                $                $            

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $                $                $            

 

151


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA) up to $        .

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

Our common stock has been authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “LC.”

We, all of our directors and officers, the selling stockholders and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding equity securities will agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

    file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, we and each such person will agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

    during the last 17 days of the restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news event relating to us occurs, or

 

    prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period or provide notification to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC of any earnings release or material news or material event that may give rise to an extension of the initial restricted period,

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the

 

152


Table of Contents

open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., CitiCorp North America Inc. and Credit Suisse AG, which are affiliates of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, respectively, as well as Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, are joint lead arrangers, joint bookrunners, agents and lenders under our credit and guaranty agreement.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments, including loans originated through our marketplace. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to the completion of this offering, there will be no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors we intend to consider in determining the initial public offering price are prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved       % of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers, employees, investors that have

 

153


Table of Contents

invested through our marketplace as of September 30, 2014 and other individuals related to us. Shares purchased by our directors and officers will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Conflict of Interest

Genesis VC Partners X, LLC (Genesis) is the general partner of Norwest Venture Partners X, L.P., a beneficial owner of more than 10% of our outstanding common stock. The managing member of Genesis is NVP Associates, LLC, which is a subsidiary of an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, an underwriter in this offering. Because of these relationships, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC may be deemed to beneficially own more than 10% of our outstanding common stock, resulting in a “conflict of interest” under FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5). FINRA Rule 5121 permits Wells Fargo Securities, LLC to participate in this offering notwithstanding this conflict of interest because the offering satisfies Rule 5121(a)(1)(A).

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (i) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (ii) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (iii) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (i) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

154


Table of Contents
  (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

Shares of our common stock may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to shares of our common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of our common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares of our common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of our common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (SFA), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where shares of our common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (i) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (ii) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired shares of our common stock under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (iii) by operation of law.

Japan

Shares of our common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any shares of our common stock, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

155


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California. O’Melveny & Myers LLP, San Francisco, California is acting as counsel to the underwriters. An investment fund affiliated with Fenwick & West LLP owns shares of our convertible preferred stock that will convert upon completion of this offering into shares of common stock representing less than 0.1% of our outstanding common stock as of September 30, 2014.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, have been included in this prospectus in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Springstone Financial, LLC as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, have been included in this prospectus in reliance on the reports of Auerr, Zajac & Associates, LLP, independent auditors, given on their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed with the registration statements. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed with it. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed with it may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

We are subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports and other information are available for inspection and copying at the Public Reference Room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.lendingclub.com. You may access our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Our website and the information contained on that site, or connected to that site, are not incorporated into and are not a part of this prospectus.

 

156


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Financial Statements of LendingClub Corporation

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-3   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

Financial Statements of Springstone Financial, LLC (as of and for the periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2013)

  

Independent Auditor’s Report

     F-43   

Balance Sheets

     F-44   

Statements of Operations

     F-45   

Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity

     F-46   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-47   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-48   

Independent Auditor’s Report on Supplementary Information

     F-53   

Schedule of Operating Expenses

     F-54   

Financial Statements of Springstone Financial, LLC (as of and for the periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2014)

  

Independent Accountant’s Review Report

     F-55   

Balance Sheets

     F-56   

Statements of Operations

     F-57   

Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity

     F-58   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-59   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-60   

Independent Auditor’s Report on Supplementary Information

     F-65   

Schedule of Operating Expenses

     F-66   

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements

  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations

     F-67   

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations

     F-70   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

LendingClub Corporation

San Francisco, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of LendingClub Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statement of operations, statement of stockholders’ equity, and statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of LendingClub Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Francisco, CA

March 31, 2014 (except for note 1 as it relates to stock splits and note 3, as to which the date is October 17, 2014)

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

LendingClub Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of LendingClub Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management as well, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of LendingClub Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

San Francisco, California

April 1, 2013 (except as to Note 1 as it relates to stock splits, which is as of October 17, 2014)

 

F-3


Table of Contents

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

   

 

 

December 31,

    September 30,
2014
    Pro Forma
Balance Sheet
September 30,

2014
 
    2012     2013      
    (audited)     (unaudited)  

Assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 52,551      $ 49,299      $ 82,674      $ 82,674   

Restricted cash

    7,484        12,208        25,221        25,221   

Loans at fair value (includes $396,081, $1,158,302, and $1,580,656 from consolidated Trust, respectively)

    781,215        1,829,042        2,533,671        2,533,671   

Accrued interest receivable (includes $2,765, $10,061, and $13,849 from consolidated Trust, respectively)

    5,521        15,975        22,348        22,348   

Property, equipment and software, net

    1,578        12,595        23,686        23,686   

Intangible assets, net

                  37,690        37,690   

Goodwill

                  72,592        72,592   

Other assets

    2,366        23,921        16,521        16,521   

Due from related parties

    115        355        443        443   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 850,830      $ 1,943,395      $ 2,814,846      $ 2,814,846   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 1,210      $ 4,524      $ 3,354      $ 3,354   

Accrued interest payable (includes $3,347, $11,176, and $15,939 from consolidated Trust, respectively)

    6,678        17,741        25,723        25,723   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    3,366        9,128        26,004        26,004   

Payable to investors

    2,050        3,918        17,366        17,366   

Notes and certificates, at fair value (includes $396,081, $1,158,302, and $1,580,656 from consolidated Trust, respectively)

    785,316        1,839,990        2,551,640        2,551,640   

Term loan

                  49,219        49,219   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    798,620        1,875,301        2,673,306        2,673,306   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 16)

       

Stockholders’ Equity:

       

Preferred stock

  $ 103,023      $ 103,244      $ 177,300      $   

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 360,000,000, 360,000,000 and 372,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively; 45,167,448, and 54,986,640 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, respectively, and 60,921,190 and 310,300,049 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2014 (unaudited), actual and pro forma (unaudited), respectively

    123        138        609        3,103   

Additional paid-in capital

    6,713        15,041        37,817        212,623   

Treasury stock (70,560 shares of common stock held at December 31, 2012)

    (12                     

Accumulated deficit

    (57,637     (50,329     (74,186     (74,186
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    52,210        68,094        141,540        141,540   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 850,830      $ 1,943,395      $ 2,814,846      $ 2,814,846   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Year Ended
March 31,

2012
    Nine Months Ended
December 31,

2012
    Year Ended
December 31,

2013
    Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
          2013     2014  
    (audited)     (unaudited)  

Operating Revenue:

       

Transaction fees

  $ 13,701      $ 26,013      $ 85,830      $ 55,214      $ 133,835   

Servicing fees

    1,222        1,474        3,951        2,485        6,301   

Management fees

    206        720        3,083        2,083        4,163   

Other revenue (expense)

    407        720        5,111        4,708        (438
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

    15,536        28,927        97,975        64,490        143,861   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
         

Net Interest Income (Expense):

         

Total interest income

    32,660        56,861        187,507        124,771        252,298   

Total interest expense

    (32,030     (56,642     (187,447     (124,727     (253,054
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest (expense) income

    630        219        60        44        (756
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit/(provision) for losses on loans at amortized cost

    (368     42                        

Fair valuation adjustments, loans

    (6,732     (18,775     (57,629     (37,877     (84,963

Fair valuation adjustments, notes and certificates

    6,731        18,180        57,596        37,848        84,865   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense) after loss provision and fair value adjustments

    261        (334     27        15        (854
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

    15,797        28,593        98,002        64,505        143,007   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

         

Sales and marketing

    12,571        14,723        39,037        26,577        60,808   

Origination and servicing

    5,099        6,134        17,217        11,044        26,135   

General and administrative

    10,071        11,974        34,440        22,434        78,862   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    27,741        32,831        90,694        60,055        165,805   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (11,944     (4,238     7,308        4,450        (22,798

Income tax expense

                                1,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (11,944   $ (4,238   $ 7,308      $ 4,450      $ (23,857
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (0.34   $ (0.10   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ (0.41
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (0.34   $ (0.10   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ (0.41
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing basic net income (loss) per common share

    35,125,628        41,359,676        51,557,136        50,457,948        57,958,838   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing diluted net income (loss) per common share

   
35,125,628
  
    41,359,676        81,426,976        79,153,912        57,958,838   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic pro forma net income (loss) per share (unaudited)

      $ 0.03        $ (0.08
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to calculate basic pro forma net income (loss) per common share (unaudited)

        291,766,192          303,608,800   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted pro forma net income (loss) per share (unaudited)

      $ 0.02        $ (0.08
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to calculate diluted pro forma net income (loss) per common share (unaudited)

        323,331,550          303,608,800   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible Preferred
Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Treasury Stock     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
        Shares             Amount         Shares     Amount       Shares     Amount      

Balances, March 31, 2012

    225,661,228      $ 84,806        36,444,984      $ 91      $ 4,839            $     $ (53,399 )     $ 36,337   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercise of warrants to purchase Series A convertible preferred stock

    2,272,292        606                                            606   

Exercise of warrants to purchase Series B convertible preferred stock

    1,431,912        267                    (102                       165   

Exercise of warrants to purchase common stock

                86,752        10        24                          34   

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock for cash (net of issuance costs of $153)

    10,000,000        17,344                                            17,344   

Stock-based compensation

                            1,110                          1,110   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

                8,635,712        22        842                          864   

Other

                                  (70,560     (12           (12

Net loss

                                              (4,238     (4,238
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2012

    239,365,432      $ 103,023        45,167,448      $ 123      $ 6,713        (70,560 )     $ (12 )     $ (57,637 )     $ 52,210   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercise of warrants to purchase Series A convertible preferred stock

    829,356        221                                            221   

Exercise of warrants to purchase common stock

                957,876        2        148                          150   

Stock-based compensation and warrant expense

                            6,490                          6,490   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

                8,931,876        23        1,692                          1,715   

Other

                (70,560     (10     (2     70,560        12               

Net income

                                              7,308        7,308   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2013

    240,194,788      $ 103,244        54,986,640      $ 138      $ 15,041            $     $ (50,329   $ 68,094   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercise of warrants to purchase common stock (unaudited)

                  295,720        3        99                             102   

Exercise of warrants to purchase Series A convertible preferred stock

    321,737        86                      (86  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Stock-based compensation and warrant expense (unaudited)

           6,405                      20,684                             27,089   

Issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock for cash (net of issuance costs of $197) (unaudited)

    6,390,556        64,803                                                  64,803   

Issuance of Series F preferred stock for the acquisition of Springstone (unaudited)

    2,443,930        2,762                                                  2,762   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options (unaudited)

                  5,638,830        56        2,941                             2,997   

Reclassification of early exercise liability related to stock options (unaudited)

                                (622                          (622

Vesting of early exercise stock options (unaudited)

                                172                             172   

Par value adjustment for stock splits (unaudited)

               412        (412                            

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                     (23,857     (23,857
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, September 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    249,351,011      $ 177,300        60,921,190      $ 609      $ 37,817             $     $ (74,186 )   $ 141,540   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

    Year Ended
March 31,

    2012    
    Nine Months
Ended
December 31,

2012
    Year Ended
December 31,

    2013    
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
          2013     2014  
                      (unaudited)  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

       

Net income (loss)

  $ (11,944   $ (4,238   $ 7,308      $ 4,450      $ (23,857

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

         

Provision (benefit) for loan losses

    368        (42                     

Fair value adjustments of loans, notes and certificates, net

    1        595        33        29        99   

Change in loan servicing liability carried at fair value

                  936        731        2,776   

Change in loan servicing asset carried at fair value

                  (534     (153     (986

Stock-based compensation and warrant expense, net

    660        1,110        6,490        3,345        25,889   

Depreciation and amortization

    150        236        1,663        907        6,620   

Loss (gain) on sales of loans at fair value

           (329     (3,862     (3,862     2,110   

Other, net

    (43     (118     30               238   

Loss on disposal of property, equipment and software

                                212   

Purchase of whole loans sold at fair value

           (9,290     (442,362     (246,571     (1,096,592

Proceeds from sales of whole loans at fair value

           9,619        446,224        250,433        1,094,482   

Net change in operating assets and liabilities excluding the effects of the acquisition:

         

Accrued interest receivable

    (2,351     (3,170     (10,454     (7,280     (6,373

Other assets

    (1,468     (649     (21,021     (153     13,184   

Due from related parties

    (40     (75     (240     (197     (88

Accounts payable

    620        330        1,788        1,120        (1,107

Accrued interest payable

    2,604        4,070        11,063        7,871        7,982   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    357        1,558        4,077        5,532        10,806   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (11,086     (393     1,139        16,202        35,395   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

         

Purchase of loans at fair value

    (320,014     (598,622     (1,618,404     (1,115,774     (1,534,276

Purchase of loans at amortized cost

    (1,064                            

Principal payments of loans at fair value

    105,306        160,787        511,232        341,256        739,505   

Principal payments of loans at amortized cost

    1,349        345                        

Proceeds from recoveries and sales of charged-off loans at fair value

           247        1,716        1,180        5,178   

Proceeds from recoveries and sales of charged-off loans at amortized cost

           22                        

Payments for business acquisition, net of cash acquired

                                (109,464

Net change in restricted cash

    (4,000     (2,622     (4,724     (1,264     (11,432

Purchase of property, equipment and software

    (383     (1,302     (10,435     (7,736     (14,989
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (218,806     (441,145     (1,120,615     (782,338     (925,478
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

         

Payable to investors

    533        1,517        1,868        (1,593     12,933   

Proceeds from issuance of notes and certificates

    319,704        606,862        1,618,269        1,115,694        1,534,010   

Payments on notes and certificates

    (101,950     (163,946     (504,330     (339,048     (732,342

Payments on charged-off notes and certificates from recoveries/sales of related charged off loans at fair value

           (219     (1,669     (1,139     (5,153

Proceeds from term loan, net of discount

                                49,813   

Payment for debt issuance cost

                                (1,192

Principal payments on term loan

                                (625

Payments on loans payable

    (2,601     (370                     

Prepaid offering costs

                                (1,887

Proceeds from exercise of warrants to acquire Series A convertible preferred stock

    10        606        221                 

Proceeds from exercise of warrants to acquire Series B convertible preferred stock

           165                        

Proceeds from exercise of warrants to acquire common stock

           34        150        326        101   

Proceeds from issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    31,946                               

Proceeds from issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

           17,344                        

Proceeds from issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

                                64,803   

Repurchase of common stock

           (12                     

Proceeds from stock options exercised

    158        864        1,715        1,531        2,997   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    247,800        462,845        1,116,224        775,771        923,458   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    17,908        21,307        (3,252     9,635        33,375   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    13,336        31,244        52,551        52,551        49,299   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 31,244      $ 52,551      $ 49,299      $ 62,186     $ 82,674  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

         

Cash paid for interest

  $ 28,063      $ 52,511      $ 176,195      $ 116,746      $ 244,531   

Non-cash exercise of common stock warrants

  $ 2,345      $      $ 137      $ 137      $ 86   

Non-cash exercise of preferred stock B warrants

  $      $ 102      $      $      $   

Reclassification of loans at amortized cost to loans held at fair value

  $      $ 2,109      $      $      $   

Non-cash investing activity—accrual of property, equipment and software, net

  $      $      $ 2,275      $      $ 1,132   

Non-cash financing activities—accruals for prepaid offering costs

  $      $      $      $      $ 1,053   

Non-cash investing and financing activity—issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock for business acquisition

  $      $      $      $      $ 2,762   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include LendingClub Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries; Springstone Financial, LLC (Springstone) and LC Advisors, LLC, (LCA). “Trust” refers to LC Trust I, an independent Delaware business trust that acquires and holds loans for the sole benefit of certain investors that purchase trust certificates (Certificates) issued by the Trust and that are related to underlying loans. The accompanying consolidated financial statements, have been prepared by LendingClub Corporation (“LendingClub,” “we,” “our,” the “Company” and “us”) in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for financial information.

We did not have any items of other comprehensive income (loss) during any of the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements and therefore, we are not required to report comprehensive income (loss).

Subsequent to the issuance of our December 31, 2012 consolidated financial statements, we corrected the classification of our preferred stock to present the preferred stock within permanent stockholders’ equity rather than temporary equity as previously presented. This revision is in accordance with ASC 480—Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (ASC 480) and resulted in a change to stockholders’ deficit from $50.8 million to stockholders’ equity of $52.2 million as of December 31, 2012. The revision had no effect on our consolidated statements of operations, reported assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet, or the consolidated statements of cash flows.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we changed the definitions used to classify operating expenses. Operating expenses were formerly classified as sales, marketing and customer service, engineering, and general and administrative. Our new categories of operating expenses are: sales and marketing; origination and servicing; and general and administrative. As a result of the new classification, loan origination and servicing costs which were previously included in sales, marketing and customer service are now included as a separate financial statement line and engineering costs which represent engineering and product development related expenses are categorized within general and administrative expenses. The changes had no impact to the total operating expenses or net income. Prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. We previously referred to “Transaction Fees” as “Origination Fees” and “General and Administrative—Engineering and Product Development” as “General and Administrative—Technology.”

On April 15, 2014, a 2-for-1 equity stock split approved by our board of directors became effective, in which each outstanding share of each series or class of equity capital stock was split into two outstanding shares of such series or class of equity capital stock. Additionally, another 2-for-1 equity stock split approved by our board of directors became effective on September 5, 2014, in which each outstanding share of each series or class of equity capital stock was split into two outstanding shares of such series or class of equity capital stock. All share and per share data has been adjusted to reflect these stock splits. The par value of each of the outstanding shares remains the same at $0.01.

On April 17, 2014, we acquired all the outstanding limited liability company interests of Springstone. Our interim consolidated financial statements include Springstone’s results of operations and financial position from this date. See “Note 7—Springstone Acquisition.”

Unaudited interim consolidated financial information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2014, the interim consolidated statements of operations, and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, the interim consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the

 

F-8


Table of Contents

opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary to present fairly our financial position as of September 30, 2014 and our results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014.

Unaudited pro forma balance sheet

Immediately prior to the closing of a qualifying initial public offering as defined in Note 12—Stockholders’ Equity, all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. In addition, the outstanding preferred stock warrants will automatically be converted into warrants to purchase common stock upon effectiveness of a qualified initial public offering, and certain of these warrants will automatically be net exercised for shares of common stock upon the completion of our initial public offering. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information, as set forth in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2014. The shares of common stock issuable and the proceeds expected to be received in a qualified initial public offering are excluded from such pro forma information.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Change in Fiscal Year

On December 19, 2012, our board of directors approved a change in our fiscal year-end from March 31 to December 31. The change was effective as of December 31, 2012.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue primarily results from fees earned. Fees include loan transaction fees paid by issuing banks and service providers, servicing fees paid by investors and management fees paid by certain certificate holders. We also have other smaller sources of revenue reported as other revenue.

Transaction Fees

Transaction fees are paid by the issuing banks to us for the work we perform through our platform in facilitating originations. The amount of these fees is based upon the terms of the loan, including grade, rate, term and other factors. As of March 31, 2012, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, these fees ranged from 1.11% to 5.00% and, as of September 30, 2014, ranged from 1.00% to 6.00% of the initial principal amount of a loan. In addition, with our acquisition of Springstone, transaction fees include fees earned from issuing banks and service providers for education and patient finance loans. Where applicable, the transaction fees are included in the annual percentage rate calculation provided to the borrower and is subtracted from the gross loan proceeds prior to disbursement of the loan funds to the borrower. A loan is considered issued when we record the transfer of funds to the borrower’s account on our platform and we initiate an ACH transaction to transfer funds from our platform’s correspondent bank account to the borrower’s bank account.

Servicing Fees

Investors typically pay us a servicing fee on each payment received from a borrower or on the investors’ month-end principal balance of loans serviced. The servicing fee compensates us for the costs we incur in servicing the related loan, including managing payments from borrowers, payments to investors and maintaining investors’ account portfolios. We record servicing fees paid by note holders and certain certificate holders as a component of operating revenue when received. Servicing fees can be, and have been, modified or waived at management’s discretion.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Management Fees

Accredited investors and qualified purchasers can invest in limited partner interests in funds managed by LCA, a registered investment advisor and our wholly-owned subsidiary. LCA acts as the general partner for six private funds (Funds) in which it has made no capital contributions and does not receive any allocation of the Funds’ income, expenses, gains, losses or any carried interest. Each Fund invests in a certificate pursuant to a set investment strategy. LCA charges limited partners in the Funds a management fee payable monthly in arrears, based on a limited partner’s capital account balance at month end.

LCA also earns management fees on separately managed accounts (SMA), payable monthly in arrears, based on the month-end balances in the SMA accounts.

Management fees are a component of operating revenue in the consolidated statements of operations and are recorded as earned. Management fees can be, and have been, modified or waived at the discretion of LCA.

Other Revenue

Other revenue consists primarily of revenue from gains and losses on sales of whole loans.

Fair Valuation Adjustments of Loans at Fair Value and Notes and Certificates at Fair Value

We include in earnings the estimated unrealized fair value gains or losses during the period on loans, and the offsetting estimated unrealized fair value gains or losses on related notes and certificates. At each reporting period, we recognize fair valuation adjustments for the loans and the related notes and certificates. The fair valuation adjustment for a given principal amount of a loan will be approximately equal to the corresponding estimated fair valuation adjustment on the combined principal amounts of related notes and certificates because the same net cash flows of the loans and the related notes and/or certificates are used in the discounted cash flow valuation calculations.

Whole Loan Sales

From January 1, 2013 through June 30, 2013, transaction fees and direct loan origination and acquisition costs for loans that were subsequently sold to unrelated third-party purchasers and met the accounting requirements for a sale of loans were deferred and included in the overall net investment in the loans purchased. Accordingly, the transaction fees for such loans were not included in transaction fee revenue and the direct loan origination costs for such loans were not included in operating expenses. A gain or loss on the whole loan sales was recorded on the sale date.

Effective July 1, 2013, we elected the fair value option for whole loans acquired and subsequently sold to unrelated third-party purchasers. Under this election, all transaction fees and all direct costs incurred in the origination process are recognized in earnings as earned or incurred and are not deferred. Beginning July 1, 2013, transaction fees for whole loans sold to unrelated third-party purchasers are included in “Transaction Fees” and direct loan origination costs are included in “Origination and Servicing” operating expense on the consolidated statement of operations. Gains and losses from whole loan sales are recorded in “Other Revenue” in the consolidated statements of operations.

As part of the sale agreements, we retained the rights to service these sold whole loans. We calculate a gain or loss on the whole loan sale with servicing retained based on the net proceeds from the whole loan sale, minus the net investment in the loans being sold. The net investment in the loans sold has been reduced or increased by the recording of any applicable net servicing asset or liability respectively. Gains on whole loan sales were previously reported in “Gain from Sales of Loan” and have been reclassified to “Other Revenue” in the consolidated statement of operations.

Additionally, as needed, we will record a liability for significant estimated post-sale obligations or contingent obligations to the purchasers of the loans. No such liability was recorded at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 or September 30, 2014.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Servicing Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value

We record servicing assets and liabilities at their estimated fair values when we sell whole loans to unrelated third-party or whole loan buyers or when the servicing contract commences. The gain or loss on a loan sale is recorded in “Other Revenue” while the component of the gain or loss that is based on the degree to which the contractual loan servicing fee is above or below an estimated market rate loan servicing fee is recorded as an offset in servicing assets or liabilities. Servicing assets and liabilities are recorded in “Other Assets” and “Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities,” respectively, on the consolidated balance sheets. Over the life of the loan, changes in the estimated fair value of servicing assets and liabilities are reported in “Servicing Fees” on the consolidated statement of operations in the period in which the changes occur.

We use a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of the loan servicing asset or liability which considers the contractual servicing fee revenue we earn on the loans, estimated market rate servicing fee to service such loans, the current principal balances of the loans and projected servicing revenues over the remaining terms of the loans.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include unrestricted deposits with financial institutions in checking, money market and short-term certificate of deposit accounts. We consider all highly liquid investments with stated maturity dates of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists primarily of our funds in certain checking, money market and certificate of deposit accounts that are: (i) pledged to or held in escrow by our correspondent banks as security for transactions processed on or related to our platform; (ii) pledged through a credit support agreement with a certificate holder or (iii) received from investors but not yet applied to their accounts on the platform and transferred to segregated bank accounts that hold investors’ funds.

Loans at Fair Value and Notes and Certificates at Fair Value

We use fair value measurements to record loans, notes and certificates at fair value on a recurring basis and in our fair value disclosures. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Changes in the fair value of the loans and notes and certificates are recognized, on a gross basis, in earnings.

We determine the fair value of the loans, notes and certificates in accordance with the fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs. The fair value hierarchy includes the following three levels based on the objectivity of the inputs, which were used for categorizing the assets or liabilities for which fair value is being measured and reported:

 

Level 1

 

   Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2

 

   Significant other observable inputs (e.g., quoted prices for similar items in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar items in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable such as interest rate and yield curves, and market-corroborated inputs).

Level 3

 

   Valuation generated from model-based techniques that use inputs that are significant and unobservable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted

 

F-11


Table of Contents
     cash flow methodologies or similar techniques, which incorporate management’s own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the instrument or valuations that require significant management judgment or estimation. The fair value election for loans, notes and certificates allows for symmetrical accounting of the timing and amounts recognized for both expected unrealized losses and charge-offs on the loans and the related notes and certificates, consistent with the member payment dependent design of the notes and certificates.

Our and the Trust’s obligation to pay principal and interest on any note or certificate is equal to the pro-rata portion of the payments, if any, received on the related loan subject to applicable fees. The gross effective interest rate associated with notes or certificates is the same as the interest rate earned on the underlying loan. The discounted cash flow methodology used to estimate the notes’ and certificates’ fair values uses the same projected net cash flows as their related loan. The discount rates for the projected net cash flows of the notes and certificates are our estimates of the rates of return, including risk premiums (if significant) that investors in unsecured consumer credit obligations would require when investing in notes issued pursuant to a shelf registration statement and certificates issued by the Trust with cash flows dependent on specific credit grades of loans.

For additional discussion on this topic, including the adjustments to the estimated fair values of loans, notes and certificates, as discussed above, see “Note 4—Fair Value of Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.”

Accrued Interest and Other Receivables

Interest income on loans is calculated based on the contractual interest rate of the loan and recorded as interest income as earned. Loans reaching 120 days delinquent are classified as non-accrual loans, and we stop accruing interest and reverse all accrued but unpaid interest as of such date.

Property, Equipment and Software, Net

Property, equipment and software consists of computer equipment and software, office furniture and equipment, construction in progress, leasehold improvements and internal use software and website development costs which are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Computer equipment and software and furniture and fixtures are depreciated or amortized on a straight line basis over two to five years. Costs associated with construction projects are transferred to the leasehold improvement account upon project completion. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life.

Internal use software and website development costs are capitalized when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. Internal use software and website development costs are amortized on a straight line basis over the project’s estimated useful life, generally three years. Capitalized internal use software development costs consist of salaries and payroll related costs for employees and fees paid to third-party consultants who are directly involved in development efforts. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities including training and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred for upgrades and enhancements that are considered to be probable to result in additional functionality are capitalized. We evaluate potential impairments of our long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. Events or changes in circumstances that could result in impairment include, but are not limited to, underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the assets or the strategy for our overall business and significant negative industry or economic trends. Determination of recoverability of long-lived assets is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the fair value of the

 

F-12


Table of Contents

asset. When an impairment loss is recognized, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the nine months ended December 31, 2012 the year ended March 31, 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, there was no impairment of long-lived assets.

Consolidation Policies

Our policy is to consolidate the financial statements of entities in which we have a controlling financial interest. We determine whether we have a controlling financial interest in an entity by evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or variable interest entity (VIE) and if the accounting guidance requires consolidation.

Voting interest entities are entities that have sufficient equity and provide the equity investors voting rights that enable them to make significant decisions relating to the entities’ operations. For these types of entities, our determination of whether we have a controlling financial interest is based on ownership of a majority of the entities’ voting equity interest or through control of management of the entities.

VIEs are entities that, by design, either (i) lack sufficient equity to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, or (ii) have equity investors that do not have the ability to make significant decisions relating to the entity’s operations through voting rights, or do not have the obligation to absorb the expected losses, or do not have the right to receive the residual returns of the entity. We determine whether we have a controlling financial interest in a VIE by considering whether our involvement with the VIE is significant and whether we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE based on the following:

 

    we have the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance;

 

    the aggregate indirect and direct variable interests held by us have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could be significant to the VIE; and

 

    qualitative and quantitative factors regarding the nature, size, and form of our involvement with the VIE.

We believe our beneficial ownership of a controlling financial interest in the Trust has qualified and continues to qualify as an equity investment in a VIE that should be consolidated for financial accounting and reporting purposes. We perform on-going reassessments on the status of the entities and whether facts or circumstances have changed in relation to our involvement in VIEs which could cause our conclusion to change.

All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Business Combination (Unaudited)

We use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately assign fair value to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. Our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the fair value of these tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances are initially established in connection with a business combination as of the acquisition date. We continue to collect information and reevaluate these estimates and assumptions quarterly and record any adjustments to our preliminary estimates to goodwill provided that we are within the measurement period. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to our consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Unaudited)

Goodwill represents the fair value of acquired businesses in excess of the aggregate fair value of the identified net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually or whenever indications of impairment exist. Our annual impairment testing date is April 1. We can elect to qualitatively assess goodwill for impairment if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit (defined as business for which financial information is available and reviewed regularly by management) exceeds its carrying value. A qualitative assessment may consider macroeconomic and other industry-specific factors, such as trends in short-term and long-term interest rates and the ability to access capital or company-specific factors, such as market capitalization in excess of net assets, trends in revenue generating activities and merger or acquisition activity.

If we elect to bypass qualitatively assessing goodwill or it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, we estimate the fair values of our reporting units and compare them to their carrying values. The estimated fair values of the reporting units are generally established using an income approach based on a discounted cash flow model or a market approach which compares each reporting unit to comparable companies in their respective industries.

Intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives in a manner that best reflects their economic benefit. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. We do not have any indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Due from Related Parties

Due from related parties represents asset management fees due to LCA from investors in the Funds.

Payable to Investors

Payable to investors primarily represents payments-in-process received from investors and payments on notes, certificates and loan payments that, as of the last day of the period, have not been credited to investors’ accounts on the platform or transferred to the investors’ separate bank accounts.

Sales and Marketing Expense

Sales and marketing costs, including borrower and investor acquisition costs, are expensed as incurred and included in “Sales and Marketing” on the consolidated statement of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

All stock-based awards made to employees are recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on their respective grant date fair values. Any benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost are reported as a financing cash inflow and cash outflow from operating activities. The stock-based compensation related to awards that are expected to vest is amortized using the straight-line method over the award’s vesting term, which is generally four years.

The fair value of share-option awards is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model considers, among other factors, the underlying fair value of common stock, the expected term of the option award, expected volatility of our common stock and expected future dividends, if any.

Forfeitures of awards are estimated at the time of grant and revised, as necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from initial estimates or if future forfeitures are expected to differ from recent actual or

 

F-14


Table of Contents

previously expected forfeitures. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded net of estimated forfeitures, such that expense is recorded only for those stock-based awards that are expected to vest.

Share option awards issued to non-employees are recorded at their fair value on the awards’ vesting date. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of share options granted to non-employees at each vesting date to determine the appropriate charge to stock-based compensation.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

We account for uncertain tax positions using a two-step process whereby (i) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (ii) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

We recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of provision for income tax in the consolidated statement of operations.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with GAAP requires management to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of certain assets and liabilities. These judgments, assumptions and estimates include but are not limited to the following: (i) fair value determinations for loans, notes and certificates; (ii) stock-based compensation expense; (iii) provision for income taxes, net of valuation allowance for deferred tax assets; (iv) consolidation of variable interest entities; and (v) fair value determinations for servicing assets and liabilities. These judgments, estimates and assumptions are inherently subjective in nature and actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions, and the differences could be material.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, loans financed directly by us and the related accrued interest receivable, and deposits with service providers. We hold our cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash in accounts at regulated domestic financial institutions. We are exposed to credit risk in the event of default by these institutions to the extent the amount recorded on the balance sheet exceeds the FDIC insured amounts.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Impact of New Accounting Standards (Unaudited)

In May, 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and International Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” which provides a single comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers. The standard contains principles that an entity will apply to determine the measurement of revenue and timing of when it is recognized. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 for public entities. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the new update on our consolidated financial statements.

In August, 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-13 “Consolidation (Topic 810)—Measuring the Financial Assets and The Financial Liabilities of a Consolidated Collateralized Financing Entity” to amend the existing standards. This ASU provides an alternative to current fair value measurement guidance to an entity that consolidates a collateralized financing entity (CFE) that has elected the fair value option for the financial assets and financial liabilities. If elected, the entity could measure both the financial assets and the financial liabilities of the CFE by using the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, whichever is more observable. The election would effectively eliminate any measurement difference previously reflected in earnings and attributed to the reporting entity in the consolidated statements of operations. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual period. We are currently evaluating the impact of the new update on our consolidated financial statements.

3. Net Income (Loss) Per Share and Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net income (loss) per share (EPS) is the amount of net income (loss) available to each share of common stock outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted EPS is the amount of net income (loss) available to each share of common stock outstanding during the reporting period adjusted to include the effect of potentially dilutive common shares. Potentially dilutive common shares include incremental shares issued for stock options, convertible preferred stock and warrants. Potentially dilutive common shares are excluded from the computation of dilutive EPS in periods in which the effect would be antidilutive.

We calculate EPS using the two-class method. The two-class method allocates net income that otherwise would have been available to common shareholders to holders of participating securities. We consider all series of our convertible preferred stock to be participating securities due to their non-cumulative dividend rights. As such, net income allocated to these participating securities, which include participation rights in undistributed earnings (see “Note 12—Stockholders’ Equity”), are subtracted from net income to determine total undistributed net income to be allocated to common stockholders. All participating securities are excluded from basic weighted-average common shares outstanding.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The following table details the computation of the basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (dollars in thousands, except shares and per share data):

 

    Year Ended
March 31,

2012
    Nine Months
Ended
December 31,

2012
    Year Ended
December 31,

2013
    Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
          2013     2014  
                     

(unaudited)

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (11,944   $ (4,238   $ 7,308      $ 4,450      $ (23,857

Less: Net income allocated to participating securities (1)

                (7,117     (4,450      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders after required adjustments for the calculation of basic and diluted net income per common share

  $ (11,944   $ (4,238   $ 191      $     $ (23,857
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding

    35,125,628        41,359,676        51,557,136        50,457,948        57,958,838   

Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities:

         

Stock Options

                28,542,404        27,170,816         

Warrants

                1,327,436        1,525,148         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding

    35,125,628        41,359,676        81,426,976        79,153,912        57,958,838   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share:

         

Basic

  $ (0.34   $ (0.10   $ 0.00      $      $ (0.41
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (0.34   $ (0.10   $ 0.00      $      $ (0.41
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In a period with net income, both earnings and dividends (if any) are allocated to participating securities. In a period with a net loss, only dividends (if any) are allocated to participating securities.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) per Share

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share were computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock, Series B convertible preferred stock, Series C convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, Series E convertible preferred stock and Series F convertible preferred stock using the if converted method as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period presented or the original date of issuance, if later, and the issuance of shares of common stock upon the automatic conversion and exercise of certain warrants to purchase shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and the automatic exercise of certain warrants to purchase common stock upon the completion of our initial public offering.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The unaudited basic and diluted pro forma per common share calculations are presented below (in thousands except share and per share amounts):

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2014
 

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders, as reported

  $ 7,308      $ (23,857

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share available to common stockholders, basic

    51,557,136        57,958,838   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect conversion of convertible preferred stock

    239,822,864        245,622,114   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect conversion of convertible preferred stock warrants and certain common stock warrants (1)

    386,192        27,848   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share available to common stockholders, basic

    291,766,192        303,608,800   

Dilutive effect of stock options

    28,542,404          

Dilutive effect of warrants

    3,022,954          
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share available to common stockholders, diluted

    323,331,550        303,608,800   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proforma net income (loss) per common share:

   

Basic

  $ 0.03      $ (0.08

Diluted

  $ 0.02      $ (0.08

 

(1) Assumes the automatic conversion and exercise of warrants to purchase a maximum of 331,616 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and automatic exercise of warrants to purchase a maximum of 54,576 shares of common stock for the year ended December 31, 2013. Assumes the automatic exercise of warrants to purchase a maximum of 27,848 shares of common stock for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Upon the completion of our initial public offering, these warrants will automatically be net exercised for common stock, resulting in the issuance of fewer shares.

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value

Loans, Notes and Certificates

Our marketplace is where borrowers and investors engage in transactions relating to standard or custom program loans. Standard program loans are unsecured, fixed rate, three or five year personal loans in amounts ranging from $1,000 to $35,000 made to borrowers meeting strict credit criteria, including a FICO score of at least 660. Custom program loans are generally new offerings and loans that do not meet the requirements of the standard program and/or loans with longer maturities than we believe to be attractive to most note investors. Currently, custom program loans include small business, education and patient finance loans. Small business loans are unsecured and fixed rate loans in amounts ranging from $15,000 to $100,000, with various maturities between one and five years.

Education and patient finance loans are issued in amounts ranging from $499 to $40,000 with various maturities between 24 and 84 months for term loans as well as a revolving product with a promotional period ranging from six to 24 months that is interest free if the loan balance is paid in full during that period. Loans facilitated by Springstone are originated, owned and serviced by the issuing banks and are therefore not recorded on our consolidated balance sheet nor are the loans’ cash flows recorded on our consolidated statement of cash flows.

Investors can invest in loans that are offered through our marketplace. We issue notes and the Trust issues certificates.

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to loans and the related notes and certificates that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Loans and the related notes and certificates do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. Accordingly, the fair value of loans and the related notes and certificates are determined using a discounted cash flow methodology utilizing assumptions market participants use for credit losses, discount rates, changes in the interest rate environment, and other factors. Fair value measurements of our loans and the related notes and certificates use significant unobservable inputs and, accordingly, we classify them as Level 3.

We have ongoing monitoring procedures in place for our Level 3 assets and liabilities that use such valuation models. These procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that models continue to perform as expected after approved. All valuation models are subject to ongoing review by business-unit-level management and the executive management team.

At December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013, and September 30, 2014, loans, notes and certificates measured at fair value on a recurring basis were (in thousands):

 

     Loans at Fair Value     Notes and Certificates at Fair Value  
     December 31,     September 30,
2014
    December 31,     September 30,
2014
 
     2012     2013       2012     2013    
                 (unaudited)                 (unaudited)  

Aggregate principal balance outstanding

   $ 791,774      $ 1,849,042      $ 2,566,477      $ 795,842      $ 1,859,982      $ 2,584,441   

Fair valuation adjustments

     (10,559     (20,000     (32,806     (10,526     (19,992     (32,801
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value

   $ 781,215      $ 1,829,042      $ 2,533,671      $ 785,316      $ 1,839,990      $ 2,551,640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013, loans underlying notes and certificates had original terms of 36 months or 60 months, had monthly payments with fixed interest rates ranging from 5.42% to 26.06% and had various maturity dates through December 2018. At September 30, 2014, outstanding loans underlying notes and certificates had original maturities between 12 and 60 months, had monthly payments with fixed interest rates ranging from 5.42% to 29.90% and had various maturity dates through September 2019 (unaudited).

Loan Servicing Rights

We record servicing assets and liabilities at their estimated fair values when we sell whole loans to unrelated third-party whole loan buyers or when the servicing contract commences, and on a recurring basis thereafter.

At December 31, 2013, loans underlying loan servicing rights had a total principal balance of $0.41 billion, original terms between 36 months and 60 months and had monthly payments with fixed interest rates ranging from 6.00% to 26.06% and various maturity dates through December, 2018. At September 30, 2014, loans underlying loan servicing rights had a total principal balance of $1.37 billion, original terms between 12 and 60 months, had monthly payments with fixed interest rates ranging from 5.90% to 33.15% and had various maturity dates through September 2019 (unaudited).

 

F-19


Table of Contents

We determined the fair values of loans, notes and certificates and servicing assets and liabilities using significant unobservable inputs and methods that are categorized in the fair value hierarchy on Level 3, as follows (in thousands):

 

     Level 1 Inputs      Level 2 Inputs      Level 3 Inputs      Fair Value  

December 31, 2012

           

Assets:

           

Loans at fair value

   $       $       $ 781,215       $ 781,215   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $       $       $ 781,215       $ 781,215   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Notes and certificates

   $       $       $ 785,316       $ 785,316   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $       $       $ 785,316       $ 785,316   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

           

Assets:

           

Loans at fair value

   $       $       $ 1,829,042       $ 1,829,042   

Servicing asset

           534         534   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $       $       $ 1,829,576       $ 1,829,576   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Notes and certificates

   $       $       $ 1,839,990       $ 1,839,990   

Servicing liability

           936         936   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $       $       $ 1,840,926       $ 1,840,926   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

September 30, 2014 (unaudited)

           

Assets:

           

Loans at fair value

   $       $       $ 2,533,671       $ 2,533,671   

Servicing asset

           1,520         1,520   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $       $       $ 2,535,191       $ 2,535,191   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Notes and certificates

   $       $       $ 2,551,640       $ 2,551,640   

Servicing liability

           3,712         3,712   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $             —       $             —       $ 2,555,352       $ 2,555,352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Instruments are categorized in the Level 3 valuation hierarchy based on the significance of unobservable factors in the overall fair value measurement. Our fair value approach for Level 3 instruments primarily uses unobservable inputs, but may also include observable, actively quoted components derived from external sources. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains and losses for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below may include changes in fair value that were attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The following table presents additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Loans     Notes and
Certificates
 

Fair value at December 31, 2012

   $ 781,215      $ 785,316   

Purchases of loans

     2,064,628          

Issuances of notes and certificates

            1,618,269   

Principal payments

     (511,232     (504,330

Whole loan sales

     (446,224       

Recoveries from sale and collection of charged-off loans

     (1,716     (1,669
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value before fair value adjustments

     1,886,671        1,897,586   

Fair valuation adjustments, included in earnings

     (57,629     (57,596
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2013

   $ 1,829,042      $ 1,839,990   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchases of loans (unaudited)

     2,628,758         

Issuances of notes and certificates (unaudited)

           1,534,011   

Whole loan sales (unaudited)

     (1,094,482      

Principal payments (unaudited)

     (739,506     (732,343

Recoveries from sale and collection of charged-off loans (unaudited)

     (5,178     (5,153
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value before fair value adjustments (unaudited)

     2,618,634        2,636,505   

Fair valuation adjustments, included in earnings (unaudited)

     (84,963     (84,865
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value at September 30, 2014 (unaudited)

   $ 2,533,671      $ 2,551,640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The fair values of loans and the related notes and certificates are determined using a discounted cash flow model utilizing estimates for credit losses, changes in the interest rate environment, and other factors. For notes and certificates, we also consider risk factors such as our continued profitability, ability to operate on a cash-flow positive basis and liquidity position. The majority of fair valuation adjustments included in earnings is attributable to changes in estimated instrument-specific future credit losses. All fair valuation adjustments were related to Level 3 instruments for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited). A specific loan that is projected to have higher future default losses than previously estimated has lower expected future cash flows over its remaining life, which reduces its estimated fair value. Conversely, a specific loan that is projected to have lower future default losses than previously estimated has increased expected future cash flows over its remaining life, which increases its fair value. Because the payments to holders of notes and certificates directly reflect the payments received on loans, a reduction or increase of the expected future payments on loans will decrease or increase the estimated fair values of the related notes and certificates. Expected losses and actual loan charge-offs on loans are offset to the extent that the loans are financed by notes and certificates that absorb the related loan losses.

The fair value adjustments for loans were largely offset by the fair value adjustments of the notes and certificates due to the member payment dependent design of the notes and certificates and because the principal balances of the loans were very close to the combined principal balances of the notes and certificates. Accordingly, the net fair value adjustment losses for loans, notes and certificates were $0.001 million, $0.6 million, $0.03 million and $0.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, the nine months ended December 31, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively.

At December 31, 2012, we had 576 loans that were 90 days or more past due (which includes non-accrual loans) or loans where the borrower has filed for bankruptcy or is deceased; these loans had a total outstanding principal balance of $6.4 million, aggregate adverse fair value adjustments totaling $5.7 million and an aggregate fair value of $0.7 million. At December 31, 2013, we had 989 loans that were 90 days or more past due (which

 

F-21


Table of Contents

includes non-accrual loans) or loans where the borrower has filed for bankruptcy or is deceased; these loans had a total outstanding principal balance of $10.2 million, aggregate adverse fair value adjustments totaling $9.1 million and an aggregate fair value of $1.1 million. At September 30, 2014, we had 1,304 loans that were 90 days or more past due (which includes non-accrual loans) or loans where the borrower has filed for bankruptcy or is deceased; these loans had a total outstanding principal balance of $15.2 million, aggregate adverse fair value adjustments of $13.8 million and an aggregate fair value of $1.4 million. (Unaudited.)

We place loans on non-accrual status upon becoming 120 days past due. At December 31, 2013, we had 111 loans that were over 120 days past due and classified as non-accrual loans, which had a total outstanding principal balance of $1.1 million, aggregate adverse fair value adjustments totaling $0.9 million and an aggregate fair value of $0.2 million. At September 30, 2014, we had 51 loans that were over 120 days past due and classified as non-accrual loans, which had a total outstanding principal balance of $0.5 million, aggregate adverse fair value adjustments of $0.4 million and an aggregate fair value of $0.1 million. (Unaudited.)

Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following table presents quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used for our Level 3 fair value measurements at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014:

 

          December 31, 2013  
          Range of Inputs  
    

Unobservable Input

   Minimum     Maximum     Weighted
Average
 

Loans, notes & certificates and servicing asset/liability

  

Discount rate

     5.9     15.9     10.2

Loans, notes & certificates and servicing asset/liability

  

Net cumulative expected loss

     2.1     23.7     10.1

Servicing asset/liability

  

Market servicing rate (% per annum on loan balance)

     0.4     0.4     0.4

 

          September 30, 2014  
          Range of Inputs  
    

Unobservable Input

   Minimum     Maximum     Weighted
Average
 

Loans, notes & certificates and servicing asset/liability

  

Discount rate

     5.2     23.6     10.6

Loans, notes & certificates and servicing asset/liability

  

Net cumulative expected loss

     0.3     21.8     9.7

Servicing asset/liability

  

Market servicing rate (% per annum on loan balance)

     0.5     0.7     0.5

The valuation technique used for our Level 3 assets and liabilities, as presented in the previous table, is described as follows:

Loans, Notes and Certificates

Discounted Cash Flow . Discounted cash flow valuation techniques generally consist of developing an estimate of future cash flows that are expected to occur over the life of a financial instrument and then discounting those cash flows at a rate of return that results in the fair value amount.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Significant unobservable inputs presented in the previous table are those we consider significant to the estimated fair values of the Level 3 assets and liabilities. We consider unobservable inputs to be significant, if by their exclusion, the estimated fair value of the Level 3 asset or liability would be impacted by a significant percentage change, or based on qualitative factors such as the nature of the instrument and significance of the unobservable inputs relative to other inputs used within the valuation. Following is a description of the significant unobservable inputs provided in the table.

Discount Rate. Discount rate is a rate of return used to discount future expected cash flows to arrive at a present value, the fair value, of the loans, notes and certificates. The discount rates for the projected net cash flows of loans are our estimates of the rates of return that investors in unsecured consumer credit obligations would require when investing in the various credit grades of loans. The discount rates for the projected net cash flows of the notes and certificates are our estimates of the rates of return that investors in unsecured consumer credit obligations would require when investing in notes issued pursuant to a shelf registration statement and certificates issued by the Trust with cash flows dependent on specific grades of loans. Discount rates for existing loans, notes and certificates are adjusted to reflect the time value of money. A risk premium component is implicitly included in the discount rates to reflect the amount of compensation market participants require due to the uncertainty inherent in the instruments’ cash flows resulting from risks such as credit and liquidity.

Net Cumulative Expected Loss. Net cumulative expected loss is an estimate of the net cumulative principal payments that will not be repaid over the entire life of a new loans, note or certificate, expressed as a percentage of the original principal amount of the loans, note or certificate. The estimated net cumulative loss is the sum of the net losses estimated to occur each month of the life of a new loans, note or certificate. Therefore, the total net losses estimated to occur over the remaining maturity of existing loans, notes and certificates are less than the estimated net cumulative losses of comparable new loans, notes and certificates. A given month’s estimated net losses are a function of two variables:

 

  (i) estimated default rate, which is an estimate of the probability of not collecting the remaining contractual principal amounts owed and,

 

  (ii) estimated net loss severity, which is the percentage of contractual principal cash flows lost in the event of a default, net of the average net recovery, expected to be received on a defaulted loans, note or certificate.

Loan Servicing Rights

Discounted Cash F low . Discounted cash flow valuation techniques generally consist of developing an estimate of future cash flows that are expected to occur over the life of a financial instrument and then discounting those cash flows at a rate of return that results in the fair value amount.

Significant unobservable inputs presented in the table above are those we consider significant to the estimated fair values of the Level 3 assets and liabilities. We consider unobservable inputs to be significant, if by their exclusion, the estimated fair value of the Level 3 asset or liability would be impacted by a significant percentage change, or based on qualitative factors such as the nature of the instrument and significance of the unobservable inputs relative to other inputs used within the valuation.

The following is a description of the significant unobservable inputs provided in the table.

Market Servicing R ate. We estimate an adequate servicing compensation assumption as a measure of what a market participant would earn to service the loans that we sell to third parties. We estimated this market servicing rate based on observable market rates for other loan types in the industry, adjusted for the unique loan attributes that are present in such loans we sell (i.e., unsecured fixed rate fully amortizing loans, ACH loan payments, intermediate terms, prime credit grades and sizes) and a market servicing benchmarking analysis performed by an independent valuation firm.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Discount R ate. Discount rate is a rate of return used to discount future expected cash flows to arrive at a present value, the fair value, of the loan servicing rights. The discount rates for the projected net cash flows of loan servicing rights are our estimates of the rates of return that investors in servicing rights for unsecured consumer credit obligations would require for the various credit grades of the underlying loans. Discount rates for servicing rights on existing loans are adjusted to reflect the time value of money. A risk premium component is implicitly included in the discount rates to reflect the amount of compensation market participants require due to the uncertainty inherent in the instruments’ cash flows resulting from risks such as credit and liquidity.

Net Cumulative Expected L oss . Net cumulative expected loss is an estimate of the net cumulative principal payments that will not be repaid over the entire life of a loan expressed as a percentage of the original principal amount of the loan. The estimated net cumulative loss is the sum of the net losses estimated to occur each month of the life of a new loan. A given month’s estimated net losses are a function of two variables:

 

  (i) estimated default rate, which is an estimate of the probability of not collecting the remaining contractual principal amounts owed, and

 

  (ii) estimated net loss severity, which is the percentage of contractual principal cash flows lost in the event of a default, net of the average net recovery, expected to be received on a defaulted loan.

The following table presents additional information about Level 3 servicing assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

     Servicing
Assets
    Servicing
Liabilities
 
     (unaudited)  

Fair value at December 31, 2012

   $ —        $ —     

Additions

     587        1,273   

Changes in fair value due to:

    

Realization of expected cash flows

     (53     (337

Changes in market inputs or assumptions used in the valuation model

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2013

   $ 534      $ 936   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions (unaudited)

     1,885        3,464   

Changes in fair value due to:

    

Realization of expected cash flows (unaudited)

     (555     (1,275

Changes in market inputs or assumptions used in the valuation model (unaudited)

     (344     587   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value at September 30, 2014 (unaudited)

   $ 1,520      $ 3,712   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our and the Trust’s obligation to pay principal and interest on any note or certificate is equal to the pro-rata portion of the payments, if any, received on the related loan subject to applicable fees. The gross effective interest rate associated with notes or certificates is the same as the interest rate earned on the underlying loan. At December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, the discounted cash flow methodology used to estimate the notes’ and certificates’ fair values uses the same projected net cash flows as their related loan. The discount rates for the projected net cash flows of the notes and certificates are our estimates of the rates of return, including risk premiums (if significant) that investors in unsecured consumer credit obligations would require when investing in notes issued pursuant to a shelf registration statement and certificates issued by the Trust with cash flows dependent on specific credit grades of loans.

Significant Recurring Level 3 Fair Value Asset and Liability Input Sensitivity

The discounted cash flow technique that we use to determine the fair value of our Level 3 loans, notes and certificates value requires determination of relevant inputs and assumptions, some of which represent significant unobservable inputs as indicated in the preceding table. Accordingly, changes in these unobservable inputs may

 

F-24


Table of Contents

have a significant impact on fair value. Certain of these unobservable inputs will (in isolation) have a directionally consistent impact on the fair value of the instrument for a given change in that input. Alternatively, the fair value of the instrument may move in an opposite direction for a given change in another input. For example, increases in the discount rate and net cumulative expected loss rate each will reduce the estimated fair value of loans, notes and certificates. When multiple inputs are used within the valuation technique of a loan, note or certificate, a change in one input in a certain direction may be offset by an opposite change in another input.

The discounted cash flow valuation technique we use to determine the fair value of Level 3 loan servicing rights requires certain significant unobservable inputs including adequate servicing compensation, net cumulative loss rates, and discount rates. An increase in any of these unobservable inputs will reduce the fair value of the loan servicing rights and alternatively, a decrease in any one of these inputs would result in the loan servicing rights increasing in value.

5. Property, Equipment and Software, net

Property, equipment and software consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2014
 
     2012     2013    
                 (unaudited)  

Internally developed software

   $ 358      $ 4,188      $ 12,364   

Computer equipment

     1,104        4,019        7,610   

Leasehold improvements

     33        2,700        4,488   

Construction in progress

     35        1,978        126   

Purchased software

     453        913        2,829   

Furniture and fixtures

     65        836        2,244   

Other

     21        26          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     2,069        14,660        29,661   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (491     (2,065     (5,975
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, equipment and software, net

   $   1,578      $ 12,595      $ 23,686   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense on property, equipment and software for the year ended March 31, 2012, the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $1.7 million, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense on property, equipment and software for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013 was $4.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively (unaudited).

 

F-25


Table of Contents

6. Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2014
 
     2012      2013     
                   (unaudited)  

Receivable from investors

   $       $ 18,116       $ 740   

Prepaid expenses

     1,538         3,546         3,777   

Prepaid compensation

                     2,988   

Prepaid offering costs

                     2,940   

Loan servicing assets at fair value

             534         1,520   

Tenant improvement receivable

             504           

Accounts receivable

     79         439         2,538   

Debt issuance costs, net

                     993   

Deposits

     696         193         354   

Other

     53         589         671   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other assets

   $   2,366       $ 23,921       $ 16,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Springstone Acquisition (unaudited)

On April 17, 2014, we acquired all of the outstanding limited liability company interests of Springstone Financial, LLC (Springstone). As a result of the closing of the acquisition, Springstone became our wholly owned subsidiary.

Springstone facilitates education and patient finance loans through a network of providers utilizing two issuing banks. Each of Springstone’s issuing banks originates, holds, and services the loans they issue. Springstone earns fee revenue from providers for facilitating loans to their customers. The acquisition of Springstone expands the services we offer. We have included the financial results of Springstone in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

Under the terms of the purchase agreement, the sellers received at the closing an aggregate of $113 million in cash and $25 million worth of shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock. In connection with the acquisition, we also paid $2.4 million for transaction costs incurred by Springstone. For accounting purposes, the purchase price was $111.8 million, which was comprised of $109.0 million in cash and shares of Series F convertible preferred stock with an aggregate value of $2.8 million. To secure the retention of certain key employees, a total of $25.6 million comprised of $22.1 million of shares of Series F convertible preferred stock (Escrow Shares) and $3.5 million of cash were placed in a third-party escrow and are subject to certain vesting and forfeiture conditions applicable to these employees continuing employment over a three-year period from the closing. These amounts will be accounted for as a compensation arrangement and expensed over the three-year vesting period. Additionally, $19.0 million of the cash consideration and certain Escrow Shares were placed in a third-party escrow for 15 months from the closing date to secure, in part, the indemnification obligations of the sellers under the purchase agreement.

The cash portion of the consideration was funded by a combination of cash from us and proceeds from a debt financing and Series F convertible preferred stock financing (see Note 10—Term Loan and Note 12—Stockholders’ Equity).

 

F-26


Table of Contents

We have completed the allocation of the purchase price to acquired assets and liabilities with the exception of finalizing the determination of certain contingent liabilities and the finalization of any deferred tax asset or liability as of the acquisition date. The preliminary purchase price allocation as of the acquisition date is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value  

Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 2,256   

Restricted cash

     1,581   

Property, equipment and software

     366   

Other assets

     599   

Identified intangible assets

     40,200   

Goodwill

     72,592   

Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

     239   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     5,536   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 111,819   
  

 

 

 

The goodwill balance is primarily attributed to the expected operational synergies, the combined workforce and the future development initiative of the combined workforce. Goodwill is expected to be deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

The amounts of net revenue and earnings (losses) of Springstone included in our consolidated statement of operations from the acquisition date of April 17, 2014 to September 30, 2014 were $10.4 million and $(4.4) million, respectively. We have recognized acquisition-related costs of $2.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and have reported this in general and administrative expense. We did not recognize acquisition-related costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

The following pro forma financial information summarizes the combined results of operations for us and Springstone, as though the companies were combined as of January 1, 2013. These pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations which would have resulted had the acquisition occurred as of January 1, 2013, nor is it indicative of future operating results. The pro forma results presented include interest expense on the debt financing, amortization of acquired intangible assets, compensation expense related to the post-acquisition compensation arrangements entered into with the continuing employees and tax expenses (in thousands):

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2014     2013  
     (unaudited)  

Total net revenue

   $ 148,317      $ 75,891   

Net loss (1)

   $ (21,403   $ (15,623

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

   $ (0.37   $ (0.31

Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

   $ (0.37   $ (0.31

 

(1) Net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 includes $8.6 million of one-time acquisition-related costs and compensation expenses.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Unaudited)

Goodwill

Goodwill consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2013.

   $   

Acquisition of Springstone

     72,592   
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014

   $ 72,592   
  

 

 

 

There was no impairment of goodwill during the nine months ended September 30, 2014. During the third quarter of 2014, we recorded an immaterial amount of adjustment to goodwill for the finalization of the net working capital balance and a revenue refund liability as of the acquisition date.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets acquired are as follows as of September 30, 2014 (unaudited) (dollars in thousands):

 

     Gross
Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Value
     Remaining
Useful
Life
 

Customer relationships

   $ 39,500       $ (2,382   $ 37,118         13.5   

Technology

     400         (60     340         2.5   

Brand name

     300         (68     232         1.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total intangible assets subject to amortization

   $ 40,200       $ (2,510   $ 37,690         13.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

The customer relationship intangible assets are being amortized on an accelerated basis over a 14 year period. The technology and brand name intangible assets are being amortized straight line over three and two years, respectively. Amortization expense associated with other intangible assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was $2.5 million.

The expected future amortization expense for intangible assets as of September 30, 2014 is as follows (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

Remainder of 2014

   $ 1,388   

2015

     5,287   

2016

     4,801   

2017

     4,287   

2018

     3,872   

Thereafter

     18,055   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 37,690   
  

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

9. Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,  
     2012      2013      2014  
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued compensation

   $ 2,414       $ 5,243       $ 8,902   

Accrued service fees

     952         2,057         7,128   

Loan servicing liability at fair value

             936         3,712   

Contingent liabilities

                     1,875   

Deferred rent

             653         1,045   

Deferred tax liability

                     1,004   

Transaction fee refund reserve

                     682   

Deferred revenue

                     472   

Early stock option exercise liability

                     450   

Other accrued expenses

             239         734   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other liabilities

   $ 3,366       $ 9,128       $ 26,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Term Loan (Unaudited)

In connection with the acquisition of Springstone, we entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement with several lenders on April 16, 2014, under which the lenders made a $50.0 million term loan to us. In connection with our entry into the credit agreement, we entered into a Pledge and Security Agreement with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as Collateral Agent.

The term loan matures on April 16, 2017 and requires principal payments of $312,500 per quarter plus interest, with the remaining then-unpaid principal amount payable at maturity. The term loan can be prepaid at any time without premium or penalty, subject to a minimum prepayment of $1.0 million. The term loan is required to be prepaid in certain circumstances, including upon sales of assets other than loans and upon the issuance of debt or redeemable capital stock.

Borrowings under the credit agreement bear interest, which at our option may be either (i) a floating base rate tied to an underlying index plus an additional 1.25% per annum or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate (for an interest period of one, two, three or six months) plus an additional 2.25% per annum. If a Eurocurrency rate loan is selected, customary breakage costs are payable in the case of any prepayment on a date other than the last day of an interest period. The weighted-average interest rate on the term loan was 2.65% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

The term loan is also guaranteed by Springstone and LCA and is secured by a first priority lien and security interest in substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets, not otherwise pledged or restricted, subject to certain exceptions.

The credit agreement and pledge and security agreement contain certain affirmative and negative covenants applicable to us and our subsidiaries. These include restrictions on our ability to make certain restricted payments, including restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness, place liens on assets, merge or consolidate, make investments and enter into certain transactions with our affiliates. The credit agreement also requires us to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) of less than 5.50:1 initially, and decreasing to 3.50:1 after September 30, 2015 (on a consolidated basis). The total leverage ratio as of September 30, 2014 was 2.25:1.

As of September 30, 2014, the carrying value of the term loan was $49.2 million. At September 30, 2014, the current portion of the term loan was $1.2 million and the noncurrent portion outstanding was $48.0 million. We did not have a term loan outstanding balance at December 31, 2013.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

In connection with the term loan, we capitalized $1.2 million of debt issuance costs. As of September 30, 2014, the net balance of debt issuance costs was $1.0 million. Interest expense on the term loan, including amortization of debt issuance cost, was $0.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014. We did not have interest on the term loan for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

Future principal payments on the term loan are payable as follows (unaudited, in thousands):

 

Remainder of 2014

   $ 312   

2015

     1,250   

2016

     1,250   

2017

     46,563   
  

 

 

 

Total principal payments

   $ 49,375   
  

 

 

 

Unamortized discounts, net

     (156
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 49,219   
  

 

 

 

11. Related-Party Transactions

Several of our executive officers and directors (including immediate family members) have opened investor accounts with us, made deposits and withdrawals to their accounts and purchased notes and certificates. All note and certificate purchases made by related parties were transacted on terms and conditions that were not more favorable than those obtained by other investors.

The following table summarizes deposits and withdrawals made by related parties whose transactions totaled $120,000 or more for the year ended March 31, 2012, the nine months ended December 31, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

 

     Role      Year Ended
March 31, 2012
 

Related Party

      Deposits      Withdrawals  

Daniel Ciporin

     Director       $ 209,500       $ 158,113   

John J. Mack

     Director         1,700,000         199,265   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,909,500       $ 357,378   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Role      Nine Months Ended
December 31, 2012
 

Related Party

      Deposits      Withdrawals  

Daniel Ciporin

     Director       $ 500,000       $ 129,698   

Jeffrey Crowe

     Director         150,000           

John J. Mack

     Director         529,540         451,617   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,179,540       $ 581,315   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Role      Year Ended
December 31, 2013
 

Related Party

      Deposits      Withdrawals  

Daniel Ciporin

     Director       $ 600,000       $ 128,288   

Jeffrey Crowe

     Director         800,000         444,227   

John J. Mack

     Director         405,118         617,779   

Larry Summers

     Director         530,898           
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 2,336,016       $ 1,190,294   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents
     Role      Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2014
 

Related Party

      Deposits      Withdrawals  
           

(unaudited)

 

Daniel Ciporin

     Director       $ 500,000       $ 62,855   

John J. Mack

     Director         950,000         69,317   

Larry Summers

     Director         200,000           
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,650,000       $ 132,172   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. Stockholders’ Equity

Convertible Preferred Stock (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) (September 30, 2014 amounts unaudited)

We have shares of preferred stock authorized and outstanding as follows:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2014
 
     2012      2013     
                   (unaudited)  

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 246,470,064 total shares authorized at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and 250,614,174 total shares authorized at September 30, 2014:

        

Series A convertible preferred stock, 68,025,100 shares designated at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and 67,651,596 shares designated at September 30, 2014; 65,270,988, 66,100,340 and 66,422,077 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014; aggregate liquidation preference of $17,371, $17,599 and $17,685 at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014

   $ 17,181       $ 17,402       $ 17,487   

Series B convertible preferred stock, 65,642,104 shares designated at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and 65,577,300 shares designated at September 30, 2014; 65,577,300 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014; aggregate liquidation preference of $12,268 at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014

     12,164         12,164         12,164   

Series C convertible preferred stock, 62,486,436 shares designated at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2104; 62,486,436 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014; aggregate liquidation preference of $24,490 at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014

     24,388         24,388         24,388   

Series D convertible preferred stock, 36,030,712 shares designated at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014; 36,030,712 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014; aggregate liquidation preference of $32,044 at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014

     31,943         31,943         31,943   

Series E convertible preferred stock, 14,285,712 shares designated at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and 10,000,000 shares designated at September 30, 2014; 10,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014; aggregate liquidation preference of $17,500 at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014

     17,347         17,347         17,347   

Series F convertible preferred stock, 0, 0 and 8,868,130 shares designated at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014; 0, 0 and 8,834,486 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014; aggregate liquidation preference of $0, $0 and $89,858 at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014

                     89,661   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 103,023       $ 103,244       $ 192,990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unamortized compensation associated with Series F convertible preferred stock

                     (15,690
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total preferred stock

   $ 103,023       $ 103,244       $ 177,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, we had 1,635,760 and 1,189,392 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock subject to outstanding warrants and reserved for future issuance, respectively. Warrants to purchase Series A convertible preferred stock are fully exercisable with an exercise price of $0.2663 per share. The warrants expire in 2015 and 2018.

In June 2012, we issued 10.0 million shares of Series E convertible at $1.75 per share for aggregate gross cash consideration of $17.5 million. The shares are convertible into shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, initially on a one-for-one basis, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of the our certificate of incorporation. The two investors in the Series E convertible preferred stock were KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee (KPCB), and John J. Mack, a member of the our board of directors. In conjunction with the Series E financing, our board of directors appointed Mary Meeker, General Partner of KPCB, as a director. In connection with our private placement of Series E convertible preferred stock, we incurred transaction expenses of $0.2 million that were recorded as a reduction to gross proceeds.

In connection with the sale of Series E convertible preferred stock in June 2012, we filed an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the State of Delaware, which reduced the total number of shares that we were authorized to issue from 632,184,352 shares to 606,470,064 shares, 360,000,000 shares of which were designated as common stock, and 246,470,064 shares of which were designated as preferred stock. Of the total shares of preferred stock, 68,025,100 shares were designated as Series A Preferred Stock, 65,642,104 shares were designated as Series B Preferred Stock, 62,486,436 shares were designated as Series C Preferred Stock, 36,030,712 shares were designated as Series D Preferred Stock and 14,285,712 shares were designated as Series E Preferred Stock. The number of authorized shares of common stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of common stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our preferred stock and common stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis).

In connection with the Springstone acquisition, we sold an aggregate of 6,390,556 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (Financing Shares) for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $65.0 million, pursuant to a Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement. We sold the Financing Shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; all investors in the financing were “accredited investors” (as defined under Rule 501 of Regulation D) and we made no general solicitation for the sale of the Financing Shares. The Financing Shares are convertible into shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, on a one-for-one basis, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation. (Unaudited.)

In connection with the sale of Series F convertible preferred stock in April 2014, we filed a Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the State of Delaware, which increased the total number of shares that we were authorized to issue from 606,470,064 shares to 622,614,174, 372,000,000 shares of which were designated as common stock and 250,614,174 shares of which were designated as preferred stock. Of the total shares of preferred stock, 67,651,596 shares were designated as Series A Preferred Stock, 65,577,300 shares were designated as Series B Preferred Stock, 62,486,436 shares were designated as Series C Preferred Stock, 36,030,712 shares were designated as Series D Preferred Stock, 10,000,000 shares were designated as Series E Preferred Stock and 8,868,130 were designated as Series F Preferred Stock. (Unaudited.)

As part of the Springstone acquisition, the sellers received shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock having an aggregate value of $25 million (Share Consideration). $22.1 million of the Share Consideration is subject to certain vesting and forfeiture conditions over a three-year period for key continuing employees. This is accounted for as a compensation arrangement and expensed over the three-year vesting period. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recognized $6.4 million of compensation expense, which is reported in general and administrative expenses related to this arrangement. (Unaudited.)

The outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock are not mandatorily or otherwise redeemable. The sale of all, or substantially all, of our assets, a consolidation or merger with another company, or a transfer of voting

 

F-32


Table of Contents

control in excess of 50% our voting power are all events that are deemed to be a liquidation and would trigger the payment of liquidation preferences under the preferred stock agreements. All such events require approval of our board of directors. However, in such events all holders of equal or more subordinate equity instruments would also be entitled to also receive the same form of consideration after any liquidation preferences. Therefore, based on the guidance of ASC 480-10-S99, the non-redeemable convertible preferred stock has been classified within stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance sheet. See further discussion of the revision to the classification of our preferred stock from temporary equity to permanent stockholders’ equity in Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Reclassifications. The significant terms of outstanding Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Conversion —Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, initially, into one share of common stock (subject to adjustments for events of dilution). Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted upon the earlier of: (i) the closing of an underwritten public offering of our common stock with aggregate gross proceeds that are at least $30.0 million; or (ii) the consent of the holders of a 55% majority of outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class, on an as-converted to common stock basis. Our preferred stock agreements contain certain anti-dilution provisions, whereby if we issue additional shares of capital stock for an effective price lower than the conversion price for a series of preferred stock immediately prior to such issue, then the existing conversion price of such series of preferred stock will be reduced. We determined that while our convertible preferred stock contains certain anti-dilution features, the conversion feature embedded within its convertible preferred stock does not require bifurcation under the guidance of ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging Activities .

Liquidation preference —Upon any liquidation, winding up or dissolution of us, whether voluntary or involuntary (Liquidation Event), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any common stock, the holders of convertible preferred stock shall, on a pari passu basis, be entitled to receive by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share of Series A convertible preferred stock equal to $0.2663 (as adjusted for stock splits, recapitalizations and the like) plus all declared and unpaid dividends (Series A Preferred Liquidation Preference), an amount per share of Series B convertible preferred stock equal to $0.1871 (as adjusted for stock splits, recapitalizations and the like) plus all declared and unpaid dividends (Series B Preferred Liquidation Preference), an amount per share of Series C convertible preferred stock equal to $0.3919 (as adjusted for stock splits, recapitalizations and the like), an amount per share of Series D convertible preferred stock equal to $0.8894, an amount per share of Series E convertible preferred stock equal to $1.75 and an amount per share of Series F convertible preferred stock equal to $10.17 (unaudited) (as adjusted for stock splits, recapitalizations and the like). However, if upon any such Liquidation Event, our assets shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of convertible preferred stock of their respective liquidation preferences, then the entire assets of ours legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority between the preferred holders based upon the amounts such series was to receive. Any excess assets, after payment in full of the liquidation preferences to the convertible preferred stockholders, are then allocated to the holders of common and preferred stockholders, pro-rata, on an as-if-converted to common stock basis.

Dividends —If and when declared by the Board, the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock, on a pari passu basis, will be entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends at a rate of 6% per annum in preference to any dividends on common stock (subject to adjustment for certain events). The holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock are also entitled to receive with common stockholders, on an as-if-converted basis, any additional dividends issued by us. As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, we have not declared any dividends.

Voting rights —Generally, preferred stockholders had one vote for each share of common stock that would have been issuable upon conversion of preferred stock. Voting as a separate class, and on an as-converted to common stock basis, the Series A convertible preferred stockholders were entitled to elect two members of our board of directors and the holders of Series B convertible preferred stockholders were entitled to elect one member of our board of directors. The Series C and Series D convertible preferred stockholders were not entitled to elect any members of our board of directors. The Series E convertible preferred stockholders were entitled to

 

F-33


Table of Contents

nominate members to our board of directors, and any nominee was subject to the vote of all convertible preferred stockholders. The holders of common stock, voting as a separate class, were entitled to elect one member of our board directors. The remaining directors were elected by the convertible preferred stockholders and common stockholders voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis.

In connection with the filing our Restated Certificate of Incorporation in April 2014, the Series A convertible preferred stockholders, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted to common stock basis, are entitled to elect two members of our board of directors and the holders of Series B convertible preferred stockholders, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted to common stock basis, are entitled to elect one member of our board of directors. The Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F convertible preferred stockholders are not entitled to elect any members of our board of directors. The holders of preferred stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted to common stock basis, are entitled to elect one member of our board of directors. The holders of common stock, voting together as a separate class, are entitled to elect one member of our board of directors. The remaining directors are elected by the convertible preferred stockholders and common stockholders voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis. (Unaudited.)

Common Stock

We have shares of common stock authorized and reserved for future issuance as follows as of:

 

     December 31, 2013      September 30, 2014  
            (unaudited)  

Options to purchase common stock

     43,314,728         54,587,814   

Options available for future issuance

     7,756,492         3,359,320   

Common stock warrants

     780,940         625,988   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total common stock authorized and reserved for future issuance

     51,852,160         58,573,122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we issued 8,931,876 shares of common stock in exchange for proceeds of $1.7 million upon the exercise of employee stock options. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we issued 5,638,830 shares of common stock in exchange for proceeds of $3.0 million upon the exercise of employee stock options (unaudited). During the year ended December 31, 2013, we issued 957,876 shares of common stock for proceeds of $0.2 million upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we issued 295,720 common shares for proceeds of $0.1 million upon the exercise of common stock warrants (unaudited). Common stock warrants are fully exercisable with exercise prices of $0.01 to $0.3919 per share and expire in 2021.

13. Stock-Based Compensation and Other Employee Benefit Plans

Stock Incentive Plan

Under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (Option Plan), we may grant options to purchase shares of common stock to employees, executives, directors and consultants at exercise prices not less than the fair market value on the date of grant for incentive stock options and not less than 85% of the fair market value on the date of grant for non-statutory options. As of September 30, 2014 (unaudited), we had reserved 83,954,536 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2007 Plan, of which 3,359,320 were issued and remained available for future grant. The options granted through September 30, 2014 are stock options that generally expire ten years from the date of grant and generally vest 25% 12 months from the date of grant, and quarterly thereafter, provided the grantee remains continuously employed by us through each vesting date (service-based options); however, our board of directors retains the authority to grant options with different terms. As discussed further below, certain stock options with ten year terms vest immediately upon achievement of specified performance

 

F-34


Table of Contents

goals provided the grantee remains continuously employed by us through each performance measurement date (performance-based options). As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited), there were no performance-based options outstanding.

For the year ended March 31, 2012, we granted stock options to purchase a total of 14,333,676 shares of common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.18 per share, a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.11 per share and a total estimated fair value of approximately $1.5 million. Of the total stock option granted, 12,006,348 were service-based stock options and 2,327,328 were performance-based stock options.

For the nine months ended December 31, 2012, we granted stock options to purchase a total of 15,244,944 shares of common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.60 per share, a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.35 per share and a total estimated fair value of approximately $10.6 million. All of these stock options were service-based stock options.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we granted stock options to purchase a total of 12,707,000 shares of common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.44 per share, a weighted-average grant date fair value of $2.71 per share and a total estimated fair value of approximately $34.4 million. All of these stock options were service-based stock options.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we granted service-based stock options to purchase 18,511,572 shares of common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $5.91 per share, a weighted-average grant date fair value of $4.37 per share and a total estimated fair value of approximately $81.0 million (unaudited).

The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying stock options has historically been established by the board of directors primarily based upon a valuation provided by an independent third-party valuation firm. Because there is no public market for our common stock, our board of directors has relied upon this independent valuation and other factors, including, but not limited to, the current status of the technical and commercial success of our operations, our financial condition, the stage of our product design and development, and competition to establish the fair value of our common stock at the time of grant of the option.

We used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock options granted with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended
March 31,

2012
    Nine Months Ended
December 31,

2012
    Year Ended
December 31,

2013
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
           2013     2014  
                       (unaudited)  

Assumed forfeiture rate (annual %)

     8.0     5.0     5.0     5.0     5.0

Expected dividend yield

                                   

Weighted-average assumed stock price volatility

     63.5     63.5     59.1     63.5     54.0

Weighted-average risk-free rate

     1.15     1.01     1.46     1.10     1.90

Weighted-average expected life (years)

     6.26        6.28        6.30        6.25        6.38   

The assumed forfeiture rate is the annual percentage of unvested stock options that are assumed to be forfeited or cancelled due to grantees discontinuing employment with us. Because service-based stock options normally vest over a four year period, the forfeiture assumption is used to estimate the number of stock options that are expected to vest in future periods, which affects the estimate of the forfeiture-adjusted aggregate stock-based compensation expense related to the stock options. The forfeiture assumption was developed considering our actual annual forfeiture rates for unvested stock options over the past four years and analyzing the distribution of unvested stock options held by executive officers, senior managers and other employees as of

 

F-35


Table of Contents

December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited). Holding other assumptions constant, a higher forfeiture rate reduces the number of options expected to vest in future periods, which lowers the estimated forfeiture-adjusted aggregate stock-based compensation expense related to any affected stock options.

We have paid no cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, therefore, used an expected dividend yield of 0.0% in our option-pricing model.

The stock price volatility assumption is derived using a set of peer group public companies. For the year ended March 31, 2012 and the nine months ended December 31, 2012, the peer group companies were small- or micro-capitalization companies that conduct business in the consumer finance or investment management sectors. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we updated the set of peer group public companies used to derive the stock price volatility assumption. The new peer group included small-, mid- and large-capitalization companies that conduct business in the consumer finance, investment management and technology sectors. The weighted-average historical stock price volatility of the set of peer companies used in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 was substantially the same as the weighted-average historical stock price volatility, measured over the same time periods, as the peer companies used in the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2012. The change in this option valuation assumption did not have a material impact on the valuation of the stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The expected life represents the period of time that stock options are estimated to be outstanding, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the awards, vesting schedules and expectations of future exercise patterns and post-vesting employee termination behavior. Given our limited operating history, the simplified method was applied to calculate the expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. treasury yield for a term consistent with the expected life of the awards in effect at the time of grant.

Options activity under the Option Plan is summarized as follows:

 

     Stock Options Issued
and
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 

Balances, December 31, 2012

     41,020,888      $ 0.30   

Shares subject to options:

    

Granted

     12,707,000      $ 2.44   

Exercised

     (8,931,876   $ 0.19   

Forfeited or expired

     (1,481,284   $ 0.48   
  

 

 

   

Balances, December 31, 2013

     43,314,728      $ 0.94   
  

 

 

   

Shares subject to options:

    

Granted (unaudited)

     18,511,572      $ 5.91   

Exercised (unaudited)

     (5,638,830   $ 0.53   

Forfeited or expired (unaudited)

     (1,599,656   $ 2.41   
  

 

 

   

Outstanding at September 30, 2014 (unaudited)

     54,587,814      $ 2.63   
  

 

 

   

Options to purchase 8,931,876 shares with a total intrinsic value (fair value less exercise price) of $26.2 million were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2013. Options to purchase 5,638,830 shares (unaudited) of common stock with a total instrinsic value of $40.4 million (unaudited) were exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2014. We capitalized $1.2 million (unaudited) of stock-based compensation expense associated with the cost of developing software for internal use during the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The total fair value of stock options vested during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was $14.7 million (unaudited).

 

F-36


Table of Contents

A summary of outstanding options, vested options and options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013, is as follows:

 

     Shares Subject to
Stock Options Issued
and
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 

Shares subject to:

        

Options outstanding

     43,314,728         8.07       $ 0.94   

Vested options

     15,502,936         6.93       $ 0.24   

Options vested and expected to vest

     41,451,548         8.03       $ 0.91   

A summary of outstanding options, vested options and options vested and expected to vest at September 30, 2014, is as follows:

 

     Shares Subject to
Stock Options Issued
and
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 
            (unaudited)         

Shares subject to:

        

Options outstanding

     54,587,814         8.16       $ 2.63   

Vested options

     20,138,530         6.84         $0.58   

Options vested and expected to vest

     51,863,779        
8.11
  
   $ 2.53   

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Total stock-based compensation expense recorded for stock options, warrants and Escrow Shares related to the Acquisition is summarized as follows:

 

     Year Ended
March 31,
2012
     Nine Months
Ended
December 31,
2012
     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
              2013      2014  
    

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense:

              

Sales and marketing

   $ 152       $ 216       $ 1,313       $ 767       $ 5,029   

Origination and servicing

     31         60         424         170         1,427   

General and administrative:

              

Engineering and product development

     95         406         2,171         1,019         3,487   

Other

     382         428         2,375         1,390         15,946   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 660       $ 1,110       $ 6,283       $ 3,346       $ 25,889   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the nine months ended September 30, 2014, stock-based compensation included $3.0 million of expense for the accelerated vesting of stock options for a terminated employee that was accounted for as a stock option modification (unaudited).

As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, total unrecognized compensation cost was $35.1 million and $97.8 million (unaudited), and these costs are expected to be recognized over the next 3.4 years and 3.6 years, respectively.

No net income tax benefit has been recognized relating to stock-based compensation expense and no tax benefits have been realized from exercised stock options.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

We maintain a 401(k) defined contribution plan that covers substantially all of our employees. Participants may elect to contribute their annual compensation up to the maximum limit allowed by federal tax law. In the second quarter of 2014, we approved an employer 401(k) match of up to 3% of an employee’s eligible compensation with a maximum annual match of $5,000 per employee. Total 401(k) match expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was $0.6 million (unaudited). For the fiscal year 2014 401(k) match, the match will be retroactively applied to employees’ eligible contributions from January 1, 2014.

14. Income Taxes

For the year ended March 31, 2012 and the nine months ended December 31, 2012, we recorded no benefit for income taxes on the taxable losses due to the full valuation allowance. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded income taxes related to pre-tax income due to the availability of deferred tax assets subject to a full valuation allowance to offset current year income.

Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal rate for the year ended March 31, 2012, the nine months ended December 31, 2012, and year ended December 31, 2013, as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended March 31,
2012
    Nine Months Ended
December 31,

2012
    Year Ended
December 31,

2013
 

Pretax Income (Loss)

   $ (11,944     $ (4,238     $ 7,308     

Tax at federal statutory rate

   $ (4,061     34.00   $ (1,441     34.00   $ 2,485        34.00

State tax, net of federal tax benefit

     (855     7.16     (151     3.56     563        7.70

Share-based compensation expense

     181        (1.52 )%      (314     7.41     (593     (8.11 )% 

Tax credits

     (140     1.17            0.00     (459     (6.28 )% 

Change in valuation allowance

     5,409        (45.28 )%      1,934        (45.63 )%      (2,534     (34.67 )% 

Change in unrecognized tax benefit

            0.00     150        (3.54 )%      518        7.09

Other

     (534     4.47     (178     4.20     20        0.27
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $        0.00   $        0.00   $        0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Deferred tax assets

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 21,856      $ 18,818   

Reserves and accruals

     1,365        2,804   

Organizational and start-up costs

     529        516   

Credits & California incentives

     254        216   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax asset

     24,004        22,354   

Valuation allowance

     (23,939     (22,338
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 65      $ 16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability

    

Depreciation and amortization

   $ (65   $ (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (65   $ (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to utilize the existing deferred tax assets. On the basis of this evaluation, as of December 31, 2013, a full valuation allowance of $22.3 million has been recorded to recognize only deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013, we had federal and state net operating loss (NOL) carry-forwards of approximately $43.9 million and $40.7 million, respectively, to offset future taxable income. Our federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards will begin expiring in 2027 and 2016, respectively. Additionally, at December 31, 2013, we had federal and state research and development (R&D) tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively. The federal credit carry-forwards will begin expiring in 2016 and the state credits may be carried forward indefinitely.

In general, a corporation’s ability to utilize its NOL and R&D carry-forwards may be substantially limited due to ownership changes that may have occurred or that could occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), as well as similar state provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of NOL and R&D credit carry-forwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an “ownership change,” as defined by Section 382 of the Code, results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50% of the capital (as defined) of a company by certain stockholders or public groups.

The following is a reconciliation of our unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

     Nine Months Ended
December 31, 2012
     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
 

Balance as of the beginning of the calendar/fiscal year

   $ 240       $ 367   

Additions for tax positions related to the prior year

             523   

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

     127         190   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of the end of the calendar/fiscal year

   $ 367       $ 1,080   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

If the cumulative unrecognized tax benefit is recognized, there will be no effect on our effective tax rate due to the full valuation allowance.

Due to the nature of the unrecognized tax benefits and the existence of tax attributes, we have not accrued any interest or penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits in the consolidated statement of operations nor have we recognized a liability in the consolidated balance sheet.

We do not believe the total amount of unrecognized benefit as of December 31, 2013 will increase or decrease significantly in the next 12 months.

We file income tax returns in the United States and various state jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2013, our federal tax returns for 2009 and earlier and our state tax returns for 2008 and earlier were no longer subject to examination by the taxing authorities. However, our tax attribute carry-forwards from closed tax years may be subject to examination to the extent utilized in an open tax year.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recorded $1.1 million for income tax expense. The $1.1 million of income tax expense relates to the amortization of tax deductible goodwill from the acquisition of Springstone, which gives rise to an indefinite-lived deferred tax liability. There was no income tax benefit recorded on the pre-tax loss due to an increase in deferred tax asset valuation allowance. We recorded no income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. (Unaudited.)

15. Fair Value of Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis in the Balance Sheet

Following are descriptions of the valuation methodologies used for estimating the fair values of financial instruments not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the balance sheet; these financial instruments are carried at historical cost or amortized cost in the balance sheets.

Short-term financial assets: Short-term financial assets include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, and accrued interest. These assets are carried at historical cost. The carrying amount approximates fair value due to the short term nature of the financial instruments.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Short-term financial liabilities: Short-term financial liabilities include accounts payable, accrued interest payable, and payables to investors. These liabilities are carried at historical cost. The carrying amount approximates fair value due to the short term nature of the financial instruments.

Term loan: Based on the frequent interest reset feature of the term loan, we consider the carrying value of the term loan to be approximately its fair value as of September 30, 2014. (Unaudited.)

16. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

Operating Leases

Corporate Headquarters. We have several lease agreements for space at 71 Stevenson Street in San Francisco, California, where our corporate headquarters is located. These leases commenced in April 2011, September 2012, June 2013, December 2013 and August 2014. These leases expire June 30, 2022 with a renewal option that would extend the lease for five years.

Other Real Estate. In December 2012, we renewed the lease for a New York City office for a one year term that expired on January 31, 2014. We also have an operating lease agreement for space in Westborough, Massachusetts where Springstone is headquartered. On September 15, 2014, we amended our lease agreement to lease additional office space. This lease expires in January 31, 2020 with a renewal option that would extend the lease for five years.

Total facilities rental expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was $2.5 million. Total facilities rental expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $1.3 million. We did not have any sublease rental expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Sublease rental expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $0.4 million. Minimum rental expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013 were $2.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively. (Unaudited.)

Total facilities rental expense for the year ended March 31, 2012, the nine months ended December 31, 2012, and the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.5 million, $0.6 million, and $1.9 million, respectively. Sublease rental expense for the year ended March 31, 2012, the nine months ended December 31, 2012, and the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.4 million, $0.5 million, and $0.6 million, respectively. Minimum rental expense for the year ended March 31, 2012, the nine months ended December 31, 2012, and the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $1.3 million, respectively. As part of these lease agreements, we currently have pledged $0.2 million of cash and arranged for $0.2 million letter of credit as security deposits.

At December 31, 2013, the future minimum lease payments payable under the contracts for leased premises is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year-Ended December 31,

   Future Minimum
Lease Payments
 

2014

   $ 2,748   

2015

     3,293   

2016

     3,379   

2017

     3,598   

2018

     3,808   

Thereafter

     1,925   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 18,751   
  

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Contingencies

Loan Funding Commitments

For loans listed on the platform as a result of direct marketing efforts, we have committed to invest in such loans if investors do not provide funding for all or a portion of such loans. At September 30, 2014, there were 722 such loans on the platform with an unfunded balance of $9.0 million. All of these loans were fully funded by investors by October 8, 2014 (unaudited).

In connection with transitional activities related to the acquisition of Springstone, in June 2014, we entered into a contingent loan purchase agreement with an issuing bank that originates loans facilitated by Springstone and a third-party investor that has agreed to purchase certain of those loans from such bank. The contingent loan purchase commitment provides that we will purchase such loans from the bank if the third-party investor defaults on its loan purchase obligations to the bank through December 31, 2014. The contingent loan purchase commitment limits the aggregate amount of such loan originations from inception of the contingent loan purchase commitment through December 31, 2014 to a maximum of $5.0 million. As of September 30, 2014, the amount remaining under the overall limit on the cumulative amount of such loan originations through December 31, 2014 was $2.2 million. We were not required to purchase any such loans pursuant to the contingent loan purchase commitment during the quarter ended September 30, 2014. We do not expect we will be required to purchase any such loans under the contingent loan purchase commitment through its expiration on December 31, 2014. (Unaudited.)

Credit Support Agreement

We are subject to a credit support agreement with a certificate investor. The credit support agreement requires us to pledge and restrict cash in support of its contingent obligation to reimburse the investor for credit losses on loans underlying the investor’s certificate that are in excess of a specified aggregate loss threshold. We are contingently obligated to pledge cash, not to exceed $5.0 million, to support this contingent obligation and which cash balance is premised upon the investor’s certificate purchase volume. As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, approximately $2.3 million and $3.4 million, respectively, was pledged and restricted to support this contingent obligation. As of September 30, 2014, approximately $3.4 million was pledged and restricted to support this contingent obligation (unaudited).

As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 and as of September 30, 2014 (unaudited), the credit losses pertaining to the investor’s certificate have not exceeded the specified threshold, nor are future credit losses expected to exceed the specified threshold, and thus no expense or liability has been recorded. We currently do not anticipate recording losses resulting from our contingent obligation under this credit support agreement. If losses related to the credit support agreement are later determined to be likely to occur and are estimable, our results of operations could be affected in the period in which such losses are recorded.

Legal (2014 amounts unaudited)

In the second quarter of 2014, we offered to settle a dispute with a consultant that previously performed work for us. The dispute arose over how much compensation for the work performed was to be provided in cash and in equity and as to equity what valuations were to be used. In the third quarter of 2014, we amended our offer to the claimant for 120,000 shares of our common stock and cash consideration of $215,000. Subsequent to September 30, 2014, this offer was further amended to 80,000 shares of our common stock, an option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock, and cash consideration of $215,000.

During the second quarter of 2014, we also received notice from the California Employment Development Department (“EDD”) that it had commenced an examination of our records concerning the employment relationship of certain individuals who performed services for us from 2011 through 2014. Based on the EDD’s determination, certain of these individuals should have been classified as employees with appropriate tax

 

F-41


Table of Contents

withholding and employer related taxes incurred and paid. The EDD has completed its examination and issued a Final Notice of Assessment, which serves as the EDD’s official notice of its determination relating to this matter. We intend to pay the assessment during the fourth quarter of 2014 and have recorded a liability for this payment as of September 30, 2014.

Additionally, during the third quarter, we settled a claim, which arose in a prior quarter by a former employee who had asserted a claim of wrongful termination.

In connection with these matters, we recorded an additional net charge to operations of $0.2 million during the third quarter of 2014. As of September 30, 2014, the accrued liability for these matters was $1.9 million. This aggregate amount represents the probable estimate of tax and settlement liabilities. As settlements have been agreed upon, for the matters indicated above, during the quarter or subsequent to the quarter-end, we do not believe the ultimate liability for such matters will be significantly different from the accrued aggregate liability at September 30, 2014.

We received a Civil Investigative Demand from the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) dated June 5, 2014 related to the operations of Springstone. The purpose of the investigation is to determine whether Springstone is engaging in unlawful acts or practices in connection with the marketing, issuance, and servicing of loans for healthcare related financing. As of September 30, 2014, we had provided all of the documents requested by the CFPB. We are continuing to evaluate this matter. As of September 30, 2014, there are no probable or estimable losses related to this matter.

In addition to the foregoing, we may be subject to legal proceedings and regulatory actions in the ordinary course of business. We do not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of any such matter will have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

17. Segment Reporting

We report segment information using the “management approach.” Under this approach, operating segments are identified in substantially the same manner as they are reported internally and used by us for purposes of evaluating performance and allocating resources. Based on this approach, we have one reportable segment. Our management reporting process is based on our internal operating structure, which is subject to change and is not necessarily similar to that of other comparable companies.

18. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

On October 17, 2014, we entered into a lease agreement to lease additional office space at our corporate headquarters. The lease agreement commences in the fourth quarter of 2014 with a lease term of 4.5 years and an option to extend the leases for five years. The annual lease payments for this additional lease are approximately $1.2 million.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

To the Members

Springstone Financial, LLC

Westborough, MA 01581

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Springstone Financial, LLC which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Springstone Financial, LLC as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the 2012 financial statements have been restated to correct misstatements. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ Auerr, Zajac & Associates, LLP

Certified Public Accountants

March 28, 2014

 

F-43


Table of Contents

SPRINGSTONE FINANCIAL, LLC

BALANCE SHEETS

(See Notes to Financial Statements)

 

     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2013
 

ASSETS

     

Current Assets

     

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 7,385,889       $ 7,804,060   

Loan Origination Fees Receivable

     590,843         414,121   

Prepaid Expenses

     62,135         105,977   

Due From Officers

     85,930         171,860   

Other Receivables

     149,391         625   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     8,274,188         8,496,643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and Equipment

     

Property and Equipment—Cost

     597,910         953,225   

Less Accumulated Depreciation

     445,950         550,473   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Property and Equipment

     151,960         402,752   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Assets

     

Intangible Assets

     6,731         6,731   

Less Accumulated Amortization

     3,142         3,590   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Intangibles

     3,589         3,141   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted Cash—See Note 5

     1,312,358         1,399,732   

Security Deposits

     27,378         57,378   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other Assets

     1,343,325         1,460,251   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 9,769,473       $ 10,359,646   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

     

Current Liabilities

     

Accounts Payable

   $ 149,072       $ 345,138   

Alliance Rebate Payable

     221,829         494,416   

Accrued Expenses

     107,929         106,063   

Accrued Salaries and Payroll Taxes

     415,021         551,098   

Loan Funding Payables

     178,399         323,299   

Current Portion of Deferred Rent

             4,725   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

     1,072,250         1,824,739   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long Term Liabilities

     

Loan Loss Contingency—See Note 6

     1,189,681         1,189,681   

Deferred Rent

             22,839   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Long Term Liabilities

     1,189,681         1,212,520   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     2,261,931         3,037,259   

Members’ Equity

     7,507,542         7,322,387   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Members’ Equity

   $ 9,769,473       $ 10,359,646   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

SPRINGSTONE FINANCIAL, LLC

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(See Notes to Financial Statements)

 

     For Years Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Fee Income

   $ 14,840,780       $ 19,401,918   

Fee Refunds

     428,658         916,198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Fee Income

     14,412,122         18,485,720   

Operating Expenses

     7,380,232         9,861,710   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income From Operations

     7,031,890         8,624,010   

Other Income

     

Interest Income

     3,077         2,543   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 7,034,967       $ 8,626,553   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

SPRINGSTONE FINANCIAL, LLC

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(See Notes to Financial Statements)

 

     NBT Capital
Corp
    Premier Payment
Solutions
    Total  

Balance Beginning of the Period

   $ 3,056,958      $ 302,509      $ 3,359,467   

Net Income

     1,434,173        5,736,693        7,034,967   

Distributions To Members

     (577,378     (2,309,514     (2,886,892
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Members Equity December 31, 2012

   $ 3,913,753      $ 3,729,688      $ 7,507,542   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

     1,725,311        6,901,242        8,626,553   

Distributions To Members

     (1,762,342     (7,049,366     (8,811,708
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Members Equity December 31, 2013

   $ 3,876,722      $ 3,581,564      $ 7,322,387   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

SPRINGSTONE FINANCIAL, LLC

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(See Notes to Financial Statements)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Cash Provided By (Used In)

    

Operating Activities

    

Net Income

   $ 7,034,967      $ 8,626,553   

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Cash Provided by Operating Activities

    

Depreciation and Amortization

     102,864        123,421   

Assets Abandoned In Office Relocation

            26,246   

Security Deposits

            (30,000

(Increase) Decrease In

    

Loan Origination Fees Receivable

     (402,337     176,722   

Prepaid Expenses

     17,662        (43,842

Due From Officers

     (85,930     (85,930

Other Receivables

     (143,852     148,766   

(Decrease) Increase In

    

Accounts Payable

     22,519        196,066   

Alliance Rebate Payable

     221,829        272,587   

Accrued Expenses

     12,498        (1,866

Accrued Salaries and Payroll Taxes

     197,159        136,077   

Loan Funding Payables

     58,111        144,900   

Loan Loss Contingency

     (33,253       

Deferred Rent

            27,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Adjustments

     (32,730     1,090,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     7,002,237        9,717,264   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities

    

Restricted Cash

     (89,424     (87,374

Purchase of Equipment and Software

     (81,383     (400,011
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

     (170,807     (487,385
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities

    

Distributions to Members

     (2,886,892     (8,811,708
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

     (2,886,892     (8,811,708
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase in Cash

     3,944,538        418,171   

Cash—Beginning of the Period

     3,441,351        7,385,889   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash—End of the Period

   $ 7,385,889      $ 7,804,060   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Note 7 for supplemental disclosures of noncash transactions.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

SPRINGSTONE FINANCIAL, LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

The Company provides services related to the origination and processing of personal loans. The loans are used to fund elective medical, fertility and dental procedures, as well as tuition at private educational institutions and tutoring at learning centers for pre-post secondary age students.

Revenues and Expenses

The Company earns revenue by originating and placing personal loans with funding institutions. Revenue consists of fees from service providers and loan origination fees from the funding institutions. Revenue is recognized when the loans are funded.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities and disclosures. Accordingly, the actual results could differ from those estimates.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment additions are recorded at cost. Maintenance, repairs, and renewals are expensed, and additions and improvements are capitalized. Depreciation is computed using both straight-line and accelerated methods over useful lives of 5 - 7 years.

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $122,973 and $102,416, respectively.

The Components of Property and Equipment are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Computers and office equipment

   $ 148,696       $ 118,465   

Furniture and fixtures

     237,540         56,543   

Leasehold improvements

     110,259         24,775   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     496,495         199,783   

Less accumulated depreciation

     179,354         146,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 317,141       $ 53,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Software and Website Costs

Computer software and web site development costs include packaged software, customized software for website operations, and costs related to major website enhancements. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method over three year lives. Operating expenses related to web site hosting and routine maintenance are expensed as incurred.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The components of capitalized software and website costs are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Software

   $ 136,865       $ 131,095   

Website Costs

     319,865         267,032   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     456,730         398,127   

Less Accumulated Depreciation

     371,119         299,454   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 85,611       $ 98,673   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketing and Advertising

The Company currently markets loans to the following demographic markets: (1) high quality medical and dental professional service providers for funding of elective medical, fertility and dental procedures, and (2) private educational institutions and learning centers for funding of private K-12 school tuition and tutoring.

The Company expenses advertising as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $190,112 and $109,141, respectively.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company maintains demand deposits with several high quality financial institutions. Periodically, cash balances exceed the federally insured bank deposit limits. The Company had approximately $9,068,000 and $9,818,000 in uninsured cash, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Credit Policies

The Company follows practices standard in the consumer lending/loan servicing industries. Loan applications are processed through various fraud shield databases and credit checks are run for all loan applicants. Loan proceeds are sent directly to the medical or dental service provider or educational institution, and not to the borrower.

Limited Liability Company/Income Taxes

As a limited liability company, each member’s liability is limited to amounts reflected in their respective member accounts.

The Company files its income tax returns as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. As such, the Company will not pay any federal or state income taxes, because any income or loss will be passed through to the federal and state tax returns of the members of the Company. Accordingly, no provision is made for federal or state income taxes in the financial statements.

Following are the differences between the financial statements and how the Company reports in its income tax returns: The financial statements include a provision for loss reserves based on management’s estimate of its exposure to potential loan defaults whereas the tax reporting allows deductions only when losses are realized. Organizational expenses were expensed in full on the financial statements, whereas for income tax reporting organizational costs are amortized over five years. Meals and entertainment are expensed in full on the financial statements, whereas for income tax reporting these costs are only 50% deductible.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and the states of Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Ohio. Management believes that all positions taken in its tax returns would be sustained in the event of review. The Company’s tax returns are no longer subject to review for years before 2010.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Note 2—Correction of Error

The Company has restated the 2012 financial statements in order to reflect the following corrections:

In 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with World Financial Capital Bank (now known as Comenity Bank) under which it would refund excess margin earned from provider fees, as calculated in accordance with the terms of the agreement. In 2012, the margin specified in the agreement was exceeded which resulted in the accrual of a rebate in the amount of $221,829 and referred to in the financial statements as “Alliance Rebate”.

The Company has been providing supplemental life insurance and disability benefits to its officers. It was subsequently determined that the cost of the benefits should be reimbursed by the officers. As a result, the Company has accrued a receivable from the officers in the amount of $85,930.

Note 3—Lease Commitments

Operating Lease

In 2013, the Company entered into a lease for new office space. The lease is for a period of 73 months beginning February, 2014, with an option to renew for an additional five years.

The Company occupied the new space on October 1, 2013, and paid rent of $1,848 for the months of October through December under the early occupancy provision in the lease. The difference between the rent paid for these months and the fair value of the rent as determined from the lease terms has been recorded as rent expense and a liability for deferred rent, which will be amortized over the term of the lease. Rent expense for office space for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $172,532 and $134,085, respectively.

Future minimum annual payments under the lease are as follows:

 

2014

   $ 154,057   

2015

     213,463   

2016

     221,780   

2017

     230,097   

2018

     238,413   

Thereafter

     266,598   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,324,408   
  

 

 

 

Note 4—Related-Party Transactions

One of the Company’s funding sources, NBT Bank, N.A. (an FDIC insured banking institution) is a subsidiary of a member of the Company, NBT Capital Corp. NBT Bank, N.A. (NBT) takes the risk of loss on default for a large majority of the loans that it funds.

In addition, the Company also has several bank accounts on deposit with NBT.

Three of the Company’s senior managers are stockholders of Premier Payment Solutions, Inc., the other member of the Company.

Note 5—Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents reserves set aside by NBT to cover potential defaults on selected loan portfolios. No withdrawals may be made from these accounts without written approval from NBT.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Note 6—Loan Loss Contingency

Loan loss contingency represents management’s estimate of the potential contingent liability to cover losses on the following loan portfolios:

“Pool B” —This portfolio consists of loans, funded by the primary banking partner, made to borrowers with credit scores lower than normally required by the bank, but high enough to satisfy the Company’s credit worthiness requirements, based on senior management’s previous experience in the consumer loan market.

The total amount of loans outstanding in this portfolio as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $6,240,000 and $5,624,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total amount of loan defaults realized from this portfolio was $468,358 and $356,595, respectively.

“Over $25K” —The 2 nd  portfolio consists of loans over $25,000, made to individuals with higher than normal credit scores. The Company bears the burden of risk of loss on such loans that were made before September 1, 2012. The Company’s potential liability is based on the ratio of the amount of the original loan balance over $35,000 to the total original loan amount. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company’s exposure on this portfolio was approximately $2,986,000 and $5,402,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, actual defaults realized from this portfolio were $44,008 and $31,602, respectively.

“ClearChoice Reserve Program” —Loans in this portfolio commenced in July, 2012 and are used to pay for the cost of dental and orthodontic procedures. The Company bears the risk of loss at 1.54% of the outstanding loan balance. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company’s exposure on this portfolio was approximately $62,000 and $32,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, actual defaults realized from this portfolio were $29 and none, respectively.

Management believes that the loan loss contingency balance is sufficient to cover any future loan defaults on these portfolios.

Note 7—Statement of Cash Flows—Summary of Non-Cash and Other Items

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

There were no income taxes paid for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

There were no payments of interest for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

In the year ended December 31, 2013 fully depreciated property and equipment in the amount $18,465 of was written off.

Note 8—Retirement Plan

The Company has a 401(k) profit sharing plan which covers substantially all employees. Participating employees may contribute, on a tax-deferred basis, a portion of their compensation in accordance with section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan provides for a safe harbor matching contribution by the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company’s matching contributions were $95,086 and $80,727, respectively.

Note 9—Compensated Absences

Employees of the Company are entitled to paid time off (PTO) which accrues up to a maximum of 160 hours. Paid time off can be used as vacation time, sick time, or personal time. Employees cannot carry over more than 40 hours of PTO into the next calendar year. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no accrued compensated absences.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Note 10—Significant Concentrations

The Company is fully dependent on third party funding sources such as banks or private placement financing organizations. As of December 31, 2013, there were two banks with which the Company has an arrangement to fund the loans it originates. Until those loan portfolios grow significantly, the Company is unlikely to pursue other major lending sources, and therefore has a concentration in terms of readily available lenders.

The loan origination industry is subject to certain economic factors such as interest rates, and the overall health of the economy.

Note 11—Regulatory Matters

The Company is subject to various regulations common in the financing industry and continually monitors its responsibilities with regard to regulatory and licensing requirements. The Company is satisfied that it is fully compliant with all requirements

Additionally, each of the Company’s banking partners has a contractual right to review its policies and procedures related to regulatory matters to insure that the Company is in compliance.

Note 12—Subsequent Events

In late 2013 the Company entered into negotiations with LendingClub Corporation (LendingClub) to be acquired. The discussions have continued into 2014, with no definitive terms yet set. Management expects that the Company and LendingClub will agree to terms and that the acquisition will be completed early in the second quarter of 2014.

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events through March 28, 2014, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

Note 13—Subsequent Events

Certain amounts in the 2012 financial statements and schedules have been reclassified to conform to the 2013 statement presentation.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT ON SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

To the Members

Springstone Financial, LLC

Westborough, MA 01581

We have audited the financial statements of Springstone Financial, LLC as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and our report thereon dated March 28, 2014, which expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements, appears on page three. Our audit was conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the financial statements as a whole. The schedule of operating expenses is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the financial statements. Such information is the responsibility of management and was derived from and relates directly to the underlying accounting and other records used to prepare the financial statements. The information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the financial statements and certain additional procedures, including comparing and reconciling such information directly to the underlying accounting and other records used to prepare the financial statements or to the financial statements themselves, and other additional procedures in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. In our opinion, the information is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the financial statements as a whole.

/s/ Auerr, Zajac & Associates, LLP

Certified Public Accountants

March 28, 2014

 

F-53


Table of Contents

SPRINGSTONE FINANCIAL, LLC

SCHEDULE OF OPERATING EXPENSES

(See auditor’s report on supplemental information and notes to financial statements)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012  

Salaries and Payroll Taxes

   $ 4,524,719       $ 3,602,641   

Advertising and Marketing Expense

     799,862         499,375   

Consultants

     297,784         347,254   

Printing and Reproduction

     115,204         223,984   

Information Technology and Website Hosting

     272,064         202,584   

Rent Expense

     172,532         134,085   

Professional Fees

     441,534         150,484   

Travel and Entertainment

     39,661         14,004   

Depreciation and Amortization

     123,421         102,864   

Postage and Delivery

     142,294         129,061   

Insurance

     148,137         86,671   

Office Supplies and Expense

     27,243         34,745   

Telephone and Utilities

     96,001         80,924   

Training and Education

     67,252         50,332   

Charitable Contributions

     2,139         4,470   

Employee Retirement Benefits

     95,086         80,727   

Credit Reports

     270,047         194,735   

Alliance Rebate

     272,587         221,829   

Provider Rebates and Chargebacks

     1,187,734         716,660   

Provision for Loss Contingency

     525,605         388,197   

Fraud Losses

     121,243         93,109   

Bank Service Charges

     18,727         11,947   

Office Relocation Expense

     78,184           

Miscellaneous

     22,650         9,550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

   $ 9,861,710       $ 7,380,232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT’S REVIEW REPORT

To the Members

Springstone Financial, LLC

Westborough, MA 01581

We have reviewed the accompanying balance sheets of Springstone Financial, LLC as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for the three months then ended. A review includes primarily applying analytical procedures to management’s financial data and making inquiries of Company management. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and for designing, implementing, and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements.

Our responsibility is to conduct the reviews in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require us to perform procedures to obtain limited assurance that there are no material modifications that should be made to the financial statements. We believe that the results of our procedures provide a reasonable basis for our report.

Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying financial statements in order for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ Auerr, Zajac & Associates, LLP
Certified Public Accountants
June 17, 2014

 

F-55


Table of Contents

SPRINGSTONE FINANCIAL, LLC

BALANCE SHEETS

(See Notes to Financial Statements)

 

     March 31,
2014
    March 31,
2013
 

ASSETS

  

Current Assets

    

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 10,019,977      $ 3,720,276   

Loan Origination Fees Receivable

     661,051        340,175   

Prepaid Expenses

     174,068        109,695   

Due From Officers

     171,860        101,997   

Other Receivables

     490        490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     11,027,446        4,272,633   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and Equipment

    

Property and Equipment—Cost

     1,002,101        632,470   

Accumulated Depreciation

     (584,990     (467,217
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Property and Equipment

     417,111        165,253   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Assets

    

Intangible Assets

     6,731        6,731   

Accumulated Amortization

     (3,702     (3,254
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Intangibles

     3,029        3,477   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restricted Cash—See Notes 4 and 11

     1,535,538        1,393,790   

Security Deposits

     49,901        27,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Assets

     1,588,468        1,424,645   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 13,033,025      $ 5,862,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

  

Current Liabilities

    

Accounts Payable

   $ 735,654      $ 945,164   

Alliance Rebate Payable

     60,559        286,856   

Accrued Expenses

     53,374        101,771   

Accrued Salaries and Payroll Taxes

     276,107        169,357   

Distributions Payable To Members

     767,150          

Loan Funding Payables

     937,491        360,656   

Current Portion of Deferred Rent

     6,410          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

     2,836,745        1,863,804   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long Term Liabilities

    

Loan Loss Contingency—See Notes 5 and 11

     1,189,681        1,189,681   

Deferred Rent

     30,981          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Long Term Liabilities

     1,220,662        1,189,681   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     4,057,407        3,053,485   

Members’ Equity

     8,975,618        2,809,046   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Members’ Equity

   $ 13,033,025      $ 5,862,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

SPRINGSTONE FINANCIAL, LLC

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(See Notes to Financial Statements)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014      2013  

Fee Income

   $ 5,970,113       $ 4,418,804   

Fee Refunds

     271,578         179,606   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Fee Income

     5,698,535         4,239,198   

Operating Expenses

     2,879,268         2,428,442   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income From Operations

     2,819,267         1,810,756   

Other Income

     

Interest Income

     1,114         1,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 2,820,381       $ 1,811,762   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

SPRINGSTONE FINANCIAL, LLC

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY

(See Notes to Financial Statements)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014     2013  

Balance Beginning of the Period

   $ 7,322,387      $ 7,507,542   

Net Income

     2,820,381        1,811,762   

Distributions To Members—See Note 6

     (1,167,150     (6,510,258
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance End of the Period

   $ 8,975,618      $ 2,809,046   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

SPRINGSTONE FINANCIAL, LLC

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(See Notes to Financial Statements)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014     2013  

Cash Provided By (Used In)

    

Operating Activities

    

Net Income

   $ 2,820,381      $ 1,811,762   

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Cash Provided by Operating Activities

    

Depreciation and Amortization

     34,629        21,379   

Security Deposits

     7,477          

(Increase) Decrease In

    

Loan Origination Fees Receivable

     (246,930     250,668   

Prepaid Expenses

     (68,091     (47,560

Due From Officers

            (16,067

Other Receivables

     135        148,901   

(Decrease) Increase In

    

Accounts Payable

     390,516        796,092   

Alliance Rebate Payable

     (433,857     65,027   

Accrued Expenses

     (52,689     (6,158

Accrued Salaries and Payroll Taxes

     (274,991     (245,664

Loan Funding Payables

     614,192        182,257   

Deferred Rent

     9,827          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Adjustments

     (19,782     1,148,875   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     2,800,599        2,960,637   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities

    

Restricted Cash

     (135,806     (81,432

Purchase of Equipment and Software

     (48,876     (34,560
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

     (184,682     (115,992
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities

    

Distributions to Members

     (400,000     (6,510,258
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

     (400,000     (6,510,258
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase in Cash

     2,215,917        (3,665,613

Cash—Beginning of the Period

     7,804,060        7,385,889   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash—End of the Period

   $ 10,019,977      $ 3,720,276   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Note 6 for supplemental disclosures of noncash transactions.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

SPRINGSTONE FINANCIAL, LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

The Company provides services related to the origination and processing of consumer loans. The loans are used to fund elective medical, fertility and dental procedures, as well as tuition at private educational institutions and tutoring at learning centers for pre-post secondary age students.

Revenues and Expenses

The Company earns revenue by originating and placing consumer loans with funding institutions. Revenue consists of fees from service providers and loan origination fees from the funding institutions. Revenue is recognized when the loans are funded.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities and disclosures. Accordingly, the actual results could differ from those estimates.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment additions are recorded at cost. Maintenance, repairs, and renewals are expensed, and additions and improvements are capitalized. Depreciation is computed using both straight-line and accelerated methods over useful lives of 5 - 7 years.

Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was $34,517 and $21,267, respectively.

The Components of Property and Equipment are as follows:

 

     March 31,
2014
    March 31,
2013
 

Computers and Office Equipment

   $ 167,793      $ 121,341   

Furniture and Fixtures

     238,935        62,852   

Leasehold Improvements

     110,259        24,775   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     516,987        208,968   

Accumulated Depreciation

     (199,354     (151,009
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 317,633      $ 57,959   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software and Website Costs

Computer software and web site development costs include packaged software, customized software for website operations, and costs related to major website enhancements. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method over three year lives. Operating expenses related to web site hosting and routine maintenance are expensed as incurred.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

The components of capitalized software and website costs are as follows:

 

     March 31,
2014
    March 31,
2013
 

Software

   $ 145,024      $ 136,345   

Website Costs

     340,090        287,157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     485,114        423,502   

Accumulated Depreciation

     (385,636     (316,208
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 99,478      $ 107,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Marketing and Advertising

The Company currently markets loans to the following demographic markets: (1) high quality medical and dental professional service providers for funding of elective medical, fertility and dental procedures, and (2) private educational institutions and learning centers for funding of private K-12 school tuition and tutoring.

The Company expenses advertising as incurred. Advertising expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was $102,984 and $27,548, respectively.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company maintains demand deposits with several high quality financial institutions. Periodically, cash balances exceed the federally insured bank deposit limits. The Company had approximately $11,687,000 and $4,897,000 in uninsured cash, as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Credit Policies

The Company follows practices standard in the consumer lending/loan servicing industries. Loan applications are processed through various fraud shield databases and credit checks are run for all loan applicants. Loan proceeds are sent directly to the medical or dental service provider or educational institution, and not to the borrower.

Limited Liability Company/Income Taxes

As a limited liability company, each member’s liability is limited to amounts reflected in their respective member accounts.

The Company files its income tax returns as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. As such, the Company will not pay any federal or state income taxes, because any income or loss will be passed through to the federal and state tax returns of the members of the Company. Accordingly, no provision is made for federal or state income taxes in the financial statements.

Following are the differences between the financial statements and how the Company reports in its income tax returns: The financial statements include a provision for loss reserves based on management’s estimate of its exposure to potential loan defaults whereas the tax reporting allows deductions only when losses are realized. Organizational expenses were expensed in full on the financial statements, whereas for income tax reporting organizational costs are amortized over five years. Meals and entertainment are expensed in full on the financial statements, whereas for income tax reporting these costs are only 50% deductible.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and the states of Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Ohio. Management believes that all positions taken in its tax returns would be sustained in the event of review. The Company’s tax returns are no longer subject to review for years before 2010.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

NOTE 2—LEASE COMMITMENTS

Operating Lease

In 2013, the Company entered into a lease for new office space. The lease is for a period of 73 months beginning January, 2014, with an option to renew for an additional five years.

The Company occupied the new space on October 1, 2013, and paid rent of $1,848 for the months of October through December under the early occupancy provision in the lease and paid no rent for the month of January, 2014. The difference between the rent paid for these four months and the fair value of the rent as determined from the lease terms has been recorded as rent expense in the applicable periods and a liability for deferred rent, which is being amortized over the term of the lease. Rent expense for office space for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was $32,687 and $32,918, respectively.

Future minimum annual payments under the lease for the 12 month periods ending March 31, are as follows:

 

2015

   $ 184,563   

2016

     215,542   

2017

     223,859   

2018

     232,176   

2019

     239,800   

Thereafter

     205,609   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,301,549   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 3—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

One of the Company’s funding sources, NBT Bank, N.A. (an FDIC insured banking institution) is a subsidiary of a member of the Company, NBT Capital Corp. NBT Bank, N.A. (NBT) takes the risk of loss on default for a large majority of the loans that it funds.

In addition, the Company also has several bank accounts on deposit with NBT.

Three of the Company’s senior managers are stockholders of Premier Payment Solutions, Inc., the other member of the Company.

NOTE 4—RESTRICTED CASH

Restricted cash represents reserves set aside by NBT to cover potential defaults on selected loan portfolios. No withdrawals may be made from these accounts without written approval from NBT. See Note 11.

NOTE 5—LOAN LOSS CONTINGENCY

Loan loss contingency represents management’s estimate of the potential contingent liability to cover losses on the following loan portfolios. See Note 11:

“Pool B” —This portfolio consists of loans, funded by the primary banking partner, made to borrowers with credit scores lower than normally required by the bank, but high enough to satisfy the Company’s credit worthiness requirements, based on senior management’s previous experience in the consumer loan market.

The total amount of loans outstanding in this portfolio as of March 31, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $6,677,000 and $5,620,000, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the total amount of loan defaults realized from this portfolio was $117,558 and $140,366, respectively.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

“Over $25K” —The 2 nd portfolio consists of loans over $25,000, made to individuals with higher than normal credit scores. The Company bears the burden of risk of loss on such loans that were made before September 1, 2012. The Company’s potential liability is based on the ratio of the amount of the original loan balance over $25,000 to the total original loan amount. At March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s exposure on this portfolio was approximately $2,604,000 and $4,532,000, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, actual defaults realized from this portfolio were $20,209 and $15,574, respectively.

“ClearChoice Reserve Program” —Loans in this portfolio commenced in July, 2012 and are used to pay for the cost of dental and orthodontic procedures. The Company bears the risk of loss at 1.54% of the outstanding loan balance. At March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s exposure on this portfolio was approximately $71,000 and $39,000, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, actual defaults realized from this portfolio were none and $29, respectively.

Management believes that the loan loss contingency balance is sufficient to cover any future loan defaults on these portfolios.

NOTE 6—STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS – SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES AND OTHER ITEMS

Cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2014, does not include distributions payable to members at March 31, 2014, in the amount of $767,150 as it did not have an impact on cash flows for the period.

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

There were no income taxes paid for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

There were no payments of interest for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

NOTE 7—RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company has a 401(k) profit sharing plan which covers substantially all employees. Participating employees may contribute, on a tax-deferred basis, a portion of their compensation in accordance with section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan provides for a safe harbor matching contribution by the Company. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s matching contributions were $26,389 and $27,940, respectively.

NOTE 8—COMPENSATED ABSENCES

Employees of the Company are entitled to paid time off (PTO) which accrues up to a maximum of 160 hours. Paid time off can be used as vacation time, sick time, or personal time. Employees cannot carry over more than 40 hours of PTO into the next calendar year. Accrued PTO in the amounts of $51,600 and $34,400 are included in accrued salaries and payroll taxes at March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

NOTE 9—SIGNIFICANT CONCENTRATIONS

The Company is fully dependent on third party funding sources such as banks or private placement financing organizations. As of March 31, 2014, there were two banks with which the Company has an arrangement to fund the loans it originates. Until those loan portfolios grow significantly, the Company is unlikely to pursue other major lending sources, and therefore has a concentration in terms of readily available lenders.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

The loan origination industry is subject to certain economic factors such as interest rates, and the overall health of the economy.

NOTE 10—REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company is subject to various regulations common in the financing industry and continually monitors its responsibilities with regard to regulatory and licensing requirements. The Company is satisfied that it is fully compliant with all requirements.

Additionally, each of the Company’s banking partners has a contractual right to review its policies and procedures related to regulatory matters to insure that the Company is in compliance.

NOTE 11—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On April 17, 2014, the Company was acquired by LendingClub Corporation for a total consideration of $140 million in cash and stock.

The Company has entered into an agreement with NBT which provides that it will return to NBT the balances as of April 17, 2014, in the restricted cash accounts which are meant to cover potential loan defaults in the Pool B and Over 25K loan portfolios. The agreement also provides that the Company will have no liability for any losses arising from loans in these portfolios in existence on April 17, 2014. The combined balances for restricted cash and for the loan loss contingency for these loan portfolios at April 17, 2014, were $1,523,598 and $1,189,681, respectively. The Company will incur a charge to expense equal to the excess of the combined restricted cash balance over the loan loss contingency balances in the amount of $333,917.

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events through June 17, 2014, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT’S REVIEW REPORT

ON SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

To the Members

Springstone Financial, LLC

Westborough, MA 01581

Our report on our review of the basic financial statements of Springstone Financial, LLC for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 appears on page 3. That review was made primarily for the purpose of expressing a conclusion that there are no material modifications that should be made to the financial statements in order for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The supplementary information included in the accompanying schedule of operating expenses is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the basic financial statements. Such information has been subjected to the inquiry and analytical procedures applied in the review of the basic financial statements, and we did not become aware of any material modifications that should be made to such information.

 

/s/ Auerr, Zajac & Associates, LLP
Certified Public Accountants
June 17, 2014

 

F-65


Table of Contents

SPRINGSTONE FINANCIAL, LLC

SCHEDULE OF OPERATING EXPENSES

(See auditor’s report on supplemental information and notes to financial statements)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014      2013  

Salaries and Payroll Taxes

   $ 1,305,663       $ 1,033,275   

Advertising and Marketing Expense

     323,023         153,847   

Consultants

     86,425         97,570   

Printing and Reproduction

     979         3,958   

Information Technology and Website Hosting

     67,067         70,469   

Rent Expense

     32,687         32,918   

Professional Fees

     70,715         105,650   

Travel and Entertainment

     15,673         7,536   

Depreciation and Amortization

     34,629         21,379   

Postage and Delivery

     75,353         37,558   

Insurance

     1,794         667   

Office Supplies and Expense

     9,426         8,084   

Telephone and Utilities

     35,985         17,606   

Training and Education

     14,711         14,259   

Charitable Contributions

     454         350   

Employee Fringe Benefits

     95,118         67,926   

Employee Retirement Benefits

     26,389         27,940   

Credit Reports

     62,030         77,484   

Alliance Rebate

     89,240         65,027   

Provider Rebates and Chargebacks

     386,799         360,183   

Provision for Loss Contingency

     135,393         155,968   

Fraud Losses

             45,683   

Bank Service Charges

     6,537         4,070   

Office Relocation Expense

             7,500   

Miscellaneous

     3,178         11,535   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

   $ 2,879,268       $ 2,428,442   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-66


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

On April 17, 2014 (Closing Date), LendingClub Corporation (Lending Club or Company) entered into an Interest Purchase Agreement (Purchase Agreement) with Springstone Financial, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Springstone), Premier Payment Solutions, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (PPS), NBT Capital Corp., a New York corporation (together with PPS, the Sellers), and James P. Donovan, as the Sellers’ representative thereunder, pursuant to which Lending Club acquired all of the outstanding limited liability company interests of Springstone from the Sellers in a simultaneous signing and closing.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 give effect to the acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2013. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations are derived from the historical statements of operations of LendingClub and Springstone for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

The purchase was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the total purchase price, as described in Note 3 to the unaudited pro forma condensed statements of operations, is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition, based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The areas of the purchase price allocation that are not yet finalized relate to the determination of certain contingent liabilities, a revenue refund liability, a deferred tax asset or liability and the net working capital balance as of the acquisition date.

In addition, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 reflect (i) the automatic conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock and (ii) the automatic conversion and exercise of certain warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, both upon the completion of our initial public offering as if these transactions had occurred as of the beginning of the period presented or the original date of issuance, if later.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations are not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations of LendingClub that would have been reported had the acquisition been completed as of the dates presented, and should not be construed as representative of the future consolidated results of operations of the combined entity.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

LendingClub Corporation

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

(In thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     Historical                     
     LendingClub
Corporation
    Springstone
Financial, LLC
     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Notes     Pro Forma
Combined
 

Operating Revenue:

           

Transaction fees

   $ 85,830      $ 17,316       $ —          $ 103,146   

Servicing fees

     3,951        —           —            3,951   

Management fees

     3,083        —           —            3,083   

Other revenue

     5,111        —           —            5,111   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Operating Revenue

     97,975        17,316         —            115,291   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Interest Income (Expense):

           

Total interest income

     187,507        3         —            187,510   

Total interest expense

     (187,447     —           (1,749     a)        (189,196
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Interest Income (Expense)

     60        3         (1,749       (1,686
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Fair valuation adjustments, loans

     (57,629     —           —            (57,629

Fair valuation adjustments, notes and certificates

     57,596        —           —            57,596   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Interest Income (Expense) after Fair Value Adjustments

     27        3         (1,749       (1,719
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Net Revenue

     98,002        17,319         (1,749       113,572   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

           

Sales and marketing

     39,037        3,484         —            42,521   

Origination and servicing

     17,217        2,331         —            19,548   

General and administrative

     34,440        2,877         15,335        d)        58,202   
     —          —           5,550        e)     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     90,694        8,692         20,885          120,271   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

     7,308        8,627         (22,634       (6,699

Income tax expense

     —          —           2,021        f)        2,021   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

   $ 7,308      $ 8,627       $ (24,655     $ (8,720
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) per share:

           

Basic net loss per share attributable to common shareholders

   $ 0.00             $ (0.03

Diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders

   $ 0.00             $ (0.03

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing net loss per share:

           

Basic

     —             8,834,486        g)       
—  
  
     51,557,136           240,209,056        h     300,600,678   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Diluted

     81,426,976           219,173,702        h)       
300,600,678
  
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

LendingClub Corporation

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

(In thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     Historical                  
     LendingClub
Corporation (1)
    Springstone
Financial, LLC (2)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Notes   Pro Forma
Combined
 

Operating Revenue:

          

Transaction fees

   $ 133,835      $ 5,894      $             —          $ 139,729   

Servicing fees

     6,301        —          —            6,301   

Management fees

     4,163        —          —            4,163   

Other revenue

     (438     1        —            (437
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Operating Revenue

     143,861        5,895        —            149,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Interest Income (Expense):

          

Total interest income

     252,298        —          —            252,298   

Total interest expense

     (253,054     —          (454   a)     (253,508
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Interest Income (Expense)

     (756     —          (454       (1,210
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Fair valuation adjustments, loans

     (84,963     (131     —            (85,094

Fair valuation adjustments, notes and certificates

     84,865        —          —            84,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Interest Income (Expense) after Fair Value Adjustments

     (854     (131     (454       (1,439
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Net Revenue

     143,007        5,764        (454       148,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     60,808        1,212        (358   c)     61,662   

Origination and servicing

     26,135        840        (384   c)     26,591   

General and administrative

     78,862        5,152        (2,288   b)     79,952   
     —          —          (3,168   c)  
     —          —          24      d)  
     —          —          1,370      e)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     165,805        7,204        (4,804       168,205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

     (22,798     (1,440     4,350          (19,888

Income tax expense

     1,059        —          456      f)     1,515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

   $ (23,857   $ (1,440   $ 3,894        $ (21,403
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) per share:

          

Basic net loss per share attributable to common shareholders

   $ (0.41         $ (0.07

Diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders

   $ (0.41         $ (0.07

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing net loss per share:

          

Basic

     —            8,834,486      g)  
     57,958,838          240,245,716      h)     307,039,040   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

    
57,958,838
  
      249,080,202      h)    
307,039,040
  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes the results of operations of Springstone Financial, LLC for the period from April 18, 2014 to September 30, 2014.
(2) Includes the results of operations of Springstone Financial, LLC for the period from January 1, 2014 through April 17, 2014.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Note 1 – Description of Transactions

Springstone Acquisition

On April 17, 2014 (Closing Date), LendingClub Corporation (Lending Club or Company) entered into an Interest Purchase Agreement (Purchase Agreement) with Springstone Financial, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Springstone), Premier Payment Solutions, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (PPS), NBT Capital Corp., a New York corporation (together with PPS, Sellers), and James P. Donovan, as the Sellers’ representative thereunder, pursuant to which Lending Club acquired all of the outstanding limited liability company interests of Springstone from the Sellers in a simultaneous signing and closing. We refer to the purchase by Lending Club and the sale by the Sellers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement as the “Acquisition.” As a result of the closing of the Acquisition, Springstone became a wholly owned subsidiary of Lending Club.

Under the terms of the purchase agreement, the sellers received at the closing an aggregate of $113 million in cash and $25 million worth of shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock. In connection with the acquisition, we also paid $2.4 million for transaction costs incurred by Springstone. For accounting purposes, the purchase price was $111.8 million, which was comprised of $109.0 million in cash and shares of Series F convertible preferred stock with an aggregate value of $2.8 million. To secure the retention of certain key employees, a total of $25.6 million comprised of $22.1 million of shares of Series F convertible preferred stock (Escrow Shares) and $3.5 million of cash were placed in a third-party escrow and are subject to certain vesting and forfeiture conditions applicable to these employees continuing employment over a three-year period from the closing. These amounts will be accounted for as a compensation arrangement and expensed over the three-year vesting period. Additionally, $19.0 million of the cash consideration and certain Escrow Shares were placed in a third-party escrow for 15 months from the closing date to secure, in part, the indemnification obligations of the sellers under the purchase agreement. The cash portion of the consideration was funded by a combination of cash from Lending Club and proceeds of the Debt Financing and Preferred Stock Financing (each as described below). Both the Debt Financing and the Preferred Stock Financing closed just prior to the Acquisition.

The Purchase Agreement contains representations, warranties and covenants of the Company, Springstone and the Sellers. The Purchase Agreement also contains customary indemnification provisions whereby the Sellers will indemnify Lending Club and affiliated parties for certain losses arising out of any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties, or breaches of the covenants, of Springstone or the Sellers under the Purchase Agreement and certain other matters.

The Debt Financing

In connection with the Acquisition, on April 16, 2014, Lending Club entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Credit Agreement) with joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners led by Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., along with Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Silicon Valley Bank, Citicorp North America Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (Lenders), under which the Lenders agreed to make a $50.0 million term loan to Lending Club (Term Loan).

Also in connection with the Credit Agreement, on April 16, 2014, Lending Club entered into a Pledge and Security Agreement with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as Collateral Agent (Pledge and Security Agreement).

The Term Loan is to be drawn in a single borrowing to finance the Acquisition and pay related fees and expenses, including fees and expenses related to the Credit Agreement. The Company may request that the Lenders establish new term loan facilities, provided that the aggregate principal amount of all new term loan facilities do not exceed $75.0 million. No additional amounts are available for borrowing. We refer to the borrowing by Lending Club and the lending by the Lenders pursuant to the Credit Agreement as the “Debt Financing.”

 

F-70


Table of Contents

The Term Loan matures three years after the Closing Date, or April 16, 2017 and amortizes at the rate of $312,500 per quarter, with the remaining principal amount payable at maturity. The Term Loan can be prepaid at any time at the Company’s option without premium or penalty, subject to a minimum prepayment of $1.0 million. If a Eurodollar Rate loan is selected (as defined below), customary breakage costs are payable in the case of any prepayment on a date other than the last day of an interest period. The Term Loan is required to be prepaid in certain circumstances, including upon sales of assets other than loans and upon the issuance of debt or redeemable capital stock.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest, which at the option of the Company may be either (a) a floating base rate tied to an underlying index plus an additional 1.25% per annum (Base Rate Loan) or (b) a Eurodollar rate (for an interest period of one, two, three or six months) plus an additional 2.25% per annum (Eurodollar Rate Loan).

The Preferred Stock Financing

In connection with the Acquisition, on April 16, 2014, Lending Club sold an aggregate of 6,390,556 shares of its Series F Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (Financing Shares) to certain new investors for an aggregate gross proceeds to Lending Club of approximately $65.0 million, pursuant to a Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 16, 2014 (Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement). Lending Club sold the Financing Shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; all investors in the Preferred Stock Financing were “accredited investors” (as defined under Rule 501 of Regulation D) and Lending Club made no general solicitation for the sale of the Financing Shares. The Financing Shares are convertible into shares of Lending Club common stock, par value $0.01 per share, on a one-for-one basis, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of the Lending Club Restated Certificate of Incorporation. We refer to the sale by Lending Club and the purchase by the investors of the Financing Shares pursuant to the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as the “Preferred Stock Financing.”

Note 2 – Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

The historical financial information has been adjusted to give pro forma effect to events that are (i) directly attributable to the transaction, (ii) factually supportable, and (iii) with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of income, expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. We have completed the allocation of the purchase price to acquired assets and liabilities with the exception of finalizing the determination of certain contingent liabilities and the finalization of a revenue refund liability, and deferred tax asset or liability and the net working capital balance as of the acquisition date. Accordingly, the pro forma adjustments are preliminary and have been prepared to illustrate the estimated effect of the transactions.

Note 3 – Purchase Price Allocation

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the total purchase price is allocated to Springstone’s tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of April 17, 2014, the acquisition date.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

We have completed the allocation of the purchase price to acquired assets and liabilities with the exception of finalizing the determination of certain contingent liabilities and the finalization of any deferred tax asset or liability as of the acquisition date. The preliminary purchase price allocation is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value  

Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 2,256   

Restricted cash

     1,581   

Property, equipment and software

     366   

Other assets

     599   

Identified intangible assets

     40,200   

Goodwill

     72,592   

Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

     239   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     5,536   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 111,819   
  

 

 

 

Note 4 – Acquired Intangible Assets

The identified intangible assets include customer relationship, technology and brand name intangible assets with estimated fair values of $39.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The customer relationship intangible asset is being amortized on an accelerated basis over a 14 year period. The brand name and technology intangible assets are being amortized on a straight line basis over 2 and 3 year periods, respectively.

Note 5 – Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations

The pro forma condensed combined statements of operations assume (i) the Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2013 and (ii) the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock as if the automatic conversion occurred on January 1, 2013 or the original date of issuance of the shares, if later, and the automatic conversion and exercise of our warrants. The specific pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations are as follows:

 

  a)   Represents the estimated interest expense based on the annual interest rate of 2.57% on the $50 million ($49.8 million net of discount) Term Loan entered into in connection with the acquisition and quarterly principal payments of $0.3 million made on regular basis. Additionally, this amount includes the amortization of debt issuance costs related to the Term Loan.

 

  b)   Includes $2.3 million of acquisition of acquisition-related expenses which were incurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2014. As these are non-recurring charges directly related to the Acquisition, we excluded these charges for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

 

  c)   Includes $3.9 million of compensation expenses which were incurred during the nine months of 2014. As these are non-recurring charges directly related to the Acquisition, we excluded these charges for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

 

  d)   Includes the amortization of stock based compensation in the amount of $22.1 million and $3.5 million in a cash compensation arrangement for the year ended December 31, 2013 and nine months ended September 30, 2014. This compensation is subject to forfeiture and vesting conditions of key continuing employees over a three year service performance period on a graded vesting basis.

 

  e)  

Represents the amortization of intangible assets acquired. The estimated fair value of the customer relationship intangible assets of $39.5 million has a useful life of 14 years and will be amortized on an accelerated basis. The estimated fair value of the technology and brand name intangible assets totaling $0.7 million have a useful life of 2 to 3 years and will be amortized on straight-line basis. The annual

 

F-72


Table of Contents
  amortization expense for the customer relationship intangible assets for the five years following the acquisition date will be approximately $5.3 million, $4.9 million, $4.5 million, $4.1 million and $3.8 million, respectively.

 

  f)   Represents the tax expense related to the amortization of the tax deductible goodwill from the Acquisition, which gives rise to an indefinite-lived deferred tax liability. There is no income tax benefit recorded on the pretax loss due to an increase in our deferred tax asset valuation allowance.

 

  g)   Represents shares of Series F preferred stock issued in connection with the Acquisition, which was automatically converted into our common stock.

 

  h)   Represents shares of common stock from the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock as if the conversion occurred on January 1, 2013 or the original date of issuance of the shares, if later, and the automatic conversion and exercise of our warrants. For details, see Note 6 – Pro Forma Net Loss Per Common Share below.

Note 6 – Pro Forma Net Loss Per Common Share

The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share reflects the automatic conversion of all our outstanding preferred stock as if the conversion had occurred as of January 1, 2013 or the original date of issuance, if later, and the automatic conversion and exercise of certain warrants to purchase our common stocks upon the completion of our initial public offering. No shares of common stock were issued as consideration in the Acquisition.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

The following table details the pro forma adjustments and the computation of the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (dollars in thousands, except shares and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2014
 

Pro forma net income (loss)

   $ (8,720)       $ (21,403)   

Less: Net income allocated to participating securities (1)

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

   $ (8,720)       $ (21,403)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per shares available to common stockholders, basic (2) :

     

Basic weighted-average shares common stock outstanding, as reported

     51,557,136         57,958,838   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the portion of the Series F preferred stock in connection with the Acquisition

     8,834,486         8,834,486   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect conversion of our convertible preferred stock

     239,822,864         240,217,868   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect conversion of certain convertible preferred stock warrants and certain common stock warrants (3)

     386,192         27,848   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total pro forma adjustments

     249,043,542         249,080,202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic

     300,600,678         307,039,040   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per shares available to common stockholders, diluted (2) :

     

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic

     300,600,678         307,039,040   

Pro forma weighted average effect of dilutive securities:

     

Diluted effect of stock options

               

Diluted effect of warrants

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders, diluted

     300,600,678         307,039,040   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per common stock:

     

Basic

   $ (0.03)       $ (0.07)   

Diluted

   $ (0.03)       $ (0.07)   

 

(1) In a period with net loss, only dividends, if any, are allocated to participating securities.
(2) In April 2014, our board of directors approved a two-for-one stock split of our outstanding capital stock and in August 2014, our board of directors approved another two-for-one split of our outstanding capital stock, which became effective in September 2014. All share and per share data in this table has been adjusted to reflect these stock splits.
(3) Assumes the automatic conversion and exercise of warrants to purchase a maximum of 331,616 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock for the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, the pro forma adjustments include the automatic exercise of common stock warrants to purchase a maximum of 54,576 shares and 27,848 shares of common stock for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively. Upon the completion of our initial public offering, these warrants will automatically be net exercised for common stock, resulting in the issuance of fewer shares.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the stock exchange listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 64,400   

FINRA filing fee

     75,500   

Stock exchange listing fee

     250,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act).

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation to be effective upon the completion of this offering contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except liability:

 

    for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

 

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (regarding unlawful dividends and stock repurchases or redemptions); or

 

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering provide that:

 

    the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions;

 

    the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law;

 

    the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions; and

 

    the rights conferred in the restated bylaws are not exclusive.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The Registrant intends to enter into amended and restated indemnification agreements with each of its current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding indemnification. There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the Registrant for which indemnification is sought. Reference is also made to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, which provides for the indemnification of the Registrant and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

From October 1, 2011 through October 1, 2014, the Registrant issued the following unregistered securities:

In January 2012, the Registrant issued 6,795,880 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $6.0 million to 14 accredited investors. These securities were sold in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

In June 2012, the Registrant issued 10,000,000 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $17.5 million to two accredited investors. These securities were sold in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

In April 2014, the Registrant issued 6,390,556 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $65.0 million to 32 accredited investors and 2,443,930 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock as consideration for the acquisition of Springstone Financial, LLC worth approximately $25.0 million to two accredited investors. These securities were issued in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

From October 1, 2011 to July 22, 2014, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 4,813,000 shares of common stock to employees and consultants upon the exercise of stock options for aggregate consideration of approximately $0.3 million. The shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of the options were issued in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements set forth in Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

From October 1, 2011 to July 22, 2014, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 18,114,262 shares of common stock to employees and consultants upon the exercise of stock options for aggregate consideration of approximately $4.6 million. The shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of the options were issued in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D under the Securities Act.

From October 1, 2011 to October 1, 2014, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 1,398,892 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants for aggregate consideration of approximately $0.4 million. The shares of common stock were issued in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D under the Securities Act.

From October 1, 2011 to October 1, 2014, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 3,423,381 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants for aggregate consideration of approximately $1.2 million. The shares of Series A convertible preferred stock were issued in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D under the Securities Act.

From October 1, 2011 to October 1, 2014, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 1,496,720 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants for aggregate consideration of approximately $0.3 million. The shares of Series B convertible preferred stock were issued in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Share and per share amounts contained in this Item 15 reflect the two-for-one stock split of our common stock, which became effective on September 5, 2014.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

       Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Herewith
  

Description

  Form   File No.   Exhibit   Filing Date  
    1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement          
    2.1    Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2014, by and among LendingClub Corporation, Springstone Financial, LLC, Premier Payment Solutions, Inc., NBT Capital Corp. and James P. Donovan   8-K   000-54752   2.1   April 17, 2014  
    3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of LendingClub Corporation   8-K   000-54752   3.1   April 17, 2014  
    3.2    Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation   8-K   000-54752   3.1   September 9, 2014  
    3.3*    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of LendingClub Corporation, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering          
    3.4    Amended and Restated Bylaws of LendingClub Corporation   10-K   333-151827   3.2   June 17, 2009  
    3.5*    Form of Restated Bylaws of LendingClub Corporation, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering          
    4.1    Form of Three-Year Member Payment Dependent Note (included as Exhibit A to
Exhibit 4.6)
  S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   4.1   October 20, 2014  
    4.2    Form of Five-Year Member Payment Dependent Note (included as Exhibit B to
Exhibit 4.6)
  S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   4.2   October 20, 2014  
    4.3    Form of Indenture by and between LendingClub Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association   S-1,
Amendment
No. 3
  333-151827   4.2   October 9, 2008  
    4.4    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 10, 2009, by and between LendingClub Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association   S-1, Post-
Effective
Amendment
No. 3
  333-151827   4.3   July 23, 2009  

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

       Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Herewith
  

Description

  Form   File No.   Exhibit   Filing Date  
    4.5    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 5, 2010, by and between LendingClub Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association   S-1, Post-
Effective
Amendment
No. 5
  333-151827   4.5   May 6, 2010  
    4.6   

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 3, 2014, by and between LendingClub Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

  S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   4.6   October 20, 2014  
    4.7    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2014, by and among LendingClub Corporation and the investors named therein   8-K   000-54752   4.1   April 17, 2014  
    4.8    Form of Common Stock Certificate of LendingClub Corporation           X
    4.9*    Forms of Warrants to Purchase Common Stock          
    4.10*    Forms of Warrants to Purchase Series A Convertible Preferred Stock          
    5.1*    Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP          
  10.1*    Form of Indemnity Agreement          
  10.2    Form of Loan Agreement   S-1   333-177230   10.1   October 7, 2011  
  10.3    Form of Borrower Membership Agreement   S-1   333-177230   10.2   October 7, 2011  
  10.4    LendingClub Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended   S-1   333-151827   10.5   June 20, 2008  
  10.5    Amendment No. 3 to LendingClub Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan   10-K   333-151827   10.8   June 17, 2009  
  10.6*    2014 Equity Incentive Plan, to become effective upon the completion of this offering, and forms of stock option award agreement, restricted stock agreement and restricted stock unit award agreement thereunder          
  10.7*    2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to become effective upon the completion of this offering, and form of enrollment agreement thereunder          

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

       Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Herewith
  

Description

  Form   File No.   Exhibit   Filing Date  
  10.8+    Seconded Amended and Restated Loan Sale Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2014, by and between LendingClub Corporation and WebBank   10-K   000-54752   10.6   March 31, 2014  
  10.9+    Second Amended and Restated Loan Account Program Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2014, by and between LendingClub Corporation and WebBank   10-K   000-54752   10.7   March 31, 2014  
  10.10    Hosting Services Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2008, by and between LendingClub Corporation and FOLIOfn Investments, Inc.   10-K   333-151827   10.15   June 17, 2009  
  10.11    Services Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2008, by and between LendingClub Corporation and FOLIOfn Investments, Inc.   S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   10.11   October 20, 2014  
  10.12    License Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2008, by and between LendingClub Corporation and FOLIOfn Investments, Inc.   10-K   333-151827   10.17   June 17, 2009  
  10.13    Backup and Successor Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011, by and between Portfolio Financial Servicing Company and LendingClub Corporation   S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   10.13   October 20, 2014  
  10.14    Form of Partner Agreement   S-1/A   333-177230   10.28   March 19, 2012  
  10.15*    Employment Agreement between LendingClub Corporation and Renaud Laplanche, dated                     , 2014          
  10.16*    Employment Agreement between LendingClub Corporation and Carrie Dolan, dated                     , 2014          
  10.17*    Employment Agreement between LendingClub Corporation and Scott Sanborn, dated                     , 2014          
  10.18*    Employment Agreement between LendingClub Corporation and John MacIlwaine, dated                     , 2014          

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

       Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Herewith
  

Description

  Form   File No.   Exhibit   Filing Date  
  10.19*    Employment Agreement between LendingClub Corporation and Chaomei Chen, dated                     , 2014          
  10.20    Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2014, among LendingClub Corporation, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.   S-1, Post-
Effective
Amendment
No. 4
  333-177230   10.23   April 29, 2014  
  10.21    Pledge and Security Agreement, dated April 16, 2014, by and among LendingClub Corporation, the guarantors referred to therein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.   S-1, Post-
Effective
Amendment
No. 4
  333-177230   10.24   April 29, 2014  
  10.22    Lease Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2013, by and between LendingClub Corporation and Forward One, LLC, as amended           X
  10.23    Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated as of October 17, 2014, by and between LendingClub Corporation and Teachscape, Inc.           X
  10.24    Form of Fund Subscription Agreement   S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   10.24   October 20, 2014  
  10.25   

Form of Investment Advisory Agreement

  S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   10.25   October 20, 2014  
  10.26    Form of Loan Purchase Agreement   S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   10.26   October 20, 2014  
  10.27    Form of Loan Servicing Agreement   S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   10.27   October 20, 2014  
  10.28    Form of Investor Agreement   S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   10.28   October 20, 2014  
  21.1    List of Subsidiaries   S-1   333-198393   21.1   August 27, 2014  
  23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP           X
  23.2    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP           X

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

       Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Herewith
  

Description

  Form   File No.   Exhibit   Filing Date  
  23.3    Consent of Auerr, Zajac & Associates, LLP           X
  23.4*    Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)          
  24.1    Power of Attorney   S-1   333-198393   24.1   August 27, 2014  
101.INS*    XBRL Instance Document          
101.SCH*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document          
101.CAL*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase          
101.DEF*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase          
101.LAB*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase          
101.PRE*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase          

 

+ Confidential treatment requested.
* To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

No financial statement schedules have been provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Francisco, California, on the 17th day of November 2014.

 

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Renaud Laplanche
  Renaud Laplanche
  Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Renaud Laplanche

Renaud Laplanche

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  November 17, 2014

/s/ Carrie Dolan

Carrie Dolan

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  November 17, 2014

*

Jeffrey Crowe

   Director   November 17, 2014

*

Daniel Ciporin

   Director   November 17, 2014

*

Rebecca Lynn

   Director   November 17, 2014

*

John J. Mack

   Director   November 17, 2014

*

Mary Meeker

   Director   November 17, 2014

*

John C. (Hans) Morris

   Director   November 17, 2014

*

Lawrence Summers

   Director   November 17, 2014

 

* By:  

/s/ Carrie Dolan

 
  Attorney-in-fact  

 

II-9


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number

       Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Herewith
  

Description

  Form   File No.   Exhibit   Filing Date  
    1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement          
    2.1    Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2014, by and among LendingClub Corporation, Springstone Financial, LLC, Premier Payment Solutions, Inc., NBT Capital Corp. and James P. Donovan   8-K   000-54752   2.1   April 17, 2014  
    3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of LendingClub Corporation   8-K   000-54752   3.1   April 17, 2014  
    3.2    Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation   8-K   000-54752   3.1   September 9, 2014  
    3.3*    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of LendingClub Corporation, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering          
    3.4    Amended and Restated Bylaws of LendingClub Corporation   10-K   333-151827   3.2   June 17, 2009  
    3.5*    Form of Restated Bylaws of LendingClub Corporation, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering          
    4.1    Form of Three-Year Member Payment Dependent Note (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.6)   S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   4.1   October 20, 2014  
    4.2    Form of Five-Year Member Payment Dependent Note (included as Exhibit B to Exhibit 4.6)   S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   4.2   October 20, 2014
 
    4.3    Form of Indenture by and between LendingClub Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association   S-1,
Amendment
No. 3
  333-151827   4.2   October 9, 2008  
    4.4    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 10, 2009, by and between LendingClub Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association   S-1, Post-
Effective
Amendment
No. 3
  333-151827   4.3   July 23, 2009  
    4.5    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 5, 2010, by and between LendingClub Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association   S-1, Post-
Effective
Amendment
No. 5
  333-151827   4.5   May 6, 2010  


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

       Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Herewith
  

Description

  Form   File No.   Exhibit   Filing Date  
    4.6   

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 3, 2014, by and between LendingClub Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

  S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   4.6   October 20, 2014  
    4.7    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2014, by and among LendingClub Corporation and the investors named therein   8-K   000-54752   4.1   April 17, 2014  
    4.8    Form of Common Stock Certificate of LendingClub Corporation           X
    4.9*    Forms of Warrants to Purchase Common Stock          
    4.10*    Forms of Warrants to Purchase Series A Convertible Preferred Stock          
    5.1*    Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP          
  10.1*    Form of Indemnity Agreement          
  10.2    Form of Loan Agreement   S-1   333-177230   10.1   October 7, 2011  
  10.3    Form of Borrower Membership Agreement   S-1   333-177230   10.2   October 7, 2011  
  10.4    LendingClub Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended   S-1   333-151827   10.5   June 20, 2008  
  10.5    Amendment No. 3 to LendingClub Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan   10-K   333-151827   10.8   June 17, 2009  
  10.6*    2014 Equity Incentive Plan, to become effective upon the completion of this offering, and forms of stock option award agreement, restricted stock agreement and restricted stock unit award agreement thereunder          
  10.7*    2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to become effective upon the completion of this offering, and form of enrollment agreement thereunder          
  10.8+    Seconded Amended and Restated Loan Sale Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2014, by and between LendingClub Corporation and WebBank   10-K   000-54752   10.6   March 31, 2014  


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

       Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Herewith
  

Description

  Form   File No.   Exhibit   Filing Date  
  10.9+    Second Amended and Restated Loan Account Program Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2014, by and between LendingClub Corporation and WebBank   10-K   000-54752   10.7   March 31, 2014  
  10.10    Hosting Services Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2008, by and between LendingClub Corporation and FOLIOfn Investments, Inc.   10-K   333-151827   10.15   June 17, 2009  
  10.11    Services Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2008, by and between LendingClub Corporation and FOLIOfn Investments, Inc.   S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   10.11   October 20, 2014  
  10.12    License Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2008, by and between LendingClub Corporation and FOLIOfn Investments, Inc.   10-K   333-151827   10.17   June 17, 2009  
  10.13    Backup and Successor Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011, by and between Portfolio Financial Servicing Company and LendingClub Corporation   S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   10.13   October 20, 2014  
  10.14    Form of Partner Agreement   S-1/A   333-177230   10.28   March 19, 2012  
  10.15*    Employment Agreement between LendingClub Corporation and Renaud Laplanche, dated                     , 2014          
  10.16*    Employment Agreement between LendingClub Corporation and Carrie Dolan, dated                     , 2014          
  10.17*    Employment Agreement between LendingClub Corporation and Scott Sanborn, dated                     , 2014          
  10.18*    Employment Agreement between LendingClub Corporation and John MacIlwaine, dated                     , 2014          
  10.19*    Employment Agreement between LendingClub Corporation and Chaomei Chen, dated                     , 2014          


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

       Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Herewith
  

Description

  Form   File No.   Exhibit   Filing Date  
  10.20    Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2014, among LendingClub Corporation, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.   S-1, Post-
Effective
Amendment
No. 4
  333-177230   10.23   April 29, 2014  
  10.21    Pledge and Security Agreement, dated April 16, 2014, by and among LendingClub Corporation, the guarantors referred to therein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.   S-1, Post-
Effective
Amendment
No. 4
  333-177230   10.24   April 29, 2014  
  10.22    Lease Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2013, by and between LendingClub Corporation and Forward One, LLC, as amended           X
  10.23    Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated as of October 17, 2014, by and between LendingClub Corporation and Teachscape, Inc.           X
  10.24    Form of Fund Subscription Agreement   S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   10.24   October 20, 2014  
  10.25   

Form of Investment Advisory Agreement

  S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   10.25   October 20, 2014  
  10.26    Form of Loan Purchase Agreement   S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   10.26   October 20, 2014  
  10.27    Form of Loan Servicing Agreement   S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   10.27   October 20, 2014  
  10.28    Form of Investor Agreement   S-1,
Amendment
No. 1
  333-198393   10.28   October 20, 2014  
  21.1    List of Subsidiaries   S-1   333-198393   21.1   August 27, 2014  
  23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP           X
  23.2    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP           X
  23.3    Consent of Auerr, Zajac & Associates, LLP           X
  23.4*    Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)          


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

       Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Herewith
  

Description

  Form   File No.   Exhibit   Filing Date  
  24.1    Power of Attorney   S-1   333-198393   24.1   August 27, 2014  
101.INS*    XBRL Instance Document          
101.SCH*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document          
101.CAL*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase          
101.DEF*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase          
101.LAB*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase          
101.PRE*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase          

 

+ Confidential treatment requested.
* To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 4.8

LOGO

NUMBER
LC
LendingClub
SHARES
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
CUSIP 52603A 10 9
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
this certifies that
is the record holder of
FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.01 PAR VALUE, OF
LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION
transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.
WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
Dated:
PRESIDENT
LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION
CORPORATE
SEAL
October 2, 2006
DELAWARE
SECRETARY
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC
(NEW YORK, NY)
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
BY:
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


LOGO

The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such requests shall be made to the Corporation’s Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM – as tenants in common
TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common
COM PROP – as community property
(State)
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT – Custodian
(Cust) (Minor)
under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
UNIF TRF MIN ACT – Custodian (until age)
(Cust) under Uniform Transfers
(Minor) to Minors Act
(State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
shares
of the capital stock represented by within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
attorney-in-fact
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of the substitution in the premises.
Dated
X
X
Signature(s) Guaranteed:
NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.
By
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION, (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. SIGNATURE GUARANTEES MUST NOT BE DATED.

Exhibit 10.22

LEASE AGREEMENT

between

FORWARD ONE, LLC

as “ Landlord

and

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION, as

Tenant


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
1.   

PREMISES, PROPERTY AND COMMON AREAS; PARKING; ROFO.

     5   
2.   

TERM; POSSESSION.

     9   
3.   

RENT.

     13   
4.   

SECURITY DEPOSIT

     19   
5.   

USE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

     20   
6.   

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS & ALTERATIONS.

     23   
7.   

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS.

     25   
8.   

TENANT’S TAXES

     26   
9.   

UTILITIES AND SERVICES.

     27   
10.   

EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION.

     30   
11.   

INSURANCE.

     30   
12.   

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

     33   
13.   

CONDEMNATION.

     35   
14.   

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

     36   
15.   

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

     41   
16.   

LATE CHARGE AND INTEREST.

     43   
17.   

WAIVER

     44   
18.   

ENTRY, INSPECTION AND CLOSURE

     44   
19.   

SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER.

     45   
20.   

ENCUMBRANCES.

     46   
21.   

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

     46   
22.   

NOTICES

     47   
23.   

ATTORNEYS’ FEES

     47   
24.   

QUIET POSSESSION

     48   
25.   

SECURITY MEASURES

     48   
26.   

FORCE MAJEURE

     48   
27.   

RULES AND REGULATIONS

     48   
28.   

LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

     49   
29.   

CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.

     49   
30.   

WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL

     49   
31.   

BROKERS

     49   
32.   

SIGNAGE

     50   
33.   

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     50   
34.   

MISCELLANEOUS

     50   
35.   

AUTHORITY

     51   


BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

Lease Date:    May 17, 2013
Landlord:    Forward One, LLC, a California limited liability company
Tenant:    LendingClub Corporation, a Delaware corporation
Building:   

A 23 story office building containing approximately 323,276 rentable square feet.

As used in this Lease, the term “ Floor ” refers to floors in the Building.

Building Address:   

71 Stevenson Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

Premises:    The Premises consist of the following space located in the Building: (1) the entire 11th Floor, containing approximately 14,097 rentable square feet (sometimes referred to in this Lease as the “ 11th Floor Premises ”); and (2) the entire 12th Floor, containing approximately 14,365 rentable square feet (sometimes referred to in this Lease as the “ 12th Floor Premises ”). The term “Premises” means the 11th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises, collectively (and any other space that may be added to the Premises pursuant to this Lease).
Term:    A period commencing, with respect to each Floor, on the respective Commencement Date specified below, and for all Floors ending on June 30, 2017.
Commencement Dates:   

11th Floor Commencement Date: June 1, 2013

12th Floor Commencement Date: December 1, 2013.

 

Each of the foregoing Commencement Dates is subject to extension pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Lease.

Expiration Date:    June 30, 2017

 

1


Base Rent for 11th Floor Premises:

 

Period of Time

   Annual
Base Rent
    Monthly
Installments
of Base Rent
    Annual Rental
Rate per Rentable
Square Foot
 

June 1, 2013 through May 31, 2014:

   $ 592,074.00   $ 49,339.50   $ 42.00   

June 1, 2014 through May 31, 2015:

   $ 606,171.00      $ 50,514.25      $ 43.00   

June 1, 2015 through May 31, 2016:

   $ 620,268.00      $ 51,689.00      $ 44.00   

June 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017:

   $ 634,365.00 **    $ 52,863.75      $ 45.00   

 

* The Base Rent payable for the month of June 2013 is abated.
** Because there are 13 months in the period June 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017, the total Base Rent for such 13-month period is $687,228.75. The number set forth above (i.e., $634,365.00) represents the annualized Base Rent.

Base Rent for 12th Floor Premises:

 

Period of Time

   Annual
Base Rent
    Monthly
Installments
of Base Rent
     Annual Rental
Rate per Rentable
Square Foot
 

December 1, 2013 through November 30, 2014:

   $ 603,330.00      $ 50,277.50       $ 42.00   

December 1, 2014 through November 30, 2015:

   $ 617,695.00      $ 51,474.58       $ 43.00   

December 1, 2015 through November 30, 2016:

   $ 632,060.00      $ 52,671.67       $ 44.00   

December 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017:

   $ 646,425.00   $ 53,868.75       $ 45.00   

 

* Because there are only 7 months in the period December 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017, the total Base Rent for such 7-month period is $377,081.25. The number set forth above (i.e. $646,425.00) represents the annualized Base Rent.

Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (including, without limitation, those for payment of Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other amounts payable under this Lease) are not separately allocable to separate floors of the Building, notwithstanding the separate Base Rent schedules above or any other provision of this Lease; provided, however, that: (1) if Landlord does not lease the 12th Floor to Tenant due to the non-satisfaction of the H5 Condition Precedent (as defined in Section 1.1(b) of the Lease), then (A) Landlord shall return to Tenant any prepaid rent for the 12th Floor, (B) Landlord shall return to Tenant the portion of the Security Deposit

 

2


allocable to the 12th Floor, and (C) Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted appropriately; and (2) the non-satisfaction of the H5 Condition Precedent shall not affect Tenant’s obligation to lease the 11th Floor.

For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant’s obligation to commence paying Base Rent for each Floor shall commence on the Commencement Date applicable to such Floor (except for the 11th Floor, for which the first month’s Base Rent is abated) or such earlier date on which Tenant commences business operations in such Floor (subject to the first month’s rent abatement for the 11th Floor Premises).

 

Base Year:    The calendar year 2014
Tenant’s Share:    8.805% , of which 4.361% is attributable to the 11th Floor Premises, and 4.444% is attributable to the 12th Floor Premises.
Security Deposit:   

$99,617.00 , allocated among the two Floors as follows:

 

11th Floor Premises: $49,339.50

12th Floor Premises: $50,277.50

Landlord’s Address for Payment of Rent:   

Forward One, LLC

c/o Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc.

P.O. Box 45257

San Francisco, CA 94145-0257

Business Hours:

Business Days:

  

8:00 a.m. — 5:00 p.m., on Business Days

Monday through Friday, excluding state and federal holidays

Landlord’s Address for Notices:   

Forward One, LLC

835 Airport Blvd., Suite 288

Burlingame, CA 94010

Attention: Paul Zen

 

with copies to :

 

Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc.

Building Management Office

71 Stevenson Street, Suite 1440

San Francisco, CA 94105

Attention: Property Manager

 

and

 

Haas Najarian, LLP

58 Maiden Lane, 2nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94108

Attention: Robert C. Nicholas, Esq.

 

3


Tenant’s Address for Notices:   

LendingClub Corporation

71 Stevenson Street, Suite 300

San Francisco, CA 94105

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to :

 

LendingClub Corporation

71 Stevenson Street, Suite 300

San Francisco, CA 94105

Attention: General Counsel

Broker(s):   

Landlord’s Broker — TRI Commercial

Tenant’s Broker — Avison Young

Property Manager:    Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc.
Conditions to Lease:    Landlord’s obligation to lease the 12th Floor is expressly conditioned upon the satisfaction of the_H5-Condition Precedent. The non-satisfaction of the H5 Condition Precedent shall not affect Tenant’s obligation to lease the I lth Floor Premises. If Landlord does not lease the 12th Floor to Tenant due to the non-satisfaction of the H5 Condition Precedent, then (i) Landlord shall return to Tenant any prepaid rent for the 12th Floor, (ii) Landlord shall return to Tenant the portion of the Security Deposit allocable to the 12th Floor, and (iii) Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted appropriately.

Exhibits:

 

Exhibit A:    The Premises
Exhibit B:    Work Letter Agreement
Exhibit C:    Building Rules
Exhibit D:    Intentionally Omitted
Exhibit E:    Form of Subordination, Non-disturbance and Attornment Agreement

The Basic Lease Information set forth above is an integral part of, and is incorporated into, the Lease. The Basic Lease Information and the Lease shall be construed as one integrated document. Terms that are defined above in the Basic Lease Information shall have the same meaning when used in the Lease.

 

4


THIS LEASE is made and effective as of the Lease Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information, by and between the Landlord identified in the Basic Lease Information (“ Landlord ”), and the Tenant identified in the Basic Lease Information (“ Tenant ”). Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. PREMISES, PROPERTY AND COMMON AREAS; PARKING; ROFO.

1.1 Leasing of the Premises .

(a) General; VMware Furniture . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Lease, the office space identified in the Basic Lease Information as the Premises, in the Building located at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information. The approximate configuration and location of the Premises is shown on Exhibit A. Landlord and Tenant agree that the rentable area of the Premises and the Building for all purposes under this Lease shall be the Rentable Areas specified in the Basic Lease Information. Tenant shall be allowed to use, at no additional charge, the furniture left in the 11th Floor Premises by VMware (the “ VMware Furniture ”). Tenant shall keep the VMware furniture in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The VMware Furniture shall remain the property of Landlord. At the request of either Landlord or Tenant, the parties shall prepare a written inventory of the VMware Furniture.

(b) Condition to Lease of 12th Floor Premises. Landlord’s obligation to Lease the 12th Floor Premises is expressly conditioned upon Landlord’s entering into a lease termination agreement with H5 (the current tenant of the of 12th Floor Premises), or otherwise terminating the lease with H5, on terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (the “ H5 Condition Precedent ”). If the H5 Condition Precedent shall not have been satisfied on or before May 31, 2013, then Landlord shall so notify Tenant in writing no later than June 3, 2013, and following such notice each of Landlord and Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease with respect to the 12th Floor Premises (and only with respect to the 12th Floor Premises) by written notice given to the other party.

1.2 The Property and Common Areas . The Building, together with the Common Areas, the parking areas dedicated to the Building and the parcel(s) of land on which the Building and such parking areas are situated are herein collectively called the Property (the “ Property ”). Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Property, subject to the rules and regulations contained in Exhibit C , those portions of the Property which are provided, from time-to-time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants in the Property (such areas are referred to herein as the “ Common Areas ”). The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the sole discretion of Landlord, but consistent with similar “Class A” office buildings in the San Francisco South Financial District (“ Comparable Buildings ”), and the use thereof shall be subject to such reasonable rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time. “ South Financial District ” means the area bounded by Market Street (including both sides of Market Street), Fifth Street, Folsom Street and the Embarcadero. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Property and the Common Areas and, in doing so, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize

 

5


any disruption to Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises (but Landlord shall not be required to perform any work outside of normal business hours). The parking facilities serving the Property are referred to as the “ Parking Facility .”

1.3 Parking .

(a) Tenant Parking Passes . Tenant shall have the right to rent from Landlord up to two parking passes for each of the 11th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises for unreserved parking in the Parking Facility, on a monthly basis throughout the Term. If this Lease is terminated with respect to the 12th Floor pursuant to Section 1.1(b) , then the number of parking passes to which Tenant is entitled shall be reduced accordingly. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all parking currently is by valet only. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to rent more than the number of parking passes specified above pursuant to this Lease. Tenant shall pay Landlord for such parking passes, on a monthly basis, at the prevailing rate charged from time to time for such parking passes. As of the date of this Lease, the prevailing rate for such lease-allocated parking passes is $425.00 per month per parking pass, which rate is subject to change upon 30 days’ prior written notice from Landlord. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant’s abiding by all reasonable rules and regulations prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the Parking Facility (including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord) and Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations.

(b) Other Terms . Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Parking Facility at any time (including, but not limited to, converting some or all of the parking spaces to alternate forms of parking), provided that Tenant shall continue to have the right to use the number of parking spaces specified in Section 1.3(a) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, temporarily close-off or restrict access to the Parking Facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements, or temporarily relocate Tenant’s parking passes to other parking structures and/or surface parking areas within a reasonable walking distance of the Building, for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements with respect to the Parking Facility or to accommodate or facilitate the renovation, alteration, construction or other modification of other improvements or structures located in the Property. If Landlord prohibits Tenant from using Tenant’s parking spaces during any period of construction and does not provide alternative parking within a reasonable walking distance of the Building, then Tenant’s parking charges shall be credited for those days on which Tenant cannot use its parking spaces, prorated based on the number of spaces that are not usable. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control hereby granted to Landlord. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Section 1.3 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval.

(c) Parking Procedures . Landlord shall in no event be responsible for any loss or damage to any vehicle or other property or for any injury to any person in connection with the

 

6


use of the Parking Facility. Tenant’s parking passes shall be used only for parking of automobiles no larger than full size passenger automobiles and sport utility vehicles (but excluding oversized sport utility vehicles such as, by way of example only, Hummers, Ford Excursions and similar [or larger] vehicles). Tenant shall comply with all reasonable rules and regulations which may be adopted by Landlord from time to time with respect to parking and/or the Parking Facility. Tenant shall not at any time use more parking passes than the number allocated to Tenant. Tenant shall not have the exclusive right to use any specific parking space, and parking in the Parking Facility may be provided by means of a valet service that may “stack” parked cars in order to maximize the capacity of the Parking Facility.

1.4 Right of First Offer .

(a) ROFO . As used herein, the term “ ROFO Period ” means that period of time: (1) commencing on the first to occur of the 11th Floor Commencement Date or the 12th Floor Commencement Date; and (2) ending on June 30, 2017 or, if Tenant duly exercises its Option pursuant to Section 2.2 below, ending on June 30, 2019. Tenant shall have a right of first offer (“ ROFO ”) to lease space (each, a “ ROFO Space ”) that becomes available on the 6th Floor, the 7th Floor, the 8th Floor and the 10th Floor during the ROFO Period, on the terms and conditions contained in this Section 1.4 , and subject to all of the following conditions and limitations: (1) the ROFO shall terminate and be null and void if Tenant assigns this Lease to any party other than to a Permitted Transferee; (2) the ROFO shall not be in effect during any period of time in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the rentable square feet then contained in the Premises are subleased to any party other than to a Permitted Transferee; (3) the ROFO shall be of no force or effect during any period of time in which an Event of Default by Tenant exists under this Lease; and (4) the ROFO is subject and subordinate to any and all rights (including, without limitation, leases, options to renew or extend and rights of first offer, first negotiation, first refusal or other expansion rights) held with respect to such space by other tenants of the Building (and their assignees and successors, to the extent that such assignees and successors have the right to exercise such rights) as of the date of this Lease. With respect to the 10th Floor, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Intuit is a tenant with superior rights, as described in clause (4) above, notwithstanding that, as of the date of this Lease, Intuit might not yet have executed its lease amendment adding the 10th Floor to its premises. For the avoidance of doubt, the ROFO shall terminate upon the expiration of the ROFO Period. Not later than 30 days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord or Landlord’s Broker shall provide Tenant with a list (the “ ROFO List ”) of the tenants that Landlord believes in good faith (but without representation or warranty) have rights (including, without limitation, leases, options to renew or extend and rights of first offer, first negotiation, first refusal or other expansion rights) to the 6th Floor, the 7th Floor, the 8th Floor and the 10th Floor that are superior to Tenant’s ROFO. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the ROFO List will be provided to Tenant without any representation or warranty, either express or implied, as to the completeness or accuracy of the ROFO List, and Tenant agrees that Tenant shall have no claim or recourse against Landlord on account of the incompleteness or inaccuracy of the ROFO List.

(b) Exercise of ROFO . The ROFO may be exercised only with respect to: (i) a ROFO Space that has been previously leased and becomes available during the ROFO Period following expiration or other termination of such previous lease with respect to such ROFO Space, and (ii) all of the ROFO Space offered by Landlord pursuant to a particular

 

7


Landlord’s Offer Notice (as hereafter defined). If any ROFO Space becomes available during the ROFO Period, then Landlord shall give Tenant a written notice (“ Landlord’s Offer Notice ”) offering to lease such ROFO Space to Tenant at the same rent and on the same terms that Landlord intends to offer to other prospective tenants. Tenant shall have 15 days following receipt of Landlord’s Offer Notice with respect to such ROFO Space within which to notify Landlord in writing of its intention to lease such ROFO Space, and such notice, if given by Tenant, shall constitute an acceptance of Landlord’s terms for the lease of such ROFO Space. If Tenant fails to exercise the ROFO within such 15-day period, then the ROFO shall forever lapse with respect to such ROFO Space (subject to Landlord’s obligation, as provided in the last sentence of this Section 1.4(b) , to re-offer the ROFO Space to Tenant if Landlord fails to lease such ROFO Space to a third party on the terms set forth in Landlord’s Offer Notice within 120 days after the end of the 15-day period). If Tenant exercises such ROFO, then the ROFO Space to be leased by Tenant shall be leased on the same terms and conditions as are contained in this Lease except for the economic and other terms specifically set forth in Landlord’s Offer Notice, and the parties shall execute an amendment to this Lease to include such ROFO Space in the Premises, to increase the rent and other amounts payable by Tenant, to increase Tenant’s Share, and otherwise to provide for the leasing of such ROFO Space on such terms. The term of Tenant’s lease of the ROFO Space shall be coterminous with Tenant’s lease of the Premises under this Lease, provided, however, that if at the time of Landlord’s Offer Notice given during the initial Term of this Lease (i.e., on or before June 30, 2017) there are fewer than two full years remaining in the Term of this Lease, then, as a condition to Tenant’s right to exercise its ROFO, Tenant must either: (i) exercise its Option under Section 2.2 below, if Landlord’s Offer Notice is given on or before September 30, 2016; or (ii) if Landlord’s Offer Notice is given after September 30, 2016, then Tenant must agree to extend the Term of this Lease by an additional period necessary to make the Term of this Lease coterminous with the lease term specified in Landlord’s Offer Notice. If the Term of this Lease is extended pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, then the Base Rent for the Premises subject to such extension shall be the Fair Market Rent (as defined in Section 2.2(c) below) for such Premises, as determined pursuant to Sections 2.2(d) , (e)  and (f) . If Tenant does not elect to lease a specific ROFO Space from Landlord when it is first offered to Tenant by Landlord, then the ROFO shall terminate with respect to such specific ROFO Space and, except as provided below in this Section 1.4(b) , Tenant shall have no further rights to lease such specific ROFO Space, but Tenant shall retain the ROFO with respect to the remaining ROFO Space until each such remaining ROFO Space is offered to Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 ; provided, however, that if Landlord fails to lease such ROFO Space to a third party on the terms set forth in Landlord’s Offer Notice within 120 days after the end of the 15-day period described above, then Tenant’s rights under this Section 1.4 with respect to such ROFO Space shall be reinstated and Landlord shall thereafter not thereafter lease such ROFO Space without again complying with the terms set forth in this Section 1.4 .

1.5 Option to Lease 2nd and 3rd Floor Space .

(a) 2nd/3rd Floor Option . Tenant currently (i) sub-subleases the entire 2nd Floor from The SF Newspaper Company LLC (the “ Examiner Sub-Sublease ”) and (ii) subleases the entire 3rd Floor from H5 (the “ H5 Sublease ”). The Examiner Sub-Sublease expires on June 30, 2015 and the H5 Sublease expires on June 30, 2017. Pursuant to the terms of the First Amendment to the H5 Sublease, upon the expiration of the Examiner Sub-Sublease, the

 

8


H5 Sublease will be expanded to include the entire 2nd Floor. Tenant shall have the option to lease the entire 2nd Floor and the entire 3rd Floor (the “ 2nd/3rd Floor Option ”), which option may be exercised only with respect to both floors together, on the terms and conditions contained in this Section 1.5 , and subject to all of the following conditions and limitations: (1) the 2nd/3rd Floor Option shall terminate and be null and void if Tenant assigns this Lease to a party other than to a Permitted Transferee; (2) the 2nd/3rd Floor Option shall terminate and be null and void if Tenant defaults (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period) under the Examiner Sub-Sublease or the H5 Sublease (or any direct lease with Landlord as a result of Tenant’s attornment to Landlord following the termination of the Examiner Sub-Sublease or the H5 Sublease); (3) the 2nd/3rd Floor Option shall not be in effect during any period of time in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the rentable square feet then contained in the Premises are subleased to any party other than to a Permitted Transferee; (4) the 2nd/3rd Floor Option shall be of no force or effect during any period of time in which an Event of Default by Tenant exists under the Lease; and (5) the 2nd/3rd Floor Option is subject and subordinate to any and all rights (including, without limitation, leases, options to renew or extend and rights of first offer, first negotiation, first refusal or other expansion rights) held with respect to such space by other tenants of the Building (and their assignees and successors, to the extent that such assignees and successors have the right to exercise such rights) as of the date of this Lease.

(b) Procedure . The 2nd/3rd Floor Option must be exercised, if at all, on or before September 30, 2016 (or, if the H5 Sublease is terminated earlier than its expiration date, no later than 15 days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such termination). Tenant’s failure to exercise the 2nd/3rd Floor Option on or before such date shall result in the lapse of the 2nd/3rd Floor Option. The 2nd/3rd Floor Option is applicable only to the entire 2nd Floor and the entire 3rd Floor together, and not to any partial floors or separately as to any floor. If Tenant exercises the 2nd Floor/3rd Floor Option, then Tenant shall lease such space from Landlord on the same terms and conditions as are contained in this Lease (including the option to extend contained in Section 2.2 below and including a Security Deposit of one full month’s Base Rent for the 2nd and 3rd Floors), except that: (i) the amount of Base Rent shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Rent (as defined in Section 2.2(c) below), determined pursuant to the procedure set forth in Sections 2.2(d) , (e)  and (f)  below; and (ii) Landlord shall not be obligated to perform, or contribute funds toward the cost of (except to the extent of any unused Construction Allowance as provided in Section 1(c) of Exhibit B ), any remodeling, renovation, alteration or improvement work in any of such space. The term of Tenant’s lease of the 2nd Floor and the 3rd Floor shall be coterminous with Tenant’s lease of the Premises under this Lease. If at the time the 2nd Floor and the 3rd Floor are added to the Premises Landlord is holding a security deposit from Tenant with respect to 2nd Floor and the 3rd Floor pursuant to Tenant’s attornment to Landlord under the Examiner Sub-Sublease and the H5 Sublease, then Tenant shall direct such security deposit to be transferred to Landlord and such security deposit shall be credited against the Security Deposit required for the 2nd Floor and the 3rd Floor pursuant to this Section 1.5(b) .

2. TERM; POSSESSION.

2.1 Initial Term .

(a) Commencement . The term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) shall commence with respect to each of the 11th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises (subject to Section

 

9


1.1(b) with respect to the 12th Floor) on the respective Commencement Dates for such Floors set forth in the Basic Lease Information and, unless sooner terminated, shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent shall commence with respect to each of the 11th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises on the respective Commencement Dates for such Floors specified in the Basic Lease Information (except with respect to the 11th Floor Premises, for which the first month’s Base Rent is abated), or such earlier date on which Tenant commences business operations in such Floor (subject to the first month’s rent abatement for the 11th Floor Premises), but all of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall be binding and effective as of the date of this Lease, notwithstanding that such Commencement Dates might not yet have occurred.

(b) Early Entry . Tenant may enter each of the 11th Floor Premises and, subject to the satisfaction of the H5 Condition Precedent, the 12th Floor Premises upon the vacation of each of such Premises by the existing tenant thereof to commence Tenant’s Work in such Premises, subject to the following conditions and requirements: (i) Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors (as defined in Exhibit B ) must have in effect all insurance required by the Lease and Exhibit B ; (ii) such entry shall be on all of the terms and conditions of this Lease (except the obligation to pay Base Rent); (iii) if Landlord is doing any work in such Premises, then Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in scheduling Tenant’s Work so that it will not unreasonably interfere with any work being done by Landlord; (iv) all parties entering the Premises or the Building to perform work or provide any other service shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval; and (v) Tenant must pay for electricity and other utilities and services furnished to the Premises during Tenant’s entry pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) .

(c) Target Delivery Dates . Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of: (a) the 11th Floor Premises not less than 30 days prior to the 11th Floor Commencement Date; and (b) the 12th Floor Premises not less than 90 days prior to the 12th Floor Commencement Date. Each such delivery date is hereinafter referred to as a “ Target Delivery Date .” Landlord shall be deemed to have delivered a Floor on the fifth Business Day after the date that Landlord notifies either Tenant or Tenant’s Broker in writing of the availability of such Floor, which notice may be given (in addition to the manner provided in Article 22 [” Notices ”]) by email sent to cdolan@lendingclub.com with a follow-up phone call to Carrie Dolan (at [415] 632-5668). If Landlord does not deliver the 11th Floor Premises or the 12th Floor Premises by the applicable Target Delivery Date for such Floor, then the Commencement Date for such late-delivered Floor shall be extended one day for each day that Landlord failed to deliver such Floor by its respective Target Delivery Date. Landlord shall not be liable for any claims, damages or liabilities, and Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease, if Landlord is not able to deliver the 11th Floor Premises or the 12th Floor Premises by the respective Target Delivery Dates or Commencement Dates for such Floors. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord’s ability to deliver possession of the 11th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises is dependent upon the current tenants’ timely vacating and surrendering such space. Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant shall lease the Premises, in their “AS IS” condition as of the date of this Lease, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in Exhibit B .

(d) Extension of Commencement Dates for Landlord Delay . In addition to the possible extension of the Commencement Dates pursuant to Section 2.1(c) , the Commencement

 

10


Date for a Floor shall be extended by the number of days of delay in the completion of Tenant’s Work on such Floor that is a direct result of Landlord Delay (as defined below). The term “Landlord Delay” means the amount of delay in the completion of Tenant’s Work, to the extent that Tenant is unable with commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect of such delay, that actually and directly results from (i) unreasonable interference by Landlord or Landlord’s employees, agents or contractors with the physical construction of Tenant’s Work; or (ii) the existence of any legal violation affecting the Premises (other than violations on account of any conditions caused by Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors) that Landlord is required to correct under the express terms of Exhibit B . Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no Landlord Delay unless Tenant gives Landlord a factually correct written notice of the alleged Landlord Delay no later than three Business Days after the commencement of such delay, explaining in reasonable detail the alleged Landlord Delay, and Landlord fails to remedy such alleged Landlord Delay within three Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice.

2.2 Option to Extend .

(a) Grant of Option . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant one option to extend the Term of this Lease (the “ Option ”) for an additional term of five years (the “ Option Term ”). The Option shall be exercisable only by LendingClub Corporation, while it is the Tenant under this Lease, and Permitted Transferees, and not by any other party whatsoever. The Option shall be exercisable only with respect to the entire Premises under this Lease, and not separately with respect to any Floor. The Option is expressly conditioned upon there being no Event of Default by Tenant that is continuing, either at the time the Option is exercised or at the time the Option Term would commence. If Tenant duly exercises the Option, then Tenant’s lease of the Premises during the Option Term shall be on all of the terms and conditions as set forth in the Lease, other than the rate of Base Rent and any other terms that the parties have expressly agreed in writing to modify for the Option Term, except that (i) Landlord shall not be obligated to perform, or contribute funds toward the cost of, any remodeling, renovation, alteration or improvement work in the Premises and (ii) Tenant shall have no further options to extend.

(b) Manner of Exercise . Tenant may exercise the Option only by giving Landlord written notice (the “ Option Notice ”) not later than September 30, 2016, but not earlier than June 30, 2016. Tenant’s Option Notice must be a definitive election to exercise the Option, and not merely an expression of interest or intent. Once Tenant has given the Option Notice, Tenant shall be obligated to the lease the Premises for the Option Term. If Tenant fails to exercise the Option on or before September 30, 2016, then the Option automatically shall lapse and thereafter Tenant shall have no right to exercise the Option.

(c) Terms and Rent . If the Option is exercised, then the Base Rent during the Option Term shall be the Fair Market Rent for the Premises, as determined below. The term “ Fair Market Rent ” means the average annual rental, expressed as a rate per rentable square foot, that a willing tenant would pay, and that a willing landlord would accept, at arm’s length, for comparable space in Comparable Buildings, as evidenced where possible, by signed leases that commence or are to commence within six months prior to or within six months after the commencement of the Option Term (“ Comparison Leases ”). Comparison Leases shall not include subleases. Rental rates payable under Comparison Leases shall be appropriately adjusted to account for variations between the Lease and the Comparison Leases with respect to: (i) the

 

11


length of the Option Term compared to the lease term of the Comparison Leases; (ii) the rental structure, including whether gross, industrial gross or net, and if gross, the applicable base year and pass-throughs; (iii) the size, floor level, view and other physical characteristics of the Premises compared to the size, floor level, view and other physical characteristics of the premises under the Comparison Leases; (iv) free rent, the cost of landlord build-outs and/or tenant improvement allowances; and (v) any other relevant factors, terms and conditions.

(d) Determination of Fair Market Rent . The Fair Market Rent shall be determined by mutual agreement of the parties or, if the parties are unable to agree within 30 days after Tenant’s exercise of the Option, then Fair Market Rent shall be determined pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 2.2(e) and Section 2.2(f) below.

(e) Landlord’s Initial Determination . If the parties are unable mutually to agree upon the Fair Market Rent pursuant to Section 2.2(d), then the Fair Market Rent initially shall be determined by Landlord by written notice (“ Landlord’s Notice ”) given to Tenant promptly following the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 2.2(d) . If Tenant disputes the amount of Fair Market Rent set forth in Landlord’s Notice, then, within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Notice, Tenant shall send Landlord a written notice (“ Tenant’s Notice ”) which clearly (i) disputes the Fair Market Rent set forth in Landlord’s Notice, (ii) demands arbitration pursuant to Section 2.2(f) , and (iii) states the name and address of the person who shall act as arbitrator on Tenant’s behalf. Tenant’s Notice shall be deemed defective, and not given to Landlord, if it fails strictly to comply with the requirements and time period set forth above. If Tenant does not give Tenant’s Notice within 30 days after the date of Landlord’s Notice, or if Tenant’s Notice fails to contain all of the required information, then the Fair Market Rent shall be the amount specified in Landlord’s Notice. If the arbitration is not concluded prior to the commencement of the Option Term, then Tenant shall pay Base Rent at 105% of the rate payable immediately prior to the commencement of the Option Term. If the Fair Market Rent determined by arbitration differs from that paid by Tenant pending the results of arbitration, then any adjustment required to adjust the amount previously paid shall be made by payment by the appropriate party within ten days after the determination of Fair Market Rent.

(f) Arbitration . The arbitration shall be conducted in the City of San Francisco in accordance with the following procedure:

(1) Each arbitrator must be an active commercial real estate broker with at least ten years of full-time experience who is familiar with the Fair Market Rent of Comparable Buildings. Within 20 days after Tenant’s Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the name and address of the person designated by Landlord to act as arbitrator on Landlord’s behalf.

(2) Landlord’s arbitrator and Tenant’s arbitrator shall meet within 30 days after the second arbitrator is appointed and shall appoint a third arbitrator possessing the qualifications set forth in subparagraph 1 above. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the third arbitrator within 15 days after their first meeting, then the third arbitrator shall be selected by the parties themselves. If the parties do not agree on the third arbitrator after attempting to do so for 15 days, then the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the San Francisco office of JAMS. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of its respective arbitrator and the party who does not prevail in such arbitration shall pay the fees and expenses of the third arbitrator. Each party shall pay its own attorneys’ fees and costs of witnesses.

 

12


(3) The three arbitrators shall determine the Fair Market Rent in accordance with the following procedures. Each of Landlord’s arbitrator and Tenant’s arbitrator shall state, in writing, his or her determination of the Fair Market Rent for each year of the Option Term, supported by the reasons therefor, and shall make counterpart copies for the other arbitrators. All of the arbitrators shall arrange for a simultaneous exchange of the proposed Fair Market Rent schedules within 30 days after appointment of the third arbitrator. If either arbitrator fails to deliver his or her own determination to the other arbitrators within such 30-day period, and fails to do so within seven days after written notice from the other party to such arbitrator and the party on whose behalf such arbitrator is acting (i.e., Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be), then the determination of the other arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The role of the third arbitrator shall be to select which of the two 5-year rent schedules proposed by the first two arbitrators more closely approximates his or her own determination of the Fair Market Rent and, in making such determination, shall have the right to make inquiries of and consult with the other arbitrators. The third arbitrator shall have no right to propose a middle ground or any modification of either of the two proposed resolutions. The resolution he or she chooses as that more closely approximating his or her determination of the Fair Market Rent shall constitute the decision of the arbitrators and shall be final and binding upon the parties; provided, however, that if the first two arbitrators independently arrive at the same 5-year schedule of Fair Market Rent, then that rent schedule shall be the Fair Market Rent for the Option Term. However, the arbitrator selected by Landlord and the arbitrator selected by Tenant shall not attempt to reach a mutual agreement of the Fair Market Rent; such arbitrators shall independently arrive at their proposed determinations of the Fair Market Rent.

(4) The arbitrators shall render their decision in writing with counterpart copies to each party. The arbitrators shall have no power to modify the provisions of this Lease. In the event of a failure, refusal or inability of any arbitrator to act, his or her successor shall be appointed by him or her, but in the case of the third arbitrator, his or her successor shall be appointed in the same manner as that set forth herein with respect to the appointment of the original third arbitrator.

3. RENT.

3.1 Base Rent . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the Monthly Installments of Base Rent set forth in the Basic Lease Information, without offset, deduction, prior notice or demand, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term, except that the Monthly Installment of Base Rent for the first full calendar month in which Base Rent is payable for each of the 11th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises shall be paid upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease. The Monthly Installment of Base Rent for any partial month at the beginning of the Term shall be paid on the Commencement Date for the applicable Floor. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, in no event shall Tenant’s obligation to start paying Base Rent with respect to any Floor commence later than the date on which Tenant begins operating its business in the Premises located on such Floor or any portion thereof The Monthly Installment of Base Rent for any partial month at the beginning or end of the Term shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in the month.

 

13


3.2 Additional Rent: Increases in Operating Costs and Taxes .

(a) Definitions .

(1) “ Base Operating Costs ” means Operating Costs for the calendar year specified as the Base Year in the Basic Lease Information.

(2) “ Base Taxes ” means Taxes for the calendar year specified as the Base Year in the Basic Lease Information.

(3) “ Operating Costs ” means all costs which Landlord pays or incurs because of or in connection with owning, managing, operating, securing, restoring, maintaining and repairing the Property, including all costs, expenditures, fees and charges for: (A) operation, maintenance and repair of the Property (including maintenance, repair and replacement of glass, the roof covering or membrane, and landscaping); (B) utilities and services (including telecommunications facilities and equipment, recycling programs and trash removal), and associated supplies and materials; (C) compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) for persons at or below the level equivalent to property manager or engineering manager who perform duties in connection with the operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Building, such compensation to be appropriately allocated for persons who also perform duties unrelated to the Building; (D) property (including coverage for earthquake and flood if carried by Landlord), liability, rental income and other insurance relating to the Property, and expenditures for commercially reasonable deductible amounts under such insurance, provided that such deductibles shall be equitably amortized over the useful lives (as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with generally accepted commercial real estate property management practices) of the improvements made with the proceeds of the insurance policies to which such deductibles apply, and, provided further, that the deductible under Landlord’s policy of earthquake insurance shall not exceed, for the purpose of this Section 3.2(a)(3) , an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the replacement cost of the Building; (E) licenses, permits and inspections; (F) subject to clause (G) immediately below, complying with the requirements of any law, code, statute, ordinance or governmental rule or regulation or any orders pursuant thereto (collectively “ Laws ”) either (i) not in effect as of the date of this Lease or (ii) as any Laws in effect as of the date of this Lease may be amended, changed, added to, interpreted or re-interpreted by applicable governmental authority or court decision, or administrative ruling subsequent to the date of this Lease (such [i] and [ii] being herein called “ Newly Enacted Laws ”); (G) amortization of capital expenditures that are required to comply with Newly Enacted Laws, or which are intended to reduce Operating Costs or improve the utility or efficiency of any Building System, or otherwise for the safety or security of tenants, with interest, not to exceed ten percent (10%) per annum, on the unamortized balance at the rate paid by Landlord on funds borrowed to finance such capital improvements (or, if Landlord finances such improvements out of Landlord’s funds without borrowing, the rate that Landlord would have paid to borrow such funds, as reasonably determined by Landlord), not to exceed ten percent (10%) per annum, over such useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with generally accepted commercial real

 

14


estate property management practices; (H) an office in the Building for the management of the Property, including expenses of furnishing and equipping such office and the rental value of any space occupied for such purposes; (I) property management fees in the amount of four percent (4%) of rental collections from all tenants and other occupants of the Property; (J) accounting, legal and other professional services incurred in connection with the operation of the Property and the calculation of Operating Costs and Taxes; (K) [intentionally omitted]; (L) contesting the validity or applicability of any Laws that may affect the Property; (M) the Building’s share of any shared or Common Area maintenance fees and expenses (including costs and expenses of operating, managing, owning and maintaining the Common Areas of the Property and any conference center in the Property, and the costs and expenses of maintaining and repairing the Parking Facility); (N) costs incurred in connection with a transportation system management program or similar program; and (0) any other cost, expenditure, fee or charge, whether or not hereinbefore described, which in accordance with generally accepted commercial real estate property management practices would be considered an expense of managing, operating, maintaining and repairing the Property. Operating Costs for any calendar year during which occupancy of the Building is less than one hundred percent (100%), including the Base Year, shall be calculated based upon the Operating Costs that would have been incurred if the Building had an occupancy of one hundred percent (100%) during the entire calendar year, with all tenants paying full rent; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not entitle Landlord to recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of actual Operating Costs.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Costs shall not include: (1) capital expenditures (except as allowed in clause (G) above in the definition of Operating Costs); (2) costs of special services rendered to individual tenants (including Tenant) for which a special charge is made; (3) ground lease rental; (4) interest and principal payments on loans or indebtedness secured by the Building, the Property or other real property owned by Landlord; (5) costs of tenant improvements (including the cost of permits, approvals and inspections) for Tenant or other tenants of the Building; (6) costs of services or other benefits of a type which are not available to Tenant but which are provided to other tenants or occupants of the Building, and costs for which Landlord is reimbursed by other tenants of the Building other than through payment of tenants’ shares of increases in Operating Costs and Taxes; (7) leasing commissions, marketing costs, advertising costs, attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with leasing space in the Building or enforcing such leases; (8) depreciation or amortization, other than as allowed in clause (G) in the definition of Operating Costs; (9) the cost of repairs or other work as a result of any fire or other casualty covered by Article 12; (10) repairs or rebuilding necessitated by condemnation or eminent domain; (11) costs incurred by Landlord to remove Hazardous Materials from the Building or Property (other than to the extent such costs arise from actions in the nature of ordinary cleaning, repair and maintenance activities) and which were not brought to the Building or Property by Tenant; (12) costs, fines or penalties incurred due to Landlord’s violation of any Law (but not excluding the cost of compliance that is allowed above in the definition of Operating Costs); (13) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods or services to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis for Comparable Buildings; (14) the cost of any electric power for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company or for which any tenant is separately metered or sub-metered and pays Landlord directly; (15) costs arising from the negligence or intentional

 

15


misconduct of other tenants or Landlord, its employees or agents; (16) Landlord’s charitable or political contributions; (17) costs paid by warranties in effect with respect to Building Systems; (18) the costs of purchasing sculpture, paintings or other objects of art, except to the extent required by any governmental authority under Newly Enacted Laws; (19) costs of the operation of the business entity that constitutes Landlord, as distinguished from the costs of owning or operating the Building, including partnership or other entity accounting and legal matters; (20) costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Building, costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees (if any) or with Building management, or costs incurred in connection with disputes with other tenants or third parties (provided, however, that this exclusion shall not be construed as diminishing any of Tenant’s express indemnification obligations under this Lease); (21) costs of any “tap fees” or any sewer or water connection fees for the benefit of any particular tenant in the Building; (22) any entertainment, dining or travel expenses of Landlord for any purpose; (23) any flowers, balloons or gifts provided to any entity whatsoever, including, but not limited to, tenants, employees, vendors, contractors, prospective tenants and agents (but not excluding “tenant relations” parties, events or promotions, all of which are expressly permitted Operating Costs); (24) any “finder’s fees,” brokerage commissions, job placement costs or job advertising cost for employees or potential employees of Landlord; (25) the increment of any “above-standard” cleaning for any particular tenant; and (26) fines or penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s failure to comply with any Newly Enacted Law.

The cost of any new type of insurance coverage that is obtained by Landlord during any calendar year after the Base Year (but is not obtained during the Base Year) shall be added to the Base Operating Costs (but at the rate that would have been in effect during the Base Year) prior to the calculation of Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs for each such calendar year in which such change in insurance is included in Operating Costs. Landlord further agrees that any costs incurred in any calendar year after the Base Year because of any added new type of discretionary services which were not provided by Landlord during the Base Year and not included in the Base Operating Costs shall be added to and included in the Base Operating Costs for purposes of determining the Additional Rent payable for such calendar year in which such added new type of discretionary services are so provided, as if such services were provided in the Base Year (but at the rate for such services which would have been in effect during the Base Year). The foregoing is not intended to apply to: (A) increases in, or modified versions of, any costs included in the Base Year; (B) increases in insurance premiums resulting from increasing the amount of coverage or the limits of liability; or (C) expenditures for new equipment or other items that perform a function analogous or similar to that performed by items included in the Base Year.

(4) “ Taxes ” means all real property taxes and general, special or district assessments or other governmental impositions, of whatever kind, nature or origin, imposed on or by reason of the ownership or use of the Property; governmental charges, fees or assessments for transit or traffic mitigation (including area-wide traffic improvement assessments and transportation system management fees), housing, police, fire or other governmental service or purported benefits to the Property; personal property taxes assessed on the personal property of Landlord used in the operation of the Property; service payments in lieu of taxes; taxes and assessments of every kind and nature whatsoever levied or assessed in addition to, in lieu of or in substitution for existing or additional real or personal property taxes

 

16


on the Property or the personal property described above, including governmental or private assessments or the Property’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services normally provided by governmental agencies; any increases in the foregoing caused by changes in assessed valuation, tax rate or other factors or circumstances; and the reasonable cost of contesting by appropriate proceedings the amount or validity of any taxes, assessments or charges described above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Taxes” shall not include Landlord’s State and Federal net income Taxes. To the extent paid by Tenant or other tenants as “Tenant’s Taxes” (as defined in Article 8 [ Tenant’s Taxes ]), “Tenant’s Taxes” shall be excluded from Taxes.

If Landlord receives a reduction in Taxes attributable to the Base Year as a result of a commonly called Proposition 8 application or otherwise, the Taxes for the Base Year and each calendar year shall be calculated as if no such reduction in Taxes was applied for or received.

(5) “ Tenant’s Share ” means the Rentable Area of the Premises divided by the total Rentable Area of the Building, as set forth in the Basic Lease Information. If the Rentable Area of the Premises is changed by Tenant’s leasing of additional space hereunder or for any other reason, Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted accordingly.

(b) Additional Rent .

(1) Tenant shall pay Landlord as “ Additional Rent ” for each calendar year or portion thereof during the Term Tenant’s Share of the sum of (x) the amount (if any) by which Operating Costs for such period exceed Base Operating Costs, and (y) the amount (if any) by which Taxes for such period exceed Base Taxes.

(2) As soon as reasonably practical, at the end of the Base Year and each calendar year thereafter, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s estimate of Operating Costs, Taxes and Tenant’s Additional Rent for the upcoming calendar year. Commencing on the first day of January of each calendar year and continuing on the first day of every month thereafter in such year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated Additional Rent. If Landlord thereafter estimates that Operating Costs or Taxes for such year will vary from Landlord’s prior estimate, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, revise the estimate for such year (and Additional Rent shall thereafter be payable based on the revised estimate).

(3) No later than 150 days after the end of the Base Year and each calendar year thereafter, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a statement with respect to such year, showing Operating Costs, Taxes and Additional Rent for the year, and the total payments made by Tenant with respect thereto. Landlord’s failure to deliver the annual statement within such 150-day period shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s rights on account of any underpayment by Tenant of Operating Costs, Taxes or Additional Rent (and Landlord’s rights shall continue in full force and effect); provided, however, that following the expiration of the Term and Tenant’s vacating the Premises, Landlord must provide such statement no later than one year after the expiration of the Term and Tenant’s vacating the Premises and, if Landlord fails to provide such statement within such 1-year period, Landlord shall not be entitled to

 

17


demand that Tenant pay to Landlord any underpayment of Operating Costs, Taxes or Additional Rent. Unless Tenant raises any objections in writing to Landlord’s statement within 150 days after Tenant’s receipt of the same, such statement shall conclusively be deemed correct and Tenant shall have no right thereafter to dispute such statement or any item therein or the computation of Additional Rent based thereon. If Tenant does object to such statement, then Landlord shall provide Tenant with the opportunity to inspect and audit Landlord’s books and records in order to verify the figures shown on the statement. Any such audit must be performed by an employee of Tenant with appropriate accounting or finance experience, or by an accounting firm pursuant to an hourly or flat fee arrangement not contingent on any savings realized as a result of the audit. Upon receipt of Tenant’s audit, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to review the audit or have the audit reviewed by a certified public accounting firm selected by Landlord and at Landlord’s cost. The parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any disputes. Any objection of Tenant to Landlord’s statement and resolution of any dispute shall not postpone the time for payment of any amounts due Landlord based on Landlord’s statement. If it is finally determined that Landlord overcharged Tenant by more than six percent (6%) of what the actual charges should have been, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the actual, reasonable costs of the audit, not to exceed Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00). Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default under this Lease as a result of Landlord’s overcharging Operating Costs, but Landlord shall refund the amount of any overpayment by Tenant and, if applicable, pay the costs of Tenant’s audit, all on the terms and conditions more particularly set forth above.

(4) If Tenant’s Additional Rent as finally determined for any calendar year exceeds the total payments made by Tenant on account thereof, Tenant shall pay Landlord the deficiency within 30 days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s statement. If the total payments made by Tenant on account thereof exceed Tenant’s Additional Rent as finally determined for such year, Tenant’s excess payment shall be credited toward the Rent next due from Tenant under this Lease (or, at the end of the Term if there is no outstanding Event of Default, paid to Tenant in cash). For any partial calendar year at the beginning or end of the Term, Additional Rent shall be prorated on the basis of a 360-day year by computing Tenant’s Share of the increases in Operating Costs and Taxes for the entire year and then prorating such amount for the number of days during such year included in the Term. The obligations of Landlord to refund any overpayment of Additional Rent and of Tenant to pay any Additional Rent not previously paid shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. Landlord shall pay to Tenant or Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as the case may be, within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s final statement for the calendar year in which this Lease terminates, the difference between Tenant’s Additional Rent for that year, as finally determined by Landlord, and the total amount previously paid by Tenant on account thereof.

(c) Tax Reductions and Refunds . If for any reason Base Taxes or Taxes for any year during the Term are reduced, refunded or otherwise changed, Tenant’s Additional Rent shall be adjusted accordingly. If Taxes are temporarily reduced as a result of space in the Building being leased to a tenant that is entitled to an exemption from property taxes or other taxes, then for purposes of determining Additional Rent for each year in which Taxes are reduced by any such exemption, Taxes for such year shall be calculated on the basis of the amount the Taxes for the year would have been in the absence of the exemption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if there is at any time a decrease in Taxes

 

18


below the amount of the Taxes for the Base Year, then for purposes of calculating Additional Rent for the year in which such decrease occurs and all subsequent periods, Base Taxes shall be reduced to equal the Taxes for the year in which the decrease occurs.

(d) Gross Receipts and Other Taxes . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.2 or elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, one hundred percent (100%) (and not merely increases over a base year) of any: (i) rent tax, gross receipts tax, sales or use tax, service tax, value added tax, or any other tax (other than State and Federal net income taxes) based on Landlord’s receipt, or the payment by Tenant, of any rent or services herein; and (ii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises. If any such taxes are chargeable or assessed against Landlord, such taxes shall be due and payable by Tenant (A) no later than ten days after Landlord’s invoice to Tenant or (B) upon such recurring schedule (whether monthly or otherwise) as may be established by Landlord. All such amounts are due and payable by Tenant. If it shall not be lawful for Tenant to so reimburse Landlord for such taxes, then the Base Rent payable to Landlord under this Lease shall be revised to net to Landlord the same amount after imposition of any such tax upon Landlord as would have been received by Landlord under this Lease prior to the imposition of such tax.

3.3 Payment of Rent . All amounts payable or reimbursable by Tenant under this Lease, including late charges and interest (collectively, “ Rent ”), shall constitute rent and shall be payable and recoverable as rent in the manner provided in this Lease. All sums payable to Landlord on demand under the terms of this Lease shall be payable within 30 days after Landlord invoices Tenant therefor or makes demand of the amounts due, unless this Lease specifies another time period for payment. All Rent shall be paid without offset or deduction in lawful money of the United States of America to Landlord at Landlord’s Address for Payment of Rent as set forth in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate.

4. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the amount specified in the Basic Lease Information as the Security Deposit, if any (the “ Security Deposit ”), as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord may (but shall have no obligation to) use the Security Deposit or any portion thereof to cure any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, to fulfill any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or to compensate Landlord for any damage Landlord incurs as a result of Tenant’s failure to perform any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. In such event Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand an amount sufficient to replenish the Security Deposit to its original amount. Subject in all cases to Landlord’s rights to apply the Security Deposit as provided in this Article 4, upon the expiration or termination of the Term, Landlord shall return to Tenant the portion of the Security Deposit then held by Landlord minus (A) any amount applied by Landlord as provided above and not replenished by Tenant and (B) any amount to be applied by Landlord as provided below. Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with Landlord’s general and other funds. Landlord shall not be required to pay interest on the Security Deposit to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives (i) California Civil Code Section 1950.7, as amended or recodified from time to time, and any and all other laws, rules and regulations, now or hereafter in force, applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“ Security Deposit Laws ”), and (ii) any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may

 

19


now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Security Deposit may be retained and applied by Landlord (a) to offset all Rent (as defined in Section 3.3 ) which is unpaid either before or after the termination of this Lease, and (b) against other damages suffered by Landlord before or after the termination of this Lease, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 1950.7 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, AND ALL OTHER SECURITY DEPOSIT LAWS, NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE, WHICH PROVIDE THAT LANDLORD MAY CLAIM FROM A SECURITY DEPOSIT ONLY THOSE SUMS REASONABLY NECESSARY TO REMEDY DEFAULTS IN THE PAYMENT OF RENT, TO REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED BY TENANT OR TO CLEAN THE PREMISES, IT BEING AGREED THAT LANDLORD MAY, IN ADDITION, CLAIM THOSE SUMS REASONABLY NECESSARY TO COMPENSATE LANDLORD FOR ANY OTHER LOSS OR DAMAGE, FORESEEABLE OR UNFORESEEABLE, CAUSED BY THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF TENANT OR ANY OFFICER, EMPLOYEE, AGENT, CONTRACTOR OR INVITEE OF TENANT.

Tenant’s Initials:                                     

5. USE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

5.1 Use . The Premises shall be used and occupied for general business office purposes consistent with a first-class office building, and for no other use or purpose. Tenant shall comply with all present and future Laws relating to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises (and make any repairs, alterations or improvements as required to comply with all such Laws), and shall observe the “Building Rules” (as defined in Article 27 [ Rules and Regulations ]); provided that repairs or alterations required to comply with Laws generally applicable to the condition of the Premises for use as office space, and not required or caused by Tenant’s particular use or activities or by any Alterations made or proposed by Tenant, shall be made by Landlord (and the cost thereof shall be included in or excluded from Operating Costs as provided in Section 3.2(a)(3) above). Tenant shall not do, bring, keep or sell anything in or about the Premises that is prohibited by, or that will cause a cancellation of or an increase in the existing premium for, any insurance policy covering the Property or any part thereof. Tenant shall not permit the Premises to be occupied or used in any manner that will constitute waste or a nuisance, or disturb the quiet enjoyment of or otherwise unreasonably annoy other tenants in the Building. Without limiting the foregoing, the Premises shall not be used for (a) educational activities, schools or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use, (b) practice of medicine or any of the healing arts, (c) providing social services, (d) any governmental use (including embassy or consulate use), (e) personnel agency, (f) customer service office that has public invitees at the Premises on a regular basis, (g) studios for radio, television or other media, (h) travel agency, or (i) reservation center operations or uses. Tenant shall not, without the prior consent of Landlord: (i) bring into the Building or the Premises anything that may cause substantial noise, odor or vibration, overload the floors in the Premises or the Building or any of the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (“ HVAC ”), mechanical, elevator, plumbing, electrical, fire protection, life safety, security or other systems in the Building (“ Building Systems ”), or jeopardize the structural integrity of the Building or any part thereof; (ii) connect to the utility systems of the Building any apparatus, machinery or other

 

20


equipment other than typical low power task lighting or office equipment; or (iii) connect to any electrical circuit in the Premises any equipment or other load with aggregate electrical power requirements in excess of 80% of the rated connected load capacity of the circuit. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the safe capacity of the feeders to the Property or the risers or wiring installation of the Building. As of the date of this Lease Landlord has not received any notice of any violation of Law that has not been cured or otherwise resolved and that would adversely affect Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or would materially affect the operation of the Building.

5.2 Hazardous Materials .

(a) Definitions .

(1) “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any substance: (A) that now or in the future is regulated or governed by, requires investigation or remediation under, or is defined as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance, pollutant or contaminant under any governmental statute, code, ordinance, regulation, rule or order, and any amendment thereto, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq ., and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq ., or (B) that is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, radioactive, carcinogenic, dangerous or otherwise hazardous, including gasoline, diesel fuel, petroleum hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), asbestos, radon and urea formaldehyde foam insulation.

(2) “ Environmental Requirements ” shall mean all present and future Laws, orders, permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and other requirements of any kind applicable to Hazardous Materials.

(3) “ Handled by Tenant ” and “ Handling by Tenant ” shall mean and refer to any installation, handling, generation, storage, use, disposal, discharge, release, abatement, removal, transportation, or any other activity of any type by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, assignees, sublessees, transferees or representatives (collectively, “Representatives”) or its guests, customers, invitees, or visitors (collectively, “Visitors”), at or about the Premises or the Building in connection with or involving Hazardous Materials.

(4) “ Environmental Losses ” shall mean all costs and expenses of any kind, damages, including foreseeable and unforeseeable consequential damages, fines and penalties incurred in connection with any violation of and compliance with Environmental Requirements and all losses of any kind attributable to the diminution of value, loss of use or adverse effects on marketability or use of any portion of the Premises or the Property.

(b) Tenant’s Covenants . No Hazardous Materials shall be Handled by Tenant at or about the Premises or the Property without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted, denied, or conditioned upon compliance with Landlord’s requirements, all in Landlord’s absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal quantities and use of those Hazardous Materials customarily used in the conduct of general office activities, such as copier fluids and cleaning supplies (“ Permitted Hazardous Materials ”), may be used and

 

21


stored at the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, provided that Tenant’s activities at or about the Premises and the Property and the Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall comply at all times with all Environmental Requirements. At the expiration or termination of the Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove from the Premises and the Property all Hazardous Materials Handled by Tenant at the Premises or the Property. Tenant shall keep Landlord fully and promptly informed of all Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials other than Permitted Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall be responsible and liable for the compliance with all of the provisions of this Section by all of Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors, and all of Tenant’s obligations under this Section (including its indemnification obligations under subparagraph (e) below) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(c) Compliance . Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense promptly take all actions required by any governmental agency or entity in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or the Property, including inspection and testing, performing all cleanup, removal and remediation work required with respect to those Hazardous Materials, complying with all closure requirements and post-closure monitoring, and filing all required reports or plans. All of the foregoing work and all Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall be performed in a good, safe and workmanlike manner by consultants qualified and licensed to undertake such work and in a manner that will not interfere with any other tenant’s quiet enjoyment of its premises or the Property or Landlord’s use, operation, leasing or sale of the Building or the Property. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to delivery to any governmental agency, or promptly after receipt from any such agency, copies of all permits, manifests, closure or remedial action plans, notices, and all other documents relating to the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or the Property. If any lien attaches to the Premises or the Property in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released, by payment, bonding or otherwise, within ten days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released and any sums expended by Landlord (plus Landlord’s administrative costs) in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand.

(d) Landlord’s Rights . Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises at any reasonable time upon at least 24 hours’ oral or written notice (i) to confirm Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 5.2 , and (ii) to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Section if Tenant has failed to do so after reasonable notice to Tenant. If Landlord reasonably believes that Tenant may have failed to perform or observe its obligations under this Section 5.2 , or if Landlord is required by any Law or any governmental or quasi-governmental authority to perform an inspection or audit, Landlord shall also have the right to engage qualified Hazardous Materials consultants to inspect the Premises and review the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, including review of all permits, reports, plans, and other documents regarding same. If it is determined that Tenant failed to perform or observe its obligations under this Section 5.2 , then Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the reasonable costs of Landlord’s consultants’ fees and all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in performing Tenant’s obligations under this Section (although Landlord shall not be required to perform any of Tenant’s obligations under this Section). Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business caused by Landlord’s entry into the Premises, but Landlord shall not be responsible for any interference caused thereby.

 

22


(e) Tenant’s Indemnification . The term Landlord Parties (“ Landlord Parties ”) refers singularly and collectively to Landlord and the shareholders, partners, venturers, and members of Landlord, and the respective officers, directors, employees, managers, owners and any affiliates or agents of such entities and persons. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from all Environmental Losses and all other claims, actions, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses of every kind, including reasonable attorneys’, experts’ and consultants’ fees and costs, incurred at any time and arising from or in connection with the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Property or Tenant’s failure to comply in full with all Environmental Requirements with respect to the Premises or otherwise.

6. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS & ALTERATIONS.

6.1 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord and Tenant shall perform their respective obligations with respect to design and construction of any initial improvements to be constructed and installed in the Premises (the “ Tenant Improvements ”), as provided in the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B . Except for any Tenant Improvements to be constructed by Tenant as provided in the Work Letter Agreement, Tenant shall not make any alterations, improvements or changes to the Premises, including installation of any security system or telephone or data communication wiring (“ Alterations ”), without Landlord’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, Tenant shall not be required to obtain Landlord’s prior consent for minor, non-structural Alterations that (a) do not affect any of the Building Systems or Base Building (as defined below), (b) are not visible from the exterior of the Premises, (c) do not affect the water tight character of the Building or its roof, (d) do not require a building permit, (e) do not move any interior walls or otherwise change the layout of the Premises, and (f) cost less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) (collectively, “ Minor Changes ”) so long as Tenant gives Landlord notice of the proposed Minor Change at least ten days prior to commencing the Minor Change and complies with all of the provisions of this Article 6 . Landlord’s right to review and approve (or withhold approval of) Tenant’s plans, drawings, specifications, contractor(s) and other aspects of construction work proposed by Tenant is intended solely to protect Landlord, the Property and Landlord’s interests. No approval or consent by Landlord shall be deemed or construed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the adequacy, sufficiency, fitness or suitability thereof or compliance thereof with applicable Laws or other requirements.

6.2 Standards and Requirements Relating to Work . All Alterations shall be completed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (a) with due diligence, in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials; (b) in compliance with plans and specifications approved in writing by Landlord (except that Landlord shall have no right of approval with respect to plans and specifications for Minor Changes); (c) in compliance with the construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time; (d) in accordance with all applicable Laws (including all work, whether structural or non-structural, inside or outside the Premises, required to comply fully with all applicable Laws and necessitated by Tenant’s work); (e) by a general contractor and, to the extent applicable to the work being performed, a mechanical contractor, electrical contractor, plumbing contractor and fire/life safety contractor approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; and (f) subject to all reasonable conditions which Landlord may in Landlord’s discretion impose. Such

 

23


conditions may include requirements for Tenant to: (i) provide additional insurance (from Tenant or Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors or design professionals); (ii) use contractors, workers and labor which that would not, in Landlord’s judgment, disturb labor harmony with the workforce, or trades engaged in other work, labor or services in or about the Property; and (iii) remove all or part of the Alterations (other than Minor Changes) prior to or upon expiration or termination of the Term, as designated by Landlord. If any work outside the Premises, or any work on or adjustment to any of the Building Systems, is required in connection with or as a result of Tenant’s work, such work shall be performed at Tenant’s expense by contractors designated by Landlord. The “ Base Building ” shall include the structural portions of the Building, and the public restrooms and the systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building, and the Common Areas. If Tenant performs any Alterations which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the Base Building, then Landlord shall make such changes to the Base Building at Tenant’s expense. Except as otherwise provided in Landlord’s consent, all Alterations shall upon installation become part of the realty and be the property of Landlord.

6.3 Plans and Permits . Before making any Alterations (excluding Minor Changes), Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s prior approval reasonably detailed final plans and specifications prepared by a licensed architect or engineer, a copy of the construction contract, including the name of the contractor and all subcontractors proposed by Tenant to make the Alterations and a copy of the contractor’s license. Separate from and in addition to the Construction Coordination Fee (as defined in Section 6.4 ), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, upon written demand and receipt of supporting documentation, for any actual and reasonable third-party out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any Alterations (excluding Minor Changes) made by Tenant, including reasonable fees charged by Landlord’s contractors or consultants to review plans and specifications prepared by Tenant (but excluding fees paid to any third party, including, without limitation, Landlord’s property manager, for construction management services). Before commencement of any Alterations (excluding Minor Changes), Tenant shall obtain all applicable permits, authorizations and governmental approvals and deliver copies of the same to Landlord. Before commencing any Alterations (including Minor Changes), Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten days’ prior notice and shall cooperate with Landlord in posting and maintaining notices of non-responsibility in connection with the Alterations. Within 30 days following the completion of any Alterations (excluding Minor Changes) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord “as built” plans showing the completed Alterations. The “as built” plans shall be “hard copy” on paper and in digital form (if done on CAD), and show the Alterations in reasonable detail, including (a) the location of walls, partitions and doors, including fire exits and ADA paths of travel, (b) electrical, plumbing and life safety fixtures, and (c) a reflected ceiling plan showing the location of heating, ventilating and air conditioning registers, lighting and life safety systems.

6.4 Construction Coordination Fee . In connection with all Alterations (excluding Minor Changes), all of Tenant’s Work pursuant to Exhibit B , and all tenant improvements for any space added to the Premises as a result of any right of first offer, right of first refusal, option or otherwise, Landlord shall be entitled to a “ Construction Coordination Fee ” equal to two percent (2%) of the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) of the hard costs of the work, and one percent (1%) of any additional hard costs. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with back-up documentation showing such hard costs.

 

24


6.5 Removal of Alterations . At the time of making any Alteration, Tenant shall have the right to send Landlord a written notice requesting Landlord to indicate whether Landlord will require such Alteration to be removed upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (an “ Alteration Removal Request ”), and if Landlord indicates in writing that it will not require removal of such Alteration, then Tenant shall not be required to remove such Alteration. If Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s Alteration Removal Request within ten Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of such Alteration Removal Request, then Tenant shall have the right to send Landlord a second written Alteration Removal Request (a “ Second Request ”). If Tenant’s Second Request clearly states IN ALL CAPITAL LETTERS that Landlord’s failure to respond to such Second Request within five Business Days after Landlord’s receipt thereof shall be deemed Landlord’s agreement not to require removal of the Alteration upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and if Landlord does not respond to such Second Request within such five Business Day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have agreed not to require removal of the Alteration described in Tenant’s original Alteration Removal Request.

6.6 Liens . Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Property free and clear of all liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. If any such lien attaches to the Premises or the Property, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released by payment, bonding or otherwise within ten days after Tenant obtains actual knowledge of the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released, and any sums expended by Landlord (plus Landlord’s administrative costs) in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand with interest thereon from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Interest Rate (as defined in Section 16.2 [ Interest ]).

6.7 Installation of Trade Fixtures . Subject to the provisions of Article 5 ( Use and Compliance with Laws ) and the other provisions of this Article 6 , Tenant may install and maintain furnishings, equipment, movable partitions, business equipment and other trade fixtures (“ Trade Fixtures ”) in the Premises, provided that the Trade Fixtures do not become an integral part of the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by any installation or removal of such Trade Fixtures.

7. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS.

7.1 Tenant’s Obligations . By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant agrees that the Premises are then in a good and tenantable condition. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense but under the direction of Landlord, shall repair and maintain the Premises, including the interior walls, floor coverings, ceiling (ceiling tiles and grid), Tenant Improvements, Alterations, fire extinguishers, electrical outlets and fixtures, and any appliances (including dishwashers, hot water heaters and garbage disposers) in the Premises, in good condition, and keep the Premises in a clean, safe and orderly condition.

7.2 Landlord’s Obligations . Landlord shall maintain or cause to be maintained in reasonably good order, condition and repair, consistent with other Comparable Buildings, the structural portions of the roof, foundations, floors and exterior walls of the Building, the Building Systems, and the public and common areas of the Property, such as elevators, stairs, corridors and restrooms; provided, however, that Tenant shall pay the cost of repairs for any

 

25


damage occasioned by Tenant’s use of the Premises or the Property or any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors, to the extent not covered by the proceeds of Landlord’s property insurance, except for normal wear and tear caused by ordinary use of the Premises. Landlord shall be under no obligation to inspect the Premises. Tenant shall promptly report in writing to Landlord any defective condition known to Tenant which Landlord is required to repair. As a material part of the consideration for this Lease, Tenant hereby waives any benefits of any applicable existing or future Law, including the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942, that allows a tenant to make repairs at its landlord’s expense.

7.3 Reservations by Landlord . Landlord hereby reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, without liability to Tenant, and without constituting an eviction, constructive or otherwise, or entitling Tenant to any abatement of rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise releasing Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease:

(a) To make alterations, additions, repairs, improvements to or in or to decrease the size or area of, all or any part of the Building, the fixtures and equipment therein, and the Building Systems;

(b) To change the Building’s name or street address;

(c) To install and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and interior of the Building;

(d) To reduce, increase, enclose or otherwise change at any time and from time to time the size, number, location, lay-out and nature of the Common Areas (including the Parking Facility) and other tenancies and premises in the Property and to create additional rentable areas through use or enclosure of common areas; and

(e) If any governmental authority promulgates or revises any Law or imposes mandatory or voluntary controls or guidelines on Landlord or the Property relating to the use or conservation of energy or utilities or the reduction of automobile or other emissions or reduction or management of traffic or parking on the Property (collectively “Controls”), to comply with such Controls, whether mandatory or voluntary, or make any alterations to the Property related thereto.

In making any alterations, additions or improvements of the type described above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any disruption to Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises (but Landlord shall not be required to perform any work outside of normal business hours).

8. TENANT’S TAXES. “ Tenant’s Taxes ” means (a) all taxes, assessments, license fees and other governmental charges or impositions levied or assessed against or with respect to Tenant’s personal property or Trade Fixtures in the Premises, whether any such imposition is levied directly against Tenant or levied against Landlord or the Property and (b) any increase in Taxes attributable to inclusion of a value placed on Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations. Tenant shall pay all of Tenant’s Taxes before delinquency (and, at Landlord’s request, shall furnish Landlord satisfactory evidence thereof). If Landlord pays Tenant’s Taxes

 

26


or any portion thereof, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of Landlord’s payment to the date of Tenant’s reimbursement.

9. UTILITIES AND SERVICES.

9.1 Description of Services . During the Term Landlord shall furnish to the Premises for ordinary office use and occupancy: reasonable amounts of heat, ventilation and air-conditioning during Business Hours; janitorial services on Business Days; and reasonable amounts of electricity for building standard lighting and use of office equipment requiring only 120 volt standard outlet power. Landlord shall also provide the Building with normal fluorescent tube replacement for building standard fixtures, washing of perimeter windows and Common Area toilet room cleaning and supplies. Landlord shall provide non-exclusive, non-attended automatic passenger elevator service during Business Hours and, at all other times, shall make available at least one passenger elevator. Landlord shall provide nonexclusive freight elevator service, on a first-come, first-served basis, subject to scheduling by Landlord. All major use of the freight elevator must take place at times other than during Business Hours.

9.2 Payment for Additional Utilities and Services .

(a) Upon request by Tenant in accordance with the procedures established by Landlord from time to time for furnishing heating, ventilation and air conditioning service at times other than Business Hours on Business Days, Landlord shall furnish such service to Tenant and Tenant shall pay for such services on an hourly basis at the then prevailing rate established for the Building by Landlord. As of the date of this Lease, the prevailing rate for furnishing heating, ventilation and air-conditioning service at times other than Business Hours on Business Days is $250.00 per hour which rate may be changed from time to time in Landlord’s sole discretion. As of the date of this Lease, the (i) overtime engineering labor is $115.00 per hour, with a four hour minimum for call-backs, and (ii) overtime security is $40.00 per hour for times other than Business Hours on Business Days, all subject to change from time to time in Landlord’s sole discretion. Overtime security is required during Tenant move-in.

(b) If the temperature otherwise maintained in any portion of the Premises by the HVAC systems of the Building is affected as a result of (i) any lights, machines or equipment used by Tenant in the Premises, or (ii) the occupancy of the Premises by more than one person per 200 square feet of rentable area, then Landlord shall have the right to install any machinery or equipment reasonably necessary to restore the temperature, including modifications to the standard air-conditioning equipment. The cost of any such equipment and modifications, including the cost of installation and any additional cost of operation and maintenance of the same, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand. Landlord will allow Tenant to increase its space utilization to 100 square feet per person, provided that such increased density does not: (A) impose, create or result in any material additional demand or requirements or any material adverse effect on the HVAC, life safety, lighting or electrical systems of the Building or on any other Building System; (B) increase the insurance premiums on any insurance carried by Landlord, unless Tenant pays the entire amount of such increased cost; or (C) violate any applicable Law.

 

27


(c) If Tenant’s usage of electricity, water or any other utility service exceeds the use of such utility Landlord determines to be typical, normal and customary for the Building, Landlord may determine the amount of such excess use by any reasonable means (including the installation at Landlord’s request but at Tenant’s expense of a separate meter or other measuring device) and charge Tenant for the cost of such excess usage. Examples of excess electrical usage include, but are not limited to, material consumption of electricity outside Business Hours, consumption of higher levels of electricity at any time (such as for the operation of a server or the cooling of a server room), dedicated HVAC equipment for the Premises, or the use of equipment requiring power in excess of standard 120 volt outlet power. In addition, Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for the use of any additional or unusual janitorial services required by Tenant because of any unusual Tenant Improvements or Alterations, the carelessness of Tenant or the nature of Tenant’s business (including hours of operation).

9.3 Interruption of Services . The provisions of this Section 9.3 regarding the abatement of Base Rent shall not apply in the event of a fire, earthquake or other casualty (in which case the terms of Article 12 [Damage or Destruction] shall control) or Condemnation (in which case the terms of Article 13 [Condemnation] shall control). In the event of an interruption in, or failure or inability to provide, any of the services or utilities described in Section 9.1 ( Description of Services ) (a “ Service Failure ”), such Service Failure shall not, regardless of its duration, constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, or impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, including, but not limited to, liability for consequential damages or loss of business by Tenant, or entitle Tenant to an abatement of rent or to terminate this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for five consecutive Business Days, there is a complete stoppage of all elevator service to the Premises or a complete failure of electrical service to the Premises and, as a result thereof, Tenant is not reasonably able to use the Premises and in fact does not use the Premises (but was in possession of and using the Premises prior to such stoppage or failure), then, after the fifth consecutive Business Day of such stoppage or failure, Base Rent shall abate until the date that such stoppage or failure is substantially remedied, but only to the extent that the stoppage or failure was not caused by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, and further provided that Base Rent shall abate only if either (1) the stoppage or failure was caused by the active negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s authorized representatives or (2) Landlord receives insurance proceeds under a loss of rents or similar policy of insurance covering the Building, the cost of which is included in Operating Costs payable by Tenant pursuant to Section 3.2 (in which case the abatement of Base Rent allocable to Tenant shall not exceed Tenant’s Share of the amount of proceeds actually received by Landlord). Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(1) or any other applicable existing or future law, ordinance or governmental regulation permitting the termination of this Lease due to such interruption, failure or inability.

9.4 Sole Electrical Representative . Landlord shall maintain exclusive control over and be the sole representative with respect to reception, utilization and distribution of electric power, regardless of point or means of origin, use or generation. Tenant shall not have the right to contract directly with any provider of electrical power or services.

9.5 Telecommunications . Tenant shall have the right to contract directly with telecommunications and media service providers (each a “ Telecommunications Provider ”) of Tenant’s choice, subject to the provisions of this Section 9.5 and other provisions of this Lease.

 

28


Upon request from Tenant Landlord agrees to deliver to Tenant a list of Telecommunication Providers then serving the Property. If Tenant desires to (a) obtain service from or enter into a contract with any Telecommunication Provider which at the time of Tenant’s request does not serve the Property, or (b) obtain services which will require installation of new equipment by a Telecommunication Provider then serving the Property, then prior to providing service, any such Telecommunication Provider must enter into a written agreement with Landlord, acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, setting forth the terms and conditions of the access to be granted to any such Telecommunication Provider. Landlord shall not be obligated to incur any expense, liability or costs in connection with any Telecommunication Provider proposed by Tenant. All installations made by Telecommunication Providers shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval and shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article 6 .

9.6 Communications and Computer Lines . Except for telecommunications and data wires, cables, fiber optics or other media (collectively, “ Telecom Cable ”) required to obtain service from a Telecommunications Provider approved by Landlord, Tenant may not install, maintain, replace, remove or use any Telecom Cable outside the Premises, and in connection with any installation, maintenance, replacement, removal or use of Telecom Cable located in or serving the Premises (a) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and comply with all of the provisions contained in Article 6 of this Lease, (b) if such Telecom Cable includes use of available wire pairs or other media that are part of the Building Systems or otherwise owned or controlled by the Building (“ Lines ”), an acceptable number of spare available Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Building, as determined by Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, (c) the Telecom Cable (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, and shall be surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (d) any new or existing Telecom Cable shall comply with all applicable Laws, (e) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Telecom Cable, Landlord may require that Tenant remove existing Telecom Cable located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage in connection with such removal, and (0 Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Telecom Cable located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time in violation of any Laws or represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove (and repair any damage caused by removal) all Telecom Cable installed by Tenant.

9.7 No Air Rights . No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person or entity, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Property, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

29


10. EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION.

10.1 Landlord’s Indemnification of Tenant . Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or invitees, Landlord shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any claims, actions, liabilities, damages, costs or expenses, including reasonable consultants’, expert witnesses’ and attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same (“ Claims ”) arising from or relating to (i) any injury to persons occurring in the Common Areas or (ii) the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord or its authorized representative or agents while inside the Premises.

10.2 Tenant’s Indemnification of Landlord . Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from and against Claims arising from (a) the willful misconduct or negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives or Tenant’s authorized Visitors in or about the Property, or (b) any construction or other work undertaken by Tenant in the Premises or elsewhere in the Property (including any design defects), or (c) any loss, injury or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, arising out of or relating to Tenant’s occupancy or operation and occurring in or about the Premises; provided, however, that the indemnity obligations of Tenant contained in this Section 10.2 shall not cover or extend to any Claims for which Landlord is required to provide indemnification pursuant to Section 10.1 above. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall not be liable to Landlord for punitive damages, unless a third party makes a claim against Landlord for punitive damages based on Tenant’s negligence, willful misconduct or breach of any of the terms, conditions or restrictions contained in this Lease (in which case Tenant’s liability to Landlord for punitive damages shall not exceed the amount of such third party’s successful claim against Landlord for punitive damages).

10.3 Damage to Tenant and Tenant’s Property . The Landlord Parties shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss, injury or other damage to Tenant or to Tenant’s property in or about the Premises or the Property from any cause (including defects in the Property or in any equipment in the Property; fire, explosion or other casualty; bursting, rupture, leakage or overflow of any plumbing or other pipes or lines, sprinklers, tanks, drains, drinking fountains or washstands in, above, or about the Premises or the Property; or acts of other tenants in the Property), unless caused by the gross negligence, intentional act or willful misconduct of Landlord or its authorized representative or agents (but in all events subject to Section 11.3 , which shall control, notwithstanding any gross negligence, intentional act or willful misconduct of Landlord or its representative or agents), and Tenant hereby waives all claims against the Landlord Parties for any such loss, injury or damage and the cost and expense of defending against claims relating thereto.

10.4 Survival . The obligations of the parties under this Article 10 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

11. INSURANCE.

11.1 Tenant’s Insurance .

(a) Liability Insurance . Tenant shall at all times following complete execution of this Lease maintain in full force commercial general liability insurance providing

 

30


coverage on an occurrence form basis with limits of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) each occurrence for bodily injury and property damage combined, Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) annual general aggregate, and Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) products and completed operations annual aggregate. Tenant’s liability insurance policy or policies shall: (i) include premises and operations liability coverage, products and completed operations liability coverage, broad form property damage coverage including completed operations, blanket contractual liability coverage including, to the maximum extent possible, coverage for the indemnification obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and personal and advertising injury coverage; (ii) provide that the insurance company has the duty to defend all named and additional insureds under the policy; provide that defense costs are paid in addition to and do not deplete any of the policy limits; cover liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or the Property; (v) extend coverage to cover liability for the actions of Tenant’s Representatives and Tenant’s authorized Visitors; and (vi) either designate separate limits for the Property acceptable to Landlord, or provide that the entire insured limits are available for occurrences relating to the Property. Each policy of liability insurance required by this Section shall: (i) contain a separation of insureds clause or otherwise provide cross-liability coverage; provide that any waiver of subrogation rights or release prior to a loss does not void coverage; provide that it is primary insurance; (iv) name as additional insureds the Landlord Parties, the Property Manager identified in the Basic Lease Information and all replacement or additional property managers, all Lenders (as defined in Section 20.1 ) and such other parties in interest as Landlord may designate to Tenant in writing from time to time; and (v) provide that any failure to comply with the reporting provisions under the policies shall not affect coverage provided such additional insureds. Such additional insureds shall be provided at least the same extent of coverage as is provided to Tenant under such policies. All insurance policies or endorsements effecting such additional insured status shall be at least as broad as additional insured endorsement form number CG 20 11 01 96 promulgated by the Insurance Services Office (or such other equivalent as may be in use from time to time in the insurance industry). A portion of the coverage specified above may be provided by umbrella and/or excess liability coverage, provided that: (a) the entire limits specified above must be available for occurrences relating to the Premises; and (b) all policies must be concurrent and the umbrella and/or excess liability policies must provide coverage that is at least as broad as that provided by Tenant’s commercial general liability policy.

(b) Property Insurance . Tenant shall at all times (including any construction or installation periods, whether or not included in the Term) maintain in effect with respect to any Alterations and Tenant’s Trade Fixtures and personal property, commercial property insurance providing coverage, on a “special form” basis (or other form selected by Landlord), in an amount equal to the full replacement cost of the covered property. During the Term, the proceeds from any such policies of insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of the Alterations, Trade Fixtures and personal property so insured. The Landlord Parties shall be provided coverage under such insurance to the extent of their insurable interest and, if requested by Landlord, both Landlord and Tenant shall sign all documents reasonably necessary or proper in connection with the settlement of any claim or loss under such insurance. Landlord will have no obligation to carry insurance on any Alterations or on Tenant’s Trade Fixtures or personal property.

 

31


(c) Requirements For All Policies . Each policy of insurance required under this Section 11.1 shall: (i) be in a form, and written by an insurer, reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (ii) be maintained at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and (iii) to the extent commercially available, require at least 30 days’ written notice to Landlord prior to any cancellation, nonrenewal or any modification that reduces the insurance coverage. Insurance companies issuing such policies shall have rating classifications of “A” or better and financial size category ratings of “VIII” or better according to the latest edition of the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide. All insurance companies issuing such policies shall be admitted carriers licensed to do business in the state where the Property is located. Any deductible amount under such insurance shall be the responsibility of Tenant. Tenant shall provide to Landlord, upon request, evidence that the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Section, including any endorsement effecting the additional insured status, is in full force and effect and reasonable information that premiums have been paid.

(d) Updating Coverage . Tenant shall increase the amounts of insurance as required by any Lender or as reasonably recommended by Landlord’s insurance broker, if, in the opinion of either of them, the amount of insurance then required under this Lease is not consistent with the amounts of insurance carried by similar tenants (both in terms of the net worth of the tenant and the amount of space leased by such tenant) in Comparable Buildings. Any limits set forth in this Lease on the amount or type of coverage required by Tenant’s insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

(e) Certificates of Insurance . Prior to any entry into or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, and not less than ten days prior to expiration of any policy thereafter, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a certificate of insurance reflecting that the insurance required by this Section is in force, accompanied by an endorsement showing the required additional insureds satisfactory to Landlord in substance and form.

11.2 Landlord’s Insurance . During the Term, to the extent such coverages are available at a commercially reasonable cost, Landlord shall maintain in effect property insurance on the Building with responsible insurers, on a “special form” basis, insuring the Building and the Tenant Improvements in an amount and with deductibles determined by Landlord from time to time in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, carry insurance against additional perils (including, without limitation, earthquake insurance). The amount, types and scope of coverage of Landlord’s insurance hereunder shall be determined by Landlord from time to time in its sole discretion and shall be subject to such deductible amounts as Landlord may elect. Landlord shall have the right to reduce or terminate any such insurance or coverage to the extent that it is not reasonably available in the commercial insurance industry from recognized carriers or not available at a cost that is in Landlord’s judgment economic or feasible under the circumstances. All insurance proceeds payable under Landlord’s property insurance carried hereunder shall be payable solely to Landlord, and Tenant shall have no interest therein.

11.3 Waiver of Subrogation . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, each of Landlord and Tenant hereby waives and releases any and all right of recovery, whether arising in contract or tort, against the other, including officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, employees and agents, for any and all loss or damage to any property located on,

 

32


within or constituting a part of the Property (including, without limitation, Tenant’s personal property, fixtures and equipment located on or in the Premises or the Building), which loss or damage arises from the perils that could be insured against under the ISO Causes of Loss-Special policy form CP 1030 or such substantially equivalent policy form as is in effect from time to time (whether or not the party suffering the loss or damage actually carries such insurance, recovers under such insurance or self-insures the loss or damage) or which right of recovery arises from loss of earnings or rents resulting from loss or damage caused by such a peril. This mutual waiver is in addition to any other waiver or release contained in this Lease. Landlord and Tenant shall each have their insurance policies issued in such form as to waive any right of subrogation which might otherwise exist.

12. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

12.1 Landlord’s Duty to Repair .

(a) If all or a substantial part of the Premises is rendered untenantable or inaccessible by damage to all or any part of the Property from fire or other casualty during the Term, then, unless either party is entitled to and elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 12.2 ( Landlord’s Right to Terminate ) or Section 12.3 ( Tenant’s Right to Terminate ), Landlord shall, at its expense, use reasonable efforts to repair and restore the Premises and/or the Property, as the case may be, to substantially their former condition to the extent permitted by then applicable Laws; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord have any obligation for repair or restoration beyond the sum of (i) the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord for such repair or restoration, plus (ii) the deductible under Landlord’s applicable policy of property insurance, plus (iii) the amount of six months’ Base Rent for the portion of the Premises that is damaged or destroyed (the amount in clause (iii) is hereinafter referred to as “Landlord’s Contribution”), and further provided that Landlord shall have no obligation for repair or restoration with respect to Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations.

(b) If Landlord is required or elects to repair damage to the Premises and/or the Property, this Lease shall continue in effect, but Tenant’s Base Rent and Additional Rent (consisting of Operating Costs and Taxes) shall be abated with regard to any portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using by reason of such damage or its repair from the date of the casualty until 30 days after substantial completion of Landlord’s repair of the affected portion of the Premises as required under this Lease. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business or property arising from fire or other casualty or by reason of any repairs to any part of the Property necessitated by such casualty. During any such repairs Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises (but Landlord shall not be required to perform any work outside of normal business hours).

12.2 Landlord’s Right to Terminate . Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease following damage by fire or other casualty under the following circumstances:

(a) If, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, the Premises and the Property cannot be substantially repaired and restored under applicable Laws within nine months from the date of the casualty;

 

33


(b) If, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, adequate proceeds, together with the sum of any deductibles under Landlord’s policies of insurance plus the amount of Landlord’s Contribution, are not, for any reason (other than nonpayment of premiums or the failure of Landlord to maintain the insurance required to be carried by Landlord pursuant to this Lease), made available to Landlord from Landlord’s insurance policies to make the required repairs;

(c) If the Building is damaged or destroyed to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, the cost to repair and restore the Building would exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the full replacement cost of the Building, whether or not the Premises are at all damaged or destroyed; or

(d) If the fire or other casualty occurs during the last year of the Term or if upon completion of repair and restoration there would be less than one year remaining in the Term.

If any of the circumstances described in subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 12.2 occur or arise, Landlord shall give Tenant notice within 90 days after the date of the casualty, specifying whether Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as provided above and, if not, Landlord’s estimate of the time required to complete Landlord’s repair obligations under this Lease. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to the provisions of this Article 12 , then such termination shall be effective as of the date of the casualty, and all Base Rent, Additional Rent, Operating Costs and Taxes paid by Tenant and accruing subsequent to the date of such casualty shall be returned to Tenant.

12.3 Tenant’s Right to Terminate . If all or a substantial portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable or inaccessible by damage from fire or other casualty, and Landlord does not elect to terminate as provided above, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease if Landlord’s estimate of the time required to complete Landlord’s repair obligations under this Lease is greater than nine months, or if Landlord elects not to repair the Premises pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.2 ( Landlord’s Right to Terminate ), in which event Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by giving Landlord notice of such election to terminate within 30 days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant pursuant to Section 12.2 ; provided, however, that Tenant’s right to terminate under this Section 12.3 shall not apply to any portion of the Premises that is not rendered untenantable or inaccessible from such fire or other casualty unless more than fifty percent (50%) of the total Premises is rendered untenantable or inaccessible from such fire or other casualty and Landlord estimates that the time required to complete Landlord’s repair obligations is greater than nine months). In addition, if, after 300 days following the date of the casualty, the repairs and restoration to the Premises or the Building are not substantially completed, then Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord a conditional termination notice (the “ Conditional Termination Notice ”) within ten Business Days following the expiration of such 300-day period. If the repairs and restoration to the Premises or the Building are not substantially completed within 45 days following the Conditional Termination Notice, then within ten Business Days following the expiration of such 45-day grace period Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord.

 

34


12.4 Waiver . Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(2), 1933(4) and any other applicable existing or future Law permitting the termination of a lease agreement in the event of damage or destruction.

13. CONDEMNATION.

13.1 Definitions .

(a) “ Award ” shall mean all compensation, sums, or anything of value awarded, paid or received on a total or partial Condemnation.

(b) “ Condemnation ” shall mean (i) a permanent taking (or a temporary taking for a period extending beyond the end of the Term) pursuant to the exercise of the power of condemnation or eminent domain by any public or quasi-public authority, private corporation or individual having such power (“ Condemnor ”), whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, or (ii) a voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to any such authority, either under threat of condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending.

(c) “ Date of Condemnation ” shall mean the earlier of the date that title to the property taken is vested in the Condemnor or the date the Condemnor has the right to possession of the property being condemned.

13.2 Effect on Lease .

(a) If the Premises are totally taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall terminate as of the Date of Condemnation. If a portion but not all of the Premises is taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall remain in effect; provided, however, that if the portion of the Premises remaining after the Condemnation will be unsuitable for Tenant’s continued use, then upon notice to Landlord within 30 days after Landlord notifies Tenant of the Condemnation, Tenant may terminate this Lease effective as of the Date of Condemnation.

(b) If fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Property or of the parcel(s) of land on which the Building is situated or of the Parking Facility or of the floor area in the Building is taken by Condemnation, or if as a result of any Condemnation the Building is no longer reasonably suitable for use as an office building, whether or not any portion of the Premises is taken, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, effective as of the Date of Condemnation, by notice to Tenant within 30 days after the Date of Condemnation.

(c) If all or a portion of the Premises is temporarily taken by a Condemnor for a period greater than six consecutive months, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within 20 days following the expiration of such 6-month period; and for any other temporary taking, not extending beyond the end of the Term, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

13.3 Restoration . If this Lease is not terminated as provided in Section 13.2 ( Effect on Lease ), Landlord, at its expense, shall diligently proceed to repair and restore the Premises to substantially its former condition (to the extent permitted by then applicable Laws) and/or repair and restore the Building to an architecturally complete office building; provided, however, that

 

35


Landlord’s obligations to so repair and restore shall be limited to the amount of any Award received by Landlord and not required to be paid to any Lender (as defined in Section 20.1 ). In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to repair or replace any improvements in the Premises beyond the amount of any Award received by Landlord for such repair or to repair or replace any of Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, or Alterations. If a portion of the Premises is taken through Condemnation and the amount of the Award is not sufficient to restore the Premises to the condition existing prior to the Condemnation (excluding any Alterations, Trade Fixtures and any of Tenant’s property), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within 30 days following the Award, unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice within 20 days following the Award that Landlord will contribute the amount in excess of the Award to repair and replace the Premises.

13.4 Abatement and Reduction of Rent . If any portion of the Premises, whether permanently or temporarily, is taken in a Condemnation or is rendered untenantable or inaccessible by repairs necessitated by the Condemnation, and this Lease is not terminated, the Base Rent and Additional Rent (consisting of Operating Costs and Taxes) payable under this Lease shall be proportionally reduced as of the Date of Condemnation based upon the percentage of rentable square feet in the Premises so taken or rendered untenantable. In addition, if this Lease remains in effect following a Condemnation and Landlord proceeds to repair and restore the Premises, the Base Rent and Additional Rent (consisting of Operating Costs and Taxes) payable under this Lease shall be abated during the period of such repair or restoration to the extent such repairs prevent Tenant’s use of the Premises.

13.5 Awards . Any Award made shall be paid to Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord, and waives all interest in or claim to, any such Award, including any claim for the value of the unexpired Term; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to receive, or to prosecute a separate claim for, an Award for a temporary taking of the Premises or a portion thereof by a Condemnor where this Lease is not terminated (to the extent such Award relates to the unexpired Term), or an Award or portion thereof separately designated for relocation expenses or the interruption of or damage to Tenant’s business or as compensation for Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations, provided that in no event will any Award to Tenant reduce any Award to which Landlord would otherwise be entitled.

13.6 Waiver . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 and any other applicable existing or future Law allowing either party to petition for a termination of this Lease upon a partial taking of the Premises and/or the Property.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

14.1 Landlord’s Consent Required . Tenant shall not assign this Lease or any interest therein, or sublet or license or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises or any part thereof by or for the benefit of anyone other than Tenant, or in any other manner transfer all or any part of Tenant’s interest under this Lease (each and all a “ Transfer ”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent (subject to the other provisions of this Article 14 ) shall not be unreasonably withheld. If Tenant is a corporation or other business entity, any direct or indirect transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or other ownership interest of the entity

 

36


(whether in a single transaction or in the aggregate through more than one transaction), including a merger or consolidation, shall be deemed a Transfer; provided, however, that (i) if Tenant is a publicly traded corporation, the sale of Tenant’s capital stock on a nationally recognized public stock exchange shall not be considered a Transfer, and (ii) sales or transfers of stock or other equity interests among existing shareholders or other existing holders of equity interests shall not be considered a Transfer. Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber this Lease or all or any part of Tenant’s interest under this Lease. Any assignee, subtenant, user or other transferee under any proposed Transfer is herein called a “ Proposed Transferee ”. Any assignee, subtenant, user or other transferee either approved by Landlord or otherwise permitted under this Lease without any requirement for Landlord’s consent is herein called a “ Transferee .”

14.2 Reasonable Consent .

(a) Prior to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall submit in writing to Landlord a request for Landlord’s consent to the proposed Transfer (a “ Transfer Consent Request ”) together with all of the following: (i) the name and legal composition of the Proposed Transferee, (ii) the nature of the business proposed to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) a current balance sheet, income and cash flow statements for the last two years (to the extent available), and such other reasonable financial and other information concerning the Proposed Transferee as Landlord may request; and (iv) a copy of the proposed assignment, sublease or other agreement governing the proposed Transfer. No later than seven Business Days after Landlord receives Tenant’s Transfer Consent Request and all of such information, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether it approves or disapproves such Transfer or if it elects to proceed under Section 14.7 ( Landlord’s Right to Space ). If Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s Transfer Consent Request within the seven Business Day period provided above, then Tenant shall have the right to send Landlord a second written Transfer Consent Request (a “ Second Transfer Request ”), which Second Transfer Request need not be accompanied by the materials specified in clauses (i) through (iv) above, unless there has been a change in any of such information. If Tenant’s Second Transfer Request clearly states IN ALL CAPITAL LETTERS that Landlord’s failure to respond to such Second Transfer Request within seven Business Days after Landlord’s receipt thereof shall be deemed Landlord’s consent to the proposed Transfer, and if Landlord does not respond to such Second Transfer Request within such seven Business Day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have consented so such proposed Transfer.

(b) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, among other circumstances for which Landlord could reasonably withhold consent to a proposed Transfer, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold consent where (i) the Proposed Transferee does not intend itself to occupy the entire portion of the Premises assigned or sublet, (ii) Landlord reasonably disapproves of the Proposed Transferee’s business history, reputation as a tenant in other space, creditworthiness or the character of the business to be conducted by the Proposed Transferee at the Premises, (iii) the Proposed Transferee is a governmental agency, (iv) the proposed Transfer would violate any “exclusive” rights of any tenants in the Building, (v) Landlord or Landlord’s agent has sent to the Proposed Transferee or the Proposed Transferee’s agent, or received from the Proposed Transferee or the Proposed Transferee’s agent, written correspondence (whether in the form of a proposal, informal inquiry, letter of intent or otherwise) concerning the availability of space in the Building, at any time within the preceding three months, and Landlord has space

 

37


available for lease in the Building that is consistent with the requirements set forth in such written correspondence, (vi) a proposed Transfer would violate any Encumbrance, (vii) any Lender with the right to object to the Proposed Transfer actually objects in writing within the 30-day period provided in Section 14.2(a) , or (viii) Landlord otherwise reasonably determines that the proposed Transfer would have the effect of materially increasing the expenses associated with operating, maintaining and repairing the Property, except to the extent that Tenant or the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing to pay such increased expenses.

14.3 Transfer Consideration . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, then Tenant (and any assignee or first, second or third tier sublessee, provided that Landlord consents to such further Transfer) shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, within ten days after receipt by Tenant (or any assignee or first, second or third tier sublessee), fifty percent (50%) of all “ Transfer Consideration ,” which shall mean any and all consideration, however described or denominated (including, without limitation, “key money” and other non-rent consideration), paid or payable by the Transferee in connection with the Transfer to the extent relating or attributable to (A) the value of this Lease or Tenant’s tenancy (including, without limitation, the amount of Base Rent payable by Tenant) or (B) the Premises, the Building or the Project. In the case of subleases, Tenant shall be entitled to deduct from Transfer Consideration the direct, out-of-pocket expenses and costs (including, without limitation, the costs for necessary Alterations, brokerage commission and legal fees) paid by Tenant (or any assignee or first, second or third tier sublessee, if applicable) to procure the subtenant, which expenses and costs shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the sublease.

14.4 No Release Of Tenant . No consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall relieve Tenant of any obligation to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, whether occurring before or after such consent, assignment, subletting or other Transfer. Each Transferee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant (and Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable with each Transferee) for the payment of rent (or, in the case of a sublease, rent in the amount set forth in the sublease) and for the performance of all other terms and provisions of this Lease (or, in the case of a sublease, the terms and provisions of this Lease applicable to the subleased premises). The consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall not relieve Tenant or any such Transferee from the obligation to obtain Landlord’s express prior written consent to any subsequent Transfer by Tenant or any Transferee. The acceptance of rent by Landlord from any other person (whether or not such person is an occupant of the Premises) shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any Transfer.

14.5 Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees . Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord in connection with reviewing or consenting to any proposed Transfer (including any request for consent to, or any waiver of Landlord’s rights in connection with, any security interest in any of Tenant’s property at the Premises), provided that such costs and expenses shall not exceed the sum of $1,500.00 per transaction.

14.6 Effectiveness of Transfer . Prior to the date on which any permitted Transfer (whether or not requiring Landlord’s consent) becomes effective, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a counterpart of the fully executed Transfer document. If Landlord has a consent right with respect to such Transfer and does consent to such Transfer, then such consent shall be

 

38


evidenced by Landlord’s standard form of Consent to Assignment or Consent to Sublease in which each of Tenant and the Transferee confirms its obligations pursuant to this Lease, and containing such other commercially reasonable terms upon which the parties may mutually agree. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall not be released from its obligations under this Lease following any Transfer, and Tenant shall not be entitled to demand any such release in any consent given by Landlord. Failure or refusal of a Transferee to execute any such instrument shall not release or discharge the Transferee from liability as provided herein. The voluntary, involuntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work a merger, and any such surrender or cancellation shall, at the option of Landlord, either terminate all or any existing subleases or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subleases.

14.7 Landlord’s Right to Space .

(a) Landlord’s Recapture Right . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 14 to the contrary, but subject to Section 14.7(b) , if Tenant notifies Landlord that it desires to enter into a Transfer, then Landlord, in lieu of consenting to such Transfer, may elect, within ten Business Days after receipt of Tenant’s Transfer Consent Request and all of the required information specified in Section 14.2(a) to: (a) in the case of an assignment of this Lease, to terminate this Lease, or (b) in the case of a sublease of one or more entire Floors for all or substantially all of the then remaining Term of this Lease, to terminate this Lease as it relates to the space proposed to be subleased by Tenant. In such event, this Lease will terminate (or the space proposed to be subleased will be removed from the Premises subject to this Lease and the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share under this Lease shall be proportionately reduced) on the earlier of (x) 60 days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant making the election set forth in this Section 14.7 , or (y) the date the Transfer was proposed to be effective, if such date is specified in Tenant’s notice to Landlord regarding the proposed Transfer, and Landlord may lease such space to any party, including the prospective Transferee identified by Tenant.

(b) Tenant’s Preliminary Notice . If Tenant contemplates effectuating a Transfer that would trigger Landlord’s rights under Section 14.7(a) (“ Recapture Rights ”), then Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to provide a preliminary written notice of such intention to Landlord prior to marketing the Premises or portions thereof for assignment or sublease or offering the Premises or portions thereof for assignment or sublease to a Proposed Transferee (each such notice, a “ Preliminary Notice ”). Within ten Business Days after Landlord receives a Preliminary Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether Landlord would exercise its Recapture Rights under Section 14.7(a) with respect to the Premises or the portion thereof described in such Preliminary Notice if Tenant were to complete a Transfer of such Premises or portion thereof. If Landlord notifies Tenant that it would elect to exercise its Recapture Rights (“ Landlord’s Intention to Recapture Notice ”), then Tenant shall not market or offer the Premises or the applicable portion thereof to a Potential Transferee and, in lieu thereof, this Lease shall terminate with respect to the Premises or the applicable portion thereof on a date specified by Tenant, but in no event earlier than 30 days after the date of Landlord’s Intention to Recapture Notice or later than 270 days after the date of the Preliminary Notice. If Landlord notifies Tenant that it would not elect to exercise its Recapture Rights, then Tenant shall have the right to market or offer the Premises or the applicable portion thereof to a Potential Transferee and all of the terms of this Article 14 shall be applicable thereto (including, without

 

39


limitation, Tenant’s obligation to provide notice to Landlord and to obtain Landlord’s consent to the applicable Transfer pursuant to Section 14.2(b) above), but Landlord shall have no Recapture Rights under Section 14.7(a) with respect to the specific proposed Transfer described in Tenant’s Preliminary Notice.

14.8 Assignment of Sublease Rents . Tenant hereby absolutely and irrevocably assigns to Landlord any and all rights to receive rent and other consideration from any sublease and agrees that Landlord, as assignee or as attorney-in-fact for Tenant for purposes hereof, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application may (but shall not be obligated to) collect such rents and other consideration and apply the same toward Tenant’s obligations to Landlord under this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord grants to Tenant at all times during which there is no Event of Default a revocable license to collect such rents (which license shall automatically and without notice be deemed to have been revoked and terminated immediately upon and during the continuance of any Event of Default).

14.9 Permitted Transfers . As used herein, the term “ Permitted Transfer ” means Tenant’s assignment of its interest in this Lease: (i) to a successor corporation or other form of business entity resulting from Tenant’s merger, consolidation or non-bankruptcy reorganization, (ii) to a purchaser of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets as an ongoing concern or all or substantially all of Tenant’s business operations in the Premises, or (iii) to an “Affiliate” (as defined below) of Tenant. In addition, a sale or transfer of the capital stock of Tenant shall be deemed a Permitted Transfer if such sale or transfer occurs in connection with a bona fide financing or capitalization for the benefit of Tenant and there is no change in Control (as defined below) of Tenant. The term “ Permitted Transferee ” means the assignee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease in a Permitted Transfer. Notwithstanding Section 14.1 , Tenant shall have the right to make Permitted Transfers, and Landlord shall not have a consent right relating to Permitted Transfers, provided that all of the following conditions (the “ Permitted Transfer Requirements ”) are satisfied: (A) the Permitted Transferee must have a tangible net worth of at least Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000.00); (B) there must be no change in the use of the Premises; (C) the Permitted Transfer and the use of the Premises by the Permitted Transferee must not violate any enforceable covenant or agreement of Landlord respecting radius or exclusivity; (D) the Permitted Transfer and the use of the Premises by the Permitted Transferee must not violate any of the terms of Landlord’s loan documents relating to the Property; and (E) prior to effectuating any Permitted Transfer, Tenant shall have provided to Landlord all information required for Landlord to determine, and Landlord shall have determined, that such transaction is a Permitted Transfer and that the Permitted Transfer Requirements are satisfied (provided, however, that if under applicable law or by the terms of the applicable merger, acquisition or similar agreement, Tenant is not permitted to disclose a Permitted Transfer prior to its closing, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice of the occurrence of such Permitted Transfer within ten days after it has closed). Except with respect to Permitted Transfers in which disclosure is not permitted (as provided in the parenthetical in clause (E) above), Tenant shall not effectuate any Permitted Transfer until Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that such transaction is a Permitted Transfer and that the Permitted Transfer Requirements are satisfied. Landlord shall notify Tenant as to whether the Permitted Transfer Requirements are satisfied no later than ten Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of all of the following: (1) a description of the proposed Permitted Transfer, including an explanation of the reason that Tenant believes that such proposed Permitted Transfer qualifies as a Permitted

 

40


Transfer; (2) the name and legal composition of the proposed Permitted Transferee, (3) the nature of the business proposed to be carried on in the Premises by the proposed Permitted Transferee; (4) a current balance sheet, income and cash flow statements for the last two years (to the extent available), and such other reasonable financial and other information concerning the proposed Permitted Transferee as Landlord may request. The provisions of Section 14.3 (Landlord’s right to Transfer Consideration) and Section 14.7 (Landlord’s right to terminate the Lease) shall not apply with respect to a Permitted Transfer, but each Permitted Transfer shall be subject to all other terms and conditions of this Lease (other than the requirement for Landlord’s consent). Tenant shall remain liable under this Lease after any Permitted Transfer. For the purposes of this Section 14.9 , the term “ Affiliate ” of Tenant means any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant. “ Control ” as used herein means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such controlled entity, and the ownership, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in such entity. Notwithstanding Tenant’s right to make a Permitted Transfer pursuant to the provisions of this Section 14.9 , Tenant may not, through use of its rights under this Section 14.9 in two or more transactions (whether separate transactions or steps or phases of a single transaction), at one time or over time, whether by first assigning this Lease to a subsidiary and then merging the subsidiary into another entity or selling the stock of the subsidiary or by other means, assign this Lease, or transfer control of Tenant, to any person or entity that is not a subsidiary, affiliate or controlling corporation of the original Tenant, as then constituted, existing prior to the commencement of such transactions, without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent and complying with all other applicable provisions of this Article 14 .

15. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

15.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) Tenant fails to make any payment of: (i) Rent or any other amount payable pursuant to this Lease when due and such failure continues for five days after written notice from Landlord; or (ii) any amount required to replenish the security deposit as provided in Article 4 , if payment of the amount required to replenish the security deposit is not received by Landlord within five days after written notice that it is due. If Landlord accepts any past due rent, such acceptance shall not be a waiver of any other prior breach by Tenant under this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular past due rent which Landlord has accepted.

(b) Tenant abandons the Premises for more than 180 consecutive days.

(c) Tenant fails timely to deliver any subordination document, estoppel certificate or financial statement requested by Landlord within the applicable time period specified in Article 20 (Encumbrances) and Article 21 ( Estoppel Certificates and Financial Statements ) and such failure continues for five days after written notice from Landlord.

(d) Tenant violates the restrictions on Transfer set forth in Article 14 ( Assignment and Subletting ).

 

41


(e) Tenant ceases doing business as a going concern; makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; is adjudicated an insolvent, files a petition (or files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition) seeking relief under any state or federal bankruptcy or other statute, law or regulation affecting creditors’ rights; all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are subject to judicial seizure or attachment and are not released within 90 days, or Tenant consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant’s assets.

(f) Tenant fails, within 90 days after the commencement of any proceedings against Tenant seeking relief under any state or federal bankruptcy or other statute, law or regulation affecting creditors’ rights, to have such proceedings dismissed, or Tenant fails, within 90 days after an appointment, without Tenant’s consent or acquiescence, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant’s assets, to have such appointment vacated.

(g) Tenant fails to perform or comply with any provision of this Lease other than those described in (a) through (f) above, and does not fully cure such failure within 30 days after notice to Tenant or, if such failure cannot be cured within such 30-day period, Tenant fails within such 30-day period to commence, and thereafter diligently and continuously proceed with, all actions necessary to cure such failure as soon as reasonably possible.

15.2 Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord shall have the following remedies, which shall not be exclusive but shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedies now or hereafter allowed by law:

(a) Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time by written notice to Tenant. Tenant expressly acknowledges that in the absence of such written notice from Landlord, no other act of Landlord, including re-entry into the Premises, efforts to relet the Premises, reletting of the Premises for Tenant’s account, storage of Tenant’s personal property and Trade Fixtures, acceptance of keys to the Premises from Tenant or exercise of any other rights and remedies under this Section, shall constitute an acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises or constitute a termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises. Upon such termination in writing of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, as herein provided, this Lease shall terminate and Landlord shall be entitled to recover damages from Tenant as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.2 and any other applicable existing or future Law providing for recovery of damages for such breach, including the right to recover from Tenant, as damages, all of the following: (i) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent and other sums due under the Lease which has been earned at the time of such termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent and other sums due under the Lease which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental or other loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent and other sums due under the Lease for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental or other loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and (v) such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of

 

42


the foregoing as may be permitted by applicable law. As used in clauses (i) and (ii) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at the then maximum rate allowed by the usury or similar law, if any. As used in clause (iii) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). For purposes of the above measure of damages, rent includes Additional Rent as reasonably estimated by Landlord.

(b) Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and recover rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).

(c) Landlord may cure the Event of Default at Tenant’s expense. If Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense in curing the Event of Default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment or expense with interest at the Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant.

(d) Landlord may remove all of Tenant’s property from the Premises, and such property may be stored by Landlord in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the sole cost and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to store any or all of Tenant’s property left in the Premises, then at any time after Landlord has given Tenant five days’ written notice of such property left by Tenant in the Premises, Landlord may consider such property to be abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord may thereupon dispose of such property in any manner deemed appropriate by Landlord. Any proceeds realized by Landlord on the disposal of any such property shall be applied first to offset all expenses of storage and sale, then credited against Tenant’s outstanding obligations to Landlord under this Lease, and any balance remaining after satisfaction of all obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be delivered to Tenant.

15.3 Default by Landlord . Landlord shall not be deemed in default of this Lease unless Landlord fails within a reasonable time to perform an express obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease. For purposes of this Section 15.3 , a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after Landlord’s receipt of a written notice from Tenant specifying in detail the obligation that Landlord has not performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than 30 days after such notice are reasonably required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default of this Lease if performance is commenced within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any punitive or consequential damages or damages for loss of business by Tenant.

16. LATE CHARGE AND INTEREST.

16.1 Late Charge . If any payment of Rent is not received by Landlord within five days after the date on which it is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand as a late charge (the “ Late Charge ”) an additional amount equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue payment.

 

43


16.2 Interest . In addition to the late charges referred to above, which are intended to defray Landlord’s costs resulting from late payments, any payment from Tenant to Landlord not paid within thirty days after the date on which it is due shall at Landlord’s option bear interest from the date due until paid to Landlord by Tenant at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum lawful rate that Landlord may charge to Tenant under applicable laws, whichever is less (the “ Interest Rate ”). Acceptance of any late charge and/or interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue sum or prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease.

17. WAIVER. No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in a writing signed by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such provision or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this Lease. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord upon any default by Tenant shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Landlord’s acceptance of any payments of rent due under this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any default by Tenant under this Lease (including Tenant’s recurrent failure to timely pay rent) other than Tenant’s nonpayment of the accepted sums, and no endorsement or statement on any check or payment or in any letter or document accompanying any check or payment shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.

18. ENTRY, INSPECTION AND CLOSURE. After providing Tenant with not less than 24 hours’ written notice (and without notice in emergencies), Landlord and its authorized representatives may enter the Premises at all reasonable times to: (a) determine whether the Premises are in good condition, (b) determine whether Tenant is complying with its obligations under this Lease, (c) perform any maintenance or repair of the Premises or the Building that Landlord has the right or obligation to perform, (d) install or repair improvements for other tenants where access to the Premises is required for such installation or repair, (e) serve, post or keep posted any notices required or allowed under the provisions of this Lease, (1) show the Premises to prospective brokers, agents, buyers, transferees, Lenders or, during the last nine months of the Term, tenants, or (g) do any other act or thing necessary for the safety or preservation of the Premises, the Building and/or the Property. When reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities in the Building without liability to Tenant by reason of such closure. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct its activities under this Section in a manner that will minimize inconvenience to Tenant without incurring additional expense to Landlord. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to an abatement of rent on account of any entry by Landlord, and Landlord shall not be liable in any manner for any inconvenience, loss of business or other damage to Tenant or other persons arising out of Landlord’s entry on the Premises in accordance with this Section. No action by Landlord pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, entitle Tenant to an abatement of rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

44


19. SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER.

19.1 Surrender . Upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises and all Tenant Improvements and Alterations to Landlord broom-clean and in good condition and repair, except for reasonable wear and tear, damage from casualty or condemnation and any changes resulting from approved Alterations; provided, however, that prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease Tenant shall remove all telephone and other cabling installed in the Building by Tenant and remove from the Premises all Tenant’s personal property and any Trade Fixtures and all Alterations that Landlord has elected to require Tenant to remove as provided in Article 6 ( Tenant Improvements & Alterations ), and repair any damage caused to the Premises or the Property by such removal. If such removal is not completed before the expiration or termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right (but no obligation) to remove the same, and Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand for all costs of removal and storage thereof. Landlord shall also have the right to retain or dispose of all or any portion of such property if Tenant does not pay all such costs and retrieve the property within ten days after written notice from Landlord (in which event title to all such property described in Landlord’s notice shall be transferred to and vest in Landlord). Tenant waives all Claims against Landlord for any damage or loss to Tenant resulting from Landlord’s removal, storage, retention, or disposition of any such property. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s possession, whichever is earliest, Tenant shall surrender all keys to the Premises (and any other part of the Property for which Tenant has keys) and shall deliver to Landlord all keys for or make known to Landlord the combination of locks on all safes, cabinets and vaults that may be located in the Premises. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are retained by Landlord. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

19.2 Holding Over . If Tenant (directly or through any Transferee or other successor-in-interest of Tenant) remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant’s continued possession shall be on the basis of a tenancy at the sufferance of Landlord. No act or omission by Landlord, other than its specific written consent, shall constitute permission for Tenant to continue in possession of the Premises, and if such consent is given or determined to have been given by a court judgment, Landlord may terminate Tenant’s holdover tenancy at any time upon 30 days’ written notice. In such event, Tenant shall continue to comply with or perform all the terms and obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that the monthly Base Rent during Tenant’s holding over shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent payable in the last full month prior to the termination hereof Acceptance by Landlord of rent after such termination shall not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease and nothing contained in this provision shall be deemed to waive Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other right hereunder or at law. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all Claims arising or resulting directly or indirectly from Tenant’s failure to timely surrender the Premises, including (i) any rent payable by or any loss, cost, or damages claimed by any prospective tenant of the Premises, and (ii) Landlord’s damages as a result of such prospective tenant rescinding or refusing to enter into the prospective lease of the Premises by reason of such failure to timely surrender the Premises.

 

45


20. ENCUMBRANCES.

20.1 Subordination . This Lease is expressly made subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, underlying lease or like encumbrance affecting any part of the Property or any interest of Landlord therein which is now existing or may hereafter be executed or recorded (“ Encumbrance ”). The lender, holder or secured party under any Encumbrance is hereinafter referred to as a “ Lender .” Notwithstanding the foregoing, such subordination of this Lease to an Encumbrance is expressly conditioned upon Landlord’s obtaining from the Lender, for the benefit of Tenant, a commercially reasonable subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement (an “ SNDA ”) pursuant to which (i) this Lease is subordinated to the lien of the Encumbrance and (ii) the Lender agrees not to disturb or interfere with Tenant’s possession of the Premises or rights under this Lease so long as there is no Event of Default on the part of Tenant. Tenant agrees that the form of SNDA attached hereto as Exhibit E is acceptable to Tenant. With respect to all future Encumbrances (or prospective future Encumbrances), Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, from time to time and no later than ten days after written request by Landlord, an SNDA substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form as may be required by the Lender (which other form of SNDA shall not limit, modify or restrict Tenant’s rights under this Lease and shall be subject to commercially reasonable modifications requested by Tenant consistent with the then current requirements of similarly situated tenants and institutional lenders). If the interest of Landlord in the Property is transferred pursuant to or in lieu of proceedings for enforcement of any Encumbrance (including, without limitation, any judicial foreclosure or foreclosure by a power of sale in a deed of trust), Tenant shall, at the request of the new owner, immediately attorn to, and become the tenant of, the new owner, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the transferee and Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease and, at such new owner’s request, shall execute a new lease confirming the lease terms of this Lease.

20.2 Lender Protection . Tenant agrees to give any Lender, by certified mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Lender. If Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within 30 days from the effective date of such notice of default, then the Lender shall have an additional 30 days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default (including the time necessary to foreclose or otherwise terminate its Encumbrance, if necessary to effect such cure), and this Lease shall not be terminated so long as such remedies are being diligently pursued.

21. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

21.1 Estoppel Certificates . Within ten Business Days after written request therefor, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in a commercially reasonable form provided by Landlord, a certificate stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, describing this Lease and any amendments or modifications hereto, acknowledging that this Lease is subordinate or prior, as the case may be, to any Encumbrance and stating any other information Landlord may reasonably request, including the commencement and expiration dates of the Term, the monthly Base Rent, the date to which Rent has been paid, the amount of any security deposit or prepaid rent, whether (to Tenant’s actual knowledge) either party hereto is in default under the terms of

 

46


the Lease, whether Landlord has completed its construction obligations hereunder (if any), and whether Tenant has accepted the Premises. Any person or entity purchasing, acquiring an interest in or extending financing with respect to the Property shall be entitled to rely upon any such certificate. If Tenant fails to deliver such certificate within ten days after Landlord’s second written request therefor, then such failure shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, that Tenant has no claims or offsets against Landlord, and that not more than one month’s Base Rent has been paid in advance.

21.2 Financial Statements . Within ten days after written request therefor, but not more than twice a year, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the financial statements (including at least a year end balance sheet, a statement of profit and loss, and a statement of cash flows) of Tenant (and of any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) for each of the three most recently completed years, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or other reasonable accounting principles employed by Tenant (and, if such is Tenant’s normal practice, audited by an independent certified public accountant), all then available subsequent interim statements, and such other financial information as may reasonably be requested by Landlord or required by any Lender. To the extent that the financial information specified above is available to the public via the Internet at no charge and without restriction, Tenant shall not be required to provide such information to Landlord pursuant to this Section 21.2 .

22. NOTICES. All notices, certificates or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Lease must be given in writing and must be delivered: (1) in person; or (2) by U.S. Postal Service certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested); or (3) by a commercial overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery and provides a receipt. Any notice required pursuant to any Laws may be incorporated into, given concurrently with or given separately from any notice required under this Lease. Notices delivered in person or by courier shall be effective upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery. Notices delivered by certified mail shall be effective on the delivery date shown on the return receipt. Notices shall be deemed given on the date that the notice is “effective” as specified above in this Section Whenever in this Lease a party is required to take any action within a certain period of time after notice from the other party, then such period of time shall begin to run on the date that the other party’s notice is “effective” as specified above in this Section. Each party may change its address for notices hereunder, effective 15 days after notice to the other party in accordance with this Section. If Tenant sublets the Premises, notices from Landlord shall be effective on the subtenant when given to Tenant pursuant to this Section.

23. ATTORNEYS’ FEES. In the event of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant in any way related to this Lease, and whether involving contract and/or tort claims, the non-prevailing party shall pay to the prevailing party all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and expenses of any type, without restriction by statute, court rule or otherwise, incurred by the prevailing party in connection with any action or proceeding (including any appeal and the enforcement of any judgment or award), whether or not the dispute is litigated or prosecuted to final judgment (collectively, “ Fees ”). The “prevailing party” shall be determined based upon an assessment of which party’s major arguments or positions taken in the action or proceeding could fairly be said to have prevailed (whether by compromise, settlement, abandonment by the other party of its claim or defense, final decision, after any appeals, or otherwise) over the other party’s major

 

47


arguments or positions on major disputed issues. Any Fees incurred in enforcing a judgment shall be recoverable separately from any other amount included in the judgment and shall survive and not be merged in the judgment. The Fees shall be deemed an “actual pecuniary loss” within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code Section 365(b)(1)(B), and notwithstanding the foregoing, all Fees incurred by either party in any bankruptcy case filed by or against the other party, from and after the order for relief until this Lease is rejected or assumed in such bankruptcy case, will be “obligations of the debtor” as that phrase is used in Bankruptcy Code Section 365(d)(3).

24. QUIET POSSESSION. Subject to Tenant’s full and timely performance of all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and subject to the terms of this Lease, including Article 20 (Encumbrances), Tenant shall have the quiet possession of the Premises throughout the Term as against any persons or entities lawfully claiming by, through or under Landlord.

25. SECURITY MEASURES. Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, implement security measures for the Property, such as the registration or search of all persons entering or leaving the Building, requiring identification for access to the Building, evacuation of the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes, the issuance of magnetic pass cards or keys for Building or elevator access and other actions that Landlord deems necessary or appropriate to prevent any threat of property loss or damage, bodily injury or business interruption. If Landlord uses an access card system, Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord a deposit for each after-hours Building access card issued to Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible for any loss, theft or breakage of any such cards, which must be returned by Tenant to Landlord upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Landlord may retain the deposit for any card not so returned. Landlord shall at all times have the right to change, alter or reduce any such security services or measures. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with, and cause Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors to cooperate and comply with, such security measures. Landlord, its agents and employees shall have no liability to Tenant or its Representatives or Visitors for the implementation or exercise of, or the failure to implement or exercise, any such security measures or for any resulting disturbance of Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises.

26. FORCE MAJEURE. If either party is delayed, interrupted or prevented from performing any of its obligations under this Lease, including any obligations that it may have under the Work Letter Agreement (but excluding the obligation of Tenant to pay Rent or any other amount when due hereunder), and such delay, interruption or prevention is due to fire, act of God, governmental act or failure to act, terrorist act, labor dispute, unavailability of labor or materials or any other cause outside the reasonable control of such party, then the time for performance of the affected obligations of the party shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay, interruption or prevention. The terms of this Section shall not apply to any of Tenant’s monetary obligations.

27. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant shall be bound by and shall comply with the rules and regulations attached to and made a part of this Lease as Exhibit C to the extent those rules and regulations are not in conflict with the terms of this Lease, as well as any reasonable rules and regulations hereafter adopted by Landlord, upon written notice to Tenant thereof (collectively, the “Building Rules”). Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for any violation of, or failure to observe, the Building Rules by any other tenant or other person.

 

48


28. LANDLORD’S LIABILITY. The term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall mean only the owner or owners of the Building at the time in question. In the event of any conveyance of title to the Building and the assumption of the obligations of Landlord hereunder by such transferee, then from and after the date of such conveyance, the transferor Landlord shall be relieved of all liability with respect to Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease after the date of such conveyance. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Lease, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease is limited solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building as the same may from time to time be encumbered, and no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against any other assets of Landlord or against Landlord’s partners or members or its or their respective partners, shareholders, members, directors, officers or managers on account of any of Landlord’s obligations or actions under this Lease.

29. CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.

29.1 Determination in Good Faith . Wherever the consent, approval, judgment or determination of Landlord is required or permitted under this Lease, Landlord may exercise its good faith business judgment in granting or withholding such consent or approval or in making such judgment or determination without reference to any extrinsic standard of reasonableness, unless the specific provision contained in this Lease providing for such consent, approval, judgment or determination specifies that Landlord’s consent or approval is not to be unreasonably withheld, or that such judgment or determination is to be reasonable, or otherwise specifies the standards under which Landlord may withhold its consent. If it is determined that Landlord failed to give its consent where it was required to do so under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to injunctive relief but shall not to be entitled to monetary damages or to terminate this Lease for such failure.

29.2 No Liability Imposed on Landlord . The review and/or approval by Landlord of any item or matter to be reviewed or approved by Landlord under the terms of this Lease or any Exhibits or Addenda hereto shall not impose upon Landlord any liability for the accuracy or sufficiency of any such item or matter or the quality or suitability of such item for its intended use. Any such review or approval is for the sole purpose of protecting Landlord’s interest in the Property, and no third parties, including Tenant or the Representatives and Visitors of Tenant or any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant, shall have any rights as a consequence thereof

30. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL. To the extent permitted by Law, Landlord and Tenant waive their respective rights to trial by jury of any contract or tort claim, counterclaim, cross-complaint, or cause of action in any action, proceeding, or hearing brought by either party against the other on any matter arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, including any claim of injury or damage or the enforcement of any remedy under any current or future law, statute, regulation, code, or ordinance.

31. BROKERS. Landlord shall pay the fees or commissions of Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker identified in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Brokers ”) in accordance with Landlord’s separate written agreement with the Brokers. Each of Landlord and Tenant warrant

 

49


and represent to the other that in the negotiating or making of this Lease neither such party nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Lease other than the Brokers. Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from any claim or claims, including costs, expenses and attorney’s fees, incurred by the indemnified party asserted by any other broker or finder for a fee or commission based upon any dealings with or statements made by the indemnifying party or its representatives.

32. SIGNAGE. At Landlord’s cost, Landlord shall provide Tenant with one building standard designation in the Building directory and one building standard nameplate sign at the entrance to the Premises.

33. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto, and the documents referred to herein, if any, constitute the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the leasing of space by Tenant in the Building, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral, all of which are merged herein. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Property or this Lease except as expressly set forth herein, and no rights, easements or licenses shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein. The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute an option for the Premises and this Lease shall become effective as a binding agreement only upon execution and delivery thereof by Landlord to Tenant.

34. MISCELLANEOUS. This Lease may not be amended or modified except by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. Subject to Article 14 ( Assignment and Subletting ) and Article 28 ( Landlord’s Liability ), this Lease shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives. The determination that any provisions hereof may be void, invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall not impair any other provisions hereof and all such other provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. The unenforceability, invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Lease under particular circumstances shall not render unenforceable, invalid or illegal other provisions of this Lease, or the same provisions under other circumstances. This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws (excluding conflict of laws principles) of the State in which the Building is located. The provisions of this Lease shall be construed in accordance with the fair meaning of the language used and shall not be strictly construed against either party, even if such party drafted the provision in question. When required by the context of this Lease, the singular includes the plural. Unless the context requires otherwise, capitalized terms used in this Lease shall have the meanings given for them in this Lease (including the Basic Lease Information). Wherever the term “ including ” is used in this Lease, it shall be interpreted as meaning “including, but not limited to” the matter or matters thereafter enumerated. References in this Lease to “Sections” or “Articles” shall mean, unless the context requires otherwise, the Sections and Articles of this Lease. The captions contained in this Lease are for purposes of convenience only and are not to be used to interpret or construe this Lease. If more than one person or entity is identified as Tenant hereunder, the obligations of each and all of them under this Lease shall be joint and several. Time is of the essence with respect to this Lease, except as to the conditions relating to the delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease.

 

50


35. AUTHORITY. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of business entity, Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Lease. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:   TENANT:
FORWARD ONE, LLC,   LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION,
a California limited liability company   a Delaware corporation
By:   Forward Time Corporation,  
  a California corporation   By:  

/s/ Carrie Dolan

Its:   Manager     Carrie Dolan,
      Chief Financial Officer

 

          By:  

/s/ Belinda Zen

    Belinda Zen,
    President

 

51


EXHIBIT A

THE PREMISES

Floor Plan of 11th Floor Premises

 

LOGO

 

 

Exhibit A, page 1


Floor Plan of 12th Floor Premises

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit A, page 2


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

THIS WORK LETTER AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between FORWARD ONE, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION, a California corporation (“Tenant”), and shall be deemed a part of the lease between Landlord and Tenant to which this Agreement is attached (the “ Lease ”). This Agreement sets forth the obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the initial improvement of the Premises. Capitalized terms that are used herein and defined in the Lease shall have the meaning given therein.

1. Application to 11th Floor, 12th Floor, and 2nd/3rd Floor Option .

 

  (a) 11th Floor Allowances . In the manner provided in Section 4 below, Landlord shall pay to Tenant: (a) an “ 11th Floor Construction Allowance ” of up to $211,455.00 (calculated at the rate of $15.00 per square foot, and based on the 11th Floor Premises’ containing 14,097 rentable square feet), but not exceeding the actual hard costs of Tenant’s Work in the 11th Floor Premises; and (b) an “ 11th Floor Space Planning Allowance ” of $2,819.40 (calculated at the rate of $0.20 per square foot, and based on the 11th Floor Premises’ containing 14,097 rentable square feet). The 11th Floor Construction Allowance may be used only for the hard costs of Tenant’s Work in the 11th Floor Premises, subject to Section 1(c) below, and specifically excluding the cost of design, engineering and permitting and the cost of purchasing equipment, furniture or other items of personal property. The 11th Floor Space Planning Allowance may be used only for the cost of the architectural design and layout of Tenant’s Work in the 11th Floor Premises.

 

  (b) 12th Floor Allowance . Subject to the satisfaction of the H5 Condition Precedent, Landlord shall pay to Tenant, in the manner provided in Section 4 below: (a) a “ 12th Floor Construction Allowance ” of up to $287,300.00 (calculated at the rate of $20.00 per square foot, and based on the 12th Floor Premises’ containing 14,365 rentable square feet), but not exceeding the actual hard costs of Tenant’s Work in the 12th Floor Premises; and (b) a “ 12th Floor Space Planning Allowance ” of $2,873.00 (calculated at the rate of $0.20 per square foot, and based on the 12th Floor Premises containing 14,365 rentable square feet). The 12th Floor Construction Allowance may be used only for the hard costs of Tenant’s Work in the 12th Floor Premises, subject to Section 1(c) below, and specifically excluding the cost of design, engineering and permitting and the cost of purchasing equipment, furniture or other items of personal property. The 12th Floor Space Planning Allowance may be used only for the cost of the architectural design and layout of Tenant’s Work in the 12th Floor Premises. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide a Construction Allowance or Space Planning Allowance for the 12th Floor if the H5 Condition Precedent is not satisfied.

 

Exhibit B, page 1


  (c) Carryover of Unused Construction Allowances . If Tenant does not use the entire 11th Floor Construction Allowance or entire 12th Floor Construction Allowance for the hard costs of Tenant’s Work in the 11th Floor Premises or the 12th Floor Premises, respectively, then Tenant may apply the unused portion of such Construction Allowance(s) for all or any of the following: (i) the hard costs of Tenant’s Work in the 11th Floor Premises or the 12th Floor Premises, to the extent that the Construction Allowance for such Floor is less than the hard costs of Tenant’s Work on such Floor; and (ii) the hard cost of any tenant improvements constructed by Tenant on the 2nd and 3rd Floors, if Tenant exercises the 2nd/3rd Floor Option under Section 1.5 of the Lease. In each case described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, such unused portion of the Construction Allowance must be applied solely to the hard cost of Tenant’s Work that will remain in such Premises after the expiration or termination of Tenant’s lease of such space, and such funds shall be disbursed only upon the full and final completion of such work and Tenant’s providing to Landlord all documents and materials required under Section 4 below. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any other credit on account of any unused Construction Allowance.

2. Delivery As Is; Tenant’s Work .

 

  (a) As Is . Tenant shall lease the Premises (and each portion thereof), and Landlord shall deliver the Premises (and each portion thereof) to Tenant, in their “as is” condition as of the date of this Lease. Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any work or to make any improvements to all or any portion of the Premises (including, without limitation, the mechanical equipment and other equipment serving the Premises) or any other part of the Building. Notwithstanding anything in this Exhibit B to the contrary: (1) Landlord, and not Tenant, shall be responsible for remediating any Hazardous Materials that existed in the Premises or the Building prior to the date of the Lease, but only if such Hazardous Materials exist in a condition or concentration that is required under Law to be remediated in the absence of any construction, reconstruction, remodeling or other work, and further provided that Tenant, and not Landlord, shall be responsible for any remediation required as a result of any construction activities or other activities of Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors; and (2) Landlord, and not Tenant, shall be responsible for correcting any violations of applicable Laws that existed in the Premises or the Building prior to the date of the Lease, but only to the extent that such violations relate to the restrooms in the Premises, the elevator lobbies in the Premises, or the Common Areas of the Building (including, without limitation, path-of-travel issues).

 

  (b)

Tenant’s Work . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Tenant’s Work ” means that work to be performed by Tenant in the 11th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises, which shall be described in detail and shown on the Working Drawings (as defined below), as modified by any change orders approved by Landlord. Tenant shall complete all of Tenant’s Work at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to any applicable Construction Allowance and Space Planning Allowance described in Section 1 above. Tenant shall perform all of Tenant’s

 

Exhibit B, page 2


  Work in compliance with all applicable Laws. Only new materials of a type consistent with Class A office space shall be used in Tenant’s Work. Tenant’s Work shall also be deemed to include, and Tenant shall be required to perform at its sole cost and expense (subject to the Construction Allowances) pursuant to this Agreement, all other work in the Premises that is: (i) except to the extent required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to Section 2(a) above, triggered or necessitated under applicable Laws by the work described in the Working Drawings (or any other work performed by Tenant), including, without limitation, all fire and life safety code compliance work and all work required to be performed pursuant to applicable Laws relating to handicap access; and/or (ii) required in connection with the performance of the work described in the Working Drawings (or any other work performed by Tenant) due to physical site conditions or engineering requirements.

3. Approval of Contractors . Tenant shall directly contract with all architects, engineers, consultants, contractors and subcontractors (collectively, “ Tenant’s Contractors ”) with respect to the design, construction and performance of Tenant’s Work. Tenant’s general contractor, mechanical contractor, electrical contractor, plumbing contractor and fire/life safety contractor shall be subject to Landlord’s prior review and written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall submit to Landlord, prior to the commencement of construction, the following information: (i) with respect to each of Tenant’s Contractors, the name of the company and primary contact person, complete with address, email, phone number and fax number (ii) the construction cost breakdown and total cost for all portions of Tenant’s Work; (iii) the commencement date of construction and the estimated date of completion of Tenant’s Work; and (iv) evidence of insurance as required by Section 8 below. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant must use union labor.

4. Disbursement of Construction Allowance and Space Planning Allowance .

 

  (a)

11th Floor Premises . Upon the completion of Tenant’s Work in the 11th Floor Premises, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a written notice indicating that Tenant has completed Tenant’s Work in the 11th Floor Premises, which notice shall be accompanied by all of the following (collectively, “ Tenant’s Completion Notice ”): (i) an application for payment and sworn statement of Tenant’s general contractor substantially in the form of AIA Document G702 (or an equivalent form) covering all of Tenant’s Work in the 11th Floor Premises; (ii) copies of paid invoices and final, unconditional lien waivers from Tenant’s architect, engineer, general contractor and all subcontractors, showing that full payment has been received for the design and construction of all of Tenant’s Work in the 11th Floor Premises; (iii) certification from Tenant’s architect or engineer, as appropriate, that, to such person’s actual knowledge, all of Tenant’s Work in the 11th Floor Premises has been completed in substantial accordance with the Working Drawings approved by Landlord and in compliance with all applicable Laws; (iv) a copy of the building permit or job card for Tenant’s Work in the 11th Floor Premises, showing that Tenant’s Work has been finally approved by the appropriate inspectors; and (v) a final or temporary Certificate of Occupancy permitting occupancy of the 11th Floor Premises. Tenant has an absolute

 

Exhibit B, page 3


  obligation to provide the documents and materials listed above; such documents and materials are not merely conditions to Landlord’s obligation to fund the 11th Floor Construction Allowance and the 11th Floor Space Planning Allowance. Landlord shall deduct from the 11th Floor Construction Allowance and the 11th Floor Space Planning Allowance, prior to disbursement to Tenant, the Construction Coordination Fee (as defined in Section 6.4 of the Lease) calculated based on Tenant’s Work in the 11th Floor Premises. Landlord shall pay the 11th Floor Construction Allowance and the 11th Floor Space Planning Allowance to Tenant within 30 days after the date of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Completion Notice (including all of the materials and documentation specified above).

 

  (b) 12th Floor Premises . Upon the completion of Tenant’s Work in the 12th Floor Premises, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a written notice indicating that Tenant has completed Tenant’s Work in the 12th Floor Premises, which notice shall be accompanied by all of the following (collectively, “ Tenant’s Completion Notice ”): (i) an application for payment and sworn statement of Tenant’s general contractor substantially in the form of AIA Document G702 (or an equivalent form) covering all of Tenant’s Work in the 12th Floor Premises; (ii) copies of paid invoices and final, unconditional lien waivers from Tenant’s architect, engineer, general contractor and all subcontractors, showing that full payment has been received for the design and construction of all of Tenant’s Work in the 12th Floor Premises; (iii) certification from Tenant’s architect or engineer, as appropriate, that all of Tenant’s Work in the 12th Floor Premises has been completed in accordance with the Working Drawings approved by Landlord and in compliance with all applicable Laws; (iv) a copy of the building permit or job card for Tenant’s Work in the 12th Floor Premises, showing that Tenant’s Work has been finally approved by the appropriate inspectors; and (v) a final or temporary Certificate of Occupancy permitting occupancy of the 12th Floor Premises. Tenant has an absolute obligation to provide the documents and materials listed above; such documents and materials are not merely conditions to Landlord’s obligation to fund the 12th Floor Construction Allowance. Landlord shall deduct from the 12th Floor Construction Allowance and the 12th Floor Space Planning Allowance, prior to disbursement to Tenant, the Construction Coordination Fee (as defined in Section 6.4 of the Lease) calculated based on Tenant’s Work in the 12th Floor Premises. Landlord shall pay the 12th Floor Construction Allowance and the 12th Floor Space Planning Allowance to Tenant within 30 days after the date of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Completion Notice (including all of the materials and documentation specified above).

 

  (c)

Right to Offset . If Tenant has satisfied all of the conditions to Landlord’s obligation to fund the 11th Floor Construction Allowance or the 12th Floor Construction Allowance, as the case may be, but Landlord fails to fund such Construction Allowance within the 30-day period set forth above, then Tenant shall be entitled to deliver written notice thereof (“ Payment Notice ”) to Landlord. If Landlord fails to pay the required amount within 15 days after Landlord’s receipt of a factually correct Payment Notice from Tenant and if Landlord fails to deliver a written notice to Tenant within such 15-day period explaining

 

Exhibit B, page 4


  Landlord’s reasons that the amounts described in Tenant’s Payment Notice are not due and payable by Landlord (“Refusal Notice”), then Tenant shall be entitled to offset, against Tenant’s first obligations to pay monthly Base Rent for the Floor to which such Construction Allowance is applicable, the amount of the Construction Allowance that Landlord wrongly failed to pay (as described in Tenant’s Payment Notice). If Landlord delivers a Refusal Notice, and if Landlord and Tenant are not able to agree on the amounts to be so paid by Landlord within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Refusal Notice, then each of Landlord and Tenant may elect to have such dispute resolved by binding arbitration before a retired judge under the auspices of the San Francisco office of JAMS (or any successor to such organization), according to the then rules of commercial arbitration of such organization. The non-prevailing party in such arbitration shall pay the prevailing party’s costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such arbitration.

5. Approval of Plans for Tenant’s Work .

 

  (a) Preliminary Plans . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, a preliminary set of plans and specifications for Tenant’s Work (the “ Preliminary Plans ”) for each of the 11th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises. Within seven Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of the Preliminary Plans, Landlord shall return to Tenant one set of prints thereof, with Landlord’s written approval or with Landlord’s required modifications. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or condition its approval of the Preliminary Plans, and Landlord’s required modifications must not be unreasonable. If Landlord returns the Preliminary Plans to Tenant with required modifications, and not bearing Landlord’s written approval, then Tenant, promptly after its receipt of such modified plans, shall revise the Preliminary Plans as required by Landlord and shall submit one revised set of plans to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. If Landlord fails to respond to the Preliminary Plans within the seven Business Day period provided above and such failure continues for three days after a second written notice from Tenant requesting approval, then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the Preliminary Plans.

 

  (b)

Working Drawings . Promptly after Landlord’s approval of the Preliminary Plans, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, complete plans, specifications and working drawings which incorporate and are consistent with the Preliminary Plans, as previously approved by Landlord, and which show in detail the intended design, construction and finishing of all portions of Tenant’s Work, in sufficient detail for construction (the “ Working Drawings ”). Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or condition its approval of the Working Drawings, and Landlord’s required modifications must not be unreasonable. Within seven Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of the Working Drawings, Landlord shall either approve or disapprove the Working Drawings. If Landlord disapproves the Working Drawings, then Landlord shall state in reasonable detail the changes that Landlord requires to be made thereto, and Tenant shall make all changes required by Landlord (although Landlord shall not require changes that

 

Exhibit B, page 5


  are inconsistent with Landlord’s approval, or deemed approval, of the Preliminary Plans). After Landlord has approved the Working Drawings, Tenant must obtain Landlord’s prior written approval of any changes to the Working Drawings, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Landlord fails to respond to the Working Drawings within the seven Business Day period provided above and such failure continues for three days after a second written notice from Tenant requesting approval, then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the Working Drawings.

 

  (c) Approval . Landlord’s approval of any of Tenant’s plans or specifications shall not be valid unless such approval is in writing and signed by Landlord. Landlord’s approval of any of Tenant’s plans, including any preliminary draft or version thereof, shall not be deemed to be a representation as to their completeness, adequacy for Tenant’s intended use of the Premises or compliance with applicable Laws.

 

  (d) Changes . Tenant must obtain Landlord’s written approval prior to performing any work not shown on the Working Drawings as approved by Landlord.

6. Notice of Nonresponsibility . Prior to the commencement of any portion of Tenant’s Work, Landlord shall have the right to post in a conspicuous location on the Premises and/or Building, as well as to record in the County Recorder’s office, a Notice of Nonresponsibility.

7. Commencement and Performance of Tenant’s Work .

 

  (a) Commencement . Tenant shall diligently proceed with Tenant’s Work for each of the 11th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises and shall complete such work within a reasonable period of time.

 

  (b) Coordination of Tenant’s Work . Tenant’s Contractors shall perform Tenant’s Work in a manner and at times that do not interfere with the ongoing business operations in the Building. Any delays in the completion of Tenant’s Work (other than delays caused by Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors after receipt of written notice of such alleged delay), and any damage to any work caused by Tenant’s Contractors, shall be at Tenant’s cost and expense.

 

  (c) Staging Areas . Storage of Tenant’s Contractors’ construction materials, tools and equipment shall be confined within the portion of the Premises in which Tenant’s Work is taking place. In no event shall any materials or debris be stored in the common areas. Tenant’s Contractors shall not run pipes or conduits over or through any other tenant’s space, or the common areas, except as directed by Landlord.

 

  (d)

Supervision of Contractors . Tenant’s Work shall be performed in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord shall promulgate from time to time. Tenant acknowledges that other construction work may be in progress at the Building and that conflicts between Tenant’s Work and such other work shall be subject to final resolution by Landlord’s representatives. Subject to

 

Exhibit B, page 6


  Section 11.3 of the Lease, Tenant shall be fully responsible for, and shall indemnify, defend and protect Landlord with respect to, the operations and activities of Tenant’s Contractors. Tenant’s Contractors must repair any damage which they may cause to any portion of the Premises or the Building.

8. Insurance Required of Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors .

 

  (a) Workers’ Compensation and Liability Insurance . Tenant’s general contractor and all subcontractors shall carry, at a minimum, the following coverages, with the following limits of liability:

 

  (i) Workers’ Compensation . Workers’ Compensation, as required by state law, plus Employer’s Liability Insurance, with a limit of not less than $1,000,000.00, and any other insurance required by any employee benefit statute or other similar statute.

 

  (ii) Liability . Commercial General Liability Insurance (including Contractor’s Protective Liability) with a minimum combined single limit of liability of not less than $5,000,000.00 for the general contractor (with an annual general aggregate limit of not less than $10,000,000.00) and $1,000,000.00 for each subcontractor (with an annual general aggregate limit of not less than $3,000,000.00). Such insurance shall not exclude coverage for explosion, collapse and underground hazard. All such insurance shall provide coverage against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and damage to or destruction of property of any kind whatsoever and to whomsoever belonging and arising from such contractor’s operations, whether such operations are performed by Tenant’s general contractor, subcontractors or any of their subcontractors, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.

 

  (b) Tenant’s Liability Insurance . At all times during the performance of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall obtain and maintain the liability insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Lease. If required in order to provide such coverage, such policy shall be endorsed to insure against any loss or damage arising out of the performance of Tenant’s Work.

 

  (c) Tenant’s Builder’s Risk Insurance . Tenant’s general contractor shall obtain an “All Physical Loss” Builder’s Risk Insurance policy covering Tenant’s Work. The policy shall name Landlord and Tenant as named insureds, with Tenant as the loss payee, and the proceeds of all such insurance shall be applied to the performance of Tenant’s Work. The amount of insurance to be provided shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost of Tenant’s Work.

 

  (d)

Additional Insureds . Except as otherwise required by the express terms of this Agreement, all such insurance policies required under this Agreement shall include Landlord and Landlord’s agents as additional insureds, except Workers’

 

Exhibit B, page 7


  Compensation Insurance, which shall contain an endorsement waiving all rights of subrogation against Landlord and its agents. All of Tenant’s insurance in which Landlord is required to be an additional insured shall provide that such insurance coverage shall not be reduced below the levels required by this Agreement or, to the extent commercially available, cancelled except upon 30 days’ prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall provide Landlord with certificates of insurance upon the execution of the Lease and prior to the commencement of Tenant’s Work. Such certificates shall indicate that such insurance complies with the requirements of this Section 8, including, to the extent commercially available, the requirement that such insurance coverage shall not be cancelled except upon 30 days’ prior written notice to Landlord.

9. As-Built Plans . Upon completion of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall submit to Landlord two complete sets of as-built plans (one of which shall be reproducible) and specifications describing all portions of Tenant’s Work.

10. Ownership of Tenant’s Work . Tenant’s Work shall become a part of the Premises and/or the Building (as applicable), shall be the property of Landlord and, subject to the provisions of the Lease, shall be surrendered by Tenant with the Premises, without any compensation to Tenant, at the expiration or termination of the Lease in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.

11. Not Applicable to Additional Space . This Agreement is not applicable to any additional space added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, or to any extension terms, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise.

12. Risk of Loss . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s property during the performance of Tenant’s Work, it being the parties’ intention that such risks shall be covered by Tenant’s insurance.

 

LANDLORD:   TENANT:
FORWARD ONE, LLC,   LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION,
a California limited liability company   a Delaware corporation
By:   Forward Time Corporation,  
  a California corporation   By:  

/s/ Carrie Dolan

Its:   Manager     Carrie Dolan,
      Chief Financial Officer

 

  By:  

/s/ Belinda Zen

    Belinda Zen,
    President

 

Exhibit B, page 8


EXHIBIT C

BUILDING RULES

The following Building Rules are additional provisions of the Lease to which they are attached. The capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings as these terms are given in the Lease. Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Building Rules. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of such Building Rules by (or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of) any other tenants or occupants of the Building. In the event of any conflict between the Building Rules and the other provisions of the Lease, the provisions of the Lease shall control.

1. Use of Common Areas . Tenant shall not obstruct the halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators or stairways of the Building (“Interior Common Areas”) or the Common Areas, and Tenant shall not use the Interior Common Areas or the Common Areas for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises. The Interior Common Areas and the Common Areas are not open to the general public and Landlord reserves the right to control and prevent access to the Interior Common Areas and the Common Areas by any person whose presence, in Landlord’s opinion, would be prejudicial to the safety, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants.

2. Building and Premises Access . Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in San Francisco, California. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests access in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes. The Landlord Parties shall in no case be liable for damages or otherwise for any error with regard to any person’s admission to or exclusion from the Building. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property. Tenant must ensure that the doors of the Premises are closed and locked and that all water faucets, water apparatus and utilities are shut off before Tenant or its employees leave the Premises, so as to prevent waste or damage. Tenant shall be liable for all damage or injuries sustained by Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Building resulting from Tenant’s carelessness in this regard or violation of this rule. Tenant must keep the doors to the Building corridors closed at all times except for ingress and egress.

3. No Access to Roof . Tenant has no right of access to the roof of the Building and will not install, repair or replace any antenna, aerial, aerial wires, fan, air-conditioner or other device on the roof of the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Any such device installed without such written consent is subject to removal at Tenant’s expense without notice at any time. In any event Tenant will be liable for any damages or repairs incurred or required as a result of its installation, use, repair, maintenance or removal of such devices on the

 

Exhibit C, page 1


roof and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from any liability, loss, damage, cost or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from any activities of Tenant or of Tenant’s Representatives on the roof of the Building.

4. Signage . No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises visible from the Building, the exterior of the Building or any Common Areas of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle or canvass any occupant of the Building and shall cooperate with Landlord and Landlord’s agents to prevent same.

5. Prohibited Uses . The Premises will not be used for manufacturing, for the storage of merchandise held for sale to the general public, for lodging or for the sale of goods to the general public. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for Tenant on the Premises, nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

6. Cooking, Vending Machines and Other Machines . No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, except that if the plans for the Premises approved by Landlord provide for a kitchen area in the Premises, then Tenant may use microwave ovens, coffee makers and toaster ovens in such kitchen area, provided that all such appliances are approved by Underwriters Laboratories, for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for Tenant’s employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations and further provided that such activity does not generate odors outside the Premises. No machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises other than customary office equipment with energy efficient sensors. No vending machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises, except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees.

7. Janitorial Services . Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, and while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or servant of such manager or of Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons. Tenant will not necessitate, and will be liable for the cost of, any undue amount of janitorial labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness in or indifference to the preservation of good order and cleanliness in the Premises. Janitorial service will not be furnished to areas in the Premises on nights when such areas are occupied after 9:30 p.m., unless such service is extended by written agreement to a later hour in specifically designated areas of the Premises.

8. Keys and Locks . Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. All mechanical locks in or at the Premises and all doors to the Premises must be

 

Exhibit C, page 2


on Landlord’s master system. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Landlord shall provide Tenant with one or more electronic access cards (in a number determined by Landlord), for a nonrefundable charge of $25 for each card, for after-hours access to the Building and elevator. In addition, Landlord shall provide Tenant with four mechanical keys for access to the Premises, at no charge to Tenant. Any additional mechanical keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable non-discriminatory cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord all electronic access cards and mechanical keys to the Premises, including all keys to stores, offices, storage rooms and toilet rooms, and in the event of the loss of such keys, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing them or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost keys if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

9. Moving of Freight and Weight . No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord reasonably designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same into and out of the Building. Landlord reserves the right to require that safes and all heavy objects be placed on wood strips of such length and thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight.

10. Freight Elevators . No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise shall be carried up or down in the freight elevator except during such hours and along such routes and by such persons as may be designated by Landlord in writing. Upon not less than 24 hours’ prior notice to Landlord, which notice may be oral, Landlord shall supply nonexclusive freight elevator service, at a time to be scheduled with Landlord, without additional charge other than for additional security during times other than Building Hours on Building Days. Tenant shall not transport freight in loads exceeding the weight limitations of such elevator. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such property from any cause, and Tenant will be liable for all damage or injuries caused by moving or maintaining such property.

11. Nuisances and Dangerous Substances . Tenant will not conduct itself or permit Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors to conduct themselves in the Premises or anywhere on or in the Property in a manner that is offensive or unduly annoying to any other tenant or Landlord’s property managers by reason of noise, odors, vibrations or other cause, or otherwise interfere with other tenants in the Building or those having business therein. Tenant will not install or operate any phonograph, radio receiver, musical instrument, television or similar device in any part of the Common Areas and shall not operate any such device installed in the Premises in such manner as to disturb or annoy other tenants of the Building. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Property any kerosene, gasoline, explosive material, corrosive material, material capable of emitting toxic fumes, or other inflammable or combustible fluid chemical, substitute or material, except Tenant may use and store normal small quantities of materials that are customarily used in the conduct of general office activities, such as copier fluids and cleaning supplies, provided such use and storage complies with applicable Laws. Tenant shall provide material safety data sheets for any Hazardous Material used or kept on the Premises. At the expiration or termination of this Lease Tenant shall remove all such materials from the Premises and the Property. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

 

Exhibit C, page 3


12. No Smoking or Loitering . Tenant must comply with all applicable “No Smoking” or similar ordinances or Laws. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

13. Air Conditioning and Efficiency of Utilities . Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective and energy-efficient operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall not adjust any controls. Tenant shall participate in recycling programs undertaken by Landlord.

14. Animals and Vehicles . Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Building or the Premises any bicycles or other vehicles, except in areas designated by Landlord. In addition, Tenant shall not bring into the Building any birds, aquariums or any other animals (except for guide dogs, signal dogs or other animals specifically trained to provide assistance to disabled persons required by any disabled employee or invitee of Tenant).

15. Building Name and Address . Without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant will not use the name of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business except as Tenant’s address.

16. Window Coverings and Lighting . No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than building standard window coverings. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to any window film on the exterior windows of the Premises and shall promptly repair any such damage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, and which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or Common Areas. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must have high efficiency program rapid start ballasts with fluorescent bulbs (or other type of bulb approved in advance in writing by Landlord) of a quality, type, design and color approved in advance in writing by Landlord, and in all other respects are subject to Landlord’s prior review and approval.

17. Surfaces and Walls . Tenant will not lay or otherwise affix linoleum, tile, carpet or any other floor covering to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved in

 

Exhibit C, page 4


writing by Landlord. Tenant will be liable for the cost of repair of any damage resulting from the violation of this rule or the removal of any floor covering by Tenant or its contractors, employees or invitees. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface any part of the Premises, except that Tenant may hang typical art work in the Premises in a manner that will not damage any portion of the Premises. In addition, Tenant may secure office furniture and mount office supplies in the Premises by attachment to the interior walls, on the condition that upon expiration or termination of this Lease and following the removal of any such office furniture and office supplies, Tenant must repair all damage resulting from the attachment of such office furniture and office supplies.

18. Wiring and Cabling Installations . Landlord will direct Tenant’s electricians and other vendors as to where and how data, telephone and electrical wires and cables are to be installed. No boring or cutting for wires or cables will be allowed without the prior written consent of Landlord. The location of burglar alarms, smoke detectors, telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord. Landlord may designate a manager for the Building’s risers and, if Landlord does so, Tenant and Tenant’s contractors must cooperate with such manager.

19. Tenant Requests . The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Building or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

20. Plumbing Facilities . The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance or hazardous material of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who (or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees) shall have caused same.

21. Use of Hand Trucks . Tenant will not use or permit to be used in the Premises or in the Common Areas any hand trucks, carts or dollies except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards or such other equipment as Landlord may approve. Pallet jacks and forklifts are not allowed in the Building or in the freight or passenger elevators.

22. Refuse . Tenant shall store all of its trash, refuse, recyclable material and compostable material within the interior of the Premises and in the manner required by law, including, without limitation, all laws and regulations established by the City & County of San Francisco. All trash, refuse, recyclable material, compostable material and other material shall be disposed of only in the manner provided for and allowed by applicable law, including, without limitation, all laws and regulations established by the City & County of San Francisco. No material shall be placed in any receptacle other than the type of receptacle required to be used for such material under the laws and regulations of the City & County of San Francisco. All disposal of trash, refuse, recyclable material and compostable material shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate and by Landlord as part of its janitorial service. If the Premises are or become infested with vermin as a result of the use of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall forthwith, at Tenant’s expense, cause the Premises to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in writing in advance by Landlord.

 

Exhibit C, page 5


23. Violation of Rules and No Soliciting . Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Property any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Building Rules. Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written materials in the Building are prohibited, and Tenant will cooperate to prevent the same.

24. Fire, Security and Safety Regulations . Tenant will comply with all safety, security, fire protection and evacuation measures and procedures established by Landlord or any governmental agency. Tenant shall install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an adequate, visibly marked and properly operational fire extinguisher next to any duplicating or photocopying machines or similar heat producing equipment, which may or may not contain combustible material, in the Premises.

25. Responsibility for Safety and Theft . Tenant assumes all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and their property, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs that Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.

26. Sales and Auctions . Tenant will not conduct or permit to be conducted any sale by auction in, upon or from the Premises or elsewhere in the Property, whether said auction be voluntary, involuntary, pursuant to any assignment for the payment of creditors or pursuant to any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding.

27. Waiver of Rules . Landlord may waive any one or more of these Building Rules for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord will be construed as a waiver of such Building Rules in favor of any other tenant or tenants nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing these Building Rules against any or all of the tenants of the Building.

28. Effect on Lease . These Building Rules are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease. Violation of these Building Rules constitutes a failure to fully perform the provisions of the Lease, as referred to in Section 15.1 (Events of Default).

29. Non-Discriminatory Enforcement . Subject to the provisions of the Lease (and the provisions of other leases with respect to other tenants), Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to

 

Exhibit C, page 6


enforce these Building Rules in a non-discriminatory manner, but in no event shall Landlord have any liability for any failure or refusal to do so (and Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for any such failure or refusal shall be injunctive relief preventing Landlord from enforcing any of the Building Rules against Tenant in a manner that discriminates against Tenant).

30. Additional and Amended Rules . Landlord reserves the right to rescind or amend these Building Rules and/or adopt any other and reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation of good order therein.

 

  INITIALS:
  Landlord  

 /s/ BZ

  Tenant  

 /s/ CD

 

Exhibit C, page 7


EXHIBIT D

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

Exhibit D, page 1


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SNDA

 

RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND

WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

 

S HANGHAI C OMMERCIAL B ANK , L TD .

S AN F RANCISCO B RANCH

231 Sansome Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

 

Attn: Manager

 

   

Space above this line for Recorder’s use

SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of May     , 2013 (the “Effective Date”), between Shanghai Commercial Bank, Ltd., whose address is 231 Sansome Street, San Francisco, California 94104 (“Lender’), and LendingClub Corporation, a Delaware corporation, whose address is 71 Stevenson Street, Suite (“Tenant”), with reference to the following facts:

A. Forward One, LLC, a California limited liability company, whose address is 835 Airport Boulevard, Burlingame, CA 94010 (“Landlord”), owns the real property located at 71 Stevenson Street, San Francisco, California (such real property, including all buildings, improvements, structures and fixtures located thereon, “Landlord’s Premises”), as more particularly described in Schedule A.

B. Lender has made a loan to Landlord in the original principal amount of $              , which amount is subject to possible increase to a maximum principal amount of $              (the “Loan”), all as provided for in and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Loan Documents (as defined in the Deed of Trust referred to below).

C. To secure the Loan, Landlord has encumbered Landlord’s Premises by entering into that certain Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and Leases, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, dated              , 20              , in favor of              Title Insurance Company, as Trustee for the benefit of Lender as grantee (as amended, increased, renewed, extended, spread, consolidated, severed, restated, or otherwise changed from time to time, the “Deed of Trust”) recorded [on              , at Book              , Page              ,] in the Official Records of the City and County of San Francisco, State of California.

D. Pursuant to a Lease Agreement dated May , 2013 (the “Lease”), Landlord has demised to Tenant a portion of the Landlord’s Premises (“Tenant’s Premises”), as more particularly described in the Lease.

 

Exhibit E, page 1


E. Tenant and Lender desire to establish and evidence the relative priorities of their interests in Landlord’s Premises and their rights and obligations if certain events should occur.

NOW THEREFORE , for good and sufficient consideration, Tenant and Lender agree as follows:

1. Subordination . Pursuant to Section 20.1 of the Lease, the Lease shall be, and shall at all times remain, subject and subordinate to the Deed of Trust, the lien imposed by the Deed of Trust, and all advances made under the Loan Documents. Tenant hereby intentionally and unconditionally subordinates the Lease and all of Tenant’s right, title and interest thereunder and in and to Landlord’s Premises (including Tenant’s right, title and interest in connection with any insurance proceeds or eminent domain awards or compensation relating to Landlord’s Premises), to the lien of the Deed of Trust and all of Lender’s rights and remedies thereunder, and agrees that the Deed of Trust shall unconditionally be and shall at all times remain a lien on Landlord’s Premises prior and superior to the Lease.

2. Nondisturbance, Recognition and Attornment .

2.1 No Exercise of Deed of Trust Remedies Against Tenant . So long as Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable cure period provided in the Lease (an “Event of Default”), Lender shall not name or join Tenant as a defendant in any judicial action or proceeding that is commenced pursuant to the exercise of Lender’s rights and remedies arising upon a default by Landlord under the Deed of Trust unless (a) applicable law requires Tenant to be made a party thereto as a condition to proceeding against Landlord or in order to prosecute or otherwise fully enforce such rights and remedies; or (b) such joinder of Tenant is required for the recovery by Lender of any Rent at any time owing by Tenant under the Lease, whether pursuant to the assignment of rents set forth in the Deed of Trust or otherwise; or (c) such joinder is required in order to enforce any right of Lender to enter Landlord’s Premises for the purpose of making any inspection or assessment, or in order to protect the value of Lender’s security provided by the Deed of Trust. In any instance in which Lender is permitted to join Tenant as a defendant as provided above, Lender agrees not to terminate the Lease or otherwise adversely affect Tenant’s rights under the Lease or this Agreement in or pursuant to such action or proceeding, unless an Event of Default by Tenant has occurred and is continuing. The forgoing provisions of this Section 2.1 shall not be construed in any manner that would prevent Lender from (i) carrying out any nonjudicial foreclosure proceeding under the Deed of Trust, so long as the Lease is not terminated and Tenant’s rights under the Lease and this Agreement are not otherwise adversely affected thereby, (ii) exercising Lender’s rights under the provisions of California Civil Code Section 2938 with respect to the enforcement against Tenant of any assignment of rents made by Landlord to Lender in connection with the Loan, or (iii) obtaining the appointment of a receiver for the Landlord’s Premises as and when permitted under applicable law.

2.2 Nondisturbance and Attornment . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1 above, if the Lease has not been terminated on account of an Event of Default by Tenant, then, when a Successor Landlord (as defined in Article 3 below) acquires title to Landlord’s Premises: (a) Successor Landlord shall not terminate or disturb Tenant’s possession of Tenant’s Premises under the Lease, except in accordance with the terms of the Lease and this

 

Exhibit E, page 2


Agreement; (b) Successor Landlord shall be bound to Tenant under all the terms and conditions of the Lease (except as provided in this Agreement); (c) Tenant shall recognize and attorn to Successor Landlord as Tenant’s direct landlord under the Lease as affected by this Agreement; and (d) the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease, in accordance with its terms (except as provided in this Agreement), between Successor Landlord and Tenant.

2.3 Acknowledgment . This Agreement is and shall be the sole and only agreement between Lender and Tenant with regard to the subordination of the Lease to the lien of the Deed of Trust.

2.4 Turnover of Rent . Tenant shall pay to Lender all rent otherwise payable to Landlord under the Lease upon written demand from Lender, and Tenant shall not have the obligation or the right to contest or question the validity of any such written demand from Lender or the extent to which Lender may properly exercise its rights to collect rents from Landlord’s Premises pursuant to the provisions of the Loan Documents. The consent and approval of Landlord to this Agreement shall constitute an express, irrevocable authorization for Tenant to make such payments to Lender following Lender’s written notice and a release and discharge of all liability of Tenant to Landlord for any such payments made to Lender in compliance with Lender’s written demand.

2.5 Further Documentation . The provisions of this Article 2 shall be effective and self-operative without any need for Successor Landlord or Tenant to execute any future documents. Tenant and Successor Landlord shall, however, confirm the provisions of this Article 2 in writing upon request by either of them.

3. Protection of Successor Landlord . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or the Deed of Trust, any party which becomes owner of Landlord’s Premises as a result of a judicial or non-judicial foreclosure of the Deed of Trust or a deed or other conveyance in lieu of foreclosure (a “Successor Landlord”), shall not be liable for or bound by any of the following matters:

3.1 Claims Against Former Landlord . Any offset right that Tenant may have against any former landlord relating to any event or occurrence before the date of attornment, including any claim for damages of any kind whatsoever as a result of any breach by any former landlord that occurred before the date of attornment, except in all instances to the extent that such event, occurrence or breach is continuing after the date of attornment as hereinafter provided. The foregoing shall not limit either (a) Tenant’s right to exercise against Successor Landlord any offset right otherwise available to Tenant because of events occurring after the date of attornment, or (b) Successor Landlord’s obligation to correct any conditions that existed as of the date of attornment and that violate Successor Landlord’s obligations as landlord under the Lease.

3.2 Prepayments . Any payment of rent that Tenant may have made to any former landlord more than thirty (30) days before the date such rent was first due and payable under the Lease with respect to any period after the date of attornment, other than, and only to the extent of, prepayments expressly required or permitted under the Lease.

 

Exhibit E, page 3


3.3 Payments; Security Deposit . Any obligation to pay Tenant any sum(s) that any former landlord owed to Tenant, specifically excluding (i) the return (in accordance with the terms of the Lease) of any security deposit delivered by Tenant to any former landlord as required by the Lease and (ii) any portion of the 11th Floor Construction Allowance or the 12th Floor Construction Allowance available to Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

3.4 Surrender, Etc . Any consensual or negotiated surrender, cancellation, or termination of the Lease, in whole or in part, agreed upon between Landlord and Tenant, unless effected unilaterally by Tenant pursuant to the express terms of the Lease.

4. Exculpation of Successor Landlord . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Lease, upon any attornment pursuant to this Agreement, (a) the Lease shall be deemed to have been automatically amended to provide that Successor Landlord’s obligations and liability under the Lease shall never extend beyond Successor Landlord’s (or its successors’ or assigns’) interest, if any, in Landlord’s Premises from time to time, including insurance and condemnation proceeds, Successor Landlord’s interest in the Lease, and the proceeds from any sale or other disposition of Landlord’s Premises by Successor Landlord (provided that Tenant shall have no interest in or right to participate in (i) any payments made under any promissory note received by Successor Landlord in connection with any such sale or other disposition, or (ii) any collateral held by successor Landlord to secure such payments) (collectively, “Successor Landlord’s Interest”), and Tenant shall look exclusively to Successor Landlord’s Interest (or that of its successors and assigns) for payment or discharge of any obligations of Successor Landlord under the Lease as affected by this Agreement, and (b) the obligations under the Lease of Lender or any affiliate of Lender which becomes a Successor Landlord shall terminate upon the transfer by such Successor Landlord of its interest in Landlord’s Premises and the assumption by the transferee of the Landlord’s obligations under the Lease, and thereupon Tenant shall look solely to the transferee for the performance of all obligations of the landlord under the Lease which accrue or otherwise become performable following the date of such transfer. If Tenant obtains any money judgment against Successor Landlord with respect to the Lease or the relationship between Successor Landlord and Tenant, then Tenant shall look solely to Successor Landlord’s Interest (or that of its successors and assigns) to collect such judgment. Tenant shall not collect or attempt to collect any such judgment out of any other assets of Successor Landlord. Nothing herein shall be construed to grant Tenant any right to seek any recovery from any former landlord or Successor Landlord to the extent that such recovery is not permitted under or is restricted by the provisions of the Lease.

[SIGNATURES COMMENCE ON NEXT PAGE;

NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 

Exhibit E, page 4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by Lender and Tenant as of the Effective date.

 

LENDER:
SHANGHAI COMMERCIAL BANK LTD.
By:  

[unsigned]

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

TENANT:

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 /s/ Carrie Dolan

Name:  

Carrie Dolan

Title:  

CFO

 

Exhibit E, page 5


LANDLORD’S CONSENT

Landlord is not a party to the foregoing Agreement, but Landlord consents and agrees to all of the provisions of the Agreement. The Agreement shall not alter, waive or diminish any of Landlord’s rights or obligations under the Deed of Trust or the Lease. The Agreement discharges any obligations of Lender under the Deed of Trust and related Loan Documents to enter into a nondisturbance agreement with Tenant.

 

Dated:                                                     LANDLORD:
 

FORWARD ONE, LLC,

a California limited liability company

  By:   FORWARD TIME CORPORATION,
    a California corporation, its Manager
    By:      

[unsigned]

    Name:      

 

    Title:      

 

 

Exhibit E, page 6


Schedule “A”

DESCRIPTION OF LANDLORD’S PREMISES

ALL THAT CERTAIN REAL PROPERTY lying, being and situated in the City and County of San Francisco, and State of California, more particularly described as follows:

EXHIBIT “A”

THE LAND REFERRED TO HEREIN BELOW IS SITUATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO, AND IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

PARCEL ONE:

BEGINNING AT A POINT ON THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF JESSIE STREET, DISTANT THEREON 253 FEET SOUTHWESTERLY FROM THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF ECKER STREET; RUNNING THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG SAID LINE OF JESSIE STREET, 67 FEET, TO A POINT DISTANT THEREON 68 FEET NORTHEASTERLY FROM THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF ANTHONY STREET; THENCE NORTHWESTERLY, AT A RIGHT ANGLE TO SAID LINE OF JESSIE STREET, 62 FEET; THENCE AT A RIGHT ANGLE NORTHEASTERLY 67 FEET TO A LINE DRAWN NORTHWESTERLY AT A RIGHT ANGLE TO SAID NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF JESSIE STREET FROM THE POINT OF BEGINNING; THENCE AT A RIGHT ANGLE SOUTHEASTERLY, ALONG THE LINE SO DRAWN, 62 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.

BEING A PORTION OF 100 VARA BLOCK NO. 346.

LOT 029, BLOCK 3708

PARCEL TWO:

COMMENCING ON THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF STEVENSON STREET, AT A POINT DISTANT THEREON 240 FEET NORTHEASTERLY FROM THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF SECOND STREET; RUNNING THENCE NORTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF STEVENSON STREET, 150 FEET; THENCE AT RIGHT ANGLES SOUTHEASTERLY 80 FEET; THENCE AT RIGHT ANGLES NORTHEASTERLY 45 FEET, MORE OR LESS, TO A POINT 115 FEET SOUTHWESTERLY FROM AND MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF ECKER STREET; THENCE AT RIGHT ANGLES SOUTHWESTERLY, PARALLEL WITH ECKER STREET, A DISTANCE OF 62 FEET TO THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF JESSIE STREET, WHICH POINT IS DISTANT 115 FEET SOUTHWESTERLY FROM THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF ECKER STREET; THENCE AT RIGHT ANGLES SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF JESSIE STREET, 138 FEET; THENCE AT RIGHT ANGLES NORTHWESTERLY 62 FEET; THENCE AT RIGHT ANGLES SOUTHWESTERLY 57 FEET, MORE OR LESS, TO A POINT DISTANT 240 FEET NORTHEASTERLY FROM AND MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF SECOND STREET; THENCE AT RIGHT ANGLES NORTHWESTERLY 80 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.

 

Exhibit E, page 7


BEING A PORTION OF 100 VARA BLOCK NO. 346.

LOT 028, BLOCK 3708

 

Exhibit E, page 8


STATE OF CALIFORNIA   )
      )    ss.
COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO       )

On May 17, 2013                         , before me, Teresa L. Reno, Notary Public                             ,

                        Date                                                          Name And Title Of Officer (e.g., “Jane Doe, Notary Public”)

personally appeared Carrie Dolan                                                                                                     ,

                                                                                          Name of Signer(s)

who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 /s/ Teresa L. Reno

Signature of Notary Public

 

Seal  
STATE OF CALIFORNIA       )
      )    ss.
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES       )

On 20 th May, 2013                         , before me, Joe Cheng, Notary Public                               ,

                        Date                                                          Name And Title Of Officer (e.g., “Jane Doe, Notary Public”)

personally appeared Belinda Zen                                                                                                  ,

                                                                                          Name of Signer(s)

who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her authorized capacity, and that by her signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 /s/ Joe Cheng

Signature of Notary Public

 

Seal  

 

Exhibit E, page 9


STATE OF CALIFORNIA       )
      )    ss.
COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO       )

On                                                   , before me,                                                                                              ,

                        Date                                              Name And Title Of Officer (e.g., “Jane Doe, Notary Public”)

personally appeared                                                                                                                                        ,

                                                                                          Name of Signer(s)

who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature of Notary Public

Seal

 

Exhibit E, page 10


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

[Floors 11 and 12; Expansion on Floor 5]

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of November 13, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between FORWARD ONE, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”). Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

Recitals :

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated May 17, 2013 (the “ Lease ”), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant, and Tenant leased from Landlord, the entire the 11th and 12th floors of the Building, which premises contain a total of approximately 28,462 rentable square feet (the “ Original Premises ”).

B. Tenant leases the 2nd and 3rd floors of the Building pursuant to a separate series of documents (collectively, the “ 2nd/3rd Floor Lease ”).

C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to, among other things, expand the Original Premises to include the entire 5th Floor of the Building, which 5th Floor contains approximately 18,248 rentable square feet.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that the Lease is amended as follows:

1. Expansion of Original Premises .

(a) Defined Terms . As used in this Amendment, the following terms have the following meanings:

Expansion Space ” means the entire 5th floor of the Building, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto. Landlord and Tenant agree that the rentable area of the Expansion Space is 18,248 rentable square feet.

Expansion Space Delivery Date ” means May 1, 2014 or such later date on which Landlord delivers the Expansion Space in the condition required by this Amendment. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord will not be able to

 

1


deliver the Expansion Space until the current tenant of the Expansion Space surrenders and vacates the Expansion Space. Landlord will attempt to deliver the Expansion Space on or before May 1, 2014, but if Landlord is unable to deliver the Expansion Space by such date, then Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant on account thereof, nor shall Tenant have any right to terminate the Lease or any other lease for space leased by Tenant in the Building.

Expansion Space Commencement Date ” means July 1, 2014; provided, however, that if Landlord does not deliver the Expansion Space in the condition required by this Amendment by May 1, 2014, then the Expansion Space Commencement Date shall be extended one day for each day past May 1, 2014 that Landlord delivers the Expansion Space in the condition required by this Amendment.

(b) Expansion of Original Premises . Effective as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date: (1) the Original Premises shall be expanded to include the Expansion Space; (2) all references in the Lease to the “Premises” shall mean the Original Premises together with the Expansion Space; and (3) commencing on the Expansion Space Commencement Date, and continuing through the Expiration Date (as revised in Section 2 below), Landlord shall lease to Tenant, and Tenant shall lease from Landlord, the Expansion Space (together with the Original Premises) under all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, and the Expansion Space shall be part of the “Premises” for all purposes under the Lease. This Amendment shall be binding and effective as of the Effective Date, notwithstanding that the Expansion Space Delivery Date and the Expansion Space Commencement Date have not yet occurred.

(c) Condition of Expansion Space on Delivery . Landlord shall deliver the Expansion Space in its “AS IS, WHERE IS” condition and shall not be required to perform any work to the Expansion Space or the Building as a condition of delivery of the Expansion Space to Tenant, except that Landlord shall deliver the Expansion Space broom-clean and free of the prior tenant’s personal property, furniture and equipment, and with all Building Systems serving the Expansion Space in good working order.

(d) Revised Certificate of Insurance . No later than the Expansion Space Delivery Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a revised insurance certificate, in form and substance required by the Lease (naming Landlord as an additional insured together with such other parties who are required by the Lease to be named as additional insureds), reflecting the addition of the Expansion Space.

2. Revised Expiration Date . The Expiration Date of the Lease is hereby revised to be June 30, 2019. Effective as of the Effective Date, all references in the Lease, as revised by this Amendment, to the Expiration Date shall mean June 30, 2019.

3. Schedule of Base Rent for the Expansion Space . Commencing on the Expansion Space Commencement Date and continuing through the Expiration Date (as revised in Section 2

 

2


above), Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Expansion Space in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease, in the following amounts for the following periods:

 

Time Period

   Annual Base
Rent
     Monthly Base
Rent
     Annual Base Rent Per
Rentable Square Foot
 

Months 1 - 12:

   $ 821,160.00       $ 68,430.00       $ 45.00   

Months 13 - 24:

   $ 839,408.00       $ 69,951.00       $ 46.00   

Months 25 - 36:

   $ 857,656.00       $ 71,471.00       $ 47.00   

Months 37 - 48:

   $ 875,904.00       $ 72,992.00       $ 48.00   

Months 49 - 60:

   $ 894,152.00       $ 74,513.00       $ 49.00   

As used in the foregoing rent schedule, the term “ Month ” means a calendar month, with Months numbered sequentially commencing with the month in which the Expansion Space Commencement Date occurs, and including as the first Month any partial calendar month in which the Expansion Space Commencement Date occurs (if the Expansion Space Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month); provided, however, that in no event shall the last day of Month 60 (or the last day in the rent schedule above) extend beyond the revised Expiration Date of June 30, 2019. When the Expansion Space Commencement Date has been determined, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a memorandum setting forth the Expansion Space Commencement Date and the calendar dates that correspond to the rent schedule set forth above.

4. Schedule of Base Rent for the Original Premises . Commencing on July 1, 2017 and continuing through the Expiration Date (as revised in Section 2 above), Tenant shall pay the following Base Rent for the Original Premises:

 

Term

   Annual Base
Rent
     Monthly Base
Rent
     Annual Base Rent
Per Rentable
Square Foot
 

July 1, 2017 - June 30, 2018:

   $ 1,309,252.00       $ 109,104.33       $ 46.00   

July 1, 2018 - June 30, 2019:

   $ 1,337,714.00       $ 111,476.16       $ 47.00   

5. Increased Security Deposit . Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the additional cash amount of $68,430.00, in order to increase the Security Deposit under the Lease to a total of $168,047.00.

6. First Month’s Rent . Concurrently with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Amendment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the first full month’s Base Rent for the Expansion Space in the amount of $68,430.00.

7. Early Entry . On the Expansion Space Delivery Date, Landlord shall allow Tenant to enter the Expansion Space for the purpose of constructing Tenant’s Work (as defined in Section 11 below) and installing Tenant’s furniture, equipment and telecommunications cabling, provided that Tenant shall have complied with all of Tenant’s obligations under this Amendment and the Lease (including, without limitation, the obligation to provide a revised certificate of insurance). Any early entry by Tenant shall be on all of the terms and conditions of the Lease as modified by this Amendment, other than the obligation to pay Base Rent.

 

3


8. Tenant’s Proportionate Share; Base Year . The Base Year for the Expansion Space shall be the 2014 calendar year and Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and Taxes under the Lease with respect to the Expansion Space shall be 5.644%. For the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate Tenant’s Share reflecting the entire Premises (i.e., the Original Premises plus the Expansion Space) shall be 14.45% (calculated as 46,710 ÷ 323,276). Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and Taxes relating to the Expansion Space in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

9. Option to Extend . The Option to Extend set forth in Section 2.2 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and superseded by the terms of this Section 9 . Section 1.5 of the Lease (regarding the 2nd/3rd Floor Option) is hereby deleted. The parties acknowledge and agree that the Option to Extend granted herein does not apply to the space leased by Tenant on the 2nd and 3rd floors of the Building.

(a) Grant of Option . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant one option to extend the Term of the Lease (the “ Option ”) for an additional term of five years (the “ Option Term ”). The Option shall be exercisable only by LendingClub Corporation, while it is the Tenant under the Lease, and Permitted Transferees, and not by any other party whatsoever. The Option shall be exercisable only with respect to the entire Premises (i.e., the Original Premises together with the Expansion Space) and not separately with respect to any Floor. The Option is expressly conditioned upon there being no Event of Default by Tenant that is continuing, either at the time the Option is exercised or at the time the Option Term would commence. If Tenant duly exercises the Option, then Tenant’s lease of the Premises during the Option Term shall be on all of the terms and conditions as set forth in the Lease, other than the rate of Base Rent and any other terms that the parties have expressly agreed in writing to modify for the Option Term, except that (i) Landlord shall not be obligated to perform, or contribute funds toward the cost of, any remodeling, renovation, alteration or improvement work in the Premises and (ii) Tenant shall have no further options to extend.

(b) Manner of Exercise . Tenant may exercise the Option only by giving Landlord written notice (the “ Option Notice ”) not later than December 31, 2018, but not earlier than October 1, 2018. Tenant’s Option Notice must be a definitive election to exercise the Option, and not merely an expression of interest or intent. Once Tenant has given the Option Notice, Tenant shall be obligated to the lease the Premises for the Option Term. If Tenant fails to exercise the Option on or before December 31, 2018, then the Option automatically shall lapse and thereafter Tenant shall have no right to exercise the Option.

(c) Terms and Rent. If the Option is exercised, then the Base Rent during the Option Term shall be the Fair Market Rent for the Premises, as determined below. The term “ Fair Market Rent ” means the average annual rental, expressed as a rate per rentable square foot, that a willing tenant would pay, and that a willing landlord would accept, at arm’s length, for comparable space in Comparable Buildings (as defined in the Lease), as evidenced where possible, by signed leases that commence or are to commence within six months prior to or within six months after the commencement of the Option Term (“ Comparison Leases ”).

 

4


Comparison Leases shall not include subleases. Rental rates payable under Comparison Leases shall be appropriately adjusted to account for variations between the Lease and the Comparison Leases with respect to: (i) the length of the Option Term compared to the lease term of the Comparison Leases; (ii) the rental structure, including whether gross, industrial gross or net, and if gross, the applicable base year and pass-throughs; (iii) the size, floor level, view and other physical characteristics of the Premises compared to the size, floor level, view and other physical characteristics of the premises under the Comparison Leases; (iv) free rent, the cost of landlord build-outs and/or tenant improvement allowances; and (v) any other relevant factors, terms and conditions.

(d) Determination of Fair Market Rent . The Fair Market Rent shall be determined by mutual agreement of the parties or, if the parties are unable to agree within 30 days after Tenant’s exercise of the Option, then Fair Market Rent shall be determined pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 9(e) and Section 9(f) below.

(e) Landlord’s Initial Determination . If the parties are unable mutually to agree upon the Fair Market Rent pursuant to Section 10(d) , then the Fair Market Rent initially shall be determined by Landlord by written notice (“ Landlord’s Notice ”) given to Tenant promptly following the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 9(d) . If Tenant disputes the amount of Fair Market Rent set forth in Landlord’s Notice, then, within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Notice, Tenant shall send Landlord a written notice (“ Tenant’s Notice ”) which clearly (i) disputes the Fair Market Rent set forth in Landlord’s Notice, (ii) demands arbitration pursuant to Section 9(f) , and (iii) states the name and address of the person who shall act as arbitrator on Tenant’s behalf. Tenant’s Notice shall be deemed defective, and not given to Landlord, if it fails strictly to comply with the requirements and time period set forth above. If Tenant does not give Tenant’s Notice within 30 days after the date of Landlord’s Notice, or if Tenant’s Notice fails to contain all of the required information, then the Fair Market Rent shall be the amount specified in Landlord’s Notice. If the arbitration is not concluded prior to the commencement of the Option Term, then Tenant shall pay Base Rent at 105% of the rate payable immediately prior to the commencement of the Option Term. If the Fair Market Rent determined by arbitration differs from that paid by Tenant pending the results of arbitration, then any adjustment required to adjust the amount previously paid shall be made by payment by the appropriate party within ten days after the determination of Fair Market Rent.

(f) Arbitration . The arbitration shall be conducted in the City of San Francisco in accordance with the following procedure:

(1) Each arbitrator must be an active commercial real estate broker with at least ten years of full-time experience who is familiar with the Fair Market Rent of Comparable Buildings. Within 20 days after Tenant’s Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the name and address of the person designated by Landlord to act as arbitrator on Landlord’s behalf.

(2) Landlord’s arbitrator and Tenant’s arbitrator shall meet within 30 days after the second arbitrator is appointed and shall appoint a third arbitrator possessing the qualifications set forth in subparagraph 1 above. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the third arbitrator within 15 days after their first meeting, then the third

 

5


arbitrator shall be selected by the parties themselves. If the parties do not agree on the third arbitrator after attempting to do so for 15 days, then the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the San Francisco office of JAMS. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of its respective arbitrator and the party who does not prevail in such arbitration shall pay the fees and expenses of the third arbitrator. Each party shall pay its own attorneys’ fees and costs of witnesses.

(3) The three arbitrators shall determine the Fair Market Rent in accordance with the following procedures. Each of Landlord’s arbitrator and Tenant’s arbitrator shall state, in writing, his or her determination of the Fair Market Rent for each year of the Option Term, supported by the reasons therefor, and shall make counterpart copies for the other arbitrators. All of the arbitrators shall arrange for a simultaneous exchange of the proposed Fair Market Rent schedules within 30 days after appointment of the third arbitrator. If either arbitrator fails to deliver his or her own determination to the other arbitrators within such 30-day period, and fails to do so within seven days after written notice from the other party to such arbitrator and the party on whose behalf such arbitrator is acting (i.e., Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be), then the determination of the other arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The role of the third arbitrator shall be to select which of the two 5-year rent schedules proposed by the first two arbitrators more closely approximates his or her own determination of the Fair Market Rent and, in making such determination, shall have the right to make inquiries of and consult with the other arbitrators. The third arbitrator shall have no right to propose a middle ground or any modification of either of the two proposed resolutions. The resolution he or she chooses as that more closely approximating his or her determination of the Fair Market Rent shall constitute the decision of the arbitrators and shall be final and binding upon the parties; provided, however, that if the first two arbitrators independently arrive at the same 5-year schedule of Fair Market Rent, then that rent schedule shall be the Fair Market Rent for the Option Term. However, the arbitrator selected by Landlord and the arbitrator selected by Tenant shall not attempt to reach a mutual agreement of the Fair Market Rent; such arbitrators shall independently arrive at their proposed determinations of the Fair Market Rent.

(4) The arbitrators shall render their decision in writing with counterpart copies to each party. The arbitrators shall have no power to modify the provisions of this Lease. In the event of a failure, refusal or inability of any arbitrator to act, his or her successor shall be appointed by him or her, but in the case of the third arbitrator, his or her successor shall be appointed in the same manner as that set forth herein with respect to the appointment of the original third arbitrator.

(g) Renewal Amendment . If Tenant exercises the Option, then promptly following the determination of the Base Rent payable during the Option Term, Landlord shall prepare an amendment to the Lease (the “ Renewal Amendment ”) to reflect the extension of the Term pursuant to the Option. Tenant shall use its best efforts to execute and return the Renewal Amendment to Landlord within 20 days after Tenant’s receipt of same, but an otherwise valid exercise of the Option shall be fully effective whether or not the Renewal Amendment is executed.

 

6


10. Right of First Offer . The Right of First Offer (“ ROFO ”) set forth in Section 1.4 of the Lease and any right of first offer or right of first refusal contained in any other lease under which Tenant occupies space in the Building are hereby deleted in their entirety and superseded by the terms of this Section 10 .

(a) ROFO . As used herein, the term “ ROFO Period ” means that period of time commencing on the Effective Date and ending on June 30, 2017 or, if Tenant duly exercises its Option pursuant to Section 9 above, ending on June 30, 2022. Tenant shall have a right of first offer (“ ROFO ”) to lease space (each, a “ ROFO Space ”) that becomes available on the 4th Floor and 6th Floor of the Building during the ROFO Period, on the terms and conditions contained in this Section 10 , and subject to all of the following conditions and limitations: (1) the ROFO shall terminate and be null and void if Tenant assigns the Lease to any party other than to a Permitted Transferee; (2) the ROFO shall not be in effect during any period of time in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the rentable square feet then contained in the Premises are subleased to any party other than to a Permitted Transferee; (3) the ROFO shall be of no force or effect during any period of time in which an Event of Default by Tenant exists under the Lease; and (4) the ROFO is subject and subordinate to any and all rights (including, without limitation, leases, options to renew or extend and rights of first offer, first negotiation, first refusal or other expansion rights) held with respect to such space by other tenants of the Building (and their assignees and successors, to the extent that such assignees and successors have the right to exercise such rights) as of the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the ROFO shall terminate upon the expiration of the ROFO Period. Not later than 30 days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment, Landlord or Landlord’s Broker shall provide Tenant with a list (the “ ROFO List ”) of the tenants that Landlord believes in good faith (but without representation or warranty) have rights (including, without limitation, leases, options to renew or extend and rights of first offer, first negotiation, first refusal or other expansion rights) to the ROFO Space (or any portion thereof) that are superior to Tenant’s ROFO. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the ROFO List will be provided to Tenant without any representation or warranty, either express or implied, as to the completeness or accuracy of the ROFO List, and Tenant agrees that Tenant shall have no claim or recourse against Landlord on account of the incompleteness or inaccuracy of the ROFO List.

(b) Exercise of ROFO . The ROFO may be exercised only with respect to: (i) a ROFO Space that has been previously leased and becomes available during the ROFO Period following expiration or other termination of such previous lease with respect to such ROFO Space, and (ii) all of the ROFO Space offered by Landlord pursuant to a particular Landlord’s Offer Notice (as hereafter defined). If any ROFO Space becomes available during the ROFO Period, then Landlord shall give Tenant a written notice (“ Landlord’s Offer Notice ”) offering to lease such ROFO Space to Tenant at the same rent and on the same terms that Landlord intends to offer to other prospective tenants. Tenant shall have 15 days following receipt of Landlord’s Offer Notice with respect to such ROFO Space within which to notify Landlord in writing of its intention to lease such ROFO Space, and such notice, if given by Tenant, shall constitute an acceptance of Landlord’s terms for the lease of such ROFO Space. If Tenant fails to exercise the ROFO within such 15-day period, then the ROFO shall forever lapse with respect to such ROFO Space (subject to Landlord’s obligation, as provided in the last sentence of this Section 10(b) , to re-offer the ROFO Space to Tenant if Landlord fails to lease such ROFO Space to a third party on the terms set forth in Landlord’s Offer Notice within 120 days after the end of the 15-day

 

7


period). If Tenant exercises such ROFO, then the ROFO Space to be leased by Tenant shall be leased on the same terms and conditions as are contained in the Lease except for the economic and other terms specifically set forth in Landlord’s Offer Notice, and the parties shall execute an amendment to the Lease to include such ROFO Space in the Premises, to increase the rent and other amounts payable by Tenant, to increase Tenant’s Share, and otherwise to provide for the leasing of such ROFO Space on such terms. The term of Tenant’s lease of the ROFO Space shall be coterminous with Tenant’s lease of the Premises under the Lease. If Tenant does not elect to lease a specific ROFO Space from Landlord when it is first offered to Tenant by Landlord, then the ROFO shall terminate with respect to such specific ROFO Space and, except as provided below in this Section 11(b) , Tenant shall have no further rights to lease such specific ROFO Space, but Tenant shall retain the ROFO with respect to the remaining ROFO Space until each such remaining ROFO Space is offered to Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10 ; provided, however, that if Landlord fails to lease such ROFO Space to a third party on the terms set forth in Landlord’s Offer Notice within 120 days after the end of the 15-day period described above, then Tenant’s rights under this Section 10 with respect to such ROFO Space shall be reinstated and Landlord shall thereafter not lease such ROFO Space without again complying with the terms set forth in this Section 10 .

11. Tenant’s Work and Construction Allowance .

(a) General . Landlord shall pay to Tenant a “ Construction Allowance ” of up to $ 182,480.00 with respect to the Expansion Space, but not exceeding the actual cost of design, permitting and construction of Tenant’s Work (as hereafter defined). In addition to the Construction Allowance: (1) Landlord shall also reimburse to Tenant up to $2,737.20 for Tenant’s documented costs paid to third parties for the preparation of a space plan for the Expansion Space; and (2) if Tenant is required to incur any costs to bring the restrooms located in the Expansion Space into compliance with applicable Laws (including, without limitation, the ADA) in connection with the construction of Tenant’s Work in the Expansion Space (the “ Restroom Compliance Work ”), then Landlord will reimburse Tenant for the costs of design, permitting and construction related to the Restroom Compliance Work within 30 days following Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of an invoice accompanied by reasonably detailed back-up documentation. Any portion of the Construction Allowance that is remaining after the completion of Tenant’s Work in the Expansion Space may be used for the performance of Tenant’s Work on any other floor occupied by Tenant in the Building, including any floor occupied by Tenant under the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease. As used herein, “ Tenant’s Work ” means any tenant improvements made by Tenant to the Expansion Space (and any other work for which Tenant is allowed to use the Construction Allowance), and “ Working Drawings ” mean the construction drawings and specifications relating to such Tenant’s Work. Tenant’s Work shall be carried out as Alterations in accordance with the terms of Article 6 of the Lease, and shall be subject to the additional requirements set forth in Section 3 and Sections 5 through 12 of Exhibit B to the Lease (including, without limitation, Landlord’s obligation to respond to Tenant’s Preliminary Plans and Working Drawings in the manner described in Sections 5(a) and 5(b) of Exhibit B to the Lease), which are incorporated herein by reference (with references to the 11th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises being deemed references to the Expansion Space). Tenant’s Work shall also be deemed to include, and Tenant shall be required to perform at its sole cost and expense (subject to the Construction Allowance), all other work that is: (i) triggered or necessitated under applicable Laws by the work described in the Working Drawings (or any

 

8


other work performed by Tenant), including, without limitation, all fire and life safety code compliance work and all work required to be performed pursuant to applicable Laws relating to handicap access, except that Landlord shall be responsible for the cost of the Restroom Compliance Work; and/or (ii) required in connection with the performance of the work described in the Working Drawings (or any other work performed by Tenant) due to physical site conditions or engineering requirements.

(b) Applicable Costs . The Construction Allowance may be used only for the following costs: (1) the cost of preparing design and construction documents and mechanical and electrical plans for Tenant’s Work; (2) the hard costs of Tenant’s Work; (3) the cost of obtaining permits for Tenant’s Work; and (4) the fees of Tenant’s project manager, if any, supervising Tenant’s Work. In no event shall the Construction Allowance be used for the purchase of equipment, furniture or other items of personal property of Tenant.

(c) Disbursement . Upon the completion of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a written notice indicating that Tenant has completed Tenant’s Work, which notice shall be accompanied by all of the following (collectively, “ Tenant’s Completion Notice ”): (i) copies of paid invoices and final, unconditional lien waivers from Tenant’s architect, engineer, general contractor and all subcontractors, showing that full payment has been received for the design and construction of Tenant’s Work; (ii) certification from Tenant’s architect and engineer that all of Tenant’s Work has been completed in accordance with the Working Drawings approved by Landlord and in compliance with all applicable Laws; (iii) a copy of the building permit or job card for Tenant’s Work, showing that Tenant’s Work has been finally approved by the appropriate inspectors; and (iv) any other evidence reasonably required by Landlord indicating that all legal requirements for Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises have been satisfied, that Tenant’s Work has been completed according to the approved Working Drawings and that the cost of all labor and materials has been paid in full. Tenant has an absolute obligation to provide the documents and materials listed above; such documents and materials are not merely conditions to Landlord’s obligation to fund the Construction Allowance. Landlord shall deduct from the Construction Allowance, prior to disbursement to Tenant, a construction management fee payable to Landlord in the amount of two percent (2%) of the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) of the hard costs of Tenant’s Work, and one percent (1%) of any additional hard costs of Tenant’s Work. Landlord shall pay the Construction Allowance to Tenant within 30 days after the date of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Completion Notice (including all of the materials and documentation specified above). Landlord shall not be required to pay any portion of the Construction Allowance at any time during an Event of Default by Tenant under the Lease. Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit for any unused portion of the Construction Allowance.

12. Parking . From and after the Expansion Commencement Date, Section 1.3 of the Lease will be deemed revised to provide that Tenant will be entitled to two additional parking passes associated with the Expansion Space, for a total of six parking passes.

13. Brokers . Each of Landlord and Tenant warrants and represents to the other party that in negotiating the transaction contemplated by this Amendment, neither Landlord nor Tenant, respectively, nor anyone on Landlord’s or Tenant’s behalf, has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Amendment, other than Avison

 

9


Young – Northern California, Ltd. (“ Tenant’s Broker ”) and TRI Commercial (“ Landlord’s Broker ”). Each of Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by such other party arising out of or related to any claim for commissions or other compensation made by any other broker or finder based upon any dealings with or statements made by the indemnifying party. Landlord shall pay a commission to Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker as set forth in separate agreements between Landlord and Tenant’s Broker and Landlord and Landlord’s Broker.

14. Warranty of Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of business entity, Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Amendment. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

15. Contingencies . The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the following conditions precedent: (a) Landlord’s and Teachscape Inc.’s mutual execution of (i) an agreement pursuant to which Teachscape, Inc. agrees to vacate Suite 500 of the Building on or before February 28, 2014 and (ii) a lease by which Teachscape, Inc. leases the 19th and 20th floors of the Building, each in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion; and (b) Landlord’s and Tenant’s mutual execution of an amendment to the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B . Upon request by Tenant, Landlord apprise Tenant of the status of Landlord’s efforts to satisfy the condition described in clause (a) above.

16. Cross-Default . Any Event of Default under the Lease shall constitute an Event of Default under any other lease under which Tenant occupies space in the Building, and any Event of Default under any other lease under which Tenant occupies space in the Building shall constitute an Event of Default under the Lease.

17. SNDA . No later than 30 days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant an SNDA from Landlord’s current Lender pursuant to which (i) the Lease is subordinated to the lien of such Lender’s Encumbrance and (ii) the Lender agrees not to disturb or interfere with Tenant’s possession of the Premises or rights under the Lease so long as there is no Event of Default on the part of Tenant. Tenant agrees that the form of SNDA attached hereto as Exhibit C is acceptable to Tenant.

18. Miscellaneous . Except as amended by this Amendment, the Lease has not been amended or modified and all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as modified by this Amendment, remain unmodified and in full force and effect. Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify the Lease, as amended herein. Each party agrees that, to such party’s actual knowledge as of the Effective Date, the other party is not in default under any term or condition of the Lease. This Amendment contains the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding the subject matter hereof and, except for the Lease, supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral, all of which are merged herein. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This

 

10


Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages may be detached from separately delivered counterparts of this Amendment and attached to other, identical counterparts of this Amendment, or to a version of this Amendment that is identical to that from which the signature page was detached, in order to create a fully executed original version of this Amendment. Faxed and emailed signature pages shall be deemed originals for all purposes.

[SIGNATURES COMMENCE ON NEXT PAGE

NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:    TENANT:
FORWARD ONE, LLC,    LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION,
a California limited liability company    a Delaware corporation
By:    Forward Time Corporation,         
   a California corporation       By:   

[unsigned]

Its:    Manager          Carrie Dolan,
               Chief Financial Officer
              
   By:   

[unsigned]

        
      Belinda Zen,         
      President         

 

12


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN OF EXPANSION SPACE

 

LOGO

 

 

Exhibit A, page 1


EXHIBIT B

AMENDMENT TO 2nd/3rd FLOOR LEASE

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

[Floors 2 and 3]

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of November 13, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between FORWARD ONE, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and LENDING CLUB CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”). Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

Recitals:

A. Landlord and H5, a California corporation (“ H5 ”), entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated December 11, 2007, as amended (the “ Original Lease ”), pursuant to which H5 leased certain space in the Building, including the entire 2nd floor containing approximately 16,942 rentable square feet (the “ 2nd Floor Premises ”) and the entire 3rd floor containing approximately 18,221 rentable square feet (the “ 3rd Floor Premises ”).

B. H5 and San Francisco Newspaper Company, LLC (the “ Examiner ”), entered into that certain Sublease dated July 16, 2009 (the “ H5-Examiner Sublease ”), pursuant to which H5, as sublessor, subleased the 2nd Floor Premises to the Examiner, as sublessee. Landlord consented to the H5-Examiner Sublease pursuant to that certain Consent to Sublease dated July 16, 2009, executed by H5, the Examiner and Landlord (the “ Consent to H-5-Examiner Sublease ”).

C. The Examiner and Tenant entered into that certain Sub-Sublease dated April 17, 2012 (the “ Sub-Sublease ”), pursuant to which the Examiner, as sub-sublessor, sub-subleased the 2nd Floor Premises to Tenant, as sub-sublessee. Landlord consented to the Sub-Sublease pursuant to that certain Consent to Sub-Sublease dated April 17, 2012, executed by H5, the Examiner, Tenant and Landlord (the “ Consent to Sub-Sublease ”).

D. H5 and Tenant entered into that certain Sublease dated April 15, 2011 (the “ H5-Lending Club Sublease ”), pursuant to which H5, as sublessor, subleased the 3rd Floor Premises to Tenant, as sublessee. Landlord consented to the H5-Lending Club Sublease pursuant to that certain Consent to Sublease dated April 15, 2011, executed by H5, Tenant and Landlord (the “ Consent to H5-Lending Club Sublease ”).

E. On May 21, 2013, H5 and Landlord entered into that certain Lease Termination Agreement, pursuant to which Landlord and H5 agreed to terminate the Original Lease.

F. As a result of the termination of the Original Lease and: (i) pursuant to the Consent to H5-Examiner Sublease and the Consent to Sub-Sublease, the Sub-lease automatically became a direct lease between Landlord and Tenant based on all of the terms of the Original

 

Exhibit B, page 1


Lease, except for the financial terms, which were based on the financial terms contained in the Sub-Sublease (the “ 2nd Floor Direct Lease ”); and (ii) pursuant to the Consent to H5-Lending Club Sublease, the H5-Lending Club Sublease automatically became a direct lease between Landlord and Tenant based on all of the terms of the Original Lease, except for the financial terms, which were based on the financial terms contained in the H5-Lending Club Sublease (the “ 3rd Floor Direct Lease ”, and collectively with the 2nd Floor Direct Lease and the Original Lease, the “ Lease ”).

G. Tenant leases from Landlord certain other space in the Building pursuant to that separate Lease Agreement dated May 17, 2013 (the “ 11th/12th Floor Lease ”).

H. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to extend the Term and otherwise to amend the Lease, as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that the Lease is amended as follows:

1. Extension of Term . The Term of the Lease is extended for a period of two years (the “ Extended Term ”), commencing on July 1, 2017 and expiring on June 30, 2019.

2. Schedule of Base Rent During Extended Term . During the Extended Term, Tenant shall pay the following Base Rent for the 2nd Floor Premises and the 3rd Floor Premises (consisting of a total of 35,163 rentable square feet):

 

Term

   Annual Base Rent      Monthly
Base Rent
     Annual Base Rent
Per Rentable
Square Foot
 

July 1, 2017 - June 30, 2018

   $ 1,582,335.00       $ 131,861.25       $ 45.00   

July 1, 2018 - June 30, 2019

   $ 1,617,498.00       $ 134,791.50       $ 46.00   

3. Tenant’s Work and Construction Allowance .

(a) General . Landlord shall pay to Tenant a “ Construction Allowance ” of up to $175,815.00 with respect to the 2nd Floor Premises and 3rd Floor Premises, but not exceeding the actual cost of design, permitting and construction of Tenant’s Work (as hereafter defined). Any portion of the Construction Allowance that is remaining after the completion of Tenant’s Work on the 2nd Floor Premises and the 3rd Floor Premises may be used for the performance of Tenant’s Work on any other floor occupied by Tenant in the Building, including any floor occupied by Tenant under the 11th/12th Floor Lease. As used herein, “ Tenant’s Work ” means any tenant improvements made by Tenant to the Premises (and any other work for which Tenant is allowed to use the Construction Allowance), and “ Working Drawings ” mean the construction drawings and specifications relating to such Tenant’s Work. Tenant’s Work shall be carried out as Alterations in accordance with the terms of Article 6 of the Lease, and shall be subject to the additional requirements set forth in Section 3 and Sections 5 through 12 of Exhibit B to the

 

Exhibit B, page 2


11th/12th Floor Lease (including, without limitation, Landlord’s obligation to respond to Tenant’s Preliminary Plans and Working Drawings in the manner described in Sections 5(a) and 5(b) of Exhibit B to the 11th/12th Floor Lease), which are incorporated herein by reference (with references to the 11th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises being deemed references to the 2nd Floor Premises and the 3rd Floor Premises). Tenant’s Work shall also be deemed to include, and Tenant shall be required to perform at its sole cost and expense (subject to the Construction Allowance), all other work that is: (i) triggered or necessitated under applicable Laws by the work described in the Working Drawings (or any other work performed by Tenant), including, without limitation, all fire and life safety code compliance work and all work required to be performed pursuant to applicable Laws relating to handicap access; and/or (ii) required in connection with the performance of the work described in the Working Drawings (or any other work performed by Tenant) due to physical site conditions or engineering requirements.

(b) Applicable Costs . The Construction Allowance may be used only for the following costs: (1) the cost of preparing design and construction documents and mechanical and electrical plans for Tenant’s Work; (2) the hard costs of Tenant’s Work; (3) the cost of obtaining permits for Tenant’s Work; and (4) the fees of Tenant’s project manager, if any, supervising Tenant’s Work. In no event shall the Construction Allowance be used for the purchase of equipment, furniture or other items of personal property of Tenant.

(c) Disbursement . Upon the completion of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a written notice indicating that Tenant has completed Tenant’s Work, which notice shall be accompanied by all of the following (collectively, “ Tenant’s Completion Notice ”): (i) copies of paid invoices and final, unconditional lien waivers from Tenant’s architect, engineer, general contractor and all subcontractors, showing that full payment has been received for the design and construction of Tenant’s Work; (ii) certification from Tenant’s architect and engineer that all of Tenant’s Work has been completed in accordance with the Working Drawings approved by Landlord and in compliance with all applicable Laws; (iii) a copy of the building permit or job card for Tenant’s Work, showing that Tenant’s Work has been finally approved by the appropriate inspectors; and (iv) any other evidence reasonably required by Landlord indicating that all legal requirements for Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises have been satisfied, that Tenant’s Work has been completed according to the approved Working Drawings and that the cost of all labor and materials has been paid in full. Tenant has an absolute obligation to provide the documents and materials listed above; such documents and materials are not merely conditions to Landlord’s obligation to fund the Construction Allowance. Landlord shall deduct from the Construction Allowance, prior to disbursement to Tenant, a construction management fee payable to Landlord in the amount of two percent (2%) of the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) of the hard costs of Tenant’s Work, and one percent (1%) of any additional hard costs of Tenant’s Work. Landlord shall pay the Construction Allowance to Tenant within 30 days after the date of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Completion Notice (including all of the materials and documentation specified above). Landlord shall not be required to pay any portion of the Construction Allowance at any time during an Event of Default by Tenant under the Lease. Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit for any unused portion of the Construction Allowance.

4. Tenant’s Proportionate Share; Base Year . Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and Taxes through June 30, 2017 in accordance with the 2nd Floor

 

Exhibit B, page 3


Direct Lease and the 3rd Floor Direct Lease. Commencing on January 1, 2018, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and Taxes for the 2nd Floor Premises and the 3rd Floor Premises (i.e., 10.88%, calculated as 35,163 ÷ 323,276) over the Operating Costs and Taxes incurred by Landlord for the 2nd Floor Premises and the 3rd Floor Premises in the 2017 calendar year.

5. Brokers . Each of Landlord and Tenant warrants and represents to the other party that in negotiating the transaction contemplated by this Amendment, neither Landlord nor Tenant, respectively, nor anyone on Landlord’s or Tenant’s behalf, has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Amendment, other than Avison Young – Northern California, Ltd. (“ Tenant’s Broker ”) and TRI Commercial (“ Landlord’s Broker ”). Each of Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by such other party arising out of or related to any claim for commissions or other compensation made by any other broker or finder based upon any dealings with or statements made by the indemnifying party. Landlord shall pay a commission to Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker as set forth in separate agreements between Landlord and Tenant’s Broker and Landlord and Landlord’s Broker.

6. Warranty of Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of business entity, Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Amendment and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Lease. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

7. Contingencies . The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the following conditions precedent: (a) Landlord’s and Teachscape, Inc.’s mutual execution of (i) an agreement pursuant to which Teachscape, Inc. agrees to vacate Suite 500 of the Building on or before February 28, 2014 and (ii) a lease by which Teachscape, Inc. leases the 19th and 20th floors of the Building, each in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion; and (b) Landlord’s and Tenant’s mutual execution of a First Amendment to the 11th/12th Floor Lease, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

8. Option to Extend . Any option to extend or renew that is contained in the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and superseded by the terms of this Section 8 . In addition, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Section 1.5 of the 11th/12th Floor Lease (regarding the 2nd/3rd Floor Option) is no longer in effect.

(a) Grant of Option . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant one option to extend the Term of the Lease (the “ Option ”) for an additional term of five years (the “ Option Term ”). The Option shall be exercisable only by LendingClub Corporation, while it or its Permitted Transferees (and no one else) is the Tenant under the Lease. The Option shall be exercisable only with respect to the entire 2nd Floor Premises and the entire 3rd Floor Premises together, and may not be exercised separately with respect to any floor. The Option is expressly conditioned upon there being no Event of Default by Tenant that is continuing, either at the time the Option is exercised or at the time the Option Term would commence. If Tenant duly exercises the

 

Exhibit B, page 4


Option, then Tenant’s lease of the Premises during the Option Term shall be on all of the terms and conditions as set forth in the Lease, other than the rate of Base Rent and any other terms that the parties have expressly agreed in writing to modify for the Option Term, except that (i) Landlord shall not be obligated to perform, or contribute funds toward the cost of, any remodeling, renovation, alteration or improvement work in the Premises and (ii) Tenant shall have no further options to extend.

(b) Manner of Exercise . Tenant may exercise the Option only by giving Landlord written notice (the “ Option Notice ”) not later than December 31, 2018, but not earlier than October 1, 2018. Tenant’s Option Notice must be a definitive election to exercise the Option, and not merely an expression of interest or intent. Once Tenant has given the Option Notice, Tenant shall be obligated to the lease the Premises for the Option Term. If Tenant fails to exercise the Option on or before December 31, 2018, then the Option automatically shall lapse and thereafter Tenant shall have no right to exercise the Option.

(c) Terms and Rent . If the Option is exercised, then the Base Rent during the Option Term shall be the Fair Market Rent for the Premises, as determined below. The term “ Fair Market Rent ” means the average annual rental, expressed as a rate per rentable square foot, that a willing tenant would pay, and that a willing landlord would accept, at arm’s length, for comparable space in Comparable Buildings (defined below), as evidenced where possible, by signed leases that commence or are to commence within six months prior to or within six months after the commencement of the Option Term (“ Comparison Leases ”). Comparison Leases shall not include subleases. Rental rates payable under Comparison Leases shall be appropriately adjusted to account for variations between the Lease and the Comparison Leases with respect to: (i) the length of the Option Term compared to the lease term of the Comparison Leases; (ii) the rental structure, including whether gross, industrial gross or net, and if gross, the applicable base year and pass-throughs; (iii) the size, floor level, view and other physical characteristics of the Premises compared to the size, floor level, view and other physical characteristics of the premises under the Comparison Leases; (iv) free rent, the cost of landlord build-outs and/or tenant improvement allowances; and (v) any other relevant factors, terms and conditions, including but not limited to tenant’s use and creditworthiness. As used herein, “ Comparable Buildings ” means similar “Class A” office buildings in the San Francisco South Financial District, which is the area bounded by Market Street (including both sides of Market Street), Fifth Street, Folsom Street and the Embarcadero.

(d) Determination of Fair Market Rent . The Fair Market Rent shall be determined by mutual agreement of the parties or, if the parties are unable to agree within 30 days after Tenant’s exercise of the Option, then Fair Market Rent shall be determined pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 8(e) and Section 8(f) below.

(e) Landlord’s Initial Determination . If the parties are unable mutually to agree upon the Fair Market Rent pursuant to subpart (d) , then the Fair Market Rent initially shall be determined by Landlord by written notice (“ Landlord’s Notice ”) given to Tenant promptly following the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 8(d) . If Tenant disputes the amount of Fair Market Rent set forth in Landlord’s Notice, then, within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Notice, Tenant shall send Landlord a written notice (“ Tenant’s Notice ”) which clearly (i) disputes the Fair Market Rent set forth in Landlord’s Notice, (ii) demands

 

Exhibit B, page 5


arbitration pursuant to Section 8(f) , and (iii) states the name and address of the person who shall act as arbitrator on Tenant’s behalf. Tenant’s Notice shall be deemed defective, and not given to Landlord, if it fails strictly to comply with the requirements and time period set forth above. If Tenant does not give Tenant’s Notice within 30 days after the date of Landlord’s Notice, or if Tenant’s Notice fails to contain all of the required information, then the Fair Market Rent shall be the amount specified in Landlord’s Notice. If the arbitration is not concluded prior to the commencement of the Option Term, then Tenant shall pay Base Rent at 105% of the rate payable immediately prior to the commencement of the Option Term. If the Fair Market Rent determined by arbitration differs from that paid by Tenant pending the results of arbitration, then any adjustment required to adjust the amount previously paid shall be made by payment by the appropriate party within ten days after the determination of Fair Market Rent.

(f) Arbitration . The arbitration shall be conducted in the City of San Francisco in accordance with the following procedure:

(1) Each arbitrator must be an active commercial real estate broker with at least ten years of full-time experience who is familiar with the Fair Market Rent of Comparable Buildings. Within 20 days after Tenant’s Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the name and address of the person designated by Landlord to act as arbitrator on Landlord’s behalf.

(2) Landlord’s arbitrator and Tenant’s arbitrator shall meet within 30 days after the second arbitrator is appointed and shall appoint a third arbitrator possessing the qualifications set forth in subparagraph 1 above. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the third arbitrator within 15 days after their first meeting, then the third arbitrator shall be selected by the parties themselves. If the parties do not agree on the third arbitrator after attempting to do so for 15 days, then the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the San Francisco office of JAMS. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of its respective arbitrator and the party who does not prevail in such arbitration shall pay the fees and expenses of the third arbitrator. Each party shall pay its own attorneys’ fees and costs of witnesses.

(3) The three arbitrators shall determine the Fair Market Rent in accordance with the following procedures. Each of Landlord’s arbitrator and Tenant’s arbitrator shall state, in writing, his or her determination of the Fair Market Rent for each year of the Option Term, supported by the reasons thereof, and shall make counterpart copies for the other arbitrators. All of the arbitrators shall arrange for a simultaneous exchange of the proposed Fair Market Rent schedules within 30 days after appointment of the third arbitrator. If either arbitrator fails to deliver his or her own determination to the other arbitrators within such 30-day period, and fails to do so within seven days after written notice from the other party to such arbitrator and the party on whose behalf such arbitrator is acting (i.e., Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be), then the determination of the other arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The role of the third arbitrator shall be to select which of the two 5-year rent schedules proposed by the first two arbitrators more closely approximates his or her own determination of the Fair Market Rent and, in making such determination, shall have the right to make inquiries of and consult with the other arbitrators. The third arbitrator shall have no right to propose a

 

Exhibit B, page 6


middle ground or any modification of either of the two proposed resolutions. The resolution he or she chooses as that more closely approximating his or her determination of the Fair Market Rent shall constitute the decision of the arbitrators and shall be final and binding upon the parties; provided, however, that if the first two arbitrators independently arrive at the same 5-year schedule of Fair Market Rent, then that rent schedule shall be the Fair Market Rent for the Option Term. However, the arbitrator selected by Landlord and the arbitrator selected by Tenant shall not attempt to reach a mutual agreement of the Fair Market Rent; such arbitrators shall independently arrive at their proposed determinations of the Fair Market Rent.

(4) The arbitrators shall render their decision in writing with counterpart copies to each party. The arbitrators shall have no power to modify the provisions of this Lease. In the event of a failure, refusal or inability of any arbitrator to act, his or her successor shall be appointed by him or her, but in the case of the third arbitrator, his or her successor shall be appointed in the same manner as that set forth herein with respect to the appointment of the original third arbitrator.

(g) Renewal Amendment . If Tenant exercises the Option, then promptly following the determination of the Base Rent payable during the Option Term, Landlord shall prepare an amendment to the Lease (the “ Renewal Amendment ”) to reflect the extension of the Term pursuant to the Option. Tenant shall use its best efforts to execute and return the Renewal Amendment to Landlord within 20 days after Tenant’s receipt of same, but an otherwise valid exercise of the Option shall be fully effective whether or not the Renewal Amendment is executed.

9. SNDA . No later than 30 days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement (“ SNDA ”) from Landlord’s current Mortgagee pursuant to which (i) the Lease is subordinated to the lien of such Mortgagee’s Encumbrance and (ii) the Mortgagee agrees not to disturb or interfere with Tenant’s possession of the Premises or rights under the Lease so long as there is no Event of Default on the part of Tenant. Tenant agrees that the form of SNDA attached hereto as Exhibit B is acceptable to Tenant.

10. Cross-Default . Any Event of Default under the Lease shall constitute an Event of Default under any other lease under which Tenant occupies space in the Building, and any Event of Default under any other lease under which Tenant occupies space in the Building shall constitute an Event of Default under the Lease.

11. Miscellaneous . Except as amended by this Amendment, the Lease has not been amended or modified and all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as modified by this Amendment, remain unmodified and in full force and effect. Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify the Lease, as amended herein. Each party agrees that, to such party’s actual knowledge as of the date of this Amendment, the other party is not in default under any term or condition of the Lease. This Amendment contains the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding the subject matter hereof and, except for the Lease, supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral, all of which are merged herein. This Amendment shall be

 

Exhibit B, page 7


binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages may be detached from separately delivered counterparts of this Amendment and attached to other, identical counterparts of this Amendment, or to a version of this Amendment that is identical to that from which the signature page was detached, in order to create a fully executed original version of this Amendment. Faxed and emailed signature pages shall be deemed originals for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:    TENANT:
FORWARD ONE, LLC,    LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION,
a California limited liability company    a Delaware corporation
By:    Forward Time Corporation,         
   a California corporation       By:   

[EXHIBIT ONLY]

Its:    Manager          Carrie Dolan,
               Chief Financial Officer
              
   By:   

[EXHIBIT ONLY]

        
      Belinda Zen,         
      President         

[EXHIBITS NOT ATTACHED FOR PURPOSES OF THIS EXHIBIT B]

 

Exhibit B, page 8


EXHIBIT C

Form of SNDA

 

RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND

WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

 

SHANGHAI COMMERCIAL BANK, LTD.

SAN FRANCISCO BRANCH

231 Sansome Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

Attn: Manager

 

   

Space above this line for Recorder’s Use

SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November     , 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), between Shanghai Commercial Bank, Ltd., whose address is 231 Sansome Street, San Francisco, California 94104 (“ Lender ”), and LendingClub Corporation, a Delaware corporation, whose address is 71 Stevenson Street, Suite 300, San Francisco, California 94104 (“ Tenant ”), with reference to the following facts:

A. Forward One, LLC, a California limited liability company, whose address is 835 Airport Boulevard, Burlingame, California 94010 (“ Landlord ”), owns the real property located at 71 Stevenson Street, San Francisco, California (such real property, including all buildings, improvements, structures and fixtures located thereon, “ Landlord’s Property ”), as more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

B. Lender has made a loan to Landlord in the original principal amount of $20,000,000.00, which amount is subject to possible increase to a maximum principal amount of $60,000,000.00 (the “ Loan ”), all as provided for in and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Loan Documents (as defined in the Deed of Trust referred to below).

C. To secure the Loan, Landlord has encumbered Landlord’s Property by entering into that certain Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, dated March 21, 2008, in favor of Chicago Title Insurance Company, as Trustee for the benefit of Lender as grantee (as amended, increased, renewed, extended, spread, consolidated, severed, restated, or otherwise changed from time to time, the “ Deed of Trust ”), recorded on March 24, 2008, as Document No. 2008-I555115-00 (Reel J604, Image 0013), in the Official Records of the City and County of San Francisco, State of California.

 

Exhibit C, page 1


D. Landlord and Tenant have entered into that Lease Agreement dated May 17, 2013 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by that First Amendment to Lease dated November     , 2013 (the “ First Amendment ”). As used in this Agreement, the term “ Lease ” means the Original Lease as amended by the First Amendment. Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord has leased to Tenant a portion of Landlord’s Property (“ Tenant’s Premises ”), as more particularly described in the Lease.

E. Tenant and Lender desire to establish and evidence the relative priorities of their interests in Landlord’s Property and their rights and obligations if certain events should occur.

NOW THEREFORE , for good and sufficient consideration, Tenant and Lender agree as follows:

1. Subordination . Pursuant to Section 20.1 of the Original Lease, the Lease shall be, and shall at all times remain, subject and subordinate to the Deed of Trust, the lien imposed by the Deed of Trust, and all advances made under the Loan Documents. Tenant hereby intentionally and unconditionally subordinates the Lease and all of Tenant’s right, title and interest thereunder and in and to Landlord’s Property (including Tenant’s right, title and interest in connection with any insurance proceeds or eminent domain awards or compensation relating to Landlord’s Property), to the lien of the Deed of Trust and all of Lender’s rights and remedies thereunder, and agrees that the Deed of Trust shall unconditionally be and shall at all times remain a lien on Landlord’s Property prior and superior to the Lease.

2. Nondisturbance, Recognition and Attornment .

2.1 No Exercise of Deed of Trust Remedies Against Tenant . So long as Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable cure period provided in the Lease (an “ Event of Default ”), Lender shall not name or join Tenant as a defendant in any judicial action or proceeding that is commenced pursuant to the exercise of Lender’s rights and remedies arising upon a default by Landlord under the Deed of Trust unless (a) applicable law requires Tenant to be made a party thereto as a condition to proceeding against Landlord or in order to prosecute or otherwise fully enforce such rights and remedies; or (b) such joinder of Tenant is required for the recovery by Lender of any Rent at any time owing by Tenant under the Lease, whether pursuant to the assignment of rents set forth in the Deed of Trust or otherwise; or (c) such joinder is required in order to enforce any right of Lender to enter Landlord’s Property for the purpose of making any inspection or assessment, or in order to protect the value of Lender’s security provided by the Deed of Trust. In any instance in which Lender is permitted to join Tenant as a defendant as provided above, Lender agrees not to terminate the Lease or otherwise adversely affect Tenant’s rights under the Lease or this Agreement in or pursuant to such action or proceeding, unless an Event of Default by Tenant has occurred and is continuing. The forgoing provisions of this Section 2.1 shall not be construed in any manner that would prevent Lender from (i) carrying out any nonjudicial foreclosure proceeding under the Deed of Trust, so long as the Lease is not terminated and Tenant’s rights under the Lease and this Agreement are not otherwise adversely affected thereby, (ii) exercising Lender’s rights under the provisions of California Civil Code Section 2938 with respect to the enforcement against Tenant of any assignment of rents made by Landlord to Lender in connection with the Loan, or (iii) obtaining the appointment of a receiver for the Landlord’s Property as and when permitted under applicable law.

 

Exhibit C, page 2


2.2 Nondisturbance and Attornment . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1 above, if the Lease has not been terminated on account of an Event of Default by Tenant, then, when a Successor Landlord (as defined in Article 3 below) acquires title to Landlord’s Property: (a) Successor Landlord shall not terminate or disturb Tenant’s possession of Tenant’s Premises under the Lease, except in accordance with the terms of the Lease and this Agreement; (b) Successor Landlord shall be bound to Tenant under all the terms and conditions of the Lease (except as provided in this Agreement); (c) Tenant shall recognize and attorn to Successor Landlord as Tenant’s direct landlord under the Lease as affected by this Agreement; and (d) the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease, in accordance with its terms (except as provided in this Agreement), between Successor Landlord and Tenant.

2.3 Acknowledgment . This Agreement is and shall be the sole and only agreement between Lender and Tenant with regard to the subordination of the Lease to the lien of the Deed of Trust. The prior Subordination, Nondisturbance and Attornment Agreement dated May 17, 2013 is superseded and replaced by this Agreement.

2.4 Turnover of Rent . Tenant shall pay to Lender all rent otherwise payable to Landlord under the Lease upon written demand from Lender, and Tenant shall not have the obligation or the right to contest or question the validity of any such written demand from Lender or the extent to which Lender may properly exercise its rights to collect rents from Landlord’s Property pursuant to the provisions of the Loan Documents. The consent and approval of Landlord to this Agreement shall constitute an express, irrevocable authorization for Tenant to make such payments to Lender following Lender’s written notice and a release and discharge of all liability of Tenant to Landlord for any such payments made to Lender in compliance with Lender’s written demand.

2.5 Further Documentation . The provisions of this Article 2 shall be effective and self-operative without any need for Successor Landlord or Tenant to execute any future documents. Tenant and Successor Landlord shall, however, confirm the provisions of this Article 2 in writing upon request by either of them.

3. Protection of Successor Landlord . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or the Deed of Trust, any party which becomes owner of Landlord’s Property as a result of a judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure of the Deed of Trust or a deed or other conveyance in lieu of foreclosure (a “ Successor Landlord ”), shall not be liable for or bound by any of the following matters:

3.1 Claims Against Former Landlord . Any offset right that Tenant may have against any former landlord relating to any event or occurrence before the date of attornment, including any claim for damages of any kind whatsoever as a result of any breach by any former landlord that occurred before the date of attornment, except in all instances to the extent that such event, occurrence or breach is continuing after the date of attornment as hereinafter provided. The foregoing shall not limit either (a) Tenant’s right to exercise against Successor Landlord any offset right otherwise available to Tenant because of events occurring after the date of attornment, or (b) Successor Landlord’s obligation to correct any conditions that existed as of the date of attornment and that violate Successor Landlord’s obligations as landlord under the Lease.

 

Exhibit C, page 3


3.2 Prepayments . Any payment of rent that Tenant may have made to any former landlord more than thirty (30) days before the date such rent was first due and payable under the Lease with respect to any period after the date of attornment, other than, and only to the extent of, prepayments expressly required or permitted under the Lease.

3.3 Payments; Security Deposit . Any obligation to pay Tenant any sum(s) that any former landlord owed to Tenant, specifically excluding (i) the return (in accordance with the terms of the Lease) of any security deposit delivered by Tenant to any former landlord as required by the Lease and (ii) any portion of any Construction Allowance available to Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

3.4 Surrender, Etc . Any consensual or negotiated surrender, cancellation, or termination of the Lease, in whole or in part, agreed upon between Landlord and Tenant, unless effected unilaterally by Tenant pursuant to the express terms of the Lease.

4. Exculpation of Successor Landlord . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Lease, upon any attornment pursuant to this Agreement, (a) the Lease shall be deemed to have been automatically amended to provide that Successor Landlord’s obligations and liability under the Lease shall never extend beyond Successor Landlord’s (or its successors’ or assigns’) interest, if any, in Landlord’s Property from time to time, including insurance and condemnation proceeds, Successor Landlord’s interest in the Lease, and the proceeds from any sale or other disposition of Landlord’s Property by Successor Landlord (provided that Tenant shall have no interest in or right to participate in (i) any payments made under any promissory note received by Successor Landlord in connection with any such sale or other disposition, or (ii) any collateral held by successor Landlord to secure such payments) (collectively, “ Successor Landlord’s Interest ”), and Tenant shall look exclusively to Successor Landlord’s Interest (or that of its successors and assigns) for payment or discharge of any obligations of Successor Landlord under the Lease as affected by this Agreement, and (b) the obligations under the Lease of Lender or any affiliate of Lender which becomes a Successor Landlord shall terminate upon the transfer by such Successor Landlord of its interest in Landlord’s Property and the assumption by the transferee of the Landlord’s obligations under the Lease, and thereupon Tenant shall look solely to the transferee for the performance of all obligations of the landlord under the Lease which accrue or otherwise become performable following the date of such transfer. If Tenant obtains any money judgment against Successor Landlord with respect to the Lease or the relationship between Successor Landlord and Tenant, then Tenant shall look solely to Successor Landlord’s Interest (or that of its successors and assigns) to collect such judgment. Tenant shall not collect or attempt to collect any such judgment out of any other assets of Successor Landlord. Nothing herein shall be construed to grant Tenant any right to seek any recovery from any former landlord or Successor Landlord to the extent that such recovery is not permitted under or is restricted by the provisions of the Lease.

[SIGNATURES, ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND

LEGAL DESCRIPTION TO BE ATTACHED]

 

Exhibit C, page 4


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

[Floors 11 and 12; Expansion on Floor 5]

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of February 20, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between FORWARD ONE, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”). Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

Recitals

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that Lease Agreement dated May 17, 2013 (the “ Original Lease ”), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant, and Tenant leased from Landlord, the entire the 11th and 12th floors of the Building. The Original Lease was amended by that First Amendment to Lease dated November 13, 2013 (the “ First Amendment ”). As used in this Amendment, the term “ Lease ” means the Original Lease as amended by the First Amendment.

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to, among other things, modify the definitions of “Expansion Space Delivery Date” and “Expansion Space Commencement Date” set forth in the First Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which arc hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that the Lease is amended as follows:

1. Defined Terms .

(a) Expansion Space Delivery Date . The first sentence of the definition of Expansion Space Delivery Date, as set forth in the First Amendment, is hereby amended to read as follows:

Expansion Space Delivery Date ” means the date on which Landlord delivers the Expansion Space in the condition required by this Amendment, which date shall not be earlier than March 3, 2014 nor later than May 1, 2014.

(b) Expansion Space Commencement Date . The definition of Expansion Space Commencement Date, as set forth in the First Amendment, is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

Expansion Space Commencement Date ” means two (2) months after the Expansion Space Delivery Date. The foregoing 2-month time period shall be calculated based on the way that dates are numbered in the applicable months, rather than the actual number of days elapsed (for example, the period from February 15 to March 15 is considered one month, notwithstanding that such

 

1


period contains fewer than 30 days, and the period from September 15 to December 15 is considered three months, notwithstanding that such period contains 91 days). For the avoidance of doubt, and by way of example only, if the Expansion Space Delivery Date were April 1, 2014, then the Expansion Space Commencement Date would be June 1, 2014. Similarly, if the Expansion Space Delivery Date were April 15, 2014, then the Expansion Space Commencement Date would be June 15, 2014.

2. Base Rent for Expansion Space . If the 60-Month period set forth in the Base Rent table in Section 3 of the First Amendment ends prior to June 30, 2019 (the Expiration Date), then, following the end of such 60-Month period and continuing through June 30, 2019, Base Rent for the Expansion Space shall be payable at the rate applicable to Months 49 through 60.

3. ROFO . For the avoidance of doubt, the following language is hereby added to the third line of page 7 of the First Amendment, immediately following the words “of the ROFO Period”: “(if the ROFO shall not have previously terminated)”.

4. Warranty of Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of business entity, Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Amendment. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

5. Civil Code Section 1938 Disclosure . Landlord hereby discloses, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that neither the Premises nor the Building has been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist, The foregoing disclosure: (i) applies to the Lease and also to the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease, as amended; and (ii) does not amend, modify or waive any obligation of Landlord pursuant to Section 11(a) of the First Amendment.

6. Miscellaneous . Except as amended by this Amendment, the Lease (which is defined to include the First Amendment) has not been amended or modified and all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as modified by this Amendment, remain unmodified and in full force and effect. Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify the Lease, as amended herein. Each party agrees that, to such party’s actual knowledge as of the Effective Date, the other party is not in default under any term or condition of the Lease. This Amendment contains the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding the subject matter hereof and, except for the Lease, supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral, all of which are merged herein. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages may he detached from separately delivered counterparts of this Amendment and attached to other, identical counterparts of this Amendment, or to a version of this Amendment that is identical to that from which the signature page was detached, in order to create a fully executed original version of this Amendment. Faxed and emailed signature pages shall be deemed originals for all purposes.

 

2


[SIGNATURES COMMENCE ON NEXT PAGE

NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:    TENANT:
FORWARD ONE, LLC,    LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION,
a California limited liability company    a Delaware corporation
By:    Forward Time Corporation,         
   a California corporation       By:   

/s/ Carrie Dolan

Its:    Manager          Carrie Dolan,
               Chief Financial Officer
              
   By:   

/s/ Belinda Zen

        
     

Belinda Zen,

        
     

President

        

 

4


COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

THIS COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM (“ Memorandum ”) is dated as of March 10, 2014 and is made by and between FORWARD ONE, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”). Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this Memorandum shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Lease (as hereinafter defined).

Landlord and Tenant entered into that Lease Agreement dated May 17, 2013 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by that First Amendment to Lease dated November 13, 2013 (the “ First Amendment ”), and as further amended by that Second Amendment to Lease dated February 20, 2014 (the “ Second Amendment ”). As used in this Memorandum, the term “ Lease ” means the Original Lease as amended by the First Amendment and the Second Amendment.

Landlord and Tenant desire to establish the Expansion Space Delivery Date and the Expansion Space Commencement Date for the Expansion Space (i.e., the 5th Floor of the Building) and the calendar dates that correspond to the schedule of Base Rent for the Expansion Space set forth in Section 3 of the First Amendment.

Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows :

1. Dates . The Expansion Space Delivery Date is March 3, 2014, and the Expansion Space Commencement Date is May 3, 2014.

2. Schedule of Base Rent . The following calendar dates correspond to schedule of Base Rent for the Expansion Space set forth in Section 3 of the First Amendment.

 

Time Period

   Annual
Base Rent
    Monthly
Base Rent
     Annual Base Rent
Per Rentable
Square Foot
 

5/30/2014 through 04/30/2015:

   $ 821,160.00      $ 68,430.00       $ 45.00   

5/01/2015 through 04/30/2016:

   $ 839,412.00      $ 69,951.00       $ 46.00   

05/01/2016 through 04/30/2017:

   $ 857,652.00      $ 71,471.00       $ 47.00   

05/01/2017 through 04/30/2018:

   $ 875,904.00      $ 72,992.00       $ 48.00   

05/01/2018 through 06/30/2019:

   $ 894,156.00   $ 74,513.00       $ 49.00   

 

* This figure is an annual amount based on 12 months, and will be proportionately increased for the period of 05/01/2018 through 06/30/2019.

3. Miscellaneous . This Memorandum is intended to document certain dates specified in the Lease, but is not intended to amend or modify the Lease.

[SIGNATURES COMMENCE ON NEXT PAGE

NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]


LANDLORD:    TENANT:
FORWARD ONE, LLC,    LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION,
a California limited liability company    a Delaware corporation
By:    Forward Time Corporation,         
   a California corporation       By:   

 /s/ Carrie Dolan

Its:    Manager          Carrie Dolan,
               Chief Financial Officer
              
   By:   

/s/ Belinda Zen

        
     

Belinda Zen,

        
     

President

        


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

[Floors 11 and 12; Expansion Floors 5, 7, 9 and 13]

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is dated as of August 6, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), and is entered into by and between F1 STEVENSON, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

Recitals:

A. Forward One, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Original Landlord ”), and Tenant entered into that Lease Agreement dated May 17, 2013 (the “ Original Lease ”), pursuant to which Original Landlord leased to Tenant, and Tenant leased from Original Landlord, the entire 11th and 12th Floors of the Building, which premises contain a total of approximately 28,462 rentable square feet (the “ Original Premises ”).

B. Pursuant to that First Amendment to Lease dated November 13, 2013 (the “ First Amendment ”), Original Landlord and Tenant expanded the Original Premises to include the entire 5th Floor of the Building. Original Landlord and Tenant further amended the Original Lease by that Second Amendment to Lease dated February 20, 2014 (the “ Second Amendment ”). As used in this Amendment, the term “ Lease ” means the Original Lease as amended by the First Amendment and the Second Amendment.

C. Landlord is the current owner of the Building and is the successor-in-interest to Original Landlord.

D. Tenant leases the 2nd and 3rd Floors of the Building pursuant to a separate series of lease documents (defined in the First Amendment as the “ 2nd/3rd Floor Lease ”).

E. Landlord and Tenant desire to further amend the Lease to, among other things, expand the Premises to include Suites 750, 900 and 1300 of the Building and to extend the Term, as more particularly set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that the Lease is amended as follows:

1. Definitions . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including the Recitals) shall have the same meaning given such terms in the Lease. If a capitalized term used in the Lease is given a modified definition in this Amendment, then such modified definition shall be used in the interpretation of the Lease.

2. Expansion of Premises .


(a) Defined Terms . As used in this Amendment, the following terms have the following meanings:

Suite 750” means that portion of the 7th Floor of the Building shown on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto. Landlord and Tenant agree that the rentable area of Suite 750 is 4,979 rentable square feet.

Suite 900” means the entire 9th Floor of the Building, as shown on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto. Landlord and Tenant agree that the rentable area of Suite 900 is 14,095 rentable square feet.

Suite 1300” means the entire 13th Floor of the Building, as shown on Exhibit A-3 attached hereto. Landlord and Tenant agree that the rentable area of Suite 1300 is 14,096 rentable square feet.

“Suite” or “Suites” refers to Suite 750, Suite 900 and/or the Suite 1300, as the context may require (and not to other Suites in the Building).

“Suite 750 Commencement Date” means the latest of (i) August 8, 2014 (or, if later, two Business Days after the date of mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment) (the “Suite 750 Target Commencement Date” ), (ii) the date of mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment, (iii) the date that Landlord procures Landlord’s lender’s approval to this Amendment pursuant to Section 18(a) below, and (iv) the date on which Landlord delivers Suite 750 to Tenant. Landlord will attempt to deliver Suite 750 on the later of August 8, 2014 or two Business Days after the date of mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment, but if Landlord is unable to deliver Suite 750 by such date, then Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant on account thereof, nor shall Tenant have any right to terminate the Lease or any other lease for space leased by Tenant in the Building.

“Suite 750 Rent Commencement Date” means the first to occur of (i) three months following the Suite 750 Commencement Date or (ii) the date that Tenant commences its business operations in Suite 750.

“Suite 900 Commencement Date” means September 1, 2015 (the “Suite 900 Target Commencement Date” ) or such later date on which Landlord delivers Suite 900 to Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord will not be able to deliver Suite 900 until the current tenant of Suite 900 surrenders and vacates Suite 900. Landlord will attempt to deliver Suite 900 on September 1, 2015, but if Landlord is unable to deliver Suite 900 by such date, then Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant on account thereof in any respect whatsoever, nor shall Tenant have any right to terminate the Lease or any other lease for space leased by Tenant in the Building; provided, however, that if, for any reason, Landlord is not able to deliver Suite 900 to Tenant on or before December 1, 2015, then Tenant shall have the right, to be exercised (if at all) by written notice delivered to Landlord at any time prior to the delivery of such Suite, to terminate Tenant’s obligation to lease Suite 900 pursuant to the provisions of this Amendment.

 

2


“Suite 900 Rent Commencement Date” means the first to occur of (i) three months following the Suite 900 Commencement Date or (ii) the date that Tenant commences its business operations in Suite 900.

“Suite 1300 Commencement Date” means August 1, 2015 (the “Suite 1300 Target Commencement Date” ) or such later date on which Landlord delivers Suite 1300 to Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord will not be able to deliver Suite 1300 until the current tenant of Suite 1300 surrenders and vacates Suite 1300. Landlord will attempt to deliver Suite 1300 on August 1, 2015, but if Landlord is unable to deliver Suite 1300 by such date, then Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant on account thereof in any respect whatsoever, nor shall Tenant have any right to terminate the Lease or any other lease for space leased by Tenant in the Building; provided, however, that if, for any reason, Landlord is not able to deliver Suite 1300 to Tenant on or before November 1, 2015, then Tenant shall have the right, to be exercised (if at all) by written notice delivered to Landlord at any time prior to the delivery of such Suite, to terminate Tenant’s obligation to lease Suite 1300 pursuant to the provisions of this Amendment.

“Suite 1300 Rent Commencement Date” means the first to occur of (i) three months following the Suite 1300 Commencement Date or (ii) the date that Tenant commences its business operations in Suite 1300, subject to the one month of free Base Rent as specified in Section 6(c) below.

“Commencement Date” or “Commencement Dates” refers to the Suite 750 Commencement Date, the Suite 900 Commencement Date and/or the Suite 1300 Commencement Date, as the context may require.

(b) Expansion of Premises . The Premises shall be expanded as follows: (1) effective as of the Suite 750 Commencement Date, the Premises automatically shall be expanded to include Suite 750; (2) effective as of the Suite 900 Commencement Date, the Premises automatically shall be expanded to include Suite 900; and (3) effective as of the Suite 1300 Commencement Date, the Premises automatically shall be expanded to include Suite 1300. Upon the addition of each Suite as described in the preceding sentence, all references in the Lease to the “Premises” shall mean the then-existing Premises together with the added Suite. Commencing on each respective Commencement Date for each added Suite, and continuing through the Expiration Date (as revised in Section 3 below), Landlord shall lease to Tenant, and Tenant shall lease from Landlord, such Suite (together with the then-existing balance of the Premises) under all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, and such Suite shall be part of the “Premises” for all purposes under the Lease. This Amendment shall be binding and effective as of the Effective Date, notwithstanding that the Commencement Date for any particular Suite or Suites has not yet occurred, but Tenant shall have no right to enter any Suite prior to its respective Commencement Date.

(c) Condition of Suites on Delivery . Landlord shall deliver each Suite in its “AS IS, WHERE IS” condition and shall not be required to perform any work to any Suite or the Building as a condition of delivery of such Suite to Tenant, except that Landlord shall deliver

 

3


each Suite in broom-clean condition and free of the prior tenant’s personal property, furniture and equipment (but Landlord shall not be required to remove fixtures and built-in furniture), and with all Building Systems serving such Suite in good working order, and as otherwise provided in Section 13 below.

(d) Revised Certificate of Insurance . On each Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a revised insurance certificate, in form and substance required by the Lease (naming Landlord as an additional insured together with such other parties who are required by the Lease to be named as additional insureds), reflecting the addition of the Suite in question.

3. Revised Expiration Date . The current Expiration Date of June 30, 2019 is hereby revised to be June 30, 2022. Effective as of the Effective Date, all references in the Lease, as revised by this Amendment, to the Expiration Date shall mean June 30, 2022. Such revised Expiration Date shall apply to the Original Premises, the Expansion Space added by the First Amendment and the Suites added by this Amendment.

4. Base Rent for 11th and 12th Floors . In order to reflect the extension of the Term for an additional three years pursuant to Section 3 above, commencing on July 1, 2019 and continuing through the Expiration Date (as revised in Section 3 above), Tenant shall pay Base Rent as follows for the 11th and 12th Floors (the amount of Base Rent below is for both the 11th and 12th Floors combined), in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease:

 

Portion of Term

   Annual Base Rent      Monthly Base Rent      Annual Base Rent Per
Rentable Square Foot
 

July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020:

   $ 1,508,486.00       $ 125,707.17       $ 53.00   

July 1, 2020 through June 30, 2021:

   $ 1,544,063.50       $ 128,671.96       $ 54.25   

July 1, 2021 through June 30, 2022:

   $ 1,579,641.00       $ 131,636.75       $ 55.50   

5. Base Rent for 5th Floor . As a result of the determination of the “Expansion Space Commencement Date” for the 5th Floor pursuant to the First Amendment and in order to reflect the extension of the Term for three additional years pursuant to Section 3 above, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the 5th Floor in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease, in the following amounts for the following periods:

 

Portion of Term

   Annual Base Rent      Monthly Base Rent      Annual Base Rent Per
Rentable Square Foot
 

May 3, 2014 through April 30, 2015:

   $ 821,160.00       $ 68,430.00       $ 45.00   

May 1, 2015 through April 30, 2016:

   $ 839,408.00       $ 69,950.67       $ 46.00   

May 1, 2016 through April 30, 2017:

   $ 857,656.00       $ 71,471.33       $ 47.00   

May 1, 2017 through April 30, 2018:

   $ 875,904.00       $ 72,992.00       $ 48.00   

May 1, 2018 through April 30, 2019:

   $ 894,152.00       $ 74,512.67       $ 49.00   

May 1, 2019 through April 30, 2020:

   $ 967,144.00       $ 80,595.33       $ 53.00   

May 1, 2020 through April 30, 2021:

   $ 989,954.00       $ 82,496.17       $ 54.25   

May 1, 2021 through April 30, 2022:

   $ 1,012,764.00       $ 84,397.00       $ 55.50   

May 1, 2022 through June 30, 2022:

   $

 
 

1,035,574.00

(prorated to reflect such
partial calendar year)

  

  
  

   $ 86,297.83       $ 56.75   

 

4


6. Base Rent for the Expansion Space .

(a) Suite 750 . Commencing on the Suite 750 Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the Expiration Date (as revised in Section 3 above), Tenant shall pay Base Rent for Suite 750 in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease, in the following amounts for the following periods:

 

Time Period

   Annual Base Rent      Monthly Base Rent      Annual Base Rent Per
Rentable Square Foot
 

November 8, 2014 through October 31, 2015:

   $ 243,971.00       $ 20,330.92       $ 49.00   

November 1, 2015 through October 31, 2016:

   $ 250,194.75       $ 20,849.56       $ 50.25   

November 1, 2016 through October 31, 2017:

   $ 256,418.50       $ 21,368.21       $ 51.50   

November 1, 2017 through October 31, 2018:

   $ 262,642.25       $ 21,886.85       $ 52.75   

November 1, 2018 through October 31, 2019:

   $ 268,866.00       $ 22,405.50       $ 54.00   

November 1, 2019 through October 31, 2020:

   $ 275,089.75       $ 22,924.15       $ 55.25   

November 1, 2020 through October 31, 2021:

   $ 281,313.50       $ 23,442.79       $ 56.50   

November 1, 2021 through June 30, 2022:

   $
 
 
287,537.25
(prorated to reflect such
partial calendar year)
  
  
  
   $ 23,961.44       $ 57.75   

 

5


(b) Suite 900 . Commencing on the Suite 900 Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the Expiration Date (as revised in Section 3 above), Tenant shall pay Base Rent for Suite 900 in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease, in the following amounts for the following periods:

 

Time Period

   Annual Base Rent      Monthly Base Rent      Annual Base Rent Per
Rentable Square Foot
 

December 1, 2015 through November 30, 2016:

   $ 704,750.00       $ 58,729.17       $ 50.00   

December 1, 2016 through November 30, 2017:

   $ 722,368.75       $ 60,197.40       $ 51.25   

December 1, 2017 through November 30, 2018:

   $ 739,987.50       $ 61,665.63       $ 52.50   

December 1, 2018 through November 30, 2019:

   $ 757,606.25       $ 63,133.85       $ 53.75   

December 1, 2019 through November 30, 2020:

   $ 775,225.00       $ 64,602.08       $ 55.00   

December 1, 2020 through November 30, 2021:

   $ 792,843.75       $ 66,070.31       $ 56.25   

December 1, 2021 through June 30, 2022:

   $
 
 
810,462.50
(prorated to reflect such
partial calendar year)
  
  
  
   $ 67,538.54       $ 57.50   

(c) Suite 1300 . Commencing on the Suite 1300 Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the Expiration Date (as revised in Section 3 above), Tenant shall pay Base Rent for Suite 1300 in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease, in the following amounts for the following periods:

 

Time Period

   Annual Base Rent      Monthly Base Rent      Annual Base Rent Per
Rentable Square Foot
 

November 1, 2015 through October 31, 2016*:

   $ 704,800.00       $ 58,733.33       $ 50.00   

November 1, 2016 through October 31, 2017:

   $ 722,420.00       $ 60,201.67       $ 51.25   

November 1, 2017 through October 31, 2018:

   $ 740,040.00       $ 61,670.00       $ 52.50   

November 1, 2018 through October 31, 2019:

   $ 757,660.00       $ 63,138.33       $ 53.75   

November 1, 2019 through October 31, 2020:

   $ 775,280.00       $ 64,606.67       $ 55.00   

November 1, 2020 through October 31, 2021:

   $ 792,900.00       $ 66,075.00       $ 56.25   

November 1, 2021 through June 30, 2022:

   $
 
 
810,520.00
(prorated to reflect such
partial calendar year)
  
  
  
   $ 67,543.33       $ 57.50   

 

* Notwithstanding the foregoing Base Rent schedule for Suite 1300, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent for Suite 1300 for the first full calendar month in such schedule; provided, however, that if Tenant commits an Event of Default under the Lease, then Tenant shall be required to repay the unamortized portion of such month of free Base Rent, amortized on a straight-line basis, with interest at the Interest Rate, over a 5-year period.

 

6


(d) Delay in Rent Commencement Dates . The schedules of Base Rent set forth above in Section 6(a) through Section 6(c) assume that each Rent Commencement Date will occur three months after the respective Target Commencement Date for such Suite as defined in Section 2(a) above. If the Rent Commencement Date for any Suite is different from the Rent Commencement Date assumed by the above schedule of Base Rent for such Suite (because, for example, Landlord was not able to deliver the Suite on the anticipated date or because Tenant commenced its business operations earlier than three months after the applicable Commencement Date), then Landlord and Tenant shall execute a memorandum or an amendment to the Lease, as elected by Landlord, to reflect the correct Rent Commencement Date (although the dates of the Base Rent increases set forth in the above schedules shall not change).

7. Increased Security Deposit . Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the additional cash amount of $137,793.00, in order to increase the Security Deposit under the Lease to a total of $305,840.00. The language in the Basic Lease Information of the Original Lease regarding the “allocation” of the Security Deposit between the 11th and 12th Floors is hereby deleted, the parties acknowledging and agreeing that Landlord is entitled to use the entire Security Deposit pursuant to Section 4 of the Original Lease.

8. First Month’s Rent . Concurrently with Landlord’s delivery of each Suite to Tenant and as a condition to Tenant’s right to occupy each Suite for any purpose (including to perform Tenant’s Work therein), Tenant shall pay to Landlord the first full month’s Base Rent for each Suite as follows: (a) Suite 750 - $20,330.92; (b) Suite 900 - $58,729.17; and (c) Suite 1300 - $58,733.33.

9. Changes to Option to Extend . The Option to Extend set forth in Section 2.2 of the Original Lease was deleted and replaced by Section 9 of the First Amendment. Section 9 of the First Amendment continues in full force and effect, but with the following modifications:

 

  (A) the Option to Extend shall not be applicable to Suite 750;

 

  (B) the third sentence of subparagraph (a) of Section 9 of the First Amendment is hereby amended to specify that the Option shall be exercisable only with respect to 75% or more of the entire Premises (i.e., the Original Premises together with all expansion space added by the First Amendment and this Amendment, but excluding Suite 750) and only with respect to the entire space that Tenant has on each Floor; and

 

  (C) the first sentence of subparagraph (b) of Section 9 of the First Amendment is hereby amended to specify that the Option Notice must be given not later than June 30, 2021, but not earlier than July 1, 2020.

 

7


10. Changes to ROFO . The Right of First Offer set forth in Section 1.4 of the Original Lease was deleted and replaced by Section 10 of the First Amendment (with a subsequent clarification made by Section 3 of the Second Amendment). Section 10 of the First Amendment continues in full force and effect (as modified by Section 3 of the Second Amendment), but with the following modifications:

 

  (A) the first sentence of subparagraph (a) of Section 10 of the First Amendment is hereby amended to provide that the “ROFO Period” shall end on June 30, 2022 (if the ROFO does not terminate earlier pursuant to the terms of Section 10 of the First Amendment);

 

  (B) in the definition of “ROFO Space” in subparagraph (a) of Section 10 of the First Amendment, the reference to “6th Floor” is deleted and replaced with “10th Floor”;

 

  (C) for the avoidance of doubt, Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with a list of parties that may have rights to the ROFO Space that are superior to Tenant’s ROFO;

 

  (D) in subparagraph (b) of Section 10 of the First Amendment, the reference to “this Section 11(b) ” is hereby changed to “this Section 10(b) ”; and

 

  (E) the ROFO may not be exercised if there are fewer than two full years remaining in the Term of the Lease unless Tenant then has an Option to Extend and exercises such Option to Extend at the time it exercises the ROFO.

11. Tenant’s Share and Base Year . Upon the addition to the Premises of all of the Suites added by this Amendment, the aggregate Tenant’s Share reflecting the entire Premises (i.e., the Original Premises plus all of the space added by the First Amendment and this Amendment) shall be 24.710% (calculated as 79,880 ÷ 323,276). Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and Taxes with respect to each Suite in accordance with the terms of the Lease, and shall begin paying Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and Taxes for each Suite on the expiration of the applicable Base Year for such Suite as described below. Because different Floors of the Premises have different Base Years, the Base Year for each Floor and the Tenant’s Share allocable to each Floor is set forth below:

 

Portion of Premises

  

Allocable Tenant’s Share

   

Applicable Base Year

11th Floor      4.361   calendar year 2014
12th Floor      4.444   calendar year 2014
5th Floor      5.645   calendar year 2014
Suite 750      1.540   calendar year 2015
Suite 900      4.360   calendar year 2016
Suite 1300      4.360   calendar year 2016

12. Obligations Not Severable . Tenant’s obligations under the Lease (including, without limitation, those for payment of Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other amounts payable under this Lease) are not separately allocable to separate Floors of the Building, notwithstanding the separate Base Rent schedules above, the allocation of Tenant’s Share to separate floors as set forth above, or any other provision of the Lease.

 

8


13. Tenant’s Work and Construction Allowance .

(a) Tenant’s Work . Landlord shall pay to Tenant a “Construction Allowance of up to $1,160,950.00 with respect to the Suites added by this Amendment (calculated as $35.00 per rentable square foot times 33,170 rentable square feet), but not exceeding the actual hard construction costs of Tenant’s Work (as defined below). In addition to the Construction Allowance, Landlord shall also reimburse to Tenant up to $4,975.50 for Tenant’s documented costs paid to third parties for the preparation of a space plan for the Suites added by this Amendment. As used herein, the term “Tenant’s Work means all tenant improvements made by Tenant to the Suites added by this Amendment (and any other work for which Tenant is allowed to use the Construction Allowance), and the term “Working Drawings means the construction drawings and specifications relating to such Tenant’s Work. Tenant’s Work shall be carried out as Alterations in accordance with the terms of Article 6 of the Original Lease, and shall be subject to the additional requirements set forth in Section 3 and Sections 5 through 12 of Exhibit B to the Original Lease (including, without limitation, Landlord’s obligation to respond to Tenant’s Preliminary Plans and Working Drawings in the manner described in Sections 5(a) and 5(b) of Exhibit B to the Original Lease), which are incorporated herein by reference (with references to the 11th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises being deemed references to the Suites added by this Amendment). Tenant’s Work shall also be deemed to include, and Tenant shall be required to perform at its sole cost and expense (subject to the Construction Allowance), all other work that is: (i) triggered or necessitated under applicable Laws by the work described in the Working Drawings (or any other work performed by Tenant), including, without limitation, all fire and life safety code compliance work and all work required to be performed pursuant to applicable Laws relating to handicap access (but subject to the terms of Section 13(b) below regarding Landlord’s Work in the Common Areas and to Section 13(e) below regarding the Title 24 Work); and/or (ii) required in connection with the performance of the work described in the Working Drawings (or any other work performed by Tenant) due to physical site conditions or engineering requirements.

(b) Landlord’s Work . Subject to the special provisions regarding the Title 24 Work (as defined in Section 13(e) below), Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for any work required by applicable Laws to be performed in the Common Areas of the Building (including rest rooms on any Floor where a Suite is located, path of travel and elevators) as a result of Tenant’s Work in the Suites added by this Amendment.

(c) Applicable Costs . The Construction Allowance may be used only for the hard construction costs of Tenant’s Work, expressly excluding (among other things): (1) the cost of preparing plans, drawings, documents and specifications; (2) the cost of obtaining permits; (3) the fees of Tenant’s project manager, architect or construction manager; and (4) the purchase of equipment, furniture or other items of personal property of Tenant.

(d) Disbursement . Upon the completion of Tenant’s Work on each Floor, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a written notice indicating that Tenant has completed Tenant’s Work, which notice shall be accompanied by all of the following (collectively, “Tenant’s Completion Notice” ): (i) copies of paid invoices and final, unconditional lien waivers from Tenant’s architect, engineer, general contractor and all subcontractors, showing that full payment has been received for the design and construction of such Tenant’s Work; (ii) certification from

 

9


Tenant’s architect and engineer that all of such Tenant’s Work has been completed in accordance with the Working Drawings approved by Landlord and in compliance with all applicable Laws; (iii) a copy of the building permit or job card for such Tenant’s Work, showing that such Tenant’s Work has been finally approved by the appropriate inspectors; and (iv) any other evidence reasonably required by Landlord indicating that all legal requirements for Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises have been satisfied, that such Tenant’s Work in such Suite has been completed according to the applicable approved Working Drawings and that the cost of all labor and materials has been paid in full. Tenant has an absolute obligation to provide the documents and materials listed above; such documents and materials are not merely conditions to Landlord’s obligation to pay the Construction Allowance. Landlord shall deduct from the Construction Allowance, prior to disbursement to Tenant, a construction management fee payable to Landlord in the amount of two percent (2%) of the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) of the hard costs of Tenant’s Work performed anywhere in the Suites, and one percent (1%) of any additional hard costs of Tenant’s Work performed thereafter anywhere in the Suites. Landlord shall pay the Construction Allowance to Tenant within 30 days after the date of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Completion Notice (including all of the materials and documentation specified above). For the avoidance of doubt, the Construction Allowance shall be paid with respect to each Floor only upon the full and final completion of the Tenant’s Work on such Floor. Landlord shall not be required to pay any portion of the Construction Allowance at any time during an Event of Default by Tenant under the Lease. Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit for any unused portion of the Construction Allowance.

(e) Title 24 Work . As used herein, the term “Title 24 means the California Energy Code promulgated and administered by the California Energy Commission, 24 California Code of Regulations, Part 6, as amended. The term “Title 24 Work means any work in the Premises or the balance of the Building that is required to be performed by Title 24 as a result of Tenant’s Work in the Suites added by this Amendment or any other Tenant’s Work in any other portion of the Premises (but excluding any space occupied by Tenant under the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease). Landlord shall pay fifty percent (50%) of the cost of any Title 24 Work (which amount shall be paid in the same manner as the Construction Allowance, as set forth in Section 13(d) above), up to a maximum aggregate amount of $331,700.00 (calculated as $10 per rentable square foot of the Suites added by this Amendment times 33,170 rentable square feet), with Tenant being obligated to pay all costs of the Title 24 Work that are not required to be paid by Landlord.

(f) Unused Construction Allowance . Any portion of the Construction Allowance that is remaining after the completion of Tenant’s Work in the Suites added by this Amendment may be used for the performance of Tenant’s Work on any other floor occupied by Tenant in the Building, including any floor occupied by Tenant under the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease, but such unused portion of the Construction Allowance must be applied solely to the hard cost of Tenant’s Work that will remain in such premises after the expiration or termination of Tenant’s lease of such space, and such funds shall be disbursed only upon the full and final completion of such work and Tenant’s providing to Landlord all documents and materials required by Section 13(d) above. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amendment, Tenant shall have no right to any portion of the Construction Allowance after December 31, 2016; provided, however, that such outside date shall be delayed on a day-for-day basis for each day that the actual Commencement Date for any Suite is beyond the Target Commencement Date for such Suite.

 

10


(g) LEED . Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall cooperate with Landlord if Landlord elects to pursue LEED Gold status for the Building, and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord in such efforts, provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to initiate any Alterations in the Premises or incur materially increased costs in the design or construction of, or in the cost of materials incorporated into, Tenant’s Work, as part of such cooperative efforts. Tenant shall not perform any Alteration that would adversely affect the then-current LEED status of the Building and, prior to performing any Alteration, Tenant shall provide Landlord’s architect with all information reasonably necessary for Landlord’s architect to confirm that the proposed Alteration would not adversely affect the then-current LEED status of the Building.

14. Parking . The first sentence of Section 1.3 of the Lease is hereby revised to read as follows: “Tenant shall have the right to rent from Landlord up to two parking passes for each full Floor of the Building leased by Tenant under this Lease, for unreserved parking in the Parking Facility, on a monthly basis throughout the Term.”

15. Brokers . Each of Landlord and Tenant warrants and represents to the other party that in negotiating the transaction contemplated by this Amendment, neither Landlord nor Tenant, respectively, nor anyone on Landlord’s or Tenant’s behalf, has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Amendment, other than Avison Young – Northern California, Ltd. ( “Tenant’s Broker ) and TRI Commercial ( Landlord’s Broker ”). Each of Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by such other party arising out of or related to any claim for commissions or other compensation made by any other broker or finder based upon any dealings with or statements made by the indemnifying party. Landlord shall pay a commission to Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker as set forth in separate agreements among Landlord, Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker.

16. Warranty of Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of business entity, Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Amendment. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

17. Cross-Default . Any Event of Default under the Lease shall constitute an Event of Default under any other lease under which Tenant occupies space in the Building, and any Event of Default under any other lease under which Tenant occupies space in the Building shall constitute an Event of Default under the Lease.

18. Landlord’s Lender .

(a) Lender Approval . This Amendment is expressly conditioned upon Landlord’s Lender’s approval. If Landlord does not notify Tenant of Landlord’s Lender’s approval of this Amendment within thirty (30) days after its mutual execution and delivery, then Tenant shall have the right to send Landlord a notice requesting Landlord to notify Tenant of the

 

11


status of its Lender’s approval. If Landlord indicates in response to Tenant’s notice that Landlord’s Lender has not approved this Amendment, or if Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s notice within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of it, then each of Landlord and Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Amendment by written notice to the other party. If this Amendment is so terminated, then the parties shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder and Landlord promptly shall return to Tenant the amount of the increased Security Deposit provided in Section 7 above and the first month’s rent for any Suite which prepaid by Tenant as provided in Section 8 above.

(b) SNDA . This Amendment is expressly conditioned upon Landlord’s Lender’s delivery to Tenant of an SNDA (as defined in the Original Lease). If Landlord has not provided Tenant with an SNDA within thirty (30) days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment, then Tenant shall have the right to send Landlord a notice requesting Landlord to notify Tenant of the status of the SNDA. If Landlord indicates in response to Tenant’s notice that Landlord’s Lender has not provided an SNDA, or if Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s notice within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of it, then each of Landlord and Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Amendment by written notice to the other party. If this Amendment is so terminated, then the parties shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder and Landlord promptly shall return to Tenant the amount of the increased Security Deposit provided in Section 7 above and the first month’s rent for any Suite which prepaid by Tenant as provided in Section 8 above.

19. Accessibility Disclosures .

(a) Civil Code Section 1938 Disclosure . Landlord hereby discloses, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that neither the Premises nor the Building has been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist.

(b) San Francisco Accessibility Disclosure . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (1) Tenant has received, read, understood and signed the Disability Access Obligations Notice attached hereto as part of Exhibit B ; (2) Tenant has received, read and understood the Disability Access Brochure attached hereto as part of Exhibit C ; and (3) this Lease clearly and satisfactorily explains Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective obligations and liabilities for making and paying for required disability access improvements on the Premises. Landlord and Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to notify each other if they make alterations to the Premises that might impact accessibility under federal and state disability access laws. TENANT SHOULD NOTE THAT the Premises and the Property may not currently meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards, including standards for public restrooms and ground floor entrances and exits.

20. Miscellaneous . Except as amended by this Amendment, the Lease (defined in the Recitals to include the First Amendment and the Second Amendment) has not been amended or modified and all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as modified by this Amendment, remain unmodified and in full force and effect. Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify the Lease, as amended herein. Each party agrees that, to such party’s actual knowledge as of the Effective Date, the other party is not in default under any term or condition of the Lease. This Amendment contains the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding the subject matter hereof

 

12


and, except for the Lease, supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral, all of which are merged herein. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Amendment has been fully negotiated at arms’ length between the signatories hereto, after advice by counsel and other representatives chosen by such signatories, and such signatories are fully informed with respect thereto. Based on the foregoing, the provisions of this Amendment shall be construed as a whole according to their common meaning and not strictly for or against any party. If any time period in the Lease or this Amendment is calculated based on a certain number of “months,” then that time period shall be calculated based on the way that dates are numbered in the applicable months, rather than the actual number of days elapsed (for example, the period from February 15 to (but not including) March 15 is considered one month, notwithstanding that such period contains fewer than 30 days, and the period from September 15 to (but not including) December 15 is considered three months, notwithstanding that such period contains 91 days). This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages may be detached from separately delivered counterparts of this Amendment and attached to other, identical counterparts of this Amendment, or to a version of this Amendment that is identical to that from which the signature page was detached, in order to create a fully executed original version of this Amendment. Faxed and emailed signature pages shall be deemed originals for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:       TENANT:

F1 STEVENSON, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

     

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:    By: Forward One, LLC,         
   a California limited liability company       By:   

/s/ Carrie Dolan

Its:    Manager         

Carrie Dolan,

Chief Financial Officer

   By:   

Forward Time Corporation,

a California corporation

        
   Its:    Manager         
      By:   

/s/ Belinda Zen

        
        

Belinda Zen,

President

        

 

13


EXHIBIT A-1

Floor Plan of Suite 750

 

LOGO

 


EXHIBIT A-2

Floor Plan of Suite 900

(Shading and names of personnel are not relevant to this Exhibit)

 

LOGO

 


EXHIBIT A-3

Floor Plan of Suite 1300

 

LOGO

 


EXHIBIT B

Disability Access Obligations Notice

Before you, as the Tenant, enter into a lease with us, the Landlord, for the premises located at 71 Stevenson Street, San Francisco, California (the “Property”), please be aware of the following important information about the lease:

You May Be Held Liable for Disability Access Violations on the Property . Even though you are not the owner of the Property, you, as the tenant, as well as the Property owner, may still be subject to legal and financial liabilities if the leased Property does not comply with applicable Federal and State disability access laws. You may wish to consult with an attorney prior to entering this lease to make sure that you understand your obligations under Federal and State disability access laws. The Landlord must provide you with a copy of the Small Business Commission Access Information Notice under Section 38.6 of the Administrative Code in your requested language. For more information about disability access laws applicable to small businesses, you may wish to visit the website of the San Francisco Office of Small Business or call 415-554-6134.

The Lease Must Specify Who Is Responsible for Making Any Required Disability Access Improvements to the Property . Under City law, the lease must include a provision in which you, the Tenant, and the Landlord agree upon your respective obligations and liabilities for making and paying for required disability access improvements on the leased Property. The lease must also require you and the Landlord to use reasonable efforts to notify each other if they make alterations to the leased Property that might impact accessibility under federal and state disability access laws. You may wish to review those provisions with your attorney prior to entering this lease to make sure that you understand your obligations under the lease.

By signing below I confirm that I have read and understood this Disability Access Obligations Notice.

 

LANDLORD:       TENANT:

F1 STEVENSON, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

     

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:    By: Forward One, LLC,         
   a California limited liability company       By:   

/s/ Carrie Dolan

Its:    Manager         

Carrie Dolan,

Chief Financial Officer

   By:   

Forward Time Corporation,

a California corporation

        
   Its:    Manager         
      By:   

/s/ Belinda Zen

        
        

Belinda Zen,

President

        

 

Exhibit B, page 1


If the Commercial Landlord does not ensure that existing public restrooms, ground floor entrances, and ground floor exits are accessible as provided in subsection (a)(1) and instead proceeds under subsection (a)(2), the Commercial Landlord shall include the following statement in Disability Access Obligations Notice required under subsection (b):

“PLEASE NOTE: The Property may not currently meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards, including standards for public restrooms and ground floor entrances and exits.”

The Commercial Landlord must sign, and obtain the Small Business Tenant’s signature on, the Disability Access Obligations Notice under subsections (b) and (c) on or before execution or amendment of the Lease and shall provide the tenant with a copy of the Small Business Commission’s Access Information Notice as defined under Section 38.6 in the tenant’s requested language.

 

Exhibit B, page 2


EXHIBIT C

Disability Access Brochure

 

LOGO

 

 

Exhibit C, page 1


LOGO

 

 

Exhibit C, page 2


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

[Floors 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 12 and 13]

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) is dated as of October 1, 2014 (the “Effective Date”), and is entered into by and between F1 STEVENSON, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

Recitals :

A. Forward One, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Original Landlord ”), and Tenant entered into that Lease Agreement dated May 17, 2013 (the “ Original Lease ”), pursuant to which Original Landlord leased to Tenant, and Tenant leased from Original Landlord, the entire 11th and 12th Floors of the Building, which premises contain a total of approximately 28,462 rentable square feet (the “ Original Premises ”).

B. Pursuant to that First Amendment to Lease dated November 13, 2013 (the “ First Amendment ”), Original Landlord and Tenant expanded the Original Premises to include the entire 5th Floor of the Building, containing a total of approximately 18,248 rentable square feet. Original Landlord and Tenant further amended the Original Lease by that Second Amendment to Lease dated February 20, 2014 (the “ Second Amendment ”). Pursuant to that Third Amendment to Lease dated August 6, 2014 (the “ Third Amendment ”), Landlord and Tenant further expanded the Premises to include a portion of the 7th Floor, as well as the entire 9th Floor and the entire 13th Floor of the Building, collectively consisting of a total of 33,170 rentable square feet. As used in this Amendment, the term “ Lease ” means the Original Lease as amended by the First Amendment, the Second Amendment and the Third Amendment.

C. Landlord is the current owner of the Building and is the successor-in-interest to Original Landlord.

D. Tenant leases the 2nd and 3rd Floors of the Building (the “ 2nd and 3rd Floors ”), containing a total of approximately 35,163 rentable square feet, pursuant to a separate series of lease documents (defined in the First Amendment as the “ 2nd/3rd Floor Lease ”), as more particularly set forth in the Recitals of that First Amendment to Lease dated November 13, 2013 (i.e., the First Amendment amending the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease, not the First Amendment mentioned in Recital B above) (the “ 2 nd /3 rd Floor First Amendment ”).

E. Landlord and Tenant desire to further amend the Lease to, among other things, add the 2nd and 3rd Floors to the Premises leased pursuant to the Lease and, simultaneously, to terminate the 2nd /3rd Floor Lease, as more particularly set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that the Lease is amended as follows:


1. Definitions . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including the Recitals) shall have the same meaning given such terms in the Lease. If a capitalized term used in the Lease is given a modified definition in this Amendment, then such modified definition shall be used in the interpretation of the Lease.

2. Termination of 2nd/3rd Floor Lease; Addition of 2nd and 3rd Floors .

(a) Termination of 2nd/3rd Floor Lease . As of the Effective Date of this Amendment, and subject to Section 9(b) below, the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease (including the First Amendment to the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease) shall be terminated, but the termination of the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease shall not terminate, extinguish or otherwise affect any liabilities or obligations on the part of either Landlord or Tenant accruing prior to, or relating to the period of time prior to, the date of termination of the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease, including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent and the parties’ indemnification obligations and other obligations that are expressly stated to survive the termination of the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease.

(b) Addition of 2nd and 3rd Floors . Effective as of the Effective Date of this Amendment: (i) the Premises shall be deemed to include the entire 2nd and 3rd Floors; (ii) all references in the Lease to the “Premises” shall mean the entire Premises leased by Tenant pursuant to the Lease (as modified by this Amendment); and (iii) Landlord shall lease to Tenant, and Tenant shall lease from Landlord, the entire 2nd and 3rd Floors (together with the balance of the Premises) under all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment. From and after the Effective Date, the Premises will consist of a total of 115,043 rentable square feet. Tenant shall lease the 2nd and 3rd Floors in their “AS IS, WHERE IS” condition as of the Effective Date of this Amendment.

3. Expiration Date . The current Expiration Date of June 30, 2022 shall apply to the entire Premises leased by Tenant pursuant to the Lease.

4. Base Rent for 2nd and 3rd Floors .

(a) 2nd Floor (16,942 Rentable Square Feet) . In order to reflect the revised Expiration Date pursuant to Section 3 above, commencing on the Effective Date of this Amendment and continuing through the Expiration Date (as revised in Section 3 above), Tenant shall pay Base Rent as follows for the 2nd Floor, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease:

 

Portion of Term

   Annual Base
Rent
     Monthly
Base Rent
     Annual
Base Rent
Per
Rentable
Square Foot
 

October 1, 2014 through June 30, 2015:

   $ 694,622.00       $ 57,885.17       $ 41.00   

July 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016:

   $ 720,035.00       $ 60,002.92       $ 42.50   

July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017:

   $ 736,977.00       $ 61,414.75       $ 43.50   

July 1, 2017 through June 30, 2018:

   $ 762,390.00       $ 63,532.50       $ 45.00   


July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2019:

   $ 779,332.00       $ 64,944.33       $ 46.00   

July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020:

   $ 897,926.00       $ 74,827.17       $ 53.00   

July 1, 2020 through June 30, 2021:

   $ 919,103.50       $ 76,591.96       $ 54.25   

July 1, 2021 through June 30, 2022:

   $ 940,281.00       $ 78,356.75       $ 55.50   

The Annual Base Rent figure set forth above is based on a 12-month year and shall be deemed appropriately adjusted if the applicable Portion of the Term is more or less than 12 calendar months.

(b) 3rd Floor (18,221 Rentable Square Feet) . In order to reflect the revised Expiration Date pursuant to Section 3 above, commencing on the Effective Date of this Amendment and continuing through the Expiration Date (as revised in Section 3 above), Tenant shall pay Base Rent as follows for the 3rd Floor, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease:

 

Portion of Term

   Annual Base
Rent
     Monthly
Base Rent
     Annual
Base
Rent Per
Rentable
Square
Foot
 

October 1, 2014 through April 30, 2015:

   $ 510,188.00       $ 42,515.67       $ 28.00   

May 1, 2015 through April 30, 2016:

   $ 528,409.00       $ 44,034.08       $ 29.00   

May 1, 2016 through April 30, 2017:

   $ 546,630.00       $ 45,552.50       $ 30.00   

May 1, 2017 through June 30, 2017

   $ 564,851.00       $ 47,070.92       $ 31.00   

July 1, 2017 through June 30, 2018:

   $ 819,945.00       $ 68,328.75       $ 45.00   

July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2019:

   $ 838,166.00       $ 69,847.17       $ 46.00   

July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020:

   $ 965,713.00       $ 80,476.08       $ 53.00   

July 1, 2020 through June 30, 2021:

   $ 988,489.25       $ 82,374.10       $ 54.25   

July 1, 2021 through June 30, 2022:

   $ 1,011,265.50       $ 84,272.13       $ 55.50   


The Annual Base Rent figure set forth above is based on a 12-month year and shall be appropriately adjusted if the applicable Portion of the Term is more or less than 12 calendar months.

5. Increased Security Deposit . Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the additional cash amount of $97,885.16 ($57,885.16 of which is attributable to the 2nd Floor and $40,000.00 of which is attributable to the 3rd Floor), in order to increase the Security Deposit under the Lease to a total of $403,725.16.

6. Changes to Option to Extend . The Option to Extend set forth in Section 2.2 of the Original Lease was deleted and replaced by Section 9 of the First Amendment. Section 9 of the First Amendment continues in full force and effect, as modified by Section 9 of the Third Amendment. As used herein, the term “ Extension Premises ” means the portion of the Premises with respect to which Tenant elects to exercise the Option to Extend. For the avoidance of doubt, the Option shall be exercisable only with respect to 75% or more of the entire Premises (i.e., the Original Premises together with all expansion space added by the First Amendment, the Third Amendment and this Amendment, but excluding Suite 750) and only with respect to the entire space that Tenant has on each Floor which Tenant desires to include in the Extension Premises (i.e., Tenant may not elect to include any partial Floor or Floors in the Extension Premises, but may only include full Floors in the Extension Premises). The Option to Extend is not applicable to Suite 750.

7. Tenant’s Share and Base Year . Upon the addition to the Premises of the 2nd and 3rd Floors pursuant this Amendment, the aggregate Tenant’s Share reflecting the entire Premises (i.e., the Original Premises plus all of the space added by the First Amendment, the Third Amendment and this Amendment) shall be 35.587% (calculated as 115,043 ÷ 323,276). Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and Taxes with respect to each of the 2nd and 3rd Floors in accordance with the terms of the Lease. The Base Year for each of the 2nd and 3rd Floors and the Tenant’s Share allocable to each such Floor is set forth below:

 

Portion of Premises

  

Allocable Tenant’s Share

  

Applicable Base Year

2nd Floor

   5.241%    Continuing through June 30, 2017, the Base Year shall be calendar year 2009. Commencing on January 1, 2018, the Base Year shall be calendar year 2017.

3rd Floor

   5.636%    Continuing through June 30, 2017, the Base Year shall be calendar year 2009. Commencing on January 1, 2018, the Base Year shall be calendar year 2017.


8. Obligations Not Severable . Tenant’s obligations under the Lease (including, without limitation, those for payment of Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other amounts payable under this Lease) are not separately allocable to separate Floors of the Building, notwithstanding any separate Base Rent schedules, the allocation of Tenant’s Share to separate floors, or any other provision of the Lease or this Amendment.

9. Construction Allowance .

(a) Modification of Third Amendment . In the fourth line of Section 13(f) of the Third Amendment, the words “including any floor occupied by Tenant under the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease” are hereby deleted are replaced with the words “including the 2nd and 3rd Floors.”

(b) 2nd/3rd Floor Construction Allowance . Tenant has completed Tenant’s Work on the 2nd Floor pursuant to Section 3 of the 2nd/3rd Floor First Amendment, and Landlord has disbursed to Tenant $84,710.00 of the $175,815.00 Construction Allowance on account of such work. Accordingly, Section 3 of the 2nd/3rd Floor First Amendment shall continue in effect with respect to Tenant’s Work on the 3rd Floor, notwithstanding the termination of the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease pursuant to this Amendment; however, the references therein to the “Lease” and the “11th/12th Floor Lease” will, for such purpose, be deemed references to the Lease defined in Recital B above.

10. Brokers . Each of Landlord and Tenant warrants and represents to the other party that in negotiating the transaction contemplated by this Amendment, neither Landlord nor Tenant, respectively, nor anyone on Landlord’s or Tenant’s behalf, has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Amendment, other than Avison Young — Northern California, Ltd. (“ Tenant’s Broker ”) and TRI Commercial (“ Landlord’s Broker ”). Each of Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by such other party arising out of or related to any claim for commissions or other compensation made by any other broker or finder based upon any dealings with or statements made by the indemnifying party. Landlord shall pay a commission to Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker as set forth in separate agreements among Landlord, Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker.

11. Warranty of Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of business entity, Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Amendment. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

12. Landlord’s Lender .

(a) Lender Approval . This Amendment is expressly conditioned upon Landlord’s Lender’s approval. If Landlord does not notify Tenant of Landlord’s Lender’s approval of this Amendment within thirty (30) days after its mutual execution and delivery, then Tenant shall have the right to send Landlord a notice requesting Landlord to notify Tenant of the status of its Lender’s approval. If Landlord indicates in response to Tenant’s notice that Landlord’s Lender has not approved this Amendment, or if Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s notice within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of it, then each of Landlord and Tenant shall have the right to terminate this


Amendment by written notice to the other party. If this Amendment is so terminated, then the parties shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder and Landlord promptly shall return to Tenant the amount of the increased Security Deposit provided in Section 5 above, and the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease shall be reinstated and shall be in full force and effect.

(b) SNDA . This Amendment is expressly conditioned upon Landlord’s Lender’s delivery to Tenant of an SNDA (as defined in the Original Lease). If Landlord has not provided Tenant with an SNDA within thirty (30) days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment, then Tenant shall have the right to send Landlord a notice requesting Landlord to notify Tenant of the status of the SNDA. If Landlord indicates in response to Tenant’s notice that Landlord’s Lender has not provided an SNDA, or if Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s notice within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of it, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Amendment by written notice to Landlord. If this Amendment is so terminated, then the parties shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder and Landlord promptly shall return to Tenant the amount of the increased Security Deposit provided in Section 5 above, and the 2nd/3rd Floor Lease shall be reinstated and shall be in full force and effect.

13. Accessibility Disclosures .

(a) Civil Code Section 1938 Disclosure . Landlord hereby discloses, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that neither the Premises nor the Building has been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist.

(b) San Francisco Accessibility Disclosure . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (1) Tenant has received, read, understood and signed the Disability Access Obligations Notice attached hereto as Exhibit A ; (2) Tenant has received, read and understood the Disability Access Brochure attached hereto as Exhibit B ; and (3) the Lease clearly and satisfactorily explains Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective obligations and liabilities for making and paying for required disability access improvements on the Premises. Landlord and Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to notify each other if they make alterations to the Premises that might impact accessibility under federal and state disability access laws. TENANT SHOULD NOTE THAT the Premises and the Property may not currently meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards, including standards for public restrooms and ground floor entrances and exits.

14. Energy Disclosure . If Tenant is permitted to contract directly for the provision of electricity, gas or water services to the Premises with the third-party provider, then Tenant shall, within five (5) business days after its receipt of written request from Landlord, provide Landlord with a copy of each requested invoice from the applicable utility provider. Tenant acknowledges that pursuant to California Public Resources Code Section 25402.10 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto (collectively, the “ Energy Disclosure Requirements ”), Landlord may be required to disclose information concerning Tenant’s energy usage at the Building to certain third parties, including, without limitation, prospective purchasers, lenders and tenants of the Building (the “ Tenant Energy Use Disclosure ”). Tenant hereby (A) consents to all such Tenant Energy Use Disclosures, and (B) acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to notify Tenant of any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. The terms of this Section 14 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

15. Miscellaneous . Except as amended by this Amendment, the Lease (defined in the Recitals to include the First Amendment, the Second Amendment and the Third Amendment) has not


been amended or modified and all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as modified by this Amendment, remain unmodified and in full force and effect. Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify the Lease, as amended herein. Each party agrees that, to such party’s actual knowledge as of the Effective Date, the other party is not in default under any term or condition of the Lease. This Amendment contains the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding the subject matter hereof and, except for the Lease, supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral, all of which are merged herein. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Amendment has been fully negotiated at arms’ length between the signatories hereto, after advice by counsel and other representatives chosen by such signatories, and such signatories are fully informed with respect thereto. Based on the foregoing, the provisions of this Amendment shall be construed as a whole according to their common meaning and not strictly for or against any party. If any time period in the Lease or this Amendment is calculated based on a certain number of “months,” then that time period shall be calculated based on the way that dates are numbered in the applicable months, rather than the actual number of days elapsed (for example, the period from February 15 to (but not including) March 15 is considered one month, notwithstanding that such period contains fewer than 30 days, and the period from September 15 to (but not including) December 15 is considered three months, notwithstanding that such period contains 91 days). This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages may be detached from separately delivered counterparts of this Amendment and attached to other, identical counterparts of this Amendment, or to a version of this Amendment that is identical to that from which the signature page was detached, in order to create a fully executed original version of this Amendment. Faxed and emailed signature pages shall be deemed originals for all purposes.

[SIGNATURES COMMENCE ON NEXT PAGE;

NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:       TENANT:

F1 STEVENSON, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

     

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:    Forward One, LLC,         
   a California limited liability company       By:   

/s/ Carrie Dolan

Its:    Manager         

Carrie Dolan

Chief Financial Officer

   By:   

Forward Time Corporation,

a California corporation

        
   Its:    Manager         
      By:   

/s/ Belinda Zen

        
        

Belinda Zen,

President

        


EXHIBIT A

Disability Access Obligations Notice

Before you, as the Tenant, enter into a lease with us, the Landlord, for the premises located at 71 Stevenson Street, San Francisco, California (the “Property”), please be aware of the following important information about the lease:

You May Be Held Liable for Disability Access Violations on the Property . Even though you are not the owner of the Property, you, as the tenant, as well as the Property owner, may still be subject to legal and financial liabilities if the leased Property does not comply with applicable Federal and State disability access laws. You may wish to consult with an attorney prior to entering this lease to make sure that you understand your obligations under Federal and State disability access laws. The Landlord must provide you with a copy of the Small Business Commission Access Information Notice under Section 38.6 of the Administrative Code in your requested language. For more information about disability access laws applicable to small businesses, you may wish to visit the website of the San Francisco Office of Small Business or call 415-554-6134.

The Lease Must Specify Who Is Responsible for Making Any Required Disability Access Improvements to the Property . Under City law, the lease must include a provision in which you, the Tenant, and the Landlord agree upon your respective obligations and liabilities for making and paying for required disability access improvements on the leased Property. The lease must also require you and the Landlord to use reasonable efforts to notify each other if they make alterations to the leased Property that might impact accessibility under federal and state disability access laws. You may wish to review those provisions with your attorney prior to entering this lease to make sure that you understand your obligations under the lease.

By signing below I confirm that I have read and understood this Disability Access Obligations Notice.

 

LANDLORD:       TENANT:

F1 STEVENSON, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

     

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:    Forward One, LLC,         
   a California limited liability company       By:   

/s/ Carrie Dolan

Its:    Manager         

Carrie Dolan

Chief Financial Officer

   By:   

Forward Time Corporation,

a California corporation

        
   Its:    Manager         
      By:   

/s/ Belinda Zen

        
        

Belinda Zen,

President

        

 

Exhibit A, page 1


If the Commercial Landlord does not ensure that existing public restrooms, ground floor entrances, and ground floor exits are accessible as provided in subsection (a)(1) and instead proceeds under subsection (a)(2), the Commercial Landlord shall include the following statement in Disability Access Obligations Notice required under subsection (b):

PLEASE NOTE : The Property may not currently meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards, including standards for public restrooms and ground floor entrances and exits.”

The Commercial Landlord must sign, and obtain the Small Business Tenant’s signature on, the Disability Access Obligations Notice under subsections (b) and (c) on or before execution or amendment of the Lease and shall provide the tenant with a copy of the Small Business Commission’s Access Information Notice as defined under Section 38.6 in the tenant’s requested language.

 

Exhibit A, page 2


EXHIBIT B

Disability Access Brochure

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit B, page 1


 

LOGO

 

Exhibit B, page 2

Exhibit 10.23

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE

THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE (the “Assignment”) is hereby made and entered into as of October 17, 2014, by and between Teachscape, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Assignor”), and LendingClub Corporation, a Delaware corporation, (“Assignee”).

RECITALS

A. Assignor and Forward One, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Forward One”), entered into that certain Lease Agreement, dated November 14, 2013 (the “Lease”), for certain premises containing approximately 25,908 rentable square feet and consisting of the entire 19th and 20th floors (the “Premises”) of the 23 story office building located at 71 Stevenson Street, San Francisco California 94105 (the “Building”). A copy of the Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

B. F1 Stevenson, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Master Landlord”), is the successor-in-interest to Forward One, and is the current owner of the Building.

C. Assignor desires to assign the Lease to Assignee, and Assignee desires to assume the rights and obligations of Assignor under the Lease, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Assignor and Assignee hereby agree as follows:

1. Incorporation of Recitals . The foregoing recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference.

2. Capitalized Terms . Unless otherwise stated herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings defined in the Lease.

3. Assignment and Assumption of Lease . As of the date hereof: (a) Assignor assigns, sets over and transfers to Assignee all of Assignor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Lease; and (b) for the express benefit of both Assignor and Master Landlord, Assignee accepts the foregoing assignment of the Lease and assumes and shall pay, perform and discharge all of the agreements and obligations of Assignor under the Lease arising from and after the Assignment Effective Date to the same extent as if the Assignee were named as the tenant under the Lease as of the Assignment Effective Date. The foregoing assignment by Assignor specifically includes the extension option provided for in Section 2.2 of the Lease. Master Landlord is an express third party beneficiary of Assignee’s covenants and obligations under clause (b) above.

4. Indemnity . Assignor agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Assignee from and against any and all liability, claims, damages, expenses (including cost of litigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, proceedings and causes of action of any kind (“Claims”) arising under the Lease prior to the date hereof; an Assignee agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Assignor from and against any and all Claims arising under the Lease from and after the date hereof.


5. Furniture and Equipment . Together with the assignment of the Lease provided for herein, and in consideration thereof, Assignor hereby sells, transfers and conveys to Assignee, on an “as-is” basis (subject to Assignor’s representation that such transfer is made free and clear of any-third party claims or liens) the furniture and equipment currently located in the Premises and owned by Assignor, including, without limitation, workstations and chairs, office furniture and furnishings, conference room furniture and furnishings (including retractable screen(s) and associated equipment for the operation thereof), IDF room computer racks and UPS equipment, and cabling; but excluding specifically the items set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto, which shall remain the property of Assignor).

6. Sublease Back to Assignor . Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Assignment, Assignee, as sublandlord, and Assignor, as subtenant, shall enter into a Sublease in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Sublease”) pursuant to which Assignee shall sublease the Premises back to Assignor and Assignor shall remain in possession of the Premises on a short-term basis in accordance with the terms of the Sublease.

7. Consent of Master Landlord; Lease Amendment . Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, this Assignment and the rights and obligations of Assignor and Assignee hereunder are subject to and conditioned upon: (a) the execution and delivery by Master Landlord, Assignor and Assignee, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Assignment, of (i) the Landlord Consent to Assignment and Assumption of Lease in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto (the “Master Landlord Assignment Consent”), and (ii) the Landlord Consent to Sublease in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto (the “Master Landlord Sublease Consent”); and (b) the execution and delivery by Master Landlord and Assignee of the First Amendment to Lease Agreement in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (the “First Amendment to Lease”), concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Assignment. Any fees or charges of the Master Landlord in connection with this Assignment and the Master Landlord Assignment Consent shall be payable by Assignee.

8. Representations and Warranties of Assignor . Assignor hereby makes the following representations and warranties to Assignee as of the date hereof, all of which shall survive the consummation of the assignment of the Lease:

(a) A true, correct and complete copy of the Lease (excluding, however, the First Amendment to Lease) is attached hereto as Exhibit A . There are no modifications, supplements, arrangements, or understandings, oral or written of any sort, modifying, amending, altering, supplementing or changing the terms of the Lease, except for the First Amendment to Lease.

(b) Assignor is the current holder of a tenant’s interest in the Lease and Assignor has not transferred, conveyed, assigned, mortgaged or otherwise encumbered any of its right, title or interest in, to or under the Lease.


(c) The Lease is in full force and effect; to the best of Assignor’s knowledge, there is no existing default under the Lease on the part of the Master Landlord and no event has occurred and no condition exists which, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a default under the Lease on the part of the Master Landlord; and there is no existing default under the Lease on the part of Assignor and no event has occurred and no condition exists which, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a default under the Lease on the part of Assignor.

(d) Assignor has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified to do business in and is in good standing under the laws of the State of California. Assignor has the full right and authority to enter into this Assignment and to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Assignment.

(e) This Assignment and all instruments, documents and agreements to be executed by Assignor in connection herewith are, or when delivered shall be, duly authorized, executed and delivered by Assignor and are, or when delivered shall be, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of Assignor.

(f) Other than the Master Landlord Consent, no consent or approval or other authorization of any person or entity and no waiver of any right by any person or entity is required to authorize or permit, or is otherwise required as a condition of the execution and delivery and performance of, this Assignment by Assignor.

(g) To Assignor’s knowledge and belief, the Premises are in good condition and repair, and Assignor has maintained the Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

(h) Assignor has no knowledge of the existence of any Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises and Assignor has at all times complied with the terms of the Lease regarding Assignor’s handling, use, storage and disposal of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises and the Building.

Master Landlord is an express third party beneficiary of Assignor’s representations and warranties set forth above.

9. Representations and Warranties of Assignee . Assignee hereby makes the following representations and warranties to Assignor as of the date hereof, all of which shall survive the consummation of the assignment of the Lease:

(a) Assignee has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified to do business in and is in good standing under the laws of the State of California. Assignee has the full right and authority to enter into this Assignment and to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Assignment.

(b) This Assignment and all instruments, documents and agreements to be executed by Assignee in connection herewith are, or when delivered shall be, duly authorized, executed and delivered by Assignee and are, or when delivered shall be, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of Assignee.


(c) Other than the Master Landlord Consent, no consent or approval or other authorization of any person or entity and no waiver of any right by any person or entity is required to authorize or permit, or is otherwise required as a condition of the execution and delivery and performance of, this Assignment by Assignee.

Master Landlord is an express third party beneficiary of Assignee’s representations and warranties set forth above.

10. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute hereunder, or of any action to interpret or enforce this Assignment, any provision hereof or any matter arising herefrom, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs, fees and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, witness fees, expert fees and other professional fees, costs and expenses, whether suit be brought or not, and whether in settlement, in any declaratory action, in any bankruptcy action, at trial or on appeal.

11. Brokers . Assignor and Assignee acknowledge that each of them has retained Avison Young as its real estate broker in connection with the making of this Assignment; and Assignor and Assignee each represents to the other that it has dealt directly with and only with Avison Young as a broker in connection with this Assignment. Assignee and Assignor shall each indemnify and hold the other harmless from all claims of any brokers other than Avison Young claiming to have represented the indemnifying party in connection with this Assignment. Assignor and Assignee agree that Avison Young shall be paid a commission by Assignee in connection with this Assignment pursuant to a separate agreement between Avison Young and Assignee. Master Landlord is an express third party beneficiary of this Section 11 and shall be entitled to indemnification as set forth above.

12. Survival of Terms . The representations, warranties and indemnities set forth herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Assignment and shall continue in full force and effect during the term of the Lease.

13. Binding Agreement . This Assignment constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the transaction contemplated herein, and it supersedes all prior understandings or agreements between the parties relative to such assignment. Each signatory of this Assignment represents that he or she has the authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting.

14. Modifications . This Assignment cannot be changed orally, and no agreement shall be effective to waive, change, modify or discharge it in whole or in part unless such agreement is in writing and is signed by the parties against whom enforcement of any such change is sought.

15. Applicable Law . This Assignment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State California.


16. Execution and Counterparts . To facilitate execution, the parties hereto agree that this Assignment may be executed and telecopied to the other party and that the executed telecopy shall be binding and enforceable as an original. This Assignment may be executed in as many counterparts as may be required and it shall not be necessary that the signature of, or on behalf of, each party, or that the signatures of all persons required to bind any party, appear on each counterpart; it shall be sufficient that the signature of, or on behalf of, each party, or that the signatures of the persons required to bind any party, appear on one or more of such counterparts.

17. Notices . Any notice, communication, request, reply or advise (hereinafter severally and collectively, “Notice”) regarding this Assignment or provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be given by: (a) established express delivery service which maintains delivery records; (b) hand delivery; or, (c) certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. Notice is effective upon receipt, or upon attempted delivery if delivery is refused or if delivery is impossible because of failure to provide reasonable means for accomplishing delivery. Notice shall be sent to the parties at the following addresses:

 

Assignor (prior to March 1, 2015):   

Teachscape, Inc.

71 Stevenson Street, 19th Floor

San Francisco, California 94105

Attn: Jon Corbett

Assignor (after March 1, 2015):   

Teachscape, Inc.

655 Montgomery Street, Suite 800

San Francisco, California 94111

Attn: Jon Corbett

In each case, with a copy to:   

Fulbright & Jaworski LLP

555 South Flower Street, 41st Floor

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attn: Robert C. Barnes, Esq.

Assignee:   

LendingClub Corporation

71 Stevenson Street, 3rd Floor

San Francisco, California 94105

Attn: Carrie Dolan

With a copy to:   

Shartsis Friese, LLP

One Maritime Plaza, Suite 1800

San Francisco, California 94111

Attn: David H. Kremer, Esq.

Any party shall have the right from time to time to change their respective address for Notice by providing the other with ten (10) days’ prior written notice in the manner set forth above.

18. USA Patriot Act Disclosures . To the extent applicable, Assignor and Assignee each covenant that they are currently in compliance with and shall remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury


(including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) and any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action relating thereto. Master Landlord is an express third party beneficiary of the covenants set forth above.

19. Further Assurances . Each party agrees that it will execute and deliver such other documents and take such other action, whether prior or subsequent to the Assignment Effective Date, as may be reasonably requested by the other party to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Assignment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Assignment as of the date and year first written above.

 

ASSIGNOR:

Teachscape, Inc.

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Jon Corbett

Print Name: Jon Corbett
Title:   VP Finance

 

ASSIGNEE:

LendingClub Corporation

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Carrie Dolan

Print Name: Carrie Dolan
Title:   CFO

 


EXHIBIT A

LEASE


LEASE AGREEMENT

between

FORWARD ONE, LLC

as “Landlord”

and

TEACHSCAPE, INC.

as “Tenant”


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION

   PAGE  

1.   PREMISES, PROPERTY AND COMMON AREA

     1   

2.   TERM; POSSESSION

     2   

3.   RENT

     5   

4.   SECURITY DEPOSIT

     11   

5.   USE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

     13   

6.   TENANT IMPROVEMENTS & ALTERATIONS

     16   

7.   MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

     18   

8.   TENANT’S TAXES

     19   

9.   UTILITIES AND SERVICES

     19   

10. EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

     22   

11. INSURANCE

     23   

12. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

     25   

13. CONDEMNATION

     26   

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     28   

15. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     32   

16. LATE CHARGE AND INTEREST

     34   

17. WAIVER

     35   

18. ENTRY, INSPECTION AND CLOSURE

     35   

19. SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER

     35   

20. ENCUMBRANCES

     36   

21. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     37   

22. NOTICES

     38   

23. ATTORNEYS’ FEES

     38   

24. QUIET POSSESSION

     39   

25. SECURITY MEASURES

     39   

26. FORCE MAJEURE

     39   

27. RULES AND REGULATIONS

     39   

28. LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

     39   

29. CONSENTS AND APPROVALS

     40   

30. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL

     40   

31. BROKERS

     40   

32. RELOCATION OF PREMISES

     40   

33. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     41   

34. MISCELLANEOUS

     41   

35. AUTHORITY

     41   


BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

Lease Date:    November 14, 2013
Landlord:    Forward One, LLC, a California limited liability company
Tenant:    Teachscape, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Building:    A 23 story office building containing approximately 323,276 rentable square feet
Building Address:   

71 Stevenson Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

Premises:    Floors:   The entire 19th and 20th Floors of the Building
   Rentable Area:   Approximately 25,908 rentable square feet
Term:    Five years
Delivery Date:    December 1, 2013
Commencement Date:    March 1, 2014
Expiration Date:    February 28, 2019

Base Rent:

 

Month of Term

   Annual Base
Rent
   Month Installments
of Base Rent
     Annual
Rental
Rate per
Rentable
Square
Foot

March 1, 2014 through May 31, 2014:

   N/A      Free rent period       N/A

June 1, 2014 through February 28, 2015:

   $1,165,860.00      $97,155.00       $45.00

March 1, 2015 through February 29, 2016:

   $1,191,768.00      $99,314.00       $46.00

March 1, 2016 through February 28, 2017:

   $1,217,676.00      $101,473.00       $47.00

March 1, 2017 through February 28, 2018:

   $1,243,584.00      $103,632.00       $48.00

March 1, 2018 through February 28, 2019:

   $1,269,492.00      $105,791.00       $49.00


If Tenant commits an Event of Default (as defined in Section 15.1), then the Base Rent for the period of March 1, 2014 through May 31, 2014 shall immediately be due and payable at the rate of $45.00 per rentable square foot per annum.

 

Base Year:

The calendar year 2014

 

Tenant’s Share:

8.104%

 

Security Deposit:

A total of $388,620.00 , $97,155.00 of which is in the form of cash and $291,465.00 of which is in the form of a letter of credit (see Section 4 of the Lease for details).

 

Landlord’s Address for Payment of Rent:

Forward One, LLC
c/o Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc.
P.O. Box 45257
San Francisco, CA 94145-0257

 

Business Hours:

8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m., on Business Days

 

Business Days:

Monday through Friday, excluding state and federal holidays

 

Landlord’s Address for Notices:

Forward One, LLC
835 Airport Blvd., Suite 288
Burlingame, CA 94010
Attention: Paul Zen

 

  with copies to:

 

  Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc.
Building Management Office
71 Stevenson Street, Suite 1440
San Francisco, CA 94105
Attention: Property Manager

 

  and

 

  Haas Najarian, LLP
58 Maiden Lane, 2nd Floor
San Francisco, CA 94108
Attention: Robert C. Nicholas, Esq.


Tenant’s Address for Notices:

Prior to occupancy of Premises :

 

  Teachscape, Inc.
71 Stevenson Street, Suite 500
San Francisco, CA 94105
Attention: Ken Cucarola

 

  After occupancy of Premises :

 

  Teachscape, Inc.
71 Stevenson Street, Suite 2000
San Francisco, CA 94105
Attention: Ken Cucarola

 

  with a copy to :

 

  Norton Rose Fulbright
555 South Flower Street, 41st Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Attention: Robert C. Barnes, Esq.

 

Brokers:

Landlord’s Broker: TRl Commercial
Tenant’s Broker: Avison Young

 

Property Manager:

Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc.

 

Exhibits:

    
Exhibit A:   

The Premises

Exhibit B:   

Work Letter Agreement

Exhibit C:   

Building Rules

Exhibit D:   

Disability Access Obligations Notice

Exhibit E:   

Disability Access Brochure

Exhibit F:   

Form of SNDA

The Basic Lease Information set forth above is an integral part of, and is incorporated into, the Lease. The Basic Lease Information and the Lease shall be construed as one integrated document. Terms that are defined above in the Basic Lease Information shall have the same meaning when used in the Lease.


THIS LEASE is made and effective as of the Lease Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information, by and between the Landlord identified in the Basic Lease Information (“ Landlord ”), and the Tenant identified in the Basic Lease Information (“ Tenant ”). Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. PREMISES, PROPERTY AND COMMON AREAS.

1.1 Leasing of the Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Lease, the office space identified in the Basic Lease Information as the Premises, in the Building located at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information. The approximate configuration and location of the Premises is shown on Exhibit A . Landlord and Tenant agree that the rentable area of the Premises and the Building for all purposes under this Lease shall be the Rentable Areas specified in the Basic Lease Information.

1.2 The Property and Common Areas . The Building, together with the Common Areas, the parking areas dedicated to the Building and the parcel(s) of land on which the Building and such parking areas are situated are herein collectively called the Property (the “ Property ”). Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Property, subject to the rules and regulations contained in Exhibit C , those portions of the Property which are provided, from time-to-time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants in the Property (such areas are referred to herein as the “ Common Areas ”). The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the sole discretion of Landlord and the use thereof shall be subject to such rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Property and the Common Areas and, in doing so, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any disruption to Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises (but Landlord shall not be required to perform any work outside of normal business hours).

1.3 Parking .

(a) Tenant Parking Passes . The parking facilities serving the Property are referred to as the “ Parking Facility .” Tenant shall have the right to rent from Landlord four (4) parking passes for unreserved parking in the Parking Facility, on a monthly basis throughout the Term. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all parking currently is by valet only. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to rent more than the number of parking passes specified above. Tenant shall pay Landlord for such parking passes, on a monthly basis, at the prevailing rate charged from time to time for such parking passes. As of the date of this Lease, the prevailing rate for such lease-allocated parking passes is $425.00 per month per parking pass, which rate is subject to change upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice from Landlord. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant’s abiding by all reasonable rules and regulations prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the Parking Facility (including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord) and Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations.


(b) Other Terms . Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Parking Facility at any time (including, but not limited to, converting some or all of the parking spaces to alternate forms of parking). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, temporarily close-off or restrict access to the Parking Facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any construction, alteration or improvements, or temporarily relocate Tenant’s parking passes to other parking structures and/or surface parking areas within a reasonable walking distance of the Building, for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements with respect to the Parking Facility or to accommodate or facilitate the renovation, alteration, construction or other modification of other improvements or structures located in the Property. If Landlord prohibits Tenant from using Tenant’s parking spaces during any period of construction and does not provide alternative parking within a reasonable walking distance of the Building, then Tenant’s parking charges shall be credited for those days on which Tenant cannot use its parking spaces, prorated based on the number of spaces that are not usable. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control hereby granted to Landlord. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Section 1.3 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval.

(c) Parking Procedures . Landlord shall in no event be responsible for any loss or damage to any vehicle or other property or for any injury to any person in connection with the use of the Parking Facility. Tenant’s parking passes shall be used only for parking of automobiles no larger than full size passenger automobiles and sport utility vehicles (but excluding oversized sport utility vehicles such as, by way of example only, Hummers, Ford Excursions and similar [or larger] vehicles). Tenant shall comply with all reasonable rules and regulations which may be adopted by Landlord from time to time with respect to parking and/or the Parking Facility. Tenant shall not at any time use more parking passes than the number allocated to Tenant. Tenant shall not have the exclusive right to use any specific parking space, and parking in the Parking Facility may be provided by means of a valet service that may “stack” parked cars in order to maximize the capacity of the Parking Facility.

1.4 Use of Furniture . Tenant shall have the right to use in the Premises the furniture that is owned by Landlord and is currently being used by Tenant in its premises located on the 5th Floor of the Building. All of such furniture shall continue to be owned by Landlord and Landlord is making no representation or warranty whatsoever, either express or implied, regarding such furniture. Tenant shall use such furniture at its own risk and shall surrender such furniture to Landlord upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term of this Lease.

2. TERM; POSSESSION.

2.1 Initial Term . The term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) shall commence on the Commencement Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information and, unless sooner terminated, shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent shall commence on the date specified in the Basic Lease Information (unless extended as provided below in this Section 2.1 ), but, notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, all of Tenant’s other covenants, duties and obligations under this Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s indemnification obligations and its obligation to carry insurance) shall commence, and all


of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall be binding and effective, as of the date of this Lease, notwithstanding that the Commencement Date might not yet have occurred. Landlord shall not be liable for any claims, damages or liabilities if Landlord is not able to deliver the Premises by the Delivery Date specified in the Basic Lease Information, but if Landlord is not able to deliver the Premises by the Delivery Date specified in the Basic Lease Information, then the Commencement Date and the date on which Tenant must commence paying Base Rent (as specified in the Basic Lease Information) shall be extended one (1) day for each day past the Delivery Date that Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant. Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant shall lease the Premises, in their “as is” condition as of the date of this Lease, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in Exhibit B .

2.2 Option to Extend .

(a) Grant of Option . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant one (1) option to extend the Term of this Lease (the “ Option ”) for an additional term of five (5) years (the “ Option Term ”). The Option shall be exercisable only by Teachscape, Inc., while it is the Tenant under this Lease, and the Permitted Transferees of Teachscape, Inc., and not by any other party whatsoever. The Option shall be exercisable only with respect to the entire Premises under this Lease, and not separately with respect to any Floor. The Option is expressly conditioned upon there being no Event of Default by Tenant, either at the time the Option is exercised or at the time the Option Term would commence. If Tenant duly exercises the Option, then Tenant’s lease of the Premises during the Option Term shall be on all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Lease, other than the rate of Base Rent and any other terms that the parties have expressly agreed in writing to modify for the Option Term, except that (i) Landlord shall not be obligated to perform, or contribute funds toward the cost of, any remodeling, renovation, alteration or improvement work in the Premises and (ii) Tenant shall have no further options to extend.

(b) Manner of Exercise . Tenant may exercise the Option only by giving Landlord written notice (the “ Option Notice ”) not later than June 1, 2018 but not earlier than . March 1, 2018. Tenant’s Option Notice must be a definitive election to exercise the Option, and not merely an expression of interest or intent. Once Tenant has given the Option Notice, Tenant shall be obligated to the lease the Premises for the Option Term. If Tenant fails to exercise the Option on or before June 1, 2018, then the Option automatically shall lapse and thereafter Tenant shall have no right to exercise the Option.

(c) Terms and Rent . If the Option is exercised, then the Base Rent during the Option Term shall be the Fair Market Rent for the Premises, as determined below; provided, however, that the Base Rent during the Option Term shall never be less than the rate of Base Rent payable immediately prior to the Option Term. The term “ Fair Market Rent ” means the average annual rental, expressed as a rate per rentable square foot, that a willing tenant would pay, and that a willing landlord would accept, at arm’s length, for comparable space in similar “Class A” office buildings in the San Francisco South Financial District, as evidenced where possible, by signed leases that commence or are to commence within six months prior to or within six months after the commencement of the Option Term (“ Comparison Leases ”).


South Financial District ” means the area bounded by Market Street (including both sides of Market Street), Fifth Street, Folsom Street and the Embarcadero. Comparison Leases shall not include subleases or renewal leases. Rental rates payable under Comparison Leases shall be appropriately adjusted to account for variations between this Lease and the Comparison Leases with respect to: (i) the length of the Option Term compared to the lease term of the Comparison Leases; (ii) the rental structure, including whether gross, industrial gross or net, and if gross, the applicable base year and pass throughs; (iii) the size, floor level, view and other physical characteristics of the Premises compared to the size, floor level, view and other physical characteristics of the premises under the Comparison Leases; (iv) free rent, the cost of landlord build-outs and/or tenant improvement allowances; and (v) any other relevant factors, terms and conditions.

(d) Determination of Fair Market Rent . The Fair Market Rent shall be determined by mutual agreement of the parties or, if the parties are unable to agree within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s exercise of the Option, then Fair Market Rent shall be determined pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 2.2(e) and Section 2.2(f) below.

(e) Landlord’s Initial Determination . If the parties are unable mutually to agree upon the Fair Market Rent pursuant to Section 2.2(d) , then the Fair Market Rent initially shall be determined by Landlord by written notice (“ Landlord’s Notice ”) given to Tenant promptly following the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 2.2(d) . If Tenant disputes the amount of Fair Market Rent set forth in Landlord’s Notice, then, within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Notice, Tenant shall send Landlord a written notice (“ Tenant’s Notice ”) which clearly (i) disputes the Fair Market Rent set forth in Landlord’s Notice, (ii) demands arbitration pursuant to Section 2.2(f) , and (iii) states the name and address of the person who shall act as arbitrator on Tenant’s behalf. Tenant’s Notice shall be deemed defective, and not given to Landlord, if it fails strictly to comply with the requirements and time period set forth above. If Tenant does not give Tenant’s Notice within thirty (30) days after the date of Landlord’s Notice, or if Tenant’s Notice fails to contain all of the required information, then the Fair Market Rent shall be the amount specified in Landlord’s Notice. If the arbitration is not concluded prior to the commencement of the Option Term, then Tenant shall pay Base Rent at 115% of the rate payable immediately prior to the commencement of the Option Term. If the Fair Market Rent determined by arbitration differs from that paid by Tenant pending the results of arbitration, then any adjustment required to adjust the amount previously paid shall be made by payment by the appropriate patty within ten (10) days after the determination of Fair Market Rent.

(f) Arbitration . The arbitration shall be conducted in the City of San Francisco in accordance with the following procedure:

(1) Each arbitrator must be an active commercial real estate broker with at least ten (10) years of fulltime experience who is familiar with the Fair Market Rent of comparable buildings in the San Francisco South Financial District. Within twenty (20) days after Tenant’s Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the name and address of the person designated by Landlord to act as arbitrator on Landlord’s behalf.

(2) Landlord’s arbitrator and Tenant’s arbitrator shall meet within thirty (30) days after the second arbitrator is appointed and shall appoint a third arbitrator


possessing the qualifications set forth in subparagraph I above. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the third arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after their first meeting, then the third arbitrator shall be selected by the parties themselves. If the parties do not agree on the third arbitrator after attempting to do so for fifteen (15) days, then the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the San Francisco office of JAMS. Each party shall pay (i) the fees and expenses of its respective arbitrator, (ii) one-half of the fees and expenses of the third arbitrator, and (iii) if applicable, one-half of the fees charged by JAMS for appointing the third arbitrator. Each patty shall pay its own attorneys’ fees and costs of witnesses.

(3) The three arbitrators shall determine the Fair Market Rent in accordance with the following procedures. Each of Landlord’s arbitrator and Tenant’s arbitrator shall state, in writing, his or her determination of the Fair Market Rent for each year of the Option Term, supported by the reasons therefor, and shall make counterpart copies for the other arbitrators. All of the arbitrators shall arrange for a simultaneous exchange of the proposed Fair Market Rent schedules within thirty (30) days after appointment of the third arbitrator. If either arbitrator fails to deliver his or her own determination to the other arbitrators within such 30-day period, and fails to do so within ten (10) days after written notice from the other party to such arbitrator and the patty on whose behalf such arbitrator is acting (i.e., Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be), then the determination of the other arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The role of the third arbitrator shall be to select which of the two 5-year rent schedules proposed by the first two arbitrators more closely approximates his or her own determination of the Fair Market Rent and, in making such determination, shall have the right to make inquiries of and consult with the other arbitrators. The third arbitrator shall have no right to propose a middle ground or any modification of either of the two proposed resolutions. The resolution he or she chooses as that more closely approximating his or her determination of the Fair Market Rent shall constitute the decision of the arbitrators and shall be final and binding upon the parties; provided, however, that if the first two arbitrators independently arrive at the same 5-year schedule of Fair Market Rent, then that rent schedule shall be the Fair Market Rent for the Option Term. However, the arbitrator selected by Landlord and the arbitrator selected by Tenant shall not attempt to reach a mutual agreement of the Fair Market Rent; such arbitrators shall independently arrive at their proposed determinations of the Fair Market Rent.

(4) The arbitrators shall render their decision in writing with counterpart copies to each party. The arbitrators shall have no power to modify the provisions of this Lease. In the event of a failure, refusal or inability of any arbitrator to act, his or her successor shall be appointed by him or her, but in the case of the third arbitrator, his or her successor shall be appointed in the same manner as that set forth herein with respect to the appointment of the original third arbitrator.

3. RENT.

3.1 Base Rent . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the Monthly Installments of Base Rent set forth in the Basic Lease Information, without offset, deduction, prior notice or demand, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term (commencing on the date specified in the Basic Lease Information), except that the Monthly Installment of Base Rent for the first full calendar month in which Base Rent is payable shall be paid upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease and the Monthly Installment of Base Rent for any partial month at the beginning of the Term shall be paid on the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, in no event


shall Tenant’s obligation to start paying Base Rent commence later than the date on which Tenant begins operating its business in the Premises. The Monthly Installment of Base Rent for any partial month at the beginning or end of the Term shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in the month.

3.2 Additional Rent: Increases in Operating Costs and Taxes .

(a) Definitions .

(1) “ Base Operating Costs ” means Operating Costs for the calendar year specified as the Base Year in the Basic Lease Information (excluding therefrom, however, any Operating Costs of a nature that would not ordinarily be incurred on an annual, recurring basis).

(2) “ Base Taxes ” means Taxes for the calendar year specified as the Base Year in the Basic Lease Information.

(3) “ Operating Costs ” means all costs which Landlord pays or incurs because of or in connection with owning, managing, operating, securing, restoring, maintaining and repairing the Property, including all costs, expenditures, fees and charges for: (A) operation, maintenance and repair of the Property (including maintenance, repair and replacement of glass, the roof covering or membrane, and landscaping); (B) utilities and services (including telecommunications facilities and equipment, recycling programs and trash removal), and associated supplies and materials; (C) compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) for persons at or below the level equivalent to property manager or engineering manager who perform duties in connection with the operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Building, such compensation to be appropriately allocated for persons who also perform duties unrelated to the Building; (D) property (including coverage for earthquake and flood if carried by Landlord), liability, rental income and other insurance relating to the Property, and expenditures for commercially reasonable deductible amounts under such insurance, provided that the deductible under Landlord’s policy of earthquake insurance (if any) shall not exceed, for the purpose of this Section 3.2(a)(3) , an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the replacement cost of the Building; (E) licenses, permits and inspections; (F) complying with the requirements of all Laws (as defined in Section 5.1 ) either (i) not in effect as of the Commencement Date or (ii) as any Laws in effect as of the Commencement Date may be amended, changed, added to, interpreted or re-interpreted by applicable governmental authority or court decision, or administrative ruling subsequent to the Commencement Date (such [i] and [ii] being herein called “ Newly Enacted Laws ”); (G) amortization of capital expenditures made or acquired after the Base Year which are required to comply with Laws, or which are intended to reduce Operating Costs or improve the utility, efficiency or capacity of any Building System, or otherwise for the safety, comfort and convenience of tenants, or that are required to comply with present or anticipated conservation programs, with interest, not to exceed ten percent (10%) per annum, on the unamortized balance at the rate paid by Landlord on funds borrowed to finance such capital improvements (or, if Landlord finances such improvements out of Landlord’s funds without borrowing, the rate that Landlord would have paid to borrow such funds, as reasonably determined by Landlord), not to exceed ten percent (10%) per annum, over such useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine consistent with generally accepted commercial real estate property management practices; (H) an office in the Building for the management of the Property, including expenses of furnishing and equipping such office and the rental value of any space occupied for such purposes; (I) property management fees in the


amount of four percent (4%) of rental collections from all tenants and other occupants of the Property; (J) accounting, legal and other professional services incurred in connection with the operation of the Property and the calculation of Operating Costs and Taxes; (K) [intentionally omitted]; (L) contesting the validity or applicability of any Laws that may affect the Property; (M) the Building’s share of any shared or Common Area maintenance fees and expenses (including costs and expenses of operating, managing, owning and maintaining the Common Areas of the Property and any conference center in the Property, and the costs and expenses of maintaining and repairing the Parking Facility); (N) costs incurred in connection with a transportation system management program or similar program; and (O) any other cost, expenditure, fee or charge, whether or not hereinbefore described, which in accordance with generally accepted property management practices would be considered an expense of managing, operating, maintaining and repairing the Property. Operating Costs for any calendar year during which occupancy of the Building is less than one hundred percent (100%), including the Base Year, shall be calculated based upon the Operating Costs that would have been incurred if the Building had an occupancy of one hundred percent (100%) during the entire calendar year, with all tenants paying full rent.

Operating Costs shall not include: (1) capital expenditures (except as specifically enumerated above); (2) costs of special services rendered to individual tenants (including Tenant) for which a special charge is made; (3) ground rent, and interest and principal payments on loans or indebtedness secured by the Building; (4) costs of tenant improvements (including the cost of permits, approvals and inspections) for Tenant or other tenants of the Building; (5) costs of services or other benefits of a type which are not available to Tenant but which are available to other tenants or occupants, and costs for which Landlord is reimbursed by other tenants of the Building other than through payment of tenants’ shares of increases in Operating Costs and Taxes; (6) leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with leasing space in the Building or enforcing such leases; (7) depreciation or amortization, other than as specifically enumerated above; (8) the cost of repairs or other work as a result of any fire or other casualty to the extent that Landlord is reimbursed by insurance proceeds; (9) repairs or rebuilding necessitated by condemnation to the extent Landlord receives proceeds from the applicable condemning authority; (10) costs incurred by Landlord to remove Hazardous Materials from the Building or Property (other than to the extent such costs arise from actions in the nature of ordinary cleaning, repair and maintenance activities) and which were not brought to the Building or Property by Tenant; and (11) costs, fines or penalties incurred due to Landlord’s violation of any Law (but not excluding the cost of compliance that is allowed above in the definition of Operating Costs); (12) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods or services to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis for Comparable Buildings; (13) the cost of any electric power for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company or for which any tenant is separately metered or sub-metered and pays Landlord directly; (14) costs arising from the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of other tenants or Landlord, its employees or agents; (15) Landlord’s charitable or political contributions; (16) costs paid by warranties in effect with respect to Building Systems; (17) the costs of purchasing sculpture, paintings or other objects of art, except to the extent required by any governmental authority under Newly Enacted Laws; (18) costs of the operation of the business entity that constitutes Landlord, as distinguished from the costs of owning or operating the Building, including partnership or other entity accounting and legal matters; (19) costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Building, costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees (if any) or with Building management, or costs incurred in


connection with disputes with other tenants or third parties (provided, however, that this exclusion shall not be construed as diminishing any of Tenant’s express indemnification obligations under this Lease); (20) costs of any “tap fees” or any sewer or water connection fees for the benefit of any particular tenant in the Building; (21) any entertainment, dining or travel expenses of Landlord for any purpose; (22) any flowers, balloons or gifts provided to any entity whatsoever, including, but not limited to, tenants, employees, vendors, contractors, prospective tenants and agents (but not excluding “tenant relations” parties, events or promotions, all of which are expressly permitted Operating Costs); (23) any “finder’s fees,” brokerage commissions, job placement costs or job advertising cost for employees or potential employees of Landlord; and (24) the increment of any “above-standard” cleaning for any particular tenant.

The cost of any new type of insurance coverage that is obtained by Landlord during any calendar year after the Base Year (but is not obtained during the Base Year) shall be added to the Base Operating Costs (but at. the rate that would have been in effect during the Base Year) prior to the calculation of Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs for each such calendar year in which such change in insurance is included in Operating Costs. Landlord further agrees that any costs incurred in any calendar year after the Base Year because of any added new type of discretionary services that were not provided by Landlord during the Base Year and not included in the Base Operating Costs shall be added to and included in the Base Operating Costs for purposes of determining the Additional Rent payable for such calendar year in which such added new type of discretionary services are so provided, as if such services were provided in the Base Year (but at the rate for such services which would have been in effect during the Base Year). The foregoing is not intended to apply to: (A) increases in, or modified versions of, any costs included in the Base Year; (B) increases in insurance premiums resulting from increasing the amount of coverage or the limits of liability; or (C) expenditures for new equipment or other items that perform a function analogous or similar to that performed by items included in the Base Year.

(4) “ Taxes ” means all real property taxes and general, special or district assessments or other governmental impositions, of whatever kind, nature or origin, imposed on or by reason of the ownership or use of the Property; governmental charges, fees or assessments for transit or traffic mitigation (including area-wide traffic improvement assessments and transportation system management fees), housing, police, fire or other governmental service or purported benefits to the Property; personal property taxes assessed on the personal property of Landlord used in the operation of the Property; service payments in lieu of taxes; taxes and assessments of every kind and nature whatsoever levied or assessed in addition to, in lieu of or in substitution for existing or additional real or personal property taxes on the Property or the personal property described above, including governmental or private assessments or the Property’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services normally provided by governmental agencies; any increases in the foregoing caused by changes in assessed valuation, tax rate or other factors or circumstances; and the reasonable cost of contesting by appropriate proceedings the amount or validity of any taxes, assessments or charges described above. To the extent paid by Tenant or other tenants as “Tenant’s Taxes” (as defined in Article 8 [ Tenant’s Taxes ]), “Tenant’s Taxes” shall be excluded from Taxes. If Landlord receives a reduction in Taxes attributable to the Base Year as a result of a commonly called Proposition 8 application or otherwise, the Taxes for the Base Year and each calendar year shall be calculated as if no such reduction in Taxes was applied for or received.


(5) “ Tenant’s Share ” means the Rentable Area of the Premises divided by the total Rentable Area of the Building, as set forth in the Basic Lease Information. If the Rentable Area of the Premises is changed by Tenant’s leasing of additional space or for any other reason, Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted accordingly.

(b) Additional Rent.

(1) Tenant shall pay Landlord as “ Additional Rent ” for each calendar year or portion thereof during the Term Tenant’s Share of the sum of (x) the amount (if any) by which Operating Costs for such period exceed Base Operating Costs, and (y) the amount (if any) by which Taxes for such period exceed Base Taxes.

(2) As soon as reasonably practical, at the end of the Base Year and each calendar year thereafter, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s estimate of Operating Costs, Taxes and Tenant’s Additional Rent for the upcoming calendar year. Commencing on the first day of January of each calendar year and continuing on the first day of every month thereafter in such year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated Additional Rent. If Landlord thereafter estimates that Operating Costs or Taxes for such year will vary from Landlord’s prior estimate, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, revise the estimate for such year (and Additional Rent shall thereafter be payable based on the revised estimate).

(3) No later than one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of the Base Year and each calendar year thereafter, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a statement with respect to such year, showing Operating Costs, Taxes and Additional Rent for the year, and the total payments made by Tenant with respect thereto. Landlord’s failure to deliver the annual statement within such 150-day period shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s rights on account of any underpayment by Tenant of Operating Costs, Taxes or Additional Rent (and Landlord’s rights shall continue in full force and effect); provided, however, that following the expiration of the Term and Tenant’s vacating the Premises, Landlord must provide such statement no later than one year after the expiration of the Term and Tenant’s vacating the Premises and, if Landlord fails to provide such statement within such 1-year period, Landlord shall not be entitled to demand that Tenant pay to Landlord any underpayment of Operating Costs, Taxes or Additional Rent. Unless Tenant raises any objections in writing to Landlord’s statement within one hundred fifty (150) days after Tenant’s receipt of the same, such statement shall conclusively be deemed collect and Tenant shall have no right thereafter to dispute such statement or any item therein or the computation of Additional Rent based thereon. If Tenant does object to such statement, then Landlord shall provide Tenant with the opportunity to inspect and audit Landlord’s books and records in order to verify the figures shown on the statement. Any such audit must be performed by an employee of Tenant with appropriate accounting or finance experience, or by an accounting firm pursuant to an hourly or flat fee arrangement not contingent on any savings realized as a result of the audit. Upon receipt of Tenant’s audit, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to review the audit or have the audit reviewed by a certified public accounting firm selected by Landlord and at Landlord’s cost. The patties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any disputes. Any objection of Tenant to Landlord’s statement and resolution of any dispute shall not postpone the time for payment of any amounts due


Landlord based on Landlord’s statement. If it is finally determined that Landlord overcharged Tenant by more than six percent (6%) of what the actual charges should have been, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the actual, reasonable costs of the audit, not to exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00). Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default under this Lease as a result of Landlord’s overcharging Operating Costs, but Landlord shall refund the amount of any overpayment by Tenant and, if applicable, pay the costs of Tenant’s audit, all on the terms and conditions more particularly set forth above.

(4) If Tenant’s Additional Rent as finally determined for any calendar year exceeds the total payments made by Tenant on account thereof, Tenant shall pay Landlord the deficiency within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s statement. If the total payments made by Tenant on account thereof exceed Tenant’s Additional Rent as finally determined for such year, Tenant’s excess payment shall be credited toward the Rent next due from Tenant under this Lease. For any partial calendar year at the beginning or end of the Term, Additional Rent shall be prorated on the basis of a 360-day year by computing Tenant’s Share of the increases in Operating Costs and Taxes for the entire year and then prorating such amount for the number of days during such year included in the Term. The obligations of Landlord to refund any overpayment of Additional Rent and of Tenant to pay any Additional Rent not previously paid shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. Landlord shall pay to Tenant or Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s final statement for the calendar year in which this Lease terminates, the difference between Tenant’s Additional Rent for that year; as finally determined by Landlord, and the total amount previously paid by Tenant on account thereof.

(c) Tax Reductions and Refunds . If for any reason Base Taxes or Taxes for any year during the Term are reduced, refunded or otherwise changed, Tenant’s Additional Rent shall be adjusted accordingly. If Taxes are temporarily reduced as a result of space in the Building being leased to a tenant that is entitled to an exemption from property taxes or other taxes, then for purposes of determining Additional Rent for each year in which Taxes are reduced by any such exemption, Taxes for such year shall be calculated on the basis of the amount the Taxes for the year would have been in the absence of the exemption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if there is at any time a decrease in Taxes below the amount of the Taxes for the Base Year, then for purposes of calculating Additional Rent for the year in which such decrease occurs and all subsequent periods, Base Taxes shall be reduced to equal the Taxes for the year in which the decrease occurs.

(d) Gross Receipts and Other Taxes . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.2 or elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, one hundred percent (100%) (and not merely increases over a base year) of any: (i) rent tax, gross receipts tax, sales or use tax, service tax, value added tax, or any other tax based on Landlord’s receipt, or the payment by Tenant, of any rent or services herein; and (ii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises. If any such taxes are chargeable or assessed against Landlord, such taxes shall be due and payable by Tenant (A) no later than ten (10) days after Landlord’s invoice to Tenant or (B) upon such recurring schedule (whether monthly or otherwise) as may be established by Landlord. All such amounts are due and payable by Tenant. If it shall not be lawful for Tenant to so reimburse Landlord for such taxes, then the Base Rent payable to Landlord under this Lease shall be revised to net to Landlord the same amount after imposition of any such tax upon Landlord as would have been received by Land lord under this Lease prior to the imposition of such tax.


3.3 Payment of Rent . All amounts payable or reimbursable by Tenant under this Lease, including late charges and interest (collectively, “Rent”), shall constitute rent and shall be payable and recoverable as rent in the manner provided in this Lease. All sums payable to Landlord on demand under the terms of this Lease shall be payable within thirty (30) days after Landlord invoices Tenant therefor or makes demand of the amounts due, unless this Lease specifies another time period for payment. All Rent shall be paid without offset or deduction in lawful money of the United States of America to Landlord at Landlord’s Address for Payment of Rent as set forth in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate.

4. SECURITY DEPOSIT.

4.1 General . Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the cash amount specified in the Basic Lease Information as the Security Deposit and shall deliver to Landlord the LC described in Section 4.3 (such cash amount and the LC collectively being referred to herein as the “ Security Deposit ”), as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

4.2 Application of Cash Portion of Security Deposit . If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease or fails to observe or perform any term, covenant or obligation of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, use the cash portion of the Security Deposit (or any portion thereof) for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount that Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default or failure to observe or perform any term, covenant or obligation of this Lease, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If Landlord uses any part of the cash portion of the Security. Deposit, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand an amount sufficient to replenish the cash portion of the Security Deposit to its original amount. If there is no Event of Default by Tenant at the expiration or termination of this Lease and Tenant has fully performed all of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall return to Tenant the cash portion of the Security Deposit or the balance thereof then held by Landlord and not applied as provided above. Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with Landlord’s general and other funds. Landlord shall not be required to pay interest on the Security Deposit to Tenant.

4.3 Letter of Credit . Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an unconditional, irrevocable, transferable and negotiable standby letter of credit (the “ LC ”) in an amount equal to Two Hundred Ninety-One Thousand Four Hundred and Sixty-Five Dollars ($291,465.00) (the “ Face Amount ”) issued by a bank or trust company with an office in San Francisco (“ Issuer ”) and in form and substance acceptable to Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The LC must meet those additional requirements set forth in Section 4.4 . If there is an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease or if Tenant fails to observe or perform any term, covenant or obligation of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, draw against the LC for the payment of any Rent


or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount that Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default or failure to observe or perform any term, covenant or obligation of this Lease, or to compensate Landlord for any other Joss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default or failure to observe or perform any term, covenant or obligation of this Lease. If any portion of the LC is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after written demand, cause the LC to be restored to the full Face Amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be an Event of Default under this Lease. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the LC shall be returned to Tenant within sixty (60) days following the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.4 Requirements of LC . The LC shall name Landlord as beneficiary thereunder and provide that draws (including, at Landlord’s election, partial draws) will be honored upon the delivery to the Issuer of a certificate signed by Landlord, or its authorized agent, that Landlord is authorized to draw against the LC pursuant to this Lease. The LC must be in full force and effect throughout the entire Term of the Lease, including all extensions of the Term. The LC shall also provide that it will be automatically extended upon each renewal date unless the Issuer thereof delivers to Landlord, no later than forty-five (45) days prior to the stated expiration date of the LC, written notice of Issuer’s intent not to extend or renew the LC. Tenant shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to any expiration or termination of the LC, provide Landlord either with written confirmation that the existing LC will be automatically extended and renewed or with a new LC that satisfies all of the requirements for the LC in this Article 4 . In addition, upon a proposed sale or other transfer of any interest in the Building, the Property, this Lease or Landlord (including consolidations, mergers, or other entity changes), Tenant, at its sole cost and expense and upon ten (10) days’ notice, shall, concurrent with Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the then outstanding LC, deliver to any such transferees, successors, or assigns a replacement LC on identical terms (except for the stated beneficiary) from the same Issuer or another bank or trust company acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, or an amendment to the outstanding LC naming the new landlord as the beneficiary thereof. Tenant’s failure to perform or observe any of the covenants set forth in this Section 4.4 for any reason shall entitle Landlord to draw on the full amount of the LC and shall constitute an Event of Default under this Lease without the requirement of any notice from Landlord. Any amount(s) drawn under the LC shall be held or used by Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Article 4 and Landlord shall have the right to use the LC and all funds drawn pursuant to the LC for all purposes permitted under this Article 4 . Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to effect any modifications, transfers or replacements of the LC requested by Landlord, so as to assure Landlord that it is at all times fully secured by a valid letter of credit that may be drawn upon by Landlord and its grantees, successors, representatives and assigns.

4.5 Section 1950.7 Waiver . Tenant hereby waives (i) California Civil Code Section 1950.7, as amended or recodified from time to time, and any and all other laws, rules and regulations, now or hereafter in force, applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“ Security Deposit Laws ”), and (ii) any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Security Deposit Law, the Security Deposit (both the cash portion and the LC) may be retained or drawn, as the case may be, and applied by Landlord (a) to offset all Rent which is unpaid either before or after the termination of this Lease, and (b) against other damages suffered by Landlord before or after the termination of this Lease,


whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 1950.7 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, AND ALL OTHER SECURITY DEPOSIT LAWS, NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE, WHICH PROVIDE THAT LANDLORD MAY CLAIM FROM A SECURITY DEPOSIT ONLY THOSE SUMS REASONABLY NECESSARY TO REMEDY DEFAULTS IN THE PAYMENT OF RENT TO REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED BY TENANT OR TO CLEAN THE PREMISES, IT BEING AGREED THAT LANDLORD MAY, IN ADDITION, CLAIM THOSE SUMS REASONABLY NECESSARY TO COMPENSATE LANDLORD FOR ANY OTHER LOSS OR DAMAGE, FORESEEABLE OR UNFORESEEABLE, CAUSED BY THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF TENANT OR ANY OFFICER, EMPLOYEE, AGENT, CONTRACTOR OR INVITEE OF TENANT.

Tenant’s Initials:

5. USE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

5.1 Use . The Premises shall be used and occupied for general business office purposes consistent with a first-class office building, and for no other use or purpose. Tenant represents and warrant to, and covenants with, Landlord that the Premises shall not be used as a “public accommodation” as defined in the Americans With Disabilities Act. As used in this Lease, the term “Laws” means all laws, codes, rules, regulations, ordinances and directives of all governmental and quasi-governmental authorities with jurisdiction now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect, and whether or not reflecting a change in policy from any previously existing policy, including, without limitation, laws; codes; rules, regulations and ordinances pertaining to industrial hygiene, Hazardous Materials, and the Americans With Disabilities Act and local ordinances pursuant thereto, including handicap access requirements. At Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Tenant shall comply with all Laws applicable or relating to: (1) the Premises and/or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises; (2) the manner or conduct of Tenant’s business or the operation of its installations; equipment or other property; (3) any cause or condition created by or at the request of Tenant; or (4) the breach of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Tenant’s obligations hereunder to comply with all Laws shall include the obligation to make any and all alterations and improvements to the Premises and other portions of the Building required in order to comply with Laws; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to make structural alterations or capital improvements unless such compliance is triggered or necessitated by Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than general office use (or Tenant’s change in use of the Premises; regardless of the nature of use) or by any work performed or improvements constructed by or at the request of Tenant (and the cost of such work that is not required to be performed by Tenant shall be included in or excluded from Operating Costs as provided in Section 3.2(a)(3) above). Tenant shall give Landlord prompt written notice of any notice that Tenant receives of any violation of any Law relating to the Premises, the Building or the Property, or Tenant’s use thereof. Tenant shall not do, bring, keep or sell anything in or about the Premises that is prohibited by, or that will cause a cancellation of or an increase in the existing premium for, any insurance policy coveting the Property or any part thereof. Tenant shall not permit the Premises to be occupied or used in any manner that win constitute waste or a nuisance, or disturb the quiet enjoyment of or otherwise annoy other tenants in the: Building. Without limiting the foregoing, the Premises shall not be used for (a) educational activities, schools or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use, (b) practice of medicine or any of the healing arts, (c)


providing social services, (d) any governmental use (including embassy or consulate use), (e) personnel agency, (f) customer service office that has public invitees at the Premises on a regular basis, (g) studios for radio, television or other media, (h) travel agency, or (i) reservation center operations or uses. Tenant shall not, without the prior consent of Landlord: (i) bring into the Building or the Premises anything that may cause substantial noise, odor or vibration, overload the floors in the Premises or the Building or any of the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (“ HVAC ”), mechanical, elevator, plumbing, electrical, fire protection, life safety, security or .other systems in the Building (“ Building Systems ”), or jeopardize the structural integrity of the Building or any part thereof; (ii) connect to the utility systems of the Building any apparatus, machinery or other equipment other than typical low power task lighting or office equipment; or (iii) connect to any electrical circuit in the Premises any equipment or other load with aggregate electrical power requirements in excess of 80% of the rated connected load capacity of the circuit. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the safe capacity of the feeders to the Property or the risers or wiring installation of the Building.

5.2 Hazardous Materials .

(a) Definitions .

(1) “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any substance: (A) that now or in the future is regulated or governed by, requires investigation or remediation under, or is defined as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance, pollutant or contaminant under any governmental statute, code, ordinance, regulation, rule or order, and any amendment thereto, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq ., and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq ., or (B) that is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, radioactive, carcinogenic, dangerous or otherwise hazardous, including gasoline, diesel fuel, petroleum hydrocarbons, polychlorinated bipheny1s (PCBs), asbestos, radon and urea formaldehyde foam insulation.

(2) “ Environmental Requirements ” shall mean all present and future Laws, orders, permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and other requirements of any kind applicable to Hazardous Materials.

(3) “ Handled by Tenant ” and “Handling by Tenant” shall mean and refer to any installation, handling, generation, storage, use, disposal, discharge, release, abatement, removal, transportation, or any other activity of any type by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, assignees, sublessees, transferees or representatives (collectively, “ Representatives ”) or its guests, customers, invitees, or visitors (collectively, “ Visitors ”), at or about the Premises or the Building in connection with or involving Hazardous Materials.

(4) “ Environmental Losses ” shall mean all costs and expenses of any kind, damages, including foreseeable and unforeseeable consequential damages, fines and penalties incurred in connection with any violation of and compliance with Environmental Requirements and all losses of any kind attributable to the diminution of value, loss of use or adverse effects on marketability or use of any portion of the Premises or the Property.


(b) Tenant’s Covenants . No Hazardous Materials shall be Handled by Tenant at or about the Premises or the Property without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted, denied, or conditioned upon compliance with Landlord’s requirements, all in Landlord’s absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal quantities and use of those Hazardous Materials customarily used in the conduct of general office activities, such as copier fluids and cleaning supplies (“Permitted Hazardous Materials”), may be used and stored at the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, provided that Tenant’s activities at or about the Premises and the Property and the Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall comply at all times with all Environmental Requirements. At the expiration .or termination of the Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove from the Premises and the Property all Hazardous Materials Handled by Tenant at the Premises or the Property. Tenant shall keep Landlord fully and promptly informed of all Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials other than Permitted Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall be responsible and liable for the compliance with all of the provisions of this Section by all of Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors, and all of Tenant’s obligations under this Section (including its indemnification obligations under paragraph (e) below) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(c) Compliance . Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense promptly take all actions required by any governmental agency or entity in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or the Property, including inspection and testing, performing all cleanup, removal and remediation work required with respect to those Hazardous Materials, complying with all closure requirements and post-closure monitoring, and filing all required reports or plans. All of the foregoing work and all Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall be performed in a good, safe and workmanlike manner by consultants qualified and licensed to undertake such work and in a manner that will not interfere with any other tenant’s quiet enjoyment of its premises or the Property or Landlord’s use, operation, leasing or sale of the Building or the Property. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to delivery to any governmental agency, or promptly after receipt from any such agency, copies of all permits, manifests, closure or remedial action plans, notices, and all other documents relating to the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or the Property. If any lien attaches to the Premises or the Property in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released, by payment, bonding or otherwise, within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released and any sums expended by Landlord (plus Landlord’s administrative costs) in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand.

(d) Landlord’s Rights . Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises at any reasonable time (i) to confirm Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 5.2 , and (ii) to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Section if Tenant has failed to do so after reasonable notice to Tenant. Landlord shall also have the right to engage qualified Hazardous Materials consultants to inspect the Premises and review the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, including review of all permits, reports, plans, and other documents regarding same. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the costs of Landlord’s consultants’ fees and all costs incurred by Landlord in performing Tenant’s obligations under this Section. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business caused by Landlord’s entry into the Premises, but Landlord shall not be responsible for any interference caused thereby.


(e) Tenant’s Indemnification . The term Landlord Parties (“ Landlord Parties ”) refers singularly and collectively to Landlord and the shareholders, partners, venturers, and members of Landlord, and the respective officers, directors, employees, managers, owners and any affiliates or agents of such entities and persons. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from all Environmental Losses and all other claims, actions, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses of every kind, including reasonable attorneys’, experts’ and consultants’ fees and costs, incurred at any time and arising from or in connection with the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Property or Tenant’s failure to comply in full with all Environmental Requirements with respect to the Premises or otherwise.

6. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS & ALTERATIONS.

6.1 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord and Tenant shall perform their respective obligations with respect to design and construction of any initial improvements to be constructed and installed in the Premises (the “ Tenant Improvements ”), as provided in the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B . Except for any Tenant Improvements to be constructed by Tenant as provided in the Work Letter Agreement, Tenant shall not make any alterations, improvements or changes to the Premises, including installation of any security system or telephone or data communication wiring (“ Alterations ”), without Landlord’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to obtain Landlord’s prior consent for minor, non-structural Alterations that (a) do not affect any of the Building Systems or Base Building (as defined below), (b) are not visible from the exterior of the Premises, (c) do not affect the water tight character of the Building or its roof, (d) do not require a building permit, (e) do not move any interior walls or otherwise change the layout of the Premises, and (f) cost less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) (minor, non-structural Alterations that satisfy all of the foregoing requirements are hereinafter referred to as “ Minor Changes ”) so long as Tenant gives Landlord notice of the proposed Minor Change at least ten (10) days prior to commencing the Minor Change and complies with all of the provisions of this Article 6 . Landlord’s right to review and approve (or withhold approval of) Tenant’s plans, drawings, specifications, contractor(s) and other aspects of construction work proposed by Tenant is intended solely to protect Landlord, the Property and Landlord’s interests. No approval or consent by Landlord shall be deemed or construed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the adequacy, sufficiency, fitness or suitability thereof or compliance thereof with applicable Laws or other requirements.

6.2 Standards and Requirements Relating to Work . All Alterations shall be completed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (a) with due diligence, in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials; (b) in compliance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord; (c) in compliance with the construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time; (d) in accordance with all applicable Laws (including all work, whether structural or non-structural, inside or outside the Premises, required to comply fully with all applicable Laws and necessitated by Tenant’s work); and (e) subject to all conditions which Landlord may in Landlord’s discretion impose. Such conditions may include requirements for Tenant to: (i) provide payment or performance bonds (except for Minor Changes) or additional insurance (from Tenant or Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors or design professionals); (ii) use contractors or subcontractors designated by Landlord; (iii) use contractors, workers and labor which that would not, in Landlord’s judgment, disturb labor harmony with the workforce, or trades


engaged in other work, labor or services in or about the Property; and (iv) remove all or part of the Alterations prior to or upon expiration or termination of the Term, as designated by Landlord. If any work outside the Premises, or any work on or adjustment to any of the Building Systems, is required in connection with or as a result of Tenant’s work, such work shall be performed at Tenant’s expense by contractors designated by Landlord. The “Base Building” shall include the structural portions of the Building, and the public restrooms and the systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building, and the Common Areas. If Tenant performs any Alterations which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the Base Building, then Landlord shall make such changes to the Base Building at Tenant’s expense. Except as otherwise provided in Landlord’s consent, all Alterations shall upon installation become part of the realty and be the property of Landlord.

6.3 Plans and Permits . Before making any Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s prior approval reasonably detailed final plans and specifications prepared by a licensed architect or engineer, a copy of the construction contract, including the name of the contractor and all subcontractors proposed by Tenant to make the Alterations and a copy of the contractor’s license. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon written demand and receipt of supporting documentation for any actual and reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any Alterations made by Tenant, including reasonable fees charged by Landlord’s contractors or consultants to review plans and specifications prepared by Tenant and to update the existing as-built plans and specifications of the Building to reflect the Alterations. Before commencement of any Alterations Tenant shall (i) obtain all applicable permits, authorizations and governmental approvals and deliver copies of the same to Landlord, and (ii) give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior notice and shall cooperate with Landlord in posting and maintaining notices of non-responsibility in connection with the Alterations. Within thirty (30) days following the completion of any Alterations Tenant shall deliver to Landlord “as built” plans showing the completed Alterations. The “as built” plans shall be “hard copy” on paper and in digital form (if done on CAD), and show the Alterations in reasonable detail, including (a) the location of walls, partitions and doors, including fire exits and ADA paths of travel, (b) electrical, plumbing and life safety fixtures, and (c) a reflected ceiling plan showing the location of heating, ventilating and air conditioning registers, lighting and life safety systems.

6.4 Construction Coordination Fee . In connection with all Alterations (excluding Minor Changes), all of Tenant’s Work pursuant to Exhibit B, and all tenant improvements for any space added to the Premises as a result of any right of first offer, right of first refusal, option or otherwise, Landlord shall be entitled to a “ Construction Coordination Fee ” equal to two percent (2%) of the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) of the hard costs of the work, and one percent (1%) of any additional hard costs. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with backup documentation showing such hard costs.

6.5 Removal of Alterations . At the time of making any Alteration, Tenant shall have the right to send Landlord a written notice requesting Landlord to indicate whether Landlord will require such Alteration to be removed upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (an “ Alteration Removal Request ”), and if Landlord indicates in writing that it will not require removal of such Alteration, then Tenant shall not be required to remove such Alteration. If Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s Alteration Removal Request within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of such Alteration Removal Request, then Tenant shall have the right to send


Landlord a second written Alteration Removal Request (a “ Second Request ”). If Tenant’s Second Request clearly states IN ALL CAPITAL LETTERS that Landlord’s failure to respond to such Second Request within seven (7) days after Landlord’s receipt thereof shall be deemed Landlord’s agreement not to require removal of the Alteration upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and if Landlord does not respond to such Second Request within such 7 day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have agreed not to require removal of the Alteration described in Tenant’s original Alteration Removal Request.

6.6 Liens . Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Property free and clear of all liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. If any such lien attaches to the Premises or the Property, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released by payment, bonding or otherwise within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released, and any sums expended by Landlord (plus Landlord’s administrative costs) in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand with interest thereon from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Interest Rate (as defined in Section 16.2 [ Interest ]).

6.7 Installation of Trade Fixtures . Subject to the provisions of Article 5 ( Use and Compliance with Laws ) and the other provisions of this Article 6 , Tenant may install and maintain furnishings, equipment, movable partitions, business equipment and other trade fixtures (“ Trade Fixtures ”) in the Premises, provided that the Trade Fixtures do not become an integral part of the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by any installation or removal of such Trade Fixtures.

7. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS.

7.1 Tenant’s Obligations . By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant agrees that the Premises are then in a good and tenantable condition. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense but under the direction of Landlord, shall repair and maintain the Premises, including the interior walls, floor coverings, ceiling (ceiling tiles and grid), Tenant Improvements, Alterations, fire extinguishers, electrical outlets and fixtures, and any appliances (including dishwashers, hot water heaters and garbage disposers) in the Premises, in a first class condition, and keep the Premises in a clean, safe and orderly condition.

7.2 Landlord’s Obligations . Landlord shall maintain or cause to be maintained in reasonably good order, condition and repair, consistent with other similar quality office buildings in the vicinity of the Building, the structural portions of the roof, foundations, floors and exterior walls of the Building, the Building Systems, and the public and common areas of the Property, such as elevators, stairs, corridors and restrooms; provided, however, that Tenant shall pay the cost of repairs for any damage occasioned by Tenant’s use of the Premises or the Property or any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors, to the extent not covered by the proceeds of Landlord’s property insurance, except for normal wear and tear caused by ordinary use of the Premises. Landlord shall be under no obligation to inspect the Premises. Tenant shall promptly report in writing to Landlord any defective condition known to Tenant which Landlord is required to repair. As a material part of the consideration for this Lease, Tenant hereby waives any benefits of any applicable existing or future Law, including the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942.


7.3 Reservations by Landlord . Landlord hereby reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, without liability to Tenant, and without constituting an eviction, constructive or otherwise, or entitling Tenant to any abatement of rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise releasing Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease:

(a) To make alterations, additions, repairs, improvements to or in or to decrease the size or area of, all or any part of the Building, the fixtures and equipment therein, and the Building Systems;

(b) To change the Building’s name or street address;

(c) To install and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and interior of the Building;

(d) To reduce, increase, enclose or otherwise change at any time and from time to time the size, number, location, lay-out and nature of the Common Areas (including the Parking Facility) and other tenancies and premises in the Property and to create additional rentable areas through use or enclosure of common areas; and

(e) If any governmental authority promulgates or revises any Law or imposes mandatory or voluntary controls or guidelines on Landlord or the Properly relating to the use or conservation of energy or utilities or the reduction of automobile or other emissions or reduction or management of traffic or parking on the Property (collectively “ Controls ”), to comply with such Controls, whether mandatory or voluntary, or make any alterations to the Property related thereto.

In making any alterations, additions or improvements of the type described in subparagraph (a) above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any disruption to Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises (but Landlord shall not be required to perform any work outside of normal business hours).

8. TENANT’S TAXES. “ Tenant’s Taxes ” means (a) all taxes, assessments, license fees and other governmental charges or impositions levied or assessed against or with respect to Tenant’s personal property or Trade Fixtures in the Premises, whether any such imposition is levied directly against Tenant or levied against Landlord or the Property and (b) any increase in Taxes attributable to inclusion of a value placed on Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations. Tenant shall pay all of Tenant’s Taxes before delinquency (and, at Landlord’s request, shall furnish Landlord satisfactory evidence thereof). If Landlord pays Tenant’s Taxes or any portion thereof, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of Landlord’s payment to the date of Tenant’s reimbursement.

9. UTILITIES AND SERVICES.

9.1 Description of Services . During the Term Landlord shall furnish to the Premises for ordinary office use and occupancy: reasonable amounts of heat, ventilation and air-conditioning during Business Hours; janitorial services on Business Days; and reasonable amounts of electricity for building standard lighting and use of office equipment requiring only 120 volt standard outlet power. Land lord shall also provide the Building with normal fluorescent tube replacement for


building standard fixtures, washing of perimeter windows and Common Area toilet room cleaning and supplies. Landlord shall provide non-exclusive, non-attended automatic passenger elevator service during Business Hours and, at all other times, shall make available at least one passenger elevator. Landlord shall provide nonexclusive freight elevator service, on a first-come, first-served basis, subject to scheduling by Landlord. All major use of the freight elevator must take place at times other than during Business Hours.

9.2 Payment for Additional Utilities and Services .

(a) Upon request by Tenant in accordance with the procedures established by Landlord from time to time for furnishing heating, ventilation and air conditioning service at times other than Business Hours on Business Days, Landlord shall furnish such service to Tenant and Tenant shall pay for such services on an hourly basis at the then prevailing rate established for the Building by Landlord. As of the date of this Lease, the prevailing rate for furnishing heating, ventilation and air-conditioning service at times other than Business Hours on Business Days is $250.00 per hour which rate may be changed from time to time in Landlord’s sole discretion. As of the date of this Lease, the (i) overtime engineering labor is $115.00 per hour, with a four hour minimum for call-backs, and (ii) overtime security is $40.00 per hour for times other than Business Hours on Business Days, all subject to change from time to time in Landlord’s sole discretion. Overtime security is required during Tenant move-in.

(b) If the temperature otherwise maintained in any portion of the Premises by the HVAC systems of the Building is affected as a result of (i) any lights, machines or equipment used by Tenant in the Premises, or (ii) the occupancy of the Premises by more than one person per 200 square feet of rentable area, then Landlord shall have the right to install any machinery or equipment reasonably necessary to restore the temperature, including modifications to the standard air-conditioning equipment. The cost of any such equipment and modifications, including the cost of installation and any additional cost of operation and maintenance of the same, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

(c) If Tenant’s usage of electricity, water or any other utility service exceeds the use of such utility Landlord determines to be typical, normal and customary for the Building, Landlord may determine the amount of such excess use by any reasonable means (including the installation at Landlord’s request but at Tenant’s expense of a separate meter or other measuring device) and charge Tenant for the cost of such excess usage. Examples of excess electrical usage include, but are not limited to, material consumption of electricity outside Business Hours, consumption of higher levels of electricity at any time (such as for the operation of a server or the cooling of a server room), dedicated HVAC equipment for the Premises, or the use of equipment requiring power in excess of standard 120 volt outlet power. In addition, Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for the use of any additional or unusual janitorial services required by Tenant because of any unusual Tenant Improvements or Alterations, the carelessness of Tenant or the nature of Tenant’s business (including hours of operation).

9.3 Interruption of Services . In the event of an interruption in, or failure or inability to provide, any of the services or utilities described in Section 9.1 ( Description of Services ) (a “ Service Failure ”), such Service Failure shall not, regardless of its duration, constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, or impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, including, but not limited to, liability for consequential damages or loss of business by Tenant, or entitle


Tenant to an abatement of rent or to terminate this Lease. The patties intend that any such losses shall be covered by business interruption insurance to be carried by Tenant. If any Service Failure is caused by fire or other casualty then the provisions of Article 12 ( Damage or Destruction ) shall control. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(1) or any other applicable existing or future Law permitting the termination of this Lease due to such interruption, failure or inability.

9.4 Sole Electrical Representative . Landlord shall maintain exclusive control over and be the sole representative with respect to reception, utilization and distribution of electric power, regardless of point or means of origin, use or generation. Tenant shall not have the right to contract directly with any provider of electrical power or services.

9.5 Telecommunications . Tenant shall have the right to contract directly with telecommunications and media service providers (each a “ Telecommunications Provider ”) of Tenant’s choice, subject to the provisions of this Section 9.5 and other provisions of this Lease. Upon request from Tenant Landlord agrees to deliver to Tenant a list of Telecommunication Providers then serving the Property. If Tenant desires to (a) obtain service from or enter into a contract with any Telecommunication Provider which at the time of Tenant’s request does not serve the Property, or (b) obtain services which will require installation of new equipment by a Telecommunication Provider then serving the Property, then prior to providing service, any such Telecommunication Provider must enter into a written agreement with Landlord, acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, setting forth the terms and conditions of the access to be granted to any such Telecommunication Provider. Landlord shall not be obligated to incur any expense, liability or costs in connection with any Telecommunication Provider proposed by Tenant. All installations made by Telecommunication Providers shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval and shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article 6 .

9.6 Communications and Computer Lines . Except for telecommunications and data wires, cables, fiber optics or other media (collectively, “ Telecom Cable ”) required to obtain service from a Telecommunications Provider approved by Landlord, Tenant may not install, maintain, replace, remove or use any Telecom Cable outside of the Premises, and in connection with any installation, maintenance, replacement, removal or use of Telecom Cable located in or serving the Premises (a) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord, and comply with all of the provisions contained in Article 6 of this Lease, (b) if such Telecom Cable includes use of available wire pairs or other media that are part of the Building Systems or otherwise owned or controlled by the Building (“ Lines ”), an acceptable number of spare available Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Building, as determined by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, (c) the Telecom Cable (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, and shall be surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (d) any new or existing Telecom Cable shall comply with all applicable Laws, (e) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Telecom Cable, Landlord may require that Tenant remove existing Telecom Cable located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage in connection with such removal, and (f) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Telecom Cable located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time in violation of any Laws or represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove (and repair any damage caused by removal) all Telecom Cable installed by Tenant.


9.7 No Air Rights . No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person or entity, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Property, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

10. EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION.

10.1 Landlord’s Indemnification of Tenant . Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or invitees, Land lord shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any claims, actions, liabilities, damages, costs or expenses, including reasonable consultants’, expert witnesses’ and attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same (collectively, “ Claims ”) arising from or relating to (i) any injury to persons occurring in the Common Areas or (ii) the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord or its authorized representative or agents while inside the Premises.

10.2 Tenant’s Indemnification of Landlord . Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from and against Claims arising from (a) the willful misconduct or negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives or Tenant’s authorized Visitors in or about the Property, or (b) any construction or other work undertaken by Tenant in the Premises or elsewhere in the Property (including any design defects), or (c) any loss, injury or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, arising out of or relating to Tenant’s occupancy or operation and occurring in or about the Premises.

10.3 Damage to Tenant and Tenant’s Property . The Landlord Patties shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss, injury or other damage to Tenant or to Tenant’s property in or about the Premises or the Property from any cause (including defects in the Property or in any equipment in the Property; fire, explosion or other casualty; bursting, rupture, leakage or overflow of any plumbing or other pipes or lines, sprinklers, tanks, drains, drinking fountains or washstands in, above, or about the Premises or the Property; or acts of other tenants in the Property), unless caused by the gross negligence, intentional act or willful misconduct of Landlord or its authorized representative or agents (but in all events subject to Section 11.3 , which shall control, notwithstanding any gross negligence, intentional act or willful misconduct of Landlord or its representative or agents), and Tenant hereby waives all claims against the Landlord Parties for any such loss, injury or damage and the cost and expense of defending against claims relating thereto.

10.4 Survival. The obligations of the parties under this Article 10 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.


11. INSURANCE.

11.1 Tenant’s Insurance .

(a) Liability Insurance . Tenant shall at all times following complete execution of this Lease maintain in full force commercial general liability insurance providing coverage on an occurrence form basis with limits of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) each occurrence for bodily injury and property damage combined, Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) annual general aggregate, and Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) products and completed operations annual aggregate. Tenant’s liability insurance policy or policies shall: (i) include premises and operations liability coverage, products and completed operations liability coverage, broad form property damage coverage including completed operations, blanket contractual liability coverage including, to the maximum extent possible, coverage for the indemnification obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and personal and advertising injury coverage; (ii) provide that the insurance company has the duty to defend all named and additional insureds under the policy; (iii) provide that defense costs are paid in addition to and do not deplete any of the policy limits; (iv) cover liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or the Property; (v) extend coverage to cover liability for the actions of Tenant’s Representatives and Tenant’s authorized Visitors; and (vi) either designate separate limits for the Property acceptable to Landlord, or provide that the entire insured limits are available for occurrences relating to the Property. Each policy of liability insurance required by this Section shall: (i) contain a separation of insureds clause or otherwise provide cross-liability coverage; (ii) provide that any waiver of subrogation rights or release prior to a Joss does not void coverage; (iii) provide that it is primary insurance; (iv) name as additional insureds the Landlord Parties, the Property Manager identified in the Basic Lease Information and all replacement or additional property managers, all Lenders (as defined in Section 20.1 ) and such other parties in interest as Landlord may designate to Tenant in writing from time to time; and (v) provide that any failure to comply with the reporting provisions under the policies shall not affect coverage provided such additional insureds. Such additional insureds shall be provided at least the same extent of coverage as is provided to Tenant under such policies. All insurance policies or endorsements effecting such additional insured status shall be at least as broad as additional insured endorsement form number CG 20 11 01 96 promulgated by the Insurance Services Office. A portion of the coverage specified above may be provided by umbrella and/or excess liability coverage, provided that: (a) the entire limits specified above must be available for occurrences relating to the Premises; and (b) all policies must be concurrent and the umbrella and/or excess liability policies must provide coverage that is at least as broad as that provided by Tenant’s commercial general liability policy.

(b) Property Insurance . Tenant shall at all times (including any construction or installation periods, whether or not included in the Term) maintain in effect with respect to any Alterations and Tenant’s Trade Fixtures and personal property, commercial property insurance providing coverage, on a “special form” basis, in an amount equal to the full replacement cost of the covered property. During the Term, the proceeds from any such policies of insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of the Alterations, Trade Fixtures and personal property so insured. The Landlord Parties shall be provided coverage under such insurance to the extent of their insurable interest and, if requested by Landlord, both Landlord and Tenant shall sign all documents reasonably necessary or proper in connection with the settlement of any claim or loss under such insurance. Landlord will have no obligation to carry insurance on any Alterations or on Tenant’s Trade Fixtures or personal property.


(c) Requirements For All Policies . Each policy of insurance required under this Section 11.1 shall: (i) be in a form, and written by an insurer, reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (ii) be maintained at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and (iii) require at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord prior to any cancellation, nonrenewal or any modification that reduces the insurance coverage. Insurance companies issuing such policies shall have rating classifications of “A” or better and financial size category ratings of “VIII” or better according to the latest edition of the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide. All insurance companies issuing such policies shall be admitted carriers licensed to do business in the state where the Property is located. Any deductible amount under such insurance shall be the responsibility of Tenant. Tenant shall provide to Landlord, upon request, evidence that the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Section, including any endorsement effecting the additional insured status, is in full force and effect and reasonable information that premiums have been paid.

(d) Updating Coverage . Tenant shall increase the amounts of insurance as required by any Lender or as reasonably recommended by Landlord’s insurance broker, if, in the opinion of either of them, the amount of insurance then required under this Lease is not adequate. Any limits set forth in this Lease on the amount or type of coverage required by Tenant’s insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

(e) Certificates of Insurance . Prior to any entry into or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, and not Jess than ten (10) days prior to expiration of any policy thereafter, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a certificate of insurance reflecting that the insurance required by this Section is in force, accompanied by an endorsement showing the required additional insureds satisfactory to Landlord in substance and form.

11.2 Landlord’s Insurance . During the Term, to the extent such coverages are available at a commercially reasonable cost, Landlord shall maintain in effect property insurance on the Building with responsible insurers, on a “special form” basis (or other form selected by Landlord), insuring the Building and the Tenant Improvements in an amount and with deductibles determined by Landlord from time to time in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, carry insurance against additional perils (including, without limitation, earthquake insurance). The amount, types and scope of coverage of Landlord’s insurance hereunder shall be determined by Landlord from time to time in its sole discretion and shall be subject to such deductible amounts as Landlord may elect. Landlord shall have the right to reduce or terminate any such insurance or coverage to the extent that it is not reasonably available in the commercial insurance industry from recognized carriers or not available at a cost that is in Landlord’s judgment economic or feasible under the circumstances. All insurance proceeds payable under Landlord’s property insurance carried hereunder shall be payable solely to Landlord, and Tenant shall have no interest therein.

11.3 Waiver of Subrogation . Each of Landlord and Tenant hereby waives any right of recovery against the other and its respective partners, managers, members, shareholders, officers, directors and authorized representatives for any loss or damage that is covered by any policy of property insurance maintained by either party (or required by this Lease to be maintained) with respect to the Premises or the Property or any operation therein, regardless of cause, including


negligence (active or passive) of the party benefiting from the waiver. If any such policy of insurance relating to this Lease or to the Premises or the Property does not permit the foregoing waiver or if the coverage under any such policy would be invalidated as a result of such waiver, then the party maintaining such policy shall obtain from the insurer under such policy a waiver of all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either party in connection with any claim, loss or damage covered by such policy.

12. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

12.1 Landlord’s Duty to Repair .

(a) If all or a substantial part of the Premises is rendered untenantable or inaccessible by damage to all or any part of the Property from fire or other casualty during the Term, then, unless either party is entitled to and elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 12.2 ( Landlord’s Right to Terminate ) or Section 12.3 ( Tenant’s Right to Terminate ), Landlord shall, at its expense, use reasonable efforts to repair and restore the Premises and/or the Property, as the case may be, to substantially their former condition to the extent permitted by then applicable Laws; provided, however, that in no .event shall Landlord have any obligation for repair or restoration beyond the extent of insurance proceeds received by Landlord for such repair or restoration, or for any of Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations.

(b) If Landlord is required or elects to repair damage to the Premises and/or the Property, this Lease shall continue in effect, but Tenant’s Base Rent and Additional Rent (consisting of Operating Costs and Taxes) shall be abated with regard to any portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using by reason of such damage or its repair from the date of the casualty until substantial completion of Landlord’s repair of the affected portion of the Premises as required under this Lease. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business or property arising from fire or other casualty or by reason of any repairs to any part of the Property necessitated by such casualty. During any such repairs Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

12.2 Landlord’s Right to Terminate . Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease following damage by fire or other casualty under the following circumstances:

(a) If, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, the Premises and the Property cannot be substantially repaired and restored under applicable Laws within nine (9) months from the date of the casualty;

(b) If, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, adequate proceeds are not, for any reason, made available to Landlord from Landlord’s insurance policies to make the required repairs;

(c) If the Building is damaged or destroyed to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, the cost to repair and restore the Building would exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the full replacement cost of the Building, whether or not the Premises are at all damaged or destroyed; or


(d) If the fire or other casualty occurs during the last year of the Term or if upon completion of repair and restoration there would be less than one (1) year remaining in the Term.

If any of the circumstances described in subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 12.2 occur or arise, Landlord shall give Tenant notice within ninety (90) days after the date of the casualty, specifying whether Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as provided above and, if not, Landlord’s estimate of the time required to complete Landlord’s repair obligations under this Lease. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to the provisions of this Article 12 , then such termination shall be effective as of the date of the casualty, and all Base Rent, Additional Rent, Operating Costs and Taxes paid by Tenant and accruing subsequent to the date of such casualty shall be returned to Tenant.

12.3 Tenant’s Right to Terminate . lf all or a substantial part of the Premises is rendered untenantable or inaccessible by damage from fire or other casualty, and Landlord does not elect to terminate as provided above, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease if Landlord’s estimate of the time required to complete Landlord’s repair obligations under this Lease is greater than nine (9) months, or if Landlord elects not to repair the Premises pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.2 ( Landlord’s Right to Terminate ), in which event Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by giving Landlord notice of such election to terminate within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant pursuant to Section 12.2 . In addition, if, after three hundred (300) days following the date of the casualty, the repairs and restoration to the Premises or the Building are not substantially completed, then Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord a conditional termination notice (the “ Conditional Termination Notice ”) within ten (10) Business Days following the expiration of such 300 day period. If the repairs and restoration to the Premise or the Building are not substantially completed within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of the Conditional Termination Notice, then within ten (10) Business Days following the expiration of such 30-day grace period Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have no right under this Section to terminate this Lease as to any Floor that is not rendered untenantable or inaccessible from fire or other casualty. For example, if the 19th Floor is untenantable or inaccessible from fire or other casualty but the 20th Floor is not, then Tenant shall have no right to terminate the Lease as to the 20th Floor.

12.4 Waiver . Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(2), 1933(4) and any other applicable existing or future Law permitting the termination of a lease agreement in the event of damage or destruction.

13. CONDEMNATION.

13.1 Definitions .

(a) “ Award ” shall mean all compensation, sums, or anything of value awarded, paid or received on a total or partial Condemnation.

(b) “ Condemnation ” shall mean (i) a permanent taking (or a temporary taking for a period extending beyond the end of the Term) pursuant to the exercise of .the power of condemnation or eminent domain by any public or quasi-public authority, private corporation or individual having such power (“ Condemnor ”), whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, or (ii) a voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to any such authority, either under threat of condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending.


(c) “ Date of Condemnation ” shall mean the earlier of the date that title to the property taken is vested in the Condemnor or the date the Condemnor has the right to possession of the property being condemned.

13.2 Effect on Lease .

(a) If the Premises are totally taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall terminate as of the Date of Condemnation. If a portion but riot all of the Premises is taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall remain in effect; provided, however, that if the portion of the Premises remaining after the Condemnation will be unsuitable for Tenant’s continued use, then upon notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord notifies Tenant of the Condemnation, Tenant may terminate this Lease effective as of the Date of Condemnation.

(b) If fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Property or of the parcel(s) of land on which the Building is situated or of the Parking Facility or of the floor area in the Building is taken by Condemnation, or if as a result of any Condemnation the Building is no longer reasonably suitable for use as an office building, whether or not any portion of the Premises is taken, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, effective as of the Date of Condemnation, by notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Date of Condemnation.

(c) If all or a portion of the Premises is temporarily taken by a Condemn or for a period greater than six (6) consecutive months, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within twenty (20) days following the expiration of such six (6) consecutive month period; and for any other temporary taking, not extending beyond the end of the Term, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

13.3 Restoration . If this Lease is not terminated as provided in Section 13.2 ( Effect on Lease ), Landlord, at its expense, shall diligently proceed to repair and restore the Premises to substantially its former condition (to the extent permitted by then applicable Laws) and/or repair and restore the Building to an architecturally complete office building; provided, however, that Landlord’s obligations to so repair and restore shall be limited to the amount of any Award received by Landlord and not required to be paid to any Lender (as defined in Section 20.1 ). In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to repair or replace any improvements in the Premises beyond the amount of any Award received by Landlord for such repair or to repair or replace any of Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, or Alterations. If a portion of the Premises is taken through Condemnation and the amount of the Award is not sufficient to restore the Premises to the condition existing prior to the Condemnation (excluding any Alterations, Trade Fixtures and any of Tenant’s property), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days following the Award, unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice within twenty (20) days following the Award that Landlord will contribute the amount in excess of the Award to repair and replace the Premises.

13.4 Abatement and Reduction of Rent . If any portion of the Premises is taken in a Condemnation or is rendered permanently untenantable by repairs necessitated by the Condemnation, and this Lease is not terminated, the Base Rent and Additional Rent (consisting of


Operating Costs and Taxes) payable under this Lease shall be proportionally reduced as of the Date of Condemnation based upon the percentage of rentable square feet in the Premises so taken or rendered permanently untenantable. In addition, if this Lease remains in effect following a Condemnation and Landlord proceeds to repair and restore the. Premises, the Base Rent and Additional Rent (consisting of Operating Costs and Taxes) payable under this Lease shall be abated during the period of such repair or restoration to the extent such repairs prevent Tenant’s use of the Premises.

13.5 Awards . Any Award made shall be paid to Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord, and waives all interest in or claim to, any such Award, including any claim for the value of the unexpired Term; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to receive, or to prosecute a separate claim for, an Award for a temporary taking of the Premises or a portion thereof by a Condemner where this Lease is not terminated (to the extent such Award relates to the unexpired Term), or an Award or portion thereof separately designated for relocation expenses or the interruption of or damage to Tenant’s business or as compensation for Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations, provided that in no event will any Award to Tenant reduce any Award to which Landlord would otherwise be entitled.

13.6 Waiver . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 and any other applicable existing or future Law allowing either party to petition for a termination of this Lease upon a partial taking of the Premises and/or the Property.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

14.1 Landlord’s Consent Required . Tenant shall not assign this Lease or any interest therein, or sublet or license or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises or any part thereof by or for the benefit of anyone other than Tenant, or in any other manner transfer all or any part of Tenant’s interest under this Lease (each and all a “ Transfer ”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent (subject to the other provisions of this Article 14 ) shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant’s right to make Permitted Transfers without Landlord’s consent is covered by Section 14.9 . If Tenant is a business entity, any direct or indirect transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) of the ownership interest of the entity (whether in a single transaction or in the aggregate through more than one transaction), including a merger or consolidation, shall be deemed a Transfer. Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber this Lease or all or any part of Tenant’s interest under this Lease. Any assignee, subtenant, user or other transferee under any proposed Transfer is herein called a “ Proposed Transferee ”. Any assignee, subtenant, user or other transferee either approved by Landlord or otherwise permitted under this Lease without any requirement for Landlord’s consent is herein called a “ Transferee ”.

14.2 Reasonable Consent .

(a) Prior to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall submit in writing to Landlord a request for Landlord’s consent to the proposed Transfer (a “ Transfer Consent Request ”) together with all of the following: (i) the name and legal composition of the Proposed Transferee, (ii) the nature of the business proposed to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) a current balance sheet, income and cash flow statements for the last two years, and such other reasonable financial and


other information concerning the Proposed Transferee as Landlord may request; and (iv) a copy of the proposed assignment, sublease or other agreement governing the proposed Transfer. No later than fifteen (15) days after Landlord receives Tenant’s Transfer Consent Request and all of such information, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether it approves or disapproves such Transfer or if it elects to proceed under Section 14.7 ( Landlord’s Right to Space ). If Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s Transfer Consent Request within the 15-day period provided above, then Tenant shall have the right to send Landlord a second written Transfer Consent Request (a “ Second Transfer Request ”), which Second Transfer Request need not be accompanied by the materials specified in clauses (i) through (iv) above, unless there has been a change in any of such information. If Tenant’s Second Transfer Request clearly states IN. ALL CAPITAL LETTERS that Landlord’s failure to respond to such Second Transfer Request within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt thereof shall be deemed Landlord’s consent to the. proposed Transfer, and if Landlord does not respond to such Second Transfer Request within such 10-day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have consented so such proposed Transfer.

(b) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, among other circumstances for which Landlord could reasonably withhold consent to a proposed Transfer, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold consent where (i) the Proposed Transferee does not intend itself to occupy the entire portion of the Premises assigned or sublet, (ii) Landlord reasonably disapproves of the Proposed Transferee’s business operating ability or history, reputation or creditworthiness or the character of the business to be conducted by the Proposed Transferee at the Premises, (iii) the Proposed Transferee is a governmental agency or unit or an existing tenant or an affiliate of an existing tenant in the Building, (iv) the proposed Transfer would violate any “exclusive” rights of any tenants in the Building, (v) Landlord or Landlord’s agent has shown space in the Building to the Proposed Transferee or responded in writing to any inquiries from the Proposed Transferee or the Proposed Transferee’s agent concerning availability of space in the Building, at any time within the preceding five (5) months, (vi) a proposed Transfer would violate any Encumbrance, (vii) any Lender objects to the proposed Transfer, or (viii) Landlord otherwise determines that the proposed Transfer would have the effect of decreasing the value of the Property or increasing the expenses associated with operating, maintaining and repairing the Property. In no event may Tenant publicly offer or advertise all or any portion of the Premises for assignment or sublease at a rental less than that then sought by Landlord for a direct lease (non-sublease) of comparable space in the Building.

14.3 Transfer Consideration . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, then Tenant (and any assignee or first, second or third tier sublessee, provided that Landlord consents to such further Transfer) shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, within ten (10) days after receipt by Tenant (or any assignee or first, second or third tier sublessee); fifty percent (50%) of all “ Transfer Consideration ,” which shall mean any and all consideration, however described or denominated, paid or payable by the Transferee for the Transfer. In the case of a sublease, Transfer Consideration includes any “key money” or other non-rent consideration payable in connection with the sublease, plus the excess of the rent payable by the subtenant over the amount of Base Rent and Additional, Rent payable hereunder applicable to the subleased space, Jess the direct, out-of-pocket expenses and costs (including, without limitation, the costs for necessary Alterations, brokerage commission costs and legal fees) paid by Tenant (or any assignee or first, second or third tier sublessee, if applicable) to procure the subtenant, which expenses and costs shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the sublease.


14.4 No Release Of Tenant . No consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall relieve Tenant of any obligation to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, whether occurring before or after such consent, assignment, subletting or other Transfer. Each Transferee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant (and Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable with each Transferee) for the payment of rent (or, in the case of a sublease, rent in the amount set forth in the sublease) and for the performance of all other terms and provisions of this Lease. The consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall not relieve Tenant or any such Transferee from the obligation to obtain Landlord’s express prior written consent to any subsequent Transfer by Tenant or any Transferee. The acceptance of rent by Landlord from any other person (whether or not such person is an occupant of the Premises) shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any Transfer.

14.5 Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees . Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord in connection with reviewing or consenting to any proposed Transfer (including any request for consent to, or any waiver of Landlord’s rights in connection with, any security interest in any of Tenant’s property at the Premises).

14.6 Effectiveness of Transfer . Prior to the date on which any permitted Transfer (whether or not requiring Landlord’s consent) becomes effective, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a counterpart of the fully executed Transfer document and Landlord’s standard form of Consent to Assignment or Consent to Sublease executed by Tenant and the Transferee in which each of Tenant and the Transferee confirms its obligations pursuant to this Lease. Failure or refusal of a Transferee to execute any such instrument shall not release or discharge the Transferee from liability as provided herein. The voluntary, involuntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work a merger, and any such surrender or cancellation shall, at the option of Landlord, either terminate all or any existing subleases or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subleases.

14.7 Landlord’s Right to Space .

(a) Landlord’s Recapture Right . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 14 to the contrary, but subject to Section 14.7(b) , if Tenant notifies Landlord that it desires to enter into a Transfer, then Landlord, in lieu of consenting to such Transfer, may elect, within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of Tenant’s Transfer Consent Request and all of the required information specified in Section 14.2(a) to: (i) in the case of an assignment of this Lease, to terminate this Lease, or (ii) in the case of a sublease of one or more entire Floors for all or substantially all of the then remaining Term of this Lease, to terminate this Lease as it relates to the space proposed to be subleased by Tenant. In such event, this Lease will terminate (or the space proposed to be subleased will be removed from the Premises subject to this Lease and the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share under this Lease shall be proportionately reduced) on the earlier of (x) sixty (60) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant making the election set forth in this Section 14.7 , or (y) the date the Transfer was proposed to be effective, if such date is specified in Tenant’s notice to Landlord regarding the proposed Transfer, and Landlord may lease such space to any party, including the prospective Transferee identified by Tenant.

(b) Tenant’s Preliminary Notice . If Tenant contemplates effectuating a Transfer that would trigger Landlord’s rights under Section 14.7(a) (“ Recapture Rights ”), then Tenant shall have


the right, but not the obligation, to provide a preliminary written notice of such intention to Landlord prior to marketing the Premises or portions thereof for assignment or sublease or offering the Premises or portions thereof for assignment or sublease to a Proposed Transferee (each such notice, a “ Preliminary Notice ”). Within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord receives a Preliminary Notice; Landlord shall notify Tenant whether Landlord would exercise its Recapture Rights under Section 14.7(a) with respect to the Premises or the portion thereof described in such Preliminary Notice if Tenant were to complete a Transfer of such Premises or portion thereof. If Landlord notifies Tenant that it would elect to exercise its Recapture Rights (“ Landlord’s Intention to Recapture Notice ”), then Tenant shall not market or offer the .Premises or the applicable portion thereof to a Potential Transferee and, in lieu thereof, this Lease shall terminate with respect to the Premises or the applicable portion thereof on a date specified by Tenant, but in no event earlier than thirty (30) days after the date of Landlord’s Intention to Recapture Notice or later than two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of the Preliminary Notice. If Landlord notifies Tenant that it would not elect to exercise its Recapture Rights, then Tenant shall have the right to market or offer the Premises or the applicable portion thereof to a Potential Transferee and all of the terms of this Article 14 shall be applicable thereto (including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to provide notice to Landlord and to obtain Landlord’s consent to the applicable Transfer pursuant to Section 14.2(b) above), but Landlord shall have no Recapture Rights under Section 14.7(a) with respect to the specific proposed Transfer described in Tenant’s Preliminary Notice.

14.8 Assignment of Sublease Rents . Tenant hereby absolutely and irrevocably assigns to Landlord any and all rights to receive rent and other consideration from any sublease and agrees that Landlord, as assignee or as attorney-in-fact for Tenant for purposes hereof, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application may (but shall not be obligated to) collect such rents and other consideration and apply the same toward Tenant’s obligations to Landlord under this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord grants to Tenant at all times prior to occurrence of any Event of Default a revocable license to collect such rents (which license shall automatically and without notice be deemed to have been revoked and terminated immediately upon any Event of Default).

14.9 Permitted Transfers . As used herein, the term “ Permitted Transfer ” means Tenant’s assignment of its interest in this Lease to: (i) a successor corporation to Tenant resulting from the merger, consolidation or non-bankruptcy reorganization of Tenant, (ii) a purchaser of all of Tenant’s assets as an ongoing concern, or (iii) an “Affiliate” (as defined below) of Tenant. The term “ Permitted Transferee ” means the assignee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease in a Permitted Transfer. Notwithstanding Section 14.1 , Tenant shall have the right to make Permitted Transfers, and Landlord shall not have a consent right relating to Permitted Transfers, provided that all of the following conditions (the “ Permitted Transfer Requirements ”) are satisfied: (A) the Permitted Transferee must have a tangible net worth arid net current assets sufficient to fulfill the obligations of the original Tenant under this Lease and no less than the tangible net worth and net current assets of Tenant immediately prior to such Permitted Transfer; (B) there must be no change in the use of the Premises; (C) the Permitted Transfer and the use of the Premises by the Permitted Transferee must not violate any covenant or agreement of Landlord respecting radius, exclusivity or any other matter; and (D) prior to effectuating any Permitted Transfer, Tenant shall have provided to Landlord all information required for Landlord to determine, and Landlord shall have determined; that such transaction is a Permitted Transfer and that the Permitted Transfer


Requirements are satisfied. Tenant shall not effectuate any Permitted Transfer until Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that such transaction is a Permitted Transfer and that the Permitted Transfer Requirements are satisfied. The provisions of Section 14.7 (Landlord’s right to terminate the Lease) shall not apply with respect to a Permitted Transfer, but each Permitted Transfer shall be subject to all other terms and conditions of this Lease (other than the requirement for Landlord’s consent). Tenant shall remain liable under this Lease after any Permitted Transfer. For the purposes of this Section 14.9 , the term “ Affiliate ” of Tenant means any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant. “ Control ” as used herein means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such controlled entity, and the ownership, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in such entity. Notwithstanding Tenant’s right to make a Permitted Transfer pursuant to the provisions of this Section 14.9 , Tenant may not, through use of its rights under this Section 14.9 in two or more transactions (whether separate transactions or steps or phases of a single transaction), at one time or over time, whether by first assigning this Lease to a subsidiary and then merging the subsidiary into another entity or selling the stock of the subsidiary or by other means, assign this Lease, or transfer control of Tenant, to any person or entity that is not a subsidiary, affiliate or controlling corporation of the original Tenant, as then constituted, existing prior to the commencement of such transactions, without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent and complying with all other applicable provisions of this Article 14 .

15. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

15.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) Tenant fails to make any payment of: (i) Rent or any other amount payable pursuant to this Lease when due; or (ii) any amount required to replenish the security deposit as provided in Article 4 , if payment of the amount required to replenish the security deposit is not received by Landlord within three (3) Business Days after written notice that it is due. If Landlord accepts any past due rent, such acceptance shall not be a waiver of any other prior breach by Tenant under this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular past due rent which Landlord has accepted.

(b) Tenant abandons the Premises.

(c) Tenant fails timely to deliver any subordination document, estoppel certificate or financial statement requested by Landlord within the applicable time period specified in Article 20 ( Encumbrances ) and Article 21 ( Estoppel Certificates and Financial Statements ).

(d) Tenant violates the restrictions on Transfer set forth in Article 14 ( Assignment and Subletting ).

(e) Tenant ceases doing business as a going concern; makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; is adjudicated an insolvent, files a petition (or files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition) seeking relief under any state or federal bankruptcy or other Law affecting creditors’ rights; all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are subject to judicial seizure or attachment and are not released within thirty (30) days, or Tenant consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant’s assets.


(f) Tenant fails, within ninety (90) days after the commencement of any proceedings against Tenant seeking relief under any state or federal bankruptcy or other Law affecting creditors’ rights, to have such proceedings dismissed, or Tenant fails, within ninety (90) days after an appointment, without Tenant’s consent or acquiescence, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant’s assets, to have such appointment vacated.

(g) Tenant fails to perform or comply with any provision of this Lease other than those described in (a) through (f) above, and does not fully cure such failure within fifteen (15) days after notice to Tenant or, if such failure cannot be cured within such 15-day period, Tenant fails within such 15-day period to commence, and thereafter diligently proceed with, all actions necessary to cure such failure as soon as reasonably possible but in all events within ninety (90) days of such notice.

15.2 Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord shall have the following remedies, which shall not be exclusive but shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedies now or hereafter allowed by law:

(a) Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time by written notice to Tenant. Tenant expressly acknowledges that in the absence of such written notice from Landlord, no other act of Landlord, including re-entry into the Premises, efforts to relet the Premises, reletting of the Premises for Tenant’s account, storage of Tenant’s personal property and Trade Fixtures, acceptance of keys to the Premises from Tenant or exercise of any other rights and remedies under this Section, shall constitute an acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises or constitute a termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises. Upon such termination in Writing of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, as herein provided, this Lease shall terminate and Landlord shall be entitled to recover damages from Tenant as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.2 and any other applicable existing or future Law providing for recovery of damages for such breach, including the right to recover from Tenant, as damages, all of the following: (i) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent and other sums due under the Lease which has been earned at the time of such termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent and other sums due under the Lease which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental or other loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent and other sums due under the Lease for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental or other loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease 01; which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and (v) such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted by applicable law. As used in clauses (i) and (ii) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at the then maximum rate allowed by the usury or similar law, if any. As used in clause (iii) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). For purposes of the above measure of damages, rent includes Additional Rent as reasonably estimated by Landlord.


(b) Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and recover rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).

(c) Landlord may cure the Event of Default at Tenant’s expense. If Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense in curing the Event of Default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment or expense with interest at the Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant. Upon request by Tenant, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with reasonably available documentation showing such expenses incurred by Landlord.

(d) Landlord may remove all of Tenant’s property from the Premises, and such property may be stored by Landlord in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the sole cost and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to store any or all of Tenant’s property left in the Premises, then at any time after Landlord has given Tenant five (5) days written notice of such property left by Tenant in the Premises, Landlord may consider such property to be abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord may thereupon dispose of such property in any manner deemed appropriate by Landlord. Any proceeds realized by Landlord on the disposal of any such property shall be applied first to offset all expenses of storage and sale, then credited against Tenant’s outstanding obligations to Landlord under this Lease, and any balance remaining after satisfaction of all obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be delivered to Tenant.

15.3 Default by Landlord . Landlord shall not be deemed in default of this Lease unless Landlord fails within a reasonable time to perform an express obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease. For purposes of this Section 15.3 , a reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of a written notice from Tenant specifying in detail the obligation that Landlord has not performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days after such notice are reasonably required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default of this Lease if performance is commenced within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any punitive or consequential damages or damages for loss of business by Tenant.

16. LATE CHARGE AND INTEREST.

16.1 Late Charge . If any payment of Rent is not received by Landlord when due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand as a late charge (the “ Late Charge ”) an additional amount equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue payment.

16.2 Interest . In addition to the late charges referred to above, which are intended to defray Landlord’s costs resulting from late payments, any payment from Tenant to Landlord not paid when due shall at Landlord’s option bear interest from the date due until paid to Landlord by Tenant at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum lawful rate that Landlord may charge to Tenant under applicable Jaws, whichever is less (the “ Interest Rate ”). Acceptance of any late charge and/or interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue sum or prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease.


17. WAIVER. No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in a writing signed by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such provision or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this Lease. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord upon any default by Tenant shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Landlord’s acceptance of any payments of rent due under this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any default by Tenant under this Lease (including Tenant’s recurrent failure to timely pay rent) other than Tenant’s nonpayment of the accepted sums, and no endorsement or statement on any check or payment or in any letter or document accompanying any check or payment shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.

18. ENTRY, INSPECTION AND CLOSURE. Upon reasonable oral or written notice to Tenant (and without notice in emergencies), Landlord and its authorized representatives may enter the Premises at all reasonable times to: (a) determine whether the Premises are in good condition, (b) determine whether Tenant is complying with its obligations under this Lease, (c) perform any maintenance or repair of the Premises or the Building that Landlord has the right or obligation to perform, (d) install or repair improvements for other tenants where access to the Premises is required for such installation or repair, (e) serve, post or keep posted any notices required or allowed under the provisions of this Lease, (f) show the Premises to prospective brokers, agents, buyers, transferees, Lenders or tenants, or (g) do any other act or thing necessary for the safety or preservation of the Premises, the Building and/or the Property. When reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities in the Building without liability to Tenant by reason of such closure. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct its activities under this Section in a manner that will minimize inconvenience to Tenant without incurring additional expense to Landlord. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to an abatement of rent on account of any entry by Landlord, and Landlord shall not be liable in any manner for any inconvenience, loss of business or other damage to Tenant or other persons arising out of Landlord’s entry on the Premises in accordance with this Section. No action by Landlord pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, entitle Tenant to an abatement of rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

19. SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER.

19.1 Surrender . Upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises and all Tenant Improvements and Alterations to Landlord broom-clean and in their original condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, damage from casualty or condemnation and any changes resulting from approved Alterations; provided, however, that prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease Tenant shall remove all telephone and other cabling installed in the Building by Tenant and remove from the Premises all Tenant’s personal property and any Trade Fixtures and all Alterations that Landlord has elected to require Tenant to remove as provided in


Article 6 ( Tenant Improvements & Alterations ), and repair any damage caused to the Premises or the Property by such removal. If such removal is not completed before the expiration or termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right (but no obligation) to remove the same, and Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand for all costs of removal and storage thereof and for the rental value of the Premises for the period from the end of the Term through the end of the time reasonably required for such removal. Landlord shall also have the right to retain or dispose of all or any po1tion of such property if Tenant does not pay all such costs and retrieve the property within ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord (in which event title to all such property described in Landlord’s notice shall be transferred to and vest in Landlord). Tenant waives all Claims against Landlord for any damage or loss to Tenant resulting from Landlord’s removal, storage, retention, or disposition of any such property. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s possession, whichever is earliest, Tenant shall surrender all keys to the Premises (and any other part of the Property for which Tenant has keys) and shall deliver to Landlord all keys for or make known to Landlord the combination of locks on all safes, cabinets and vaults that may be located in the Premises. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are retained by Landlord. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

19.2 Holding Over . If Tenant (directly or through any Transferee or other successor-in-interest of Tenant) remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant’s continued possession shall be on the basis of a tenancy at the sufferance of Landlord. No act or omission by Landlord, other than its specific written consent, shall constitute permission for Tenant to continue in possession of the Premises, and if such consent is given or determined to have been given by a court judgment, Landlord may terminate Tenant’s holdover tenancy at any time upon thirty (30) days’ written notice. In such event, Tenant shall continue to comply with or perform all the terms and obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that the monthly Base Rent during Tenant’s holding over shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent payable in the last full month prior to’ the termination hereof. Acceptance by Landlord of rent after such termination shall not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease and nothing contained in this provision shall be deemed to waive Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other right hereunder or at law. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all Claims arising or resulting directly or indirectly from Tenant’s failure to timely surrender the Premises, including (i) any rent payable by or any loss, cost, or damages claimed by any prospective tenant of the Premises, and (ii) Landlord’s damages as a result of such prospective tenant rescinding or refusing to enter into the prospective lease of the Premises by reason of such failure to timely surrender the Premises.

20. ENCUMBRANCES.

20.1 Subordination . This Lease is expressly made subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, underlying lease or like encumbrance affecting any part of the Property or any interest of Landlord therein which is now existing or may hereafter be executed or recorded (“ Encumbrance ”). The lender, holder or secured party under any Encumbrance is hereinafter referred to as a “ Lender .” Notwithstanding the foregoing, such subordination of this Lease to an Encumbrance is expressly conditioned upon Landlord’s obtaining from the Lender, for the benefit of Tenant, a commercially reasonable subordination, nondisturbance and attornment


agreement (an “ SNDA ”) pursuant to which (i) this Lease is subordinated to the lien of the Encumbrance and (ii) the Lender agrees not to disturb or interfere with Tenant’s possession of the Premises or rights under this Lease so long as there is no Event of Default on the part of Tenant. No later than thirty (30) days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an SNDA from Landlord’s current Lender, for recordation in the Official Records of the City & County of San Francisco. Tenant agrees that the form of SNDA attached hereto as Exhibit F is acceptable to Tenant. With respect to all future Encumbrances (or prospective future Encumbrances), Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, from time to time and no later than ten (10) days after written request by Landlord, an SNDA substantially in the form of Exhibit F or such other form as may be required by the Lender (which other form of SNDA shall be subject to commercially reasonable modifications requested by Tenant consistent with the then current requirements of similarly situated tenants and institutional lenders). If the interest of Landlord in the Property is transferred pursuant to or in lieu of proceedings for enforcement of any Encumbrance (including, without limitation, any judicial foreclosure or foreclosure by a power of sale in a deed of trust), Tenant shall, at the request of the new owner, immediately attorn to, and become the tenant of, the new owner, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the transferee and Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease and, at such new owner’s request, shall execute a new lease confirming the lease terms of this Lease.

20.2 Mortgagee Protection . Tenant agrees to give every Lender, by certified mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Lender. If Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within thirty (30) days from the effective date of such notice of default (or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default), then the Lender shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default (including the time necessary to foreclose or otherwise terminate its Encumbrance, if necessary to effect such cure), and this Lease shall not be terminated so long as such remedies are being diligently pursued.

21. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

21.1 Estoppel Certificates . Within ten (10) days after written request therefor, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in a form provided by or satisfactory to Landlord, a certificate stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, describing this Lease and any amendments or modifications hereto, acknowledging that this Lease is subordinate or prior, as the case may be, to any Encumbrance and stating any other information Landlord may reasonably request, including the commencement and expiration dates of the Term, the monthly Base Rent, the date to which Rent has been paid, the amount of any security deposit or prepaid rent, whether either party hereto is in default under the terms of the Lease, whether Landlord has completed its construction obligations hereunder (if any), and whether Tenant has accepted the Premises. Tenant irrevocably constitutes, appoints and authorizes Landlord as Tenant’s special attorney-in-fact for such purpose to complete, execute and deliver such certificate if Tenant fails timely to execute and deliver such certificate as provided above. Any person or entity purchasing, acquiring an interest in or extending financing with respect to the Property shall be entitled to rely upon any such certificate. If Tenant fails to deliver such certificate within ten (10) days after Landlord’s second


written request therefor, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damages incurred by Landlord including any profits or other benefits from any financing of the Property or any interest therein which are lost or made unavailable as a result, directly or indirectly, of Tenant’s failure or refusal to timely execute or deliver such estoppel certificate. In addition, Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, that Tenant has no claims or offsets against Landlord, and that not more than one month’s Base Rent has been paid in advance.

21.2 Financial Statements . Within ten (10) days after written request therefor, but not more than twice a year, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the financial statements (including at least a year end balance sheet, a statement of profit and loss, and a statement of cash flows) of Tenant (and of each guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) for each of the three most recently completed years, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (and, if such is Tenant’s normal practice, audited by an independent certified public accountant), all then available subsequent interim statements, and such other financial information as may reasonably be requested by Landlord or required by any Lender.

22. NOTICES. All notices, certificates or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Lease must be given in writing and must be delivered: (1) in person; or (2) by U.S. Postal Service certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested); or (3) by a commercial overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery and provides a receipt. Any notice required pursuant to any Laws may be incorporated into, given concurrently with or given separately from any notice required under this Lease. Notices delivered in person or by courier shall be effective upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery. Notices delivered by certified mail shall be effective on the delivery date shown on the return receipt. Notices shall be deemed given on the date that the notice is “effective” as specified above in this Section. Whenever in this Lease a party is required to take any action within a certain period of time after notice from the other party, then such period of time shall begin to run on the date that the other party’s notice is “effective” as specified above in this Section. Each party may change its address for notices hereunder, effective fifteen (15) days after notice to the other party in accordance with this Section. If Tenant sublets the Premises, notices from Landlord shall be effective on the subtenant when given to Tenant pursuant to this Section.

23. ATTORNEYS’ FEES. In the event of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant in any way related to this Lease, and whether involving contract and/or tort claims, the non-prevailing party shall pay to the prevailing party all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and expenses of any type, without restriction by statute, court rule or otherwise, incurred by the prevailing party in connection with any action or proceeding (including any appeal and the enforcement of any judgment or award), whether or not the dispute is litigated or prosecuted to final judgment (collectively, “ Fees ”). The “prevailing party” shall be determined based upon an assessment of which party’s major arguments or positions taken in the action or proceeding could fairly be said to have prevailed (whether by compromise, settlement, abandonment by the other party of its claim or defense, final decision, after any appeals; or otherwise) over the other party’s major arguments or positions on major disputed issues. Any Fees incurred in enforcing a judgment shall be recoverable separately from any other amount included in the judgment and shall survive and not be merged in the judgment. The Fees shall be deemed an “actual pecuniary loss”


within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code Section 365(b)(l)(B), and notwithstanding the foregoing, all Fees incurred by either party in any bankruptcy case filed by or against the other party, from and after the order for relief until this Lease is rejected or assumed in such bankruptcy case, will be “obligations of the debtor” as that phrase is used in Bankruptcy Code Section 365(d)(3).

24. QUIET POSSESSION. Subject to Tenant’s full and timely performance of all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and subject to the terms of this Lease, including Article 20 ( Encumbrances ), Tenant shall have the quiet possession of the Premises throughout the Term as against any persons or entities lawfully claiming by, through or under Landlord.

25. SECURITY MEASURES. Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, implement security measures for the Property, such as the registration or search of all persons entering or leaving the Building, requiring identification for access to the Building, evacuation of the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes, the issuance of magnetic pass cards or keys for Building or elevator access and other actions that Landlord deems necessary or appropriate to prevent any threat of property loss or damage, bodily injury or business interruption. If Landlord uses an access card system, Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord a deposit for each afterhours Building access card issued to Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible for any loss, theft or breakage of any such cards, which must be returned by Tenant to Landlord upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Landlord may retain the deposit for any card not so returned. Landlord shall at all times have the right to change, alter or reduce any such security services or measures. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with, and cause Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors to cooperate and comply with, such security measures. Landlord, its agents and employees shall have no liability to Tenant or its Representatives or Visitors for the implementation or exercise of, or the failure to implement or exercise, any such security measures or for any resulting disturbance of Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises.

26. FORCE MAJEURE. If Landlord is delayed, interrupted or prevented from performing any of its obligations under this Lease, including its obligations under the Construction Rider or Work Letter Agreement (if any), and such delay, interruption or prevention is due to fire, act of God, governmental act or failure to act, terrorist act, labor dispute, unavailability of labor or materials or any other cause outside the reasonable control of Landlord, then the time for performance of the affected obligations of Landlord shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay, interruption or prevention.

27. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant shall be bound by and shall comply with the rules and regulations attached to and made a part of this Lease as Exhibit C , as well as any reasonable rules and regulations hereafter adopted by Landlord (collectively, the “ Building Rules ”). Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for any violation of, or failure to observe, the Building Rules by any ‘other tenant or other person.

28. LANDLORD’S LIABILITY. The term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall mean only the owner or owners of the Building at the time in question. In the event of any conveyance of title to the Building, then from and after the date of such conveyance, the transferor Landlord shall be relieved of all liability with respect to Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease after the date of such conveyance. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Lease, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease is limited solely to Landlord’s interest in


the Building as the same may from time to time be encumbered; and no personal .liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against any other assets of Landlord or against Landlord’s partners or members or its or their respective partners, shareholders, members, directors, officers or managers on account of any of Landlord’s obligations or actions under this Lease.

29. CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.

29.1 Determination in Good Faith . Wherever the consent, approval, judgment or determination of Landlord is required or permitted under this Lease, Landlord may exercise its good faith business judgment in granting or withholding such consent or approval or in making such judgment or determination without reference to any extrinsic standard of reasonableness, unless the specific provision contained in this Lease providing for such consent, approval, judgment or determination specifies that Landlord’s consent or approval is not to be unreasonably withheld, or that such judgment or determination is to be reasonable, or otherwise specifies the standards under which Landlord may withhold its consent. If it is determined that Landlord failed to give its consent where it was required to do so under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to injunctive relief but shall not to be entitled to monetary damages or to terminate this Lease for such failure.

29.2 No Liability Imposed on Landlord . The review and/or approval by Landlord of any item or matter to be reviewed or approved by Landlord under the terms of this Lease or any Exhibits or Addenda hereto shall not impose upon Landlord any liability for the accuracy or sufficiency of any such item or matter or the quality or suitability of such item for its intended use. Any such review or approval is for the sole purpose of protecting Landlord’s interest in the Property, and no third parties, including Tenant or the Representatives and Visitors of Tenant or any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant, shall have any rights as a consequence thereof.

30. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL. To the extent permitted by Law, Landlord and Tenant waive their respective rights to trial by jury of any contract or tent claim, counterclaim, cross-complaint, or cause of action in any action, proceeding, or hearing brought by either party against the other on any matter arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, including any claim of injury or damage or the enforcement of any remedy under any current or future Law.

31. BROKERS. Landlord shall pay the fee or commission of Landlord’s broker; if any, identified in the Basie Lease Information (“ Broker ”) in accordance with Landlord’s separate written agreement with Broker, if any. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that in the negotiating or making of this Lease neither Tenant nor anyone acting on Tenant’s behalf has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Lease other than Broker. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any claim or claims, including costs, expenses and attorney’s fees, incurred by Landlord asserted by any other broker or finder for a fee or commission based upon any dealings with or statements made by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives.

32. RELOCATION OF PREMISES. [Intentionally omitted.]


33. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto, and the documents referred to herein, if any, constitute the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the leasing of space by Tenant in the Building, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral, all of which are merged herein. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Property or this Lease except as expressly set forth herein, find no rights, easements or licenses shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein. The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute an option for the Premises and this Lease shall become effective as a binding agreement only upon execution and delivery thereof by Landlord to Tenant.

34. MISCELLANEOUS. This Lease may not be amended or modified except by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. Subject to Article 14 ( Assignment and Subletting ) and Article 28 ( Landlord’s Liability ), this Lease shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives. The determination that any provisions hereof may be void, invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall not impair any other provisions hereof and all such other provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. The unenforceability, invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Lease under particular circumstances shall not render unenforceable, invalid or illegal other provisions of this Lease, or the same provisions under other circumstances. This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws (excluding conflict of laws principles) of the State in which the Building is located. The provisions of this Lease shall be construed in accordance with the fair meaning of the language used and shall not be strictly construed against either patty, even if such party drafted the provision in question. When required by the context of this Lease, the singular includes the plural. Unless the context requires otherwise, capitalized terms used in this Lease shall have the meanings given for them in this Lease (including the Basic Lease Information). Wherever the term “ including ” is used in this Lease, it shall be interpreted as meaning “including, but not limited to” the matter or matters thereafter enumerated. References in this Lease to “Sections” or “Articles” shall mean, unless the context requires otherwise, the Sections and Articles of this Lease. The captions contained in this Lease are for purposes of convenience only and are not to be used to interpret or construe this Lease. If more than one person or entity is identified as Tenant hereunder, the obligations of each and all of them under this Lease shall be joint and several. Time is of the essence with respect to this Lease, except as to the conditions relating to the delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease.

35. AUTHORITY. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of business entity, Tenant and the person(s) signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant warrant and represent that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that the person(s) signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Lease. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.


36. DISABILITY ACCESS DISCLOSURES.

36.1 Civil Code Section 1938 Disclosure . Landlord hereby discloses, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that neither the Premises nor the Building has been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist.

36.2 San Francisco Accessibility Disclosure . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (1) Tenant has received, read, understood and signed the Disability Access Obligations Notice attached hereto as part of Exhibit D ; (2) Tenant has received, read and understood the Disability Access Brochure attached hereto as part of Exhibit E ; and (3) this Lease clearly and satisfactorily explains Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective obligations and liabilities for making and paying for required disability access improvements on the Premises. Landlord and Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to notify each other if they make alterations to the Premises that might impact accessibility under federal and state disability access laws. TENANT SHOULD NOTE THAT the Premises and the Property may not currently meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards, including standards for public restrooms and ground floor entrances and exits.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:       TENANT:

FORWARD ONE, LLC,

a California limited liability company

     

TEACHSCAPE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:    Forward Time Corporation,       By:    /s/ Kathleen Yates
   a California corporation, its Manager         

Kathleen Yates,

President and Chief Executive Officer

      By:   

/s/ Belinda Zen

        
         Belinda Zen,       By:   

/s/ Ken Cucarola

         President         

Ken Cucarola,

Secretary Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT A

THE PREMISES (19th FLOOR)

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit A, Page 1


EXHIBIT A

THE PREMISES (20th FLOOR)

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit A, Page 2


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

THIS WORK LETTER AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between FORWARD ONE, LLC (“ Landlord ”) and TEACHSCAPE, INC. (“ Tenant ”), and shall be deemed a part of the lease between Landlord and Tenant to which this Agreement is attached (the “ Lease ”). This Agreement sets forth the obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the initial improvement of the Premises. Capitalized terms that are used herein and defined in the Lease shall have the meaning given therein.

 

1. Landlord’s Work and Tenant’s Work .

 

  (a) Landlord’s Work . Tenant shall lease the Premises, and Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant, in their “as is” condition as of the date of the Lease. Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any work or to make any improvements to the Premises (including, without limitation, the mechanical equipment and other equipment serving the Premises) or any other part of the Building, except that Landlord shall perform or pay the cost of (as elected by Landlord) all work in the restrooms serving the Premises and in the elevator lobbies of the Premises, to the extent that such work is located outside of the demising walls of the Premises and is required to comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act and local Laws relating to handicap access (“ Landlord’s Work ”). Landlord may perform Landlord’s Work concurrently with Tenant’s performance of Tenant’s Work, and Landlord is not required to complete Landlord’s Work prior to delivery of the Premises to Tenant.

 

  (b) Tenant’s Work . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Tenant’s Work ” means that work to be performed by Tenant, which shall be described in detail and shown on the Working Drawings (as defined below), as modified by any change orders approved by Landlord. In general terms, Tenant’s Work shall include all work required for Tenant to use and occupy the Premises as permitted by the Lease and as required by applicable Laws. Tenant shall complete Tenant’s Work at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to the Construction Allowance described below. Tenant shall ensure that Tenant’s Work complies with all Laws. Only new and high quality materials of a type consistent with Class A office space shall be used in Tenant’s Work. Tenant’s Work shall also be deemed to include, and Tenant shall be required to perform at its sole cost and expense (subject to the Construction Allowance and Landlord’s obligations under Section l(a) above) pursuant to this Agreement, all other work in the Premises and/or the Building that is: (i) triggered or necessitated under Laws by the work described in the Working Drawings (or any other work performed by Tenant), including, without limitation, all fire and life safety code compliance work and all work required to be performed pursuant to Laws relating to handicap access; and/or (ii) required in connection with the performance of the work described in the Working Drawings (or any other work performed by Tenant) due to physical site conditions or engineering requirements.

 

Exhibit B, Page 1


2. Approval of Contractors . Tenant shall directly contract with all architects, engineers, consultants, contractors and subcontractors (collectively, “ Tenant’s Contractors ”) with respect to the design, construction and performance of Tenant’s Work. All of Tenant’s Contractors shall be subject to Landlord’s prior review and written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall submit to Landlord, prior to the commencement of construction, the following information: (i) with respect to each of Tenant’s Contractors, the name of the company and primary contact person, complete with address, email, phone number and fax number (ii) the construction cost breakdown and total cost for all portions of Tenant’s Work; (iii) the commencement date of construction and the estimated date of completion of Tenant’s Work; and (iv) evidence of insurance as required by Section 7 below. If so required by Landlord, Tenant must use union labor. Tenant must use Landlord’s fire/life safety contractor for all work relating to or affecting the fire/life safety systems.

 

3. Construction Allowance .

 

  (a) In the manner provided in this Section 3 , Landlord shall pay to Tenant a “ Construction Allowance ” of up to One Million Thirty-Six Thousand Three Hundred Twenty Dollars ($1,036,320.00) (based on $40.00 per rentable square foot and the Premises containing 25,908 rentable square feet), but not exceeding the actual cost of Tenant’s Work. The Construction Allowance may be used only for the cost of preparing design and construction documents and mechanical and electrical plans for Tenant’s Work and for the hard costs of Tenant’s Work. In no event shall the Construction Allowance be used for the purchase of equipment, furniture or other items of personal properly of Tenant.

 

  (b)

The Construction Allowance, less a 10% retainage (which retainage shall be payable as part of the final draw), shall be paid to Tenant or, at Landlord‘s option, to the order of Tenant’s general contractor (the “ GC ”), in periodic disbursements, on a progress-payments basis (based on the percentage of completion), within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the following documentation: (i) an application for payment and sworn statement of the GC substantially in the form of AIA Document G702 covering all work for which disbursement is to be made to a date specified therein; (ii) a certification from Tenant’s architect (the “ Architect ”) substantially in the form of the Architect’s Certificate for Payment which is located on AIA Document 0702; (iii) lien waivers from the GC, the Architect, all subcontractors, all material suppliers and any other parties having lien rights, covering all of Tenant’s Work for which disbursement is being requested and all other statements and forms required for compliance with applicable mechanics’ lien laws, together with all such invoices, contracts and other supporting data as Landlord may reasonably require; (iv) a cost breakdown for each trade or subcontractor performing Tenant’s Work; and (v) Tenant’s request for disbursement containing an approval by Tenant of the work done and a good faith estimate of the cost to complete Tenant’s Work. Prior to the commencement of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall provide Landlord with documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord showing the estimated cost of ail of Tenant’s Work. If the estimated cost of Tenant’s Work exceeds the Construction Allowance, then Tenant shall be entitled to the Construction Allowance in

 

Exhibit B, Page 2


  accordance with the terms hereof, but each individual disbursement of the Construction Allowance shall be disbursed in the proportion that the Construction Allowance bears to the total cost of Tenant’s Work, less the 10% retainage referenced above.

 

  (c) Upon the completion of Tenant’s Work, and prior to the final disbursement of the Construction Allowance, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with: (1) the GC’s and the Architect’s completion affidavits; (2) full, final and unconditional lien waivers from the GC and the Architect and all contractors, subcontractors, architects, engineers and other parties having lien rights, covering all of Tenant’s Work: (3) receipted bills covering all labor and materials expended and used: (4) as-built plans for Tenant’s Work: and (5) the certification of Tenant and the Architect that Tenant’s Work has been completed and installed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the approved Working Drawings and all applicable Laws. In no event shall Landlord be required to disburse the Construction Allowance more than one time per month. Tenant has an absolute obligation to provide all of the documents and materials listed in this Section 3 ; such documents and materials are not merely conditions to Landlord’ obligation to make disbursements of the Construction Allowance.

 

  (d) Landlord shall deduct from the Construction Allowance, prior to each disbursement to Tenant, a portion of the total Construction Coordination Fee calculated pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Lease, based upon the percentage of completion covered by the progress payment in question. The total amount of the Construction Coordination Fee shall be calculated based on the total cost of Tenant’s Work as set forth in the cost estimate provided to Landlord as required above. Upon the completion of Tenant’s Work, if the final cost of Tenant’s Work is greater than the estimate upon which the Construction Coordination Fee was originally calculated, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any additional payment required pursuant to the formula set forth in Section 6.4 of the Lease, but Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit if the cost of Tenant’s Work turns out to be less than originally estimated. Landlord shall not be required to pay any portion of the Construction Allowance at any time during which Tenant is in default under the Lease. Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit for any unused portion of the Construction Allowance. Tenant shall have no right to any portion of the Construction Allowance after the date that is nine months after the date of the Lease.

 

4. Approval of Plans for Tenant’s Work .

 

  (a)

Preliminary Plans . As soon as reasonably practicable after the execution of the Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, a preliminary set of plans and specifications for Tenant’s Work (the “ Preliminary Plans ”). Within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Preliminary Plans, Landlord shall return to Tenant one set of prints thereof, with Landlord’s written approval or with Landlord’s required modifications. If Landlord returns the Preliminary Plans to Tenant with required modifications, and not bearing Landlord’s written approval, then Tenant, promptly after its receipt of such modified plans, shall revise the Preliminary Plans as required by Landlord and shall submit one revised set of plans to Landlord for

 

Exhibit B, Page 3


  Landlord’s approval. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that portions of Tenant’s Work affect critical portions of the Building’s systems and that, accordingly, Landlord shall be entitled to withhold its approval of the Preliminary Plans, and require modifications thereto, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion with respect to any portion of Tenant’s Work that affects the Building’s systems. If Landlord fails to respond to the Preliminary Plans within the 20 day period provided above and such failure continues for three (3) Business Days after a second written notice from Tenant requesting approval (which second notice must state IN ALL CAPITAL LETTERS that failure to respond shall be deemed approval), then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the Preliminary Plans.

 

  (b) Working Drawings. Promptly after Landlord’s approval of the Preliminary Plans, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval (which approval Landlord may grant or deny in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, although Landlord shall not withhold approval of those portions of the work that Landlord previously approved in connection with its approval of the Preliminary Plans), complete plans, specifications and working drawings which incorporate and are consistent with the Preliminary Plans, as previously approved by Landlord, and which show in detail the intended design, construction and finishing of all portions of Tenant’s Work, in sufficient detail for construction (the “ Working Drawings ”). Within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Working Drawings, Landlord shall either approve or disapprove the Working Drawings. If Landlord disapproves the Working Drawings, then Landlord shall state in reasonable detail the changes that Landlord requires to be made thereto, and Tenant shall make all changes required by Landlord (although Landlord shall not require changes that are inconsistent with Landlord’s approval of the Preliminary Plans). If Landlord fails to respond to the Working Drawings within the 20-day period provided above and such failure continues for three (3) Business Days after a second written notice from Tenant requesting approval (which second notice must state IN ALL CAPITAL LETTERS that failure to respond shall be deemed approval), then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the Working Drawings. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that portions of Tenant’s Work affect critical portions of the Building’s systems and that, accordingly, Landlord shall be entitled to withhold its approval of the Working Drawings, and require modifications thereto, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion with respect to any portion of Tenant’s Work that affects the Building’s systems. After Landlord has approved the Working Drawings, Tenant must obtain Landlord’s prior written approval of any changes to the Working Drawings, which approval Landlord may grant or deny in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

  (c) Approval . Landlord’s approval of any of Tenant’s plans or specifications shall not be valid unless such approval is in writing and signed by Landlord. Landlord’s approval of any of Tenant’s plans, including any preliminary draft or version thereof, shall not be deemed to be a representation as to their completeness, adequacy for Tenant’s intended use of the Premises or compliance with Laws.

 

  (d) Changes . Tenant must obtain Landlord’s written approval prior to performing any work not shown on the Working Drawings as approved by Landlord.

 

Exhibit B, Page 4


5. Notice of Nonresponsibility . No later than twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall notify Landlord of the commencement of work and Landlord shall have the right to post in a conspicuous location on the Premises and/or Building, as well as to record in the County Recorder’s office, a Notice of Nonresponsibility.

 

6. Commencement and Performance of Tenant’s Work .

 

  (a) Commencement . Tenant shall diligently proceed with Tenant’s Work and shall complete Tenant’s Work no later than four (4) months after Landlord’s delivery of the Premises to Tenant.

 

  (b) Coordination and Regulation of Tenant’s Work . Tenant’s Work shall be performed in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord shall promulgate from time to time and in compliance with this Agreement and subject to all relevant provisions of the Lease. Tenant acknowledges that other construction work may be in progress at the Building and that conflicts between Tenant’s Work and such other work shall be subject to final resolution by Landlord’s representatives. Tenant’s Contractors shall perform Tenant’s Work in a manner and at times that do not interfere with the ongoing business operations in the Building.

 

  (c) Staging Areas . Storage of Tenant’s Contractors’ construction materials, tools and equipment shall be confined within the Premises. In no event shall any materials or debris be stored in the common areas. Tenant’s Contractors shall not run pipes or conduits over or through any other tenant’s space, or the common areas, except as directed by Landlord.

 

  (d) Responsibility for Contractors . Tenant shall be fully responsible for, and shall indemnify, defend and protect Landlord with respect to, the operations and activities of Tenant’s Contractors. Tenant’s Contractors must repair any damage that they cause to any portion of the Premises or the Building. Any delays in the completion of Tenant’s Work, and any damage to any work caused by Tenant’s Contractors, shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

7. Insurance Required of Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors .

 

  (a) Workers’ Compensation and Liability Insurance . Tenant’s general contractor and all subcontractors shall carry, at a minimum, the following coverages, with the following limits of liability:

 

  (i) Workers’ Compensation . Workers’ Compensation, as required by state law, plus Employer’s Liability Insurance, with a limit of not less than $1,000,000.00, and any other insurance required by any employee benefit statute or other similar statute.

 

  (ii)

Liability. Commercial General Liability Insurance (including Contractor’s Protective Liability) with a minimum combined single limit of liability of not less than $5,000,000.00 for the general contractor (with an annual general aggregate limit of not less than $10,000,000.00) and

 

Exhibit B, Page 5


  $3,000,000.00 for each subcontractor (with an annual general aggregate limit of not less than $5,000,000.00). The foregoing limits must at all times be separately available to the Premises. Such insurance shall not exclude coverage for explosion, collapse and underground hazard. All such insurance shall provide coverage against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and damage to or destruction of property of any kind whatsoever and to whomsoever belonging and arising from such contractor’s operations, whether such operations are performed by Tenant’s general contractor, subcontractors or any of their subcontractors, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.

 

  (b) Tenant’s Liability Insurance . At all times during the performance of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall obtain and maintain the liability insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Lease. If required in order to provide such coverage, such policy shall be endorsed to insure against any loss or damage arising out of the performance of Tenants Work.

 

  (c) Tenant’s Builder’s Risk Insurance . Tenant’s general contractor shall obtain an “All Physical Loss” Builder’s Risk Insurance policy covering Tenant’s Work. The policy shall name Landlord and Tenant as named insureds, with Tenant as the loss payee, and the proceeds of all such insurance shall be applied to the performance of Tenant’s Work. The amount of insurance to be provided shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost of Tenant’s Work.

 

  (d) Additional Insureds . Except as otherwise required by the express terms of this Agreement, all such insurance policies required under this Agreement shall include Landlord and Landlord’s agents as additional insureds, except Workers’ Compensation Insurance, which shall contain an endorsement waiving all rights of subrogation against Landlord and its agents. All of Tenant’s insurance in which Landlord is required to be an additional insured shall provide that such insurance coverage shall not be reduced below the levels required by this Agreement or cancelled except upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall provide Landlord with certificates of insurance upon the execution of the Lease and prior to the commencement of Tenant’s Work. Such certificates shall indicate that such insurance complies with the requirements of this Section 7, including the requirement that such insurance coverage shall not be cancelled except upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord.

 

8. As-Built Plans . Upon completion of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall submit to Landlord two complete sets of as-built plans (one of which shall be reproducible) and specifications describing all portions of Tenant’s Work.

 

9. Ownership of Tenant’s Work . Tenant’s Work shall become a part of the Premises and/or the Building (as applicable), shall be the property of Landlord and, subject to the provisions of the Lease, shall be surrendered by Tenant with the Premises, without any compensation to Tenant, at the expiration or termination of the Lease in accordance with the provisions of the Lease. Tenant shall not be required to remove Tenant’s Work upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

Exhibit B, Page 6


10. Not Applicable to Additional Space . This Agreement is not applicable to any additional space added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, or to any extension terms, Whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise.

 

11. Risk of Loss . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury; loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s property during the performance of Tenant’s Work, it being the parties’ intention that such risks shall be covered by Tenant’s insurance.

 

LANDLORD:       TENANT:

FORWARD ONE, LLC,

a California limited liability company

     

TEACHSCAPE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:    Forward Time Corporation,       By:    /s/ Kathleen Yates
   a California corporation, its Manager         

Kathleen Yates,

President and Chief Executive Officer

      By:   

/s/ Belinda Zen

        
         Belinda Zen,       By:   

/s/ Ken Cucarola

         President         

Ken Cucarola,

Secretary Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit B, Page 7


EXHIBIT C

BUILDING RULES

The following Building Rules are additional provisions of the Lease to which they are attached. The capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings as these terms are given in the Lease. Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Building Rules. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of such Building Rules by (or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of) any other tenants or occupants of the Building. In the event of any conflict between the Building Rules and the other provisions of the Lease, the provisions of the Lease shall control.

1. Use of Common Areas . Tenant shall not obstruct the halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators or stairways of the Building (“ Interior Common Areas ”) or the Common Areas, and Tenant shall not use the Interior Common Areas or the Common Areas for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises. The Interior Common Areas and the Common Areas are not open to the general public and Landlord reserves the right to control and prevent access to the Interior Common Areas and the Common Areas by any person whose presence, in Landlord’s opinion, would be prejudicial to the safety, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants.

2. Building and Premises Access . Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in San Francisco, California. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests access in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes. The Landlord Parties shall in no case be liable for damages or otherwise for any error with regard to any person’s admission to or exclusion from the Building. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property. Tenant must ensure that the doors of the Premises are closed and locked and that all water faucets, water apparatus and utilities are shut off before Tenant or its employees leave the Premises, so as to prevent waste or damage. Tenant shall be liable for all damage or injuries sustained by Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Building resulting from Tenant’s carelessness in this regard or violation of this rule. Tenant must keep the doors to the Building corridors closed at all times except for ingress and egress.

3. No Access to Roof . Tenant has no right of access to the roof of the Building and will not install, repair or replace any antenna, aerial, aerial wires, fan, air-conditioner or other device on the roof of the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Any such device installed without such written consent is subject to removal at Tenant’s expense without notice at any time. In any event Tenant will be liable for any damages or repairs incurred or

 

Exhibit C, Page 1


required as a result of its installation, use, repair, maintenance or removal of such devices on the roof and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from any liability, Joss, damage, cost or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from any activities of Tenant or of Tenant’s Representatives on the roof of the Building.

4. Signage . No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises visible from the Building, the exterior of the Building or any Common Areas of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle or canvass any occupant of the Building and shall cooperate with Landlord and Landlord’s agents to prevent same.

5. Prohibited Uses . The Premises will not be used for manufacturing, for the storage of merchandise held for sale to the general public, for lodging or for the sale of goods to the general public. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for Tenant on the Premises, nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

6. Cooking, Vending Machines and Other Machines . No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, except that if the plans for the Premises approved by Landlord provide for a kitchen area in the Premises, then Tenant may use microwave ovens, coffee makers and toaster ovens in such kitchen area, provided that all such appliances are approved by Underwriters Laboratories, for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for Tenant’s employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations and further provided that such activity does not generate odors outside the Premises. No machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises other than customary office equipment with energy efficient sensors. No vending machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises, except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees.

7. Janitorial Services . Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, and while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or servant of such manager or of Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons. Tenant will not necessitate, and will be liable for the cost of, any undue amount of janitorial labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness in or indifference to the preservation of good order and cleanliness in the Premises. Janitorial service will not be furnished to areas in the Premises on nights when such areas are occupied after 9:30 p.m., unless such service is extended by written agreement to a later hour in specifically designated areas of the Premises.

 

Exhibit C, Page 2


8. Keys and Locks . Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. All mechanical locks in or at the Premises and all doors to the Premises must be on Landlord’s master system. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Landlord shall provide Tenant with one or more electronic access cards (in a number determined by Landlord), for a nonrefundable charge of $25 for each card, for after-hours access to the Building and elevator. In addition, Landlord shall provide Tenant with four mechanical keys for access to the Premises, at no charge to Tenant. Any additional mechanical keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable non-discriminatory cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord all electronic access cards and mechanical keys to the Premises, including all keys to stores, offices, storage rooms and toilet rooms, and in the event of the loss of such keys, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing them or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost keys if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

9. Moving of Freight and Weight . No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord reasonably designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same into and out of the Building. Landlord reserves the right to require that safes and all heavy objects be placed on wood strips of such length and thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight.

10. Freight Elevators . No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise shall be carried up or down in the freight elevator except during such hours and along such routes and by such persons as may be designated by Landlord in writing. Upon not less than 24 hours’ prior notice to Landlord, which notice may be oral, Landlord shall supply nonexclusive freight elevator service, at a time to be scheduled with Landlord, without additional charge other than for additional security during times other than Building Hours on Building Days. Tenant shall not transport freight in loads exceeding the weight limitations of such elevator. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such property from any cause, and Tenant will be liable for all damage or injuries caused by moving or maintaining such property.

11. Nuisances and Dangerous Substances. Tenant will not conduct itself or permit Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors to conduct themselves in the Premises or anywhere on or in the Property in a manner that is offensive or unduly annoying to any other tenant or Landlord’s property managers by reason of noise, odors, vibrations or other cause, or otherwise interfere with other tenants in the Building or those having business therein. Tenant will not install or operate any phonograph, radio receiver, musical instrument, television or similar device in any part of the Common Areas and shall not operate any such device installed in the Premises in such manner as to disturb or annoy other tenants of the Building. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Property any kerosene, gasoline, explosive material, corrosive material, material capable of emitting toxic fumes, or other inflammable or combustible fluid chemical, substitute or material, except Tenant may use and store normal small quantities of materials that are customarily used in the conduct of general office activities, such

 

Exhibit C, Page 3


as copier fluids and cleaning supplies, provided such use and storage complies with applicable Laws. Tenant shall provide material safety data sheets for any Hazardous Material used or kept on the Premises. At the expiration or termination of this Lease Tenant shall remove all such materials from the Premises and the Property. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

12. No Smoking or Loitering . Tenant must comply with all applicable “No Smoking” or similar ordinances or Laws. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

13. Air Conditioning and Efficiency of Utilities . Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective and energy-efficient operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall not adjust any controls. Tenant shall participate in recycling programs undertaken by Landlord.

14. Animals and Vehicles . Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Building or the Premises any bicycles or other vehicles, except in areas designated by Landlord. In addition, Tenant shall not bring into the Building any birds, aquariums or any other animals (except for guide dogs, signal dogs or other animals specifically trained to provide assistance to disabled persons required by any disabled employee or invitee of Tenant).

15. Building Name and Address . Without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant will not use the name of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business except as Tenant’s address.

16. Window Coverings and Lighting . No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than building standard window coverings. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to any window film on the exterior windows of the Premises and shall promptly repair any such damage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, and which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or Common Areas. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must have high efficiency program rapid start ballasts with fluorescent bulbs (or other type of bulb approved in advance in writing by Landlord) of a quality, type, design and color approved in advance in writing by Landlord, and in all other respects are subject to Landlord’s prior review and approval.

 

Exhibit C, Page 4


17. Surfaces and Walls . Tenant will not lay or otherwise affix linoleum, tile, carpet or any other floor covering to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant will be liable for the cost of repair of any damage resulting from the violation of this rule or the removal of any floor covering by Tenant or its contractors, employees or invitees. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface any part of the Premises, except that Tenant may hang typical art work in the Premises in a manner that will not damage any portion of the Premises. In addition, Tenant may secure office furniture and mount office supplies in the Premises by attachment to the interior walls, on the condition that upon expiration or termination of this Lease and following the removal of any such office furniture and office; supplies, Tenant must repair all damage resulting from the attachment of such office furniture and office supplies.

18. Wiring and Cabling Installations . Landlord will direct Tenant’s electricians and other vendors as to where and how data, telephone and electrical wires and cables are to be installed. No boring or cutting for wires or cables will be allowed without the prior written consent of Landlord. The location of burglar alarms, smoke detectors, telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord. Landlord may designate a manager for the Building’s risers and, if Landlord does so, Tenant and Tenant’s contractors must cooperate with such manager.

19. Tenant Requests . The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Building or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

20. Plumbing Facilities . The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance or hazardous material of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who (or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees) shall have caused same.

21. Use of Hand Trucks . Tenant will not use or permit to be used in the Premises or in the Common Areas any hand trucks, carts or dollies except those, equipped with rubber tires and side guards or such other equipment as Landlord may approve. Pallet jacks and forklifts are not allowed in the Building or in the freight or passenger elevators.

22. Refuse . Tenant shall store all of its trash, refuse, recyclable material and compostable material within the interior of the Premises and in the manner required by law, including, without limitation, all laws and regulations established by the City & County of San Francisco. All trash, refuse, recyclable material, compostable material and other material shall be disposed of only in the manner provided for and allowed by applicable law, including, without limitation, all laws and regulations established by the City & County of San Francisco. No material shall be placed in any receptacle other than the type of receptacle required to be

 

Exhibit C, Page 5


used for such material under the laws and regulations of the City & County of San Francisco. All disposal of trash, refuse, recyclable material and compostable material shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate and by Landlord as part of its janitorial service. If the Premises are or become infested with vermin as a result of the use of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall forthwith, at Tenant’s expense, cause the Premises to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in Writing in advance by Landlord.

23. Violation of Rules and No Soliciting . Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Property any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Building Rules. Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written materials in the Building are prohibited, and Tenant will cooperate to prevent the same.

24. Fire, Security and Safety Regulations . Tenant will comply with all safety, security, fire protection and evacuation measures and procedures established by Landlord or any governmental agency. Tenant shall install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an adequate, visibly marked and properly operational fire extinguisher next to any duplicating or photocopying machines or similar heat producing equipment, which may or may not contain combustible material, in the Premises.

25. Responsibility for Safety and Theft . Tenant assumes all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and their property, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs that Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by Law.

26. Sales and Auctions . Tenant will not conduct or permit to be conducted any sale by auction in, upon or from the Premises or elsewhere in the Property, whether said auction be voluntary, involuntary, pursuant to any assignment for the payment of creditors or pursuant to any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding.

27. Waiver of Rules . Landlord may waive any one or more of these Building Rules for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord will be construed as a waiver of such Building Rules in favor of any other tenant or tenants nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing these Building Rules against any or all of the tenants of the Building.


28. Effect on Lease. These Building Rules are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease. Violation of these Building Rules constitutes a failure to fully perform the provisions of the Lease, as referred to in Section 15.1 ( Events of Default ).

29. Non-Discriminatory Enforcement . Subject to the provisions of the Lease (and the provisions of other leases with respect to other tenants), Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to enforce these Building Rules in a non-discriminatory manner; but in no event shall Landlord have any liability for any failure or refusal to do so (and Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for any such failure or refusal shall be injunctive relief preventing Landlord from enforcing any of the Building Rules against Tenant in a manner that discriminates against Tenant).

30. Additional and Amended Rules . Landlord reserves the right to rescind or amend these Building Rules and/or adopt any other and reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation of good order therein.

 

INITIALS:  
Landlord  
Tenant  

 

Exhibit C, Page 7


EXHIBIT D

DISABILITY ACCESS OBLIGATIONS NOTICE

Before you, as the Tenant, enter into a lease with us, the Landlord, for the premises located at 71 Stevenson Street, San Francisco, California (the “Property”), please be aware of the following important information about the lease:

You May Be Held Liable for Disability Access Violations on the Property . Even though you are not the owner of the Property, you, as the tenant, as well as the Property owner, may still be subject to legal and financial liabilities if the leased Property does not comply with applicable Federal and State disability access laws. You may wish to consult with an attorney prior to entering this lease to make sure that you understand your obligations under Federal and State disability access laws. The Landlord must provide you with a copy of the Small Business Commission Access Information Notice under Section 38.6 of the Administrative Code in your requested language. For more information about disability access laws applicable to small businesses, you may wish to visit the website of the San Francisco Office of Small Business or call 415-554-6134.

The Lease Must Specify Who Is Responsible for Making Any Required Disability Access Improvements to the Property . Under City law, the lease must include a provision in which you, the Tenant; and the Landlord agree upon your respective obligations and liabilities for making and paying for required disability access improvements on the leased Property. The lease must also require you and the Landlord to use reasonable efforts to notify each other if they make alterations to the leased Property that might impact accessibility under federal and state disability access laws. You may wish to review those provisions with your attorney prior to entering this lease to make sure that you understand your obligations under the lease.

By signing below I confirm that I have read and understood this Disability Access Obligations Notice.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

FORWARD ONE, LLC,

a California limited liability company

   

TEACHSCAPE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   Forward Time Corporation,     By:   /s/ Kathleen Yates
  a California corporation, its Manager      

Kathleen Yates,

President and Chief Executive Officer

  By:   /s/ Belinda Zen     By:   /s/ Ken Cucarola
    Belinda Zen,       Ken Cucarola,
    President       Secretary Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit D, Page 1


If the Commercial Landlord does not ensure that existing public restrooms, ground floor entrances, and ground floor exits are accessible as provided in subsection (a)(l) and instead proceeds under subsection (a)(2), the Commercial Landlord shall include the following statement in Disability Access Obligations Notice required under subsection (b):

PLEASE NOTE : The Property may not currently meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards, including standards for public restrooms and ground floor entrances and exits.”

The Commercial Landlord must sign, and obtain the Small Business Tenant’s signature on, the Disability Access Obligations Notice under subsections (b) and (c) on or before execution or amendment of the Lease and shall provide the tenant with a copy of the Small Business Commission’s Access Information Notice as defined under Section 38.6 in the tenant’s requested language.

 

Exhibit D, Page 2


EXHIBIT E

DISABILITY ACCESS BROCHURE

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit E, Page 1


 

LOGO

 

Exhibit E, Page 2


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF SNDA

 

RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND

WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

 

S HANGHAI C OMMERCIAL B ANK , L TD .

S AN F RANCISCO B RANCH

231 Sansome Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

Attn: Manager

 

 

   

Space above this line for Recorder’s use

SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (this Agreement ”) is entered into as of                                          (the Effective Date ”), between Shanghai Commercial Bank, Ltd., whose address is 231 Sansome Street, San Francisco, California 94104 ( Lender ”), and TeachScape, Inc., a Delaware corporation, whose address is 71 Stevenson Street, Suite 2000, San Francisco, California 94104 (“ Tenant ”), with reference to the following facts:

A. Forward One, LLC, a California limited liability company, whose address is 835 Airport Boulevard, Burlingame, California 94010 (“ Landlord ”), owns the real property located at 71 Stevenson Street, San Francisco, California (such real property, including all buildings, improvements, structures and fixtures located thereon, Landlord’s Property ”), as more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

B. Lender has made a loan to Landlord in the original principal amount of $20,000,000.00, which amount is subject to possible increase to a maximum principal amount of $60,000,000.00 (the “ Loan ”), all as provided for in and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Loan Documents (as defined in the Deed of Trust referred to below).

C. To secure the Loan, Landlord has encumbered Landlord’s Property by entering into that certain Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, dated March 21, 2008, in favor of Chicago Title Insurance Company, as Trustee for the benefit of Lender as grantee (as amended, increased, renewed, extended, spread, consolidated, severed, restated, or otherwise changed from time to time, the “ Deed of Trust ”), recorded on March 24, 2008, as Document No. 2008-15551 15-00 (Reel 1604, Image 0013), in the Official Records of the City and County of San Francisco, State of California.

 

Exhibit F, Page 1


D. Pursuant to a Lease Agreement dated                      , 2013 (the “ Lease ”), Landlord has demised to Tenant a portion of Landlord’s Property (“ Tenant’s Premises ”), as more particularly described in the Lease.

E. Tenant and Lender desire to establish and evidence the relative priorities of their interests in Landlord’s Property and their rights and obligations if certain events should occur.

NOW THEREFORE , for good and sufficient consideration, Tenant and Lender agree as follows:

1. Subordination . Pursuant to Section 20.1 of the Lease, the Lease shall be, and shall at all times remain, subject and subordinate to the Deed of Trust, the lien imposed by the Deed of Trust, and all advances made under the Loan Documents. Tenant hereby intentionally and unconditionally subordinates the Lease and all of Tenant’s right, title and interest thereunder and in and to Landlord’s Property (including Tenant’s right, title and interest in connection with any insurance proceeds or eminent domain awards or compensation relating to Landlord’s Property), to the lien of the Deed of Trust and all of Lender’s rights and remedies thereunder, and agrees that the Deed of Trust shall unconditionally be and shall at all times remain’ a lien on Landlord’s Property prior and superior to the Lease.

2. Nondisturbance, Recognition and Attornment .

2.1 No Exercise of Deed of Trust Remedies Against Tenant . So long as Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable cure period provided in the Lease (an “ Event of Default ”), Lender shall not name or join Tenant as a defendant in any judicial action or proceeding that is commenced pursuant to the exercise of Lender’s rights and remedies arising upon a default by Landlord under the Deed of Trust unless (a) applicable law requires Tenant to be made a party thereto as a condition to proceeding against Landlord or in order to prosecute or otherwise fully enforce such rights and remedies; or (b) such joinder of Tenant is required for the recovery by Lender of any Rent at any time owing by Tenant under the Lease, whether pursuant to the assignment of rents set forth in the Deed of Trust or otherwise; or (c) such joinder is required in order to enforce any right of Lender to enter Landlord’s Property for the purpose of making any inspection or assessment, or in order to protect the value of Lender’s security provided by the Deed of Trust. In any instance in which Lender is permitted to join Tenant as a defendant as provided above, Lender agrees not to terminate the Lease or otherwise adversely affect Tenant’s rights under the Lease or this Agreement in or pursuant to such action or proceeding, unless an Event of Default by Tenant has occurred and is continuing. The forgoing provisions of this Section 2.1 shall not be construed in any manner that would prevent Lender from (i) carrying out any nonjudicial foreclosure proceeding under the Deed of Trust, so long as the Lease is not terminated and Tenant’s rights under the Lease and this Agreement are not otherwise adversely affected thereby, (ii) exercising Lender’s rights under the provisions of California Civil Code Section 2938 with respect to the enforcement against Tenant of any assignment of rents made by Land lord to Lender in connection with the Loan, or (iii) obtaining the appointment of a receiver for the Landlord’s Property as and when permitted under applicable law.

2.2 Nondisturbance and Attornment . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section l above, if the Lease has not been terminated on account of an Event of Default by Tenant, then, when a Successor Landlord (as defined in Article 3 below) acquires title to Landlord’s

 

Exhibit F, Page 2


Property: (a) Successor Landlord shall not terminate or disturb Tenant’s possession of Tenant’s Premises under the Lease, except in accordance with the terms of the Lease and this Agreement; (b) Successor Landlord shall be bound to Tenant under all the terms and conditions of the Lease (except as provided in this Agreement); (c) Tenant shall recognize and attorn to Successor Landlord as Tenant’s direct landlord under the Lease as affected by this Agreement; and (d) the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease, in accordance with its terms (except as provided in this Agreement), between Successor Landlord and Tenant.

2.3 Acknowledgment . This Agreement is and shall be the sole and only agreement between Lender and Tenant with regard to the subordination of the Lease to the lien of the Deed of Trust.

2.4 Turnover of Rent . Tenant shall pay to Lender all rent otherwise payable to Landlord under the Lease upon written demand from Lender, and Tenant shall not have the obligation or the right to contest or question the validity of any such written demand from Lender or the extent to which Lender may properly exercise its rights to collect rents from Landlord’s Property pursuant to the provisions of the Loan Documents. The consent and approval of Landlord to this Agreement shall constitute an express, irrevocable authorization for Tenant to make such payments to Lender following Lender’s written notice and a release and discharge of all liability of Tenant to Landlord for any such payments made to Lender in compliance with Lender’s written demand.

2.5 Further Documentation . The provisions of this Article 2 shall be effective and self-operative without any need for Successor Landlord or Tenant to execute any future documents. Tenant and Successor Landlord shall, however, conform the provisions of this Article 2 in writing upon request by either of them.

3. Protection of Successor Landlord . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or the Deed of Trust, any party which becomes owner of Landlord’s Property as a result of a judicial or non-judicial foreclosure of the Deed of Trust or a deed or other conveyance in lieu of foreclosure (a “ Successor Landlord ”), shall not be liable for or bound by any of the following matters:

3.1 Claims Against Former Landlord . Any offset right that Tenant may have against any former landlord relating to any event or occurrence before the date of attornment, including any claim for damages of any kind whatsoever as a result of any breach by any former landlord that occurred before the date of attornment. except in all instances to the extent that such event, occurrence or breach is continuing after the date of attornment as hereinafter provided. The foregoing shall not limit either (a) Tenant’s right to exercise against Successor Landlord any offset right otherwise available to Tenant because of events occurring after the date of attornment, or (b) Successor Landlord’s obligation to correct any conditions that existed as of the date of attornment and that violate Successor Landlord’s obligations as landlord under the Lease.

3.2 Prepayments . Any payment of rent that Tenant may have made to any former landlord more than thirty (30) days before the date such rent was first due and payable under the Lease with respect to any period after the date of attornment, other than, and only to the extent of, prepayments expressly required or permitted under the Lease.

 

Exhibit F, Page 3


3.3 Payments; Security Deposit . Any obligation to pay Tenant any sum(s) that any former landlord owed .to Tenant, specifically excluding (i) the return (in accordance with the terms of the Lease) of any security deposit delivered by Tenant to any former landlord as required by the Lease and (ii) any portion of the Construction Allowance available to Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

3.4 Surrender, Etc . Any consensual or negotiated surrender, cancellation, or termination of the Lease, in whole or in part, agreed upon between Landlord and Tenant, unless effected unilaterally by Tenant pursuant to the express terms of the Lease.

4. Exculpation of Successor Landlord . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Lease, upon any attornment pursuant to this Agreement, (a) the Lease shall be deemed to have been automatically amended to provide that Successor Landlord’s obligations and liability under the Lease shall never extend beyond Successor Landlord’s (or its successors’ or assigns’) interest, if any, in Landlord’s Property from time to time, including insurance and condemnation proceeds, Successor Landlord’s interest in the Lease, and the proceeds from any sale or other disposition of Landlord’s Property by Successor Land lord (provided that Tenant shall have no interest in or right to participate in (i) any payments made under any promissory note received by Successor Landlord in connection with any such sale or other disposition, or (ii) any collateral held by successor Landlord to secure such payments) (collectively, “ Successor Landlord’s Interest ”), and Tenant shall look exclusively to Successor Landlord’s Interest (or that of its successors and assigns) for payment or discharge of any obligations of Successor Landlord under the Lease as affected by this Agreement, and (b) the obligations under the Lease of Lender or any affiliate of Lender which becomes a Successor Landlord shall terminate upon the transfer by such Successor Landlord of its interest in Landlord’s Property and the assumption by the transferee of the Landlord’s obligations under the Lease, and thereupon Tenant shall look solely to the transferee for the performance of all obligations of the landlord under the Lease which accrue or otherwise become performable following the date of such transfer. If Tenant obtains any money judgment against Successor Landlord with respect to the Lease or the relationship between Successor Landlord and Tenant, then Tenant shall look solely to Successor Landlord’s Interest (or that of its successors and assigns) to collect such judgment. Tenant shall not collect or attempt to collect any such judgment out of any other assets of Successor Landlord. Nothing herein shall be construed to grant Tenant any right to seek any recovery from any former landlord or Successor Landlord to the extent that such recovery is not permitted under or is restricted by the provisions of the Lease.

[SIGNATURES, ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND LEGAL DESCRIPTION TO BE ATTACHED]

 

 

Exhibit F, Page 4


EXHIBIT B

SUBLEASE

 


SUBLEASE

BETWEEN

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION

AND

TEACHSCAPE, INC.

71 STEVENSON STREET,

SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA

19TH AND 20TH FLOORS


SUBLEASE

THIS SUBLEASE (“ Sublease ”) is made and entered into as of October  17 , 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between LendingClub Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Sublandlord ”), and Teachscape, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Subtenant ”), with reference to the following facts:

A. Forward One, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Forward One ”), as landlord, and Subtenant, as tenant, entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated November 14, 2013 (the “ Master Lease ”), with respect to certain premises (the “ Master Lease Premises ”) containing a total of approximately 25,908 rentable square feet and consisting of the entire 19th (containing approximately 13,601 rentable square feet) and 20th (containing approximately 12,307 rentable square feet) floors of the 23 story office building located at 71 Stevenson Street, San Francisco, California (the “ Building ”).

B. F1 Stevenson, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) is the successor-in-interest to Forward One, and is the current owner of the Building.

C. Pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease of even date herewith, Subtenant has assigned and Sublandlord has assumed all of Subtenant’s right, title and interest in and to the tenant’s interest in the Lease (the “ Lease Assignment ”).

D. Following the Lease Assignment, Subtenant desires to remain in possession of the 19th and 20th floors of the Building for a prescribed period of time to allow Subtenant to make arrangements to relocate to another location. Accordingly, Subtenant wishes to sublease back from Sublandlord the 19th and 20th floors of the Building, each for the term and on the terms and conditions set forth herein (said 19th and 20th floors being referred to herein respectively as the “ 19th Floor Sublease Premises ” and the “ 20th Floor Sublease Premises ”, and collectively as the “ Sublease Premises ”).

E. Sublandlord is willing to accommodate Subtenant and to sublease to Subtenant the 19th Floor Sublease Premises and the 20th Floor Sublease Premises, each for the term and on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Recitals; Defined Terms . The foregoing recitals are true and correct and incorporated herein by this reference. Unless otherwise herein defined, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings defined in the Master Lease.

2. Sublease . Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby subleases from Sublandlord the 19th Floor Sublease Premises and the 20th Floor Sublease Premises, each for the term and on the terms and conditions set forth herein. Subtenant acknowledges that it is currently in possession of the entirety of the Sublease Premises and will continue to retain possession pursuant to this Sublease in the “as is” condition, and Sublandlord shall have no obligation to furnish any work, materials, furniture, fixtures, equipment, decorations or other items to make the Sublease Premises ready or suitable for Subtenant’s occupancy.

 

1


2.1 As part of the Lease Assignment, Subtenant transferred the furniture and equipment currently located in the Premises to Sublandlord (“ Furniture and Equipment ”), but excluding specifically the items of equipment set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto, which items of equipment remain the property of Subtenant (the “ Subtenant Retained Equipment ”). During the term of this Sublease, Subtenant shall have the right to continue to use the Furniture in the ordinary course of its business operations. Upon the expiration of the term of this Sublease with respect to each portion of the Sublease Premises, Subtenant shall deliver the Furniture located in such portion of the Sublease Premises to Sublandlord in the same condition as at the date hereof, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

3. Term .

3.1 Generally . The term of this Sublease shall commence on the Effective Date hereof (the “ Commencement Date ”). Unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof, the term of this Sublease shall end on the following dates:

(a) in the case of the 20th Floor Sublease Premises, the term of this Sublease shall end on October 31, 2014 (the “ 20th Floor Expiration Date ”); and

(b) in the case of the 19th Floor Sublease Premises, the term of this Sublease shall end on February 28, 2015 (the “ 19th Floor Expiration Date ”).

3.2 Early Termination . Subtenant shall have the right to vacate and surrender to Sublandlord the 19th Floor Sublease Premises at any time prior to the 19th Floor Expiration Date upon written notice given by Subtenant to Sublandlord not less than five (5) days prior to the date upon which Subtenant shall so vacate and surrender the 19th Floor Sublease Premises to Sublandlord (provided, however, that Subtenant may vacate the 20th Floor Sublease Premises prior to the 20th Floor Expiration Date, but this Sublease shall remain in effect with respect to the 20th Floor Sublease Premises until the 20th Floor Expiration Date regardless of any prior vacation thereof by Subtenant). In such case, the term of this Sublease with respect to the 19th Floor Sublease Premises shall terminate on the date that Subtenant so vacates and surrenders the 19th Floor Sublease Premises to Sublandlord.

3.3 Failure to Timely Vacate any Portion of the Sublease Premises . If for any reason Subtenant fails to vacate and surrender the 20th Floor Sublease Premises on or before the 20th Floor Expiration Date or the 19th Floor Sublease Premises on or before the 19th Floor Expiration Date, then in each such case Subtenant shall be liable to Sublandlord for liquidated damages in the amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), which amount shall be payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord immediately upon Subtenant’s failure to vacate and surrender the applicable portion of the Sublease Premises on or before the Expiration Date applicable thereto. Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge and agree that it would be impractical and/or extremely difficult to estimate the actual damages that Sublandlord will suffer if Subtenant fails to timely vacate the 20th Floor Sublease Premises or the 19th Floor Sublease Premises in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Sublease. Therefore, Sublandlord

 

2


and Subtenant agree that the foregoing liquidated damages amount is reasonable under the circumstances existing as of the Effective Date of this Sublease and shall be payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord in each case if Subtenant fails to vacate the 20th Floor Sublease Premises on or before the 20th Floor Expiration Date or if Subtenant fails to vacate the 19th Floor Sublease Premises on or before the 19th Floor Expiration Date. Such amount is intended to constitute liquidated damages to Sublandlord pursuant to Section 1671 of the California Civil Code and shall not be deemed to constitute a forfeiture or penalty within the meaning of Section 3275 or Section 3369 of the California Civil Code or any similar provision.

INITIALS:

4. Rent . The rental owing hereunder (Base Rent and Additional Rent, as more particularly provided for below) for each portion of the Sublease Premises shall be the same as the rental amounts owing under the Master Lase with respect to the corresponding portions of the Master Lease Premises, such that (i) for the period from the date hereof through October 31, 2014, the rental owing hereunder (Base Rent and Additional Rent) for the entirety of the Sublease Premises (i.e., the 19th Floor Sublease Premises and the 20th Floor Sublease Premises) shall be the same as the Base Rent and Additional Rent owing under the Master Lease for the entirety of the Master Lease Premises for such month, and (ii) for each month of the balance of the term of this Sublease, the rental owing hereunder for the 19th Floor Sublease Premises shall be equal to fifty-two and one-half percent (52.5%) (i .e., the 19th Floor Sublease Premises Percentage Share (defined below)) of the Base Rent and Additional Rent owing under the Master Lease for each such month. Further, for the avoidance of doubt, Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge the following: (1) prior to the date of the Lease Assignment and this Sublease, Subtenant, as the then tenant under the Master Lease, paid to Landlord the amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent owing under the Master Lease for the month of October, 2014; and (2) such payment by Subtenant shall not be subject to any refund or proration, but the portion thereof applicable to the period from the date hereof to October 31, 2014, shall satisfy Subtenant’s rental obligation hereunder for such period.

4.1 Base Rent . In accordance with and subject to the foregoing, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the following monthly amounts as base rent (“ Base Rent ”) for each portion of the Sublease Premises (in each case, such amount has been determined at the rate of $45.00 per rentable square foot per annum for such portion of the Sublease Premises, which is equal to the per square foot rate for the Base Rent owing under the Master Lease):

(a) in the case of the 20th Floor Sublease Premises, the Base Rent amount shall be Forty Six Thousand One Hundred Fifty One and 25/100 Dollars ($46,151.25) per month; and

(b) in the case of the 19th Floor Sublease Premises, the Base Rent amount shall be Fifty One Thousand Three and 75/100 Dollars ($51,003.75) per month.

Such Base Rent shall be paid on the first day of each month of the term of the Sublease applicable with respect to each portion of the Sublease Premises, except that Subtenant shall pay

 

3


the Base Rent for the month of November, 2014, to Sublandlord upon execution and delivery of this Sublease by Subtenant. The Base Rent and Additional Rent for any partial month shall be prorated by multiplying the applicable monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days of the partial month included in the term of the Sublease and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the full calendar month. All Rent (hereinafter defined) shall be payable in lawful money of the United States, by regular bank check of Subtenant, to Sublandlord at the following address:

LendingClub Corporation

71 Stevenson Street, 3rd Floor

San Francisco, California 94105

or to such other persons or at such other places as Sublandlord may designate in writing.

4.2 Additional Rent . In addition to Base Rent, Subtenant shall pay as “Additional Rent” owing hereunder the applicable Subtenant’s Percentage Share (defined below) of the amount of Additional Rent payable under Section 3.2 of the Master Lease, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Such Additional Rent owing hereunder shall be payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord on a monthly basis at the time and in the manner that such Additional Rent is due and owing by Sublandlord to Landlord under the Master Lease. Sublandlord shall deliver to Subtenant a copy of the estimates of and billings for Additional Rent owing under the Master Lease promptly following Sublandlord’s receipt thereof from Landlord. For purposes of determining the Additional Rent owing hereunder for each portion of the Sublease Premises, the term “Subtenant’s Percentage Share” shall mean:

(a) in the case of the 20th Floor Sublease Premises, the Subtenant’s Percentage Share shall be forty-seven and one-half percent (47.5%) (the “ 20th Floor Sublease Premises Percentage Share ”); and

(b) in the case of the 19th Floor Sublease Premises, the Subtenant’s Percentage Share shall be fifty-two and one-half percent (52.5%) (the “ 19th Floor Sublease Premises Percentage Share ”).

Further, following Sublandlord’s receipt of Landlord’s year-end reconciliation statement of the actual amount of Additional Rent owing under the Master Lease for each year that includes a portion of the term of this Sublease, Sublandlord shall provide a copy of such reconciliation statement to Subtenant. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall make a corresponding reconciliation of the actual amount of Additional Rent owing hereunder for the portion of such year during which this Sublease was in effect; and if on the basis of such reconciliation, the actual amount of Additional Rent owing hereunder differs from the estimated payments made by Subtenant, Sublandlord or Subtenant, as the case may be, shall make the appropriate adjusting payment to the other party within thirty (30) days after Sublandlord’s delivery of the reconciliation statement to Subtenant. The foregoing obligation shall survive expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.

4.3 Rent . As used herein, the term “ Rent ” shall mean, collectively, Base Rent, Additional Rent, and all other sums payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord under this Sublease, whether or not expressly designated as “rent’’, all of which are deemed and designated as rent pursuant to the terms of this Sublease.

 

4


5. Use and Occupancy .

5.1 Use . The Sublease Premises shall be used and occupied only for general office use, and for no other use or purpose.

5.2 Compliance with Master Lease . Subtenant will occupy the Sublease Premises in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease and will not suffer to be done, or omit to do, any act which may result in a violation of or a default under the Master Lease, or render Sublandlord liable for any damage, charge or expense thereunder. Subtenant will indemnify, defend protect and hold Sublandlord harmless from and against any loss, cost, damage or liability (including attorneys’ fees) of any kind or nature arising out of, by reason of, or resulting from, Subtenant’s failure to perform or observe any of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease or this Sublease. Any other provision in this Sublease to the contrary notwithstanding, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as Rent hereunder any and all sums which Sublandlord may be required to pay the Landlord arising out of a request by Subtenant for, or the use by Subtenant of, additional or over-standard Building services from Landlord (for example, but not by way of limitation, charges associated with after-hour HVAC usage and overstandard electrical charges).

5.3 Landlord’s Obligations . Subtenant agrees that Sublandlord shall not be required to perform any of the covenants, agreements and/or obligations of Landlord under the Master Lease and, insofar as any of the covenants, agreements and obligations of Sublandlord hereunder are required to be performed under the Master Lease by Landlord thereunder, Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Sublandlord shall be entitled to look to Landlord for such performance. In addition, Sublandlord shall have no obligation to perform any repairs or any other obligation of Landlord under the Master Lease. Sublandlord shall not be responsible for any failure or interruption, for any reason whatsoever, of the services or facilities that may be appurtenant to or supplied at the Building by Landlord or otherwise, including, without limitation, heat, air conditioning, ventilation, life-safety, water, electricity, elevator service and cleaning service, if any; and no failure to furnish, or interruption of, any such services or facilities shall give rise to any (i) abatement, diminution or reduction of Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease, or (ii) liability on the part of Sublandlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord shall promptly take such action as may reasonably be indicated, under the circumstances, to secure such performance upon Subtenant’s request to Sublandlord to do so and shall thereafter diligently prosecute such performance on the part of Landlord.

6. Master Lease and Sublease Terms .

6.1 Subject to Master Lease . This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to the Master Lease. During the term of the Sublease and for all periods subsequent thereto with respect to obligations which have arisen prior to the termination of this Sublease, Subtenant agrees to perform and comply with, for the benefit of Sublandlord and Landlord, the obligations of Sublandlord under the Master Lease which pertain to the Sublease Premises and/or this Sublease.

 

5


6.2 Incorporation of Terms of Master Lease . The terms, conditions and respective obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant to each other under this Sublease shall be the terms and .conditions of the Master Lease, except for those provisions of the Master Lease which are directly contradicted by this Sublease, in which event the terms of this Sublease shall control over the Master Lease. Therefore, for the purposes of this Sublease, wherever in the Master Lease the word “Landlord” is used it shall be deemed to mean Sublandlord and wherever in the Master Lease the word “Tenant” is used it shall be deemed to mean Subtenant. Any non-liability, release, indemnity or hold harmless provision in the Master Lease for the benefit of Landlord that is incorporated herein by reference shall be deemed to inure to the benefit of Sublandlord, Landlord, and any other person intended to be benefited by said provision, for the purpose of incorporation by reference in this Sublease. Any right of Landlord under the Master Lease (a) of access or inspection, (b) to do work in the Master Lease Premises or in the Building, (c) in respect of rules and regulations, which is incorporated herein by reference, shall be deemed to inure to the benefit of Sublandlord, Landlord, and any other person intended to be benefited by said provision, for the purpose of incorporation by reference in this Sublease.

6.3 Modifications . For the purposes of incorporation herein, the terms of the Master Lease are subject to the following additional modifications:

(a) Approvals . In all provisions of the Master Lease (under the terms thereof and without regard to modifications thereof for purposes of incorporation into this Sublease) requiring the approval or consent of Landlord, Subtenant shall be required to obtain the approval or consent of both Sublandlord and Landlord.

(b) Deliveries . In all provisions of the Master Lease requiring Sublandlord to submit, exhibit to, supply or provide Landlord with evidence, certificates, or any other matter or thing, Subtenant shall be required to submit, exhibit to, supply or provide, as the case may be, the same to both Landlord and Sublandlord.

(c) Damage; Condemnation . Sublandlord shall have no obligation to restore or rebuild any portion of the Sublease Premises after any destruction or taking by eminent domain.

(d) Insurance . In all provisions of the Master Lease requiring Sublandlord to designate Landlord as an additional or named insured on its insurance policy, Subtenant shall be required to so designate Landlord and Sublandlord on its insurance policy

6.4 Exclusions . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 6.2 above, Subtenant shall have no rights nor obligations under the following parts, Sections and Exhibits of the Master Lease: Basic Lease Information (except with respect to “Business Hours”, “Business Days”, and “Landlord’s Address for Notices”), Sections 1.1, 2, 3.1, 4, 14 and 15.3, Exhibit B and Exhibit F.

7. Assignment and Subletting . Subtenant shall not assign this Sublease or further sublet all or any part of the Sublease Premises without the express written consent of Sublandlord, which may be granted, withheld or conditioned in Sublandlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

6


8. Default . Subtenant shall perform all obligations in respect of the Sublease Premises that Sublandlord would be required to perform pursuant to the Master Lease. It shall constitute an event of default hereunder if Subtenant fails to perform any obligation hereunder (including, without limitation, the obligation to pay Rent), or any obligation under the Master Lease which has been incorporated herein by reference, and, in each instance, Subtenant has not remedied such failure (i) in the case of any monetary default, three (3) business days after delivery of written notice, and (ii) in the case of any other default, ten (10) calendar days after delivery of written notice.

9. Remedies . In the event of any default hereunder by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall have all remedies provided to the “Landlord” in the Master Lease as if a default had occurred thereunder and all other rights and remedies otherwise available at law and in equity. Sublandlord may resort to its remedies cumulatively or in the alternative.

10. Right to Cure Defaults . If Subtenant fails to perform any of its obligations under this Sublease after expiration of applicable grace or cure periods, then Sublandlord may, but shall not be obligated to, perform any such obligations for Subtenant’s account. All costs and expenses incurred by Sublandlord in performing any such act for the account of Subtenant shall be deemed Rent payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord upon demand, together with interest thereon at the lesser of (i) twelve percent (12%) per annum or (ii) the maximum rate allowable under law from the date of the expenditure until repaid. If Sublandlord undertakes to perform any of Subtenant’s obligations for the account of Subtenant pursuant hereto, the taking of such action shall not constitute a waiver of any of Sublandlord’s remedies. Subtenant hereby expressly waives its rights under any statute to make repairs at the expense of Sublandlord.

11. Consents and Approvals . In any instance when Sublandlord’s consent or approval is required under this Sublease, Sublandlord’s refusal to consent to or approve any matter or thing shall be deemed reasonable if, among other matters, such consent or approval is required under the provisions of the Master Lease incorporated herein by reference but has not been obtained from Landlord.

12. Sublandlord’s Liability .

12.1 Limitation of Liability . Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, the liability of Sublandlord to Subtenant for any default in Sublandlord’s obligations under this Sublease shall be limited to actual, direct damages, and under no circumstances shall Subtenant, its partners, members, shareholders, directors, agents, officers, employees, contractors, sublessees, successors and/or assigns be entitled to recover from Sublandlord (or otherwise be indemnified by Sublandlord) for (a) any losses, costs, claims, causes of action, damages or other liability incurred in connection with a failure of Landlord, its partners, members, shareholders, directors, agents, officers, employees, contractors, successors and/or assigns to perform or cause to be performed Landlord’s obligations under the Master Lease, (b) lost revenues, lost profit or other consequential, special or punitive damages arising in connection with this Sublease for any reason, or (c) any damages or other liability arising from or incurred in connection with the condition of the Sublease Premises or suitability of the Sublease Premises for Subtenant’s intended uses. Subtenant shall, however, have the right to seek any injunctive or other equitable remedies as may be available to Subtenant under

 

7


applicable law. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against Sublandlord’s shareholders, directors, officers, or partners on account of any of Sublandlord’s obligations or actions under this Sublease. As used in this Sublease, the term “Sublandlord” means the holder of the tenant’s interest under the Master Lease and the holder of sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease. In the event of any assignment or transfer of the Sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease, which assignment or transfer may occur at any time during the term of the Sublease in Sublandlord’s sole discretion, Sublandlord shall be and hereby is entirely relieved of all covenants and obligations of Sublandlord hereunder accruing subsequent to the date of the transfer and it shall be deemed and construed, without further agreement between the parties hereto, that any transferee has assumed and shall carry out all covenants and obligations thereafter to be performed by Sublandlord hereunder.

12.2 Sublandlord Default . Sublandlord shall be in default hereunder only if Sublandlord has not commenced and pursued with reasonable diligence the cure of any failure of Sublandlord to meet its obligations hereunder within thirty (30) days after the receipt by Sublandlord of written notice from Subtenant of the alleged failure to perform. Failure to provide the requisite notice and cure period by Subtenant under this paragraph shall be an absolute defense by Sublandlord against any claims,. counterclaims or defenses of Subtenant based on the alleged failure by Sublandlord to perform any of its obligations. In the event that Sublandlord fails to perform any of its obligations under this Sublease after notice and the expiration of such cure period (provided, however, that in the event of an emergency that threatens imminent harm to persons or property, Sublandlord’s cure period following such notice from Subtenant shall be such period as is practicable under the circumstances), then, subject to any applicable provisions and limitations under the Master Lease, Subtenant may, but shall not be obligated to, perform any such obligations for Sublandlord’s account. All actual and reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Sublandlord in performing any such act for the account of Sublandlord shall be payable by Sublandlord to Subtenant upon demand.

13. Sublandlord’s Contribution . As an inducement to Subtenant to vacate the Sublease Premises and move to a new premises as early as possible, Sublandlord agrees to contribute an amount up to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (“ Sublandlord’s Contribution ”) toward (a) Subtenant’s reasonable relocation costs, including furniture, fixture and equipment relocation costs, but excluding the cost of new cabling (such costs, “ Relocation Costs ”), and (b) the cost of minimal tenant improvements at Subtenant’s new premises (i.e., the build-out of up to three (3) private offices) (such costs, “ TI Costs ”). Sublandlord’s Contribution shall be available to Subtenant to the extent that the sum of Subtenant’s Relocation Costs and TI Costs exceeds the total dollar amount of the concessions provided by the landlord under Subtenant’s new lease, including any free-rent period, moving allowance, and/or tenant improvement allowance (collectively, the “ Concessions ”). Sublandlord shall have the right to review Subtenant’s proposed tenant improvement work at its new location to confirm that the proposed scope of work is consistent with the expectation that such work will be minimal and Subtenant will occupy its new location in substantially an “as-is” condition. Promptly following the date upon which Subtenant vacates and surrenders the 20th Floor Sublease Premises to Sublandlord in the condition required hereunder, Sublandlord shall make an advance payment of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) to Subtenant that shall be applied toward the Sublandlord’s Contribution (and Sublandlord hereby covenants and agrees that it will not occupy

 

8


the 20th Floor Sublease Premises until it has made such payment to Subtenant). Following the completion of Subtenant’s move to its new premises, with respect to the Relocation Costs and TI Costs incurred by Subtenant in connection with such relocation to new premises, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord (i) a final accounting satisfactory to Sublandlord, in its reasonable judgment, of such Relocation Costs and TI Costs and the Concessions provided by the landlord under Subtenant’s new lease, together with (ii) a copy of invoices marked “paid” for all such Relocation Costs and TI Costs. If Sublandlord owes Subtenant any additional amount of the Sublandlord’s Contribution, Sublandlord shall make such payment to Subtenant promptly following Sublandlord’s receipt of such accounting; and if the advance payment of the Sublandlord’s Contribution exceeds the actual amount of the Sublandlord’s Contribution that is due Subtenant hereunder, Subtenant shall promptly refund such excess payment to Sublandlord. Further, in the event that Sublandlord is entitled to Liquidated Damages as a consequence of the failure of Subtenant to vacate either the 20th Floor Premises or the 19th Floor Premises by the applicable Expiration Date as provided in Section 3.3 above, Sublandlord may, at its election, offset any portion of such Liquidated Damages amount against the actual amount of Sublandlord’s Contribution owing to Subtenant hereunder (including the $200,000 advance payment of the Sublandlord’ s Contribution to be made by Sublandlord to Subtenant as provided for above).

14. Attorneys’ Fees . If Sublandlord or Subtenant brings an action to enforce the terms hereof or to declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party who recovers substantially all of the damages; equitable relief or other remedy sought in any such action on trial and appeal shall be entitled to receive from the other party its costs associated therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and costs from the other party. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Sublandlord utilizes the services of an attorney for the purpose of collecting any Rent due and unpaid by Subtenant or in connection with any other breach of this Sublease by Subtenant, Subtenant agrees to pay Sublandlord reasonable actual attorneys’ fees as determined by Sublandlord for such services, irrespective of whether any legal action may be commenced or filed by Sublandlord. If any such work is performed by in-house counsel for Sublandlord, the value of such work shall be determined at a reasonable hourly rate for comparable outside counsel.

15. Surrender . Upon the expiration of the applicable term of this Sublease, Subtenant shall vacate and surrender the 20th Floor Sublease Premises and the 19th Floor Sublease Premises, as the case may be (and including the Furniture and Equipment located in such portion of the Sublease Premises), neat and broom-clean, in the same condition as such portion of the Sublease Premises were at the commencement of the term of this Sublease, reasonable wear and tear excepted. The Furniture and Equipment shall remain in place in each such portion of the Premises, as provided for in Section 2.1 above, and Subtenant shall remove the Subtenant Retained Equipment from such portion of the Sublease Premises and repair any damage to the Sublease Premises or the Building caused by such removal. With regard to the data and telecom cabling in the Sublease Premises, such cabling shall remain in place and shall not be removed by Subtenant; and, where such cabling is to be disconnected from Subtenant’s equipment, such cabling shall not be cut but shall be disconnected and capped such that Sublandlord can reuse such cabling and reconnect such cabling to its equipment.

 

9


16. Holding Over . If Subtenant fails to vacate and surrender the 20th Floor Sublease Premises or the 19th Floor Premises at the applicable Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Sublease as to the applicable portion of the Sublease Premises, then, in addition to the Liquidated Damages amount owing by Subtenant as provided in Section 3.3 above, occupancy of such portion of the Sublease Premises after the termination or expiration shall be that of a tenancy at sufferance. Subtenant’s occupancy of any such portion of the Sublease Premises during the holdover shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Sublease and Subtenant shall pay an amount (on a per month basis without reduction for partial months during the holdover) equal to 150% of the sum of the Base Rent and Additional Rent due with respect to such portion of the Sublease Premises for the period immediately preceding the holdover (such payment to be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the Liquidated Damages provided for in Section 3.3 above). No holdover by Subtenant or payment by Subtenant after the expiration or early termination of this Sublease with respect to any portion of the Sublease Premises shall be construed to extend the term of the Sublease with respect to such portion of the Sublease Premises or prevent Sublandlord from immediate recovery of possession of such portion of the Sublease Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise.

17. Parking . Four (4) parking passes are allocated to the Master Lease Premises under the Master Lease. Such parking passes shall be allocated for use by Subtenant on a floor-by-floor basis, with two (2) parking passes allocated to each of the 19th and 20th Floor Sublease Premises. Subtenant shall have the right to utilize the parking passes allocated to each such portion of the Sublease Premises only during the term of the Sublease applicable to such portion of the Sublease Premises. Subtenant shall comply with the terms of the Master Lease applicable to the use of such parking passes and Subtenant shall pay the monthly rate for such parking passes as provided for in the Master Lease.

18. Notices . Any notice by either party to the other required, permitted or provided for herein shall be valid only if in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given only if (a) delivered personally, or (b) sent by means of Federal Express, UPS Next Day Air or another reputable express mail delivery service guaranteeing next day delivery, or (c) sent by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed: (i) if to Sublandlord, at the following addresses:

LendingClub Corporation

71 Stevenson Street, 3rd Floor

San Francisco, California 94105

Attn: Carrie Dolan

and (ii) if to Subtenant, at the following address:

Teachscape, Inc.

71 Stevenson Street, 19th Floor

San Francisco, California 94105

Attn: Jon Corbett

or at such other address for either party as that party may designate by notice to the other. A notice shall be deemed given and effective, if delivered personally, upon hand delivery thereof, if sent via overnight courier of by certified mail, upon delivery thereof (or refusal to accept delivery).

 

10


19. Brokers . Subtenant and Sublandlord each represents that it has dealt directly with and only with Avison Young Northern California Limited (the “ Broker ”), representing both parties jointly as a broker in connection with this Sublease. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall indemnify and hold each other harmless from all claims of any brokers other than the Broker claiming to have represented Sublandlord or Subtenant in connection with this Sublease. Subtenant and Sublandlord agree that the Broker shall be paid a commission by Sublandlord in connection with this Sublease pursuant to a separate agreement between Broker and Sublandlord.

20. Complete Agreement . There are no representations, warranties, agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between the parties or their representatives relating to the subject matter of this Sublease which are not fully expressed in this Sublease. This Sublease cannot be changed or terminated nor may any of its provisions be waived orally or in any manner other than by a written agreement executed by both parties.

21. Interpretation . This Sublease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any provision of this Sublease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Sublease and the application of that provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected but rather shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law. The captions, headings and titles in this Sublease are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation. This Sublease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Sublease or any part thereof to be drafted. Each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this Sublease shall be deemed and construed as a separate and independent covenant of the party bound by, undertaking or making same, not dependent on any other provision of this Sublease unless otherwise expressly provided. All terms and words used in this Sublease, regardless of the number or gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include any other number and any other gender as the context may require. The word “person” as used in this Sublease shall mean a natural person or persons, a partnership, a corporation or any other form of business or legal association or entity.

22. USA Patriot Act Disclosures . To the extent applicable, Sublandlord and Subtenant each covenant that they are currently in compliance with and shall at all times during the term of this Sublease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) and any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action relating thereto.

23. Counterparts . This Sublease may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is deemed an original but which together constitute one and the same instrument. This Sublease shall be fully executed when each party whose signature is required has signed and

 

11


delivered to each of the parties at least one counterpart, even though no single counterpart contains the signatures of all of the parties hereto. This Sublease may be executed in so-called “pdf” format and each party has the right to rely upon a pdf counterpart of this Sublease signed by the other party to the same extent as if such party had received an original counterpart.

24. Landlord’s Consent . Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge that the effectiveness of this Sublease is conditioned upon Landlord’s consent hereto, and this Sublease shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless such consent of Landlord in the form attached hereto is entered into by Landlord, Sublandlord and Subtenant as of the Effective Date hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto hereby execute this Sublease as of the Effective Date.

 

SUBLANDLORD :  

LendingClub Corporation,

a Delaware corporation

            By:   /s/ Carrie Dolan
            Print Name: Carrie Dolan
            Title: CFO
SUBTENANT:  

Teachscape, Inc.

a Delaware corporation

            By:   /s/ Jon Corbett
            Print Name: Jon Corbett
            Title: VP Finance

 

12


SCHEDULE 1

EQUIPMENT TO BE RETAINED BY ASSIGNOR

 

  Furniture to be moved from the 20 th floor to the 19 th floor or storage

 

    22’ Conference table, 1 credenza, 22 leather chairs move from 2018 to 1901. Move existing 18 foot table, credenza and chairs in 1901 to 2018

 

    Reception area 2024 move the 2 Global club chairs and 1 end table to new reception. (Then move to 655)

 

    Lunchroom on 20, move Global 2 Bistro tables 30” round and 6 orange stools to 19 th floor lunch area. (Then move to 655)

 

    20 th floor files and storage to be moved to 19 th floor finance area. (Then move to 655)

 

    Qty — 4 Files 36 wide 3 drawer high

 

    Qty — 7 Files 36 wide 5 drawer high

 

    Qty — 4 Files 36 wide 2 drawer high

 

    Qty — 2 Files 36 wide 3 drawer high storage with shelves

 

    Qty — 2 Files 36 wide 5 drawer high from office 2013

 

    Move 25 New Style Task chairs from the 20 th floor to the 19 th floor. (30 Task Chairs will be moved to 655 during the final move from 19)

 

    3 overhead storage bins from 3 offices on 20 to be moved to 19 and possibly 655

 

    2 refrigerators

BELOW ITEMS FROM 20 TO BE STORED UNTIL MOVE TO 655

 

    Conference 2001 — Conference Table 44x96 with 6 chairs

 

    Conference 2006 — Conference Table 54x120 with 8 chairs

 

    Conference 2009 — Mesa Conference Table, 144x48 Rectangle, Maple Laminate with 12 chairs

 

    Conference 2014 — Mesa Conference Table 42x96 with 6 chairs

 

    Reception Area 2024 — Custom Willow Reception Station 30x120x42 front counter with glass transaction counter and handicap table, 24x48x42 return with glass transaction counter, both in laminate front with laminate surfaces, Box/Box/File Laminate Pedestal Drawer, 2 High Lateral File 36 Wide

 

    Conference 2018 — 2 Maple Gray credenzas

 

  Furniture needed to be ordered for Floor 19

 

    25 Mobile Box/File Pedestals in finish and fabric seat to match current Herman Miller Pedestals at 655. This allows us to move and use at 655.

 

    24 Support Legs to support center surfaces on floor 19 for the addition of a 3 rd person.

 

    4 Draw Rods 47 high

 

    34 Flat Brackets 18”

 

    Used small reception station to be made out of Friant parts we have in stock at our warehouse. To be installed in hallway off elevator in front of station 22.

 

    14x48 reception counter with brackets

 

Schedule 1 - page 1


  Furniture staying with Teachscape and moving to 655

 

    25 Mobile Box/File Pedestals in finish and fabric seat to match current Herman Miller Pedestals at 655. This allows us to move and use at 655.

 

    60 New Style Task Chairs will be moved to 655 from the final move from 19

 

    22 Black Leather Conference Chairs from Room 1901

 

    2 Global club chairs and 1 end table from 19 th floor lobby area CITI LOUNGE 7875-TMP TIGER MAPLE LEG-GRD 7 IMPRINT SAND IM72

 

    Break Room 1925

 

    2 Bistro tables 30” round and

 

    13 orange stools Izzy Hannah Counter Height Stool 30” high seat, with NO Arms, Silver frame, with Thermoplastic Color Oriole (tangerine)

 

    Room 1928

 

    NURSE COUCH 308 IN GRD-4 BURGUNDY ALANTE VINYL-A17E

 

    Rooms 1921 and 191

 

    Qty 5 Global SIRENA LOUNGE WITH CASTERS 3371C - GRD 4 CRESCENT FLAME 705

 

    Qty 4 Global SIRENA LOUNGE WITH RIGHT TABLET AND CASTERS 3371CRTM - GRD 4 RENEWAL TOMATO RN44 WITH WHITE WHT TABLET

 

    Qty 5 Global WIND ROUND TABLE 24X24X17 MDF TOP 3860 - WHT WHITE

 

    Qty 2 Global WIND ROUND TABLE 36X36X15 MDF TOP 3861 - WHT WHITE

 

    19 th floor finance area.

 

    Qty — 4 Files 36 wide 3 drawer high

 

    Qty — 7 Files 36 wide 5 drawer high

 

    Qty — 4 Files 36 wide 2 drawer high

 

    Qty — 2 Files 36 wide 3 drawer high storage with shelves

 

    Qty — 2 Files 36 wide 5 drawer high from office 2013

 

    Private Offices 1904, 1905, 1914, 1915, 1916, 1917, 1918, 1919

 

    Qty — 8 Gitana “L” Units with “D” Top, return, credenza and drawer pedestal.

 

    Qty — 8 Gitana Lateral Files 2 High x 36 wide

 

    Qty — 16 Guest chairs

 

    Qty — 8 Task Manager Chairs

 

    Conference 1913 —

 

    Bullet Table 48x36x96, Maple Laminate like the 14 th floor table, Flip up doors with power and data trough.

 

    6 Chairs

 

    Conference 1901 —

 

    Mesa Conference Table, 264x48 Rectangle, Maple Laminate like the 14 th floor table, just different size

 

    Matching Storage Credenza 22x72 Maple Laminate like the 14 th floor table, Four Door

 

    Conference 2001 — Conference Table 44x96 with 6 chairs

 

    Conference 2006 — Conference Table 54x120 with 8 chairs

 

    Conference 2009 — Mesa Conference Table, 144x48 Rectangle, Maple Laminate with 12 chairs

 

    Conference 2014 — Mesa Conference Table 42x96 with 6 chairs

 

    Reception Area 2024 — Custom Willow Reception Station 30x120x42 front counter with glass transaction counter and handicap table, 24x48x42 return with glass transaction counter, both in laminate front with laminate surfaces, Box/Box/File Laminate Pedestal Drawer, 2 High Lateral File 36 Wide

 

    Conference 2018 — 2 Maple Gray credenzas

 

Schedule 1 - page 2


  Inventory of Furniture 20 th Floor After the above removal

 

    Open Office Area Qty — 47 Friant System 2 Workstations 6x6 with 47” high panels, 2 surfaces and 1 Pedestal

 

    Open Office Area Qty — 22 Miscellaneous brands Basic Task Chairs

 

    Office 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2015, 2016, 2019, 2020

 

    Qty 1 each “U” units with “D” or “P” top, Bridge, credenza, and storage

 

    Qty 1 each Task Chair

 

    Conference 2018 — Conference Table 60x216 CHAIRS AND CREDENZA REMOVED

 

  Inventory of Furniture 19 th Floor After the above removal

 

    Open Office Area Qty — 72 Friant System 2 Workstations 6x6 with 47” high panels, 2 surfaces and 1 Pedestal

 

    Open Office Area Qty — 5 Friant System 2 Workstations 3x8 with 47” high panels, 2 surfaces and 1 Pedestal

 

    Open Office Area Qty — 40 Miscellaneous brands Basic Task Chairs

 

    Conference 1901 —

 

    Mesa Conference Table, 264x48 Rectangle, Maple Laminate like the 14 th floor table, just different size

 

    Matching Storage Credenza 22x72 Maple Laminate like the 14 th floor table, Four Door

 

    Office 1904, 1905, 1910, 1914, 1915, 1916, 1917, 1918, 1919, 1920, 1921

 

    EMPTY

 

    Office 1906, 1907, 1908, 1909

 

    Qty 1 each “U” units with “D” or “P” top, Bridge, credenza, and storage

 

    Qty 1 each Task Chair

 

Schedule 1 - page 3


EXHIBIT C

LANDLORD CONSENT TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE

 


LANDLORD CONSENT TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE

THIS LANDLORD CONSENT TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October  17 , 2014, by and among F1 STEVENSON, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), TEACHSCAPE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Assignor ”), and LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Assignee ”).

RECITALS:

 

A. Forward One, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Forward One ”), as landlord, and Assignor, as tenant, are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated November 14, 2013 (the “ Lease ”). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord has leased to Assignor space currently containing approximately 25,908 rentable square feet and consisting of the entire 19th and 20th floors (the “ Premises ”) in the building located at 71 Stevenson Street, San Francisco, California 94105 (the “ Building ”).

 

B. Landlord is the successor-in-interest to Forward One, and is the current owner of the Building.

 

C. Assignor desires to assign to Assignee, and Assignee desires to assume from Assignor, all of Assignor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Lease (the “ Assignment ”).

 

D. Assignor and Assignee have entered into that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease of even date herewith (the “ Assignment Agreement ”), a true and correct copy of which is attached as Exhibit A hereto, whereby, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth therein, Assignor assigned to Assignee and Assignee assumed all of Assignor’s right, title and interest in and to the Lease.

 

E. Assignor and Assignee have requested Landlord’s consent to such Assignment, and Landlord has agreed to give such consent upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

F. Unless otherwise stated herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings defined in the Lease.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals, which by this reference are incorporated herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord, Assignor and Assignee covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. Assignment Agreement; Assignment and Assumption . Assignor and Assignee hereby covenant, represent and warrant that, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of the Assignment Agreement and this Agreement, as of the date hereof (a) Assignor fully assigns all of Assignor’s right, title and interest in the Lease to Assignee, and (b) Assignee, for itself and its successors and assigns, assumes all of Assignor’s rights, title, and interest in, to and under the Lease and agrees, for the express benefit of Landlord, to pay, perform, observe and be bound by all of the covenants, agreements, provisions, conditions and obligations of the tenant under the Lease arising from and after the date hereof. Notwithstanding that Assignee has agreed to pay all Rent and other charges due under the Lease directly to Landlord, Assignor and Assignee shall be jointly and severally liable to Landlord for compliance with and performance of all of the terms, covenants, agreements, provisions, obligations and conditions to be performed or observed by the tenant under the Lease, including, without limitation, the payment of all Rent and other charges due under the Lease. Upon the occurrence of a default by Assignee under the Lease, after expiration of all notice and cure periods, if any, provided in the Lease (an “ Event of Default ”), Landlord may proceed to exercise its remedies against Assignor, Assignee, any guarantor or anyone else liable for the tenant’s obligations under the Lease, without first exhausting Landlord’s remedies against any other person or entity liable thereon to Landlord.


2. Representations .

 

  2.1 Assignor hereby represents and warrants to Landlord and Assignee that Assignor: (a) has full power and authority to assign to Assignee its entire right, title and interest in the Lease; (b) has not previously transferred or conveyed its interest in the Lease to any person or entity, collaterally or otherwise; and (c) has full power and authority to enter into the Assignment Agreement and this Agreement.

 

  2.2 Assignee hereby represents and warrants to Landlord and Assignor that Assignee: (a) has full power and authority to assume all of Assignor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Lease; and (b) has full power and authority to enter into the Assignment Agreement and this Agreement.

 

  2.3 Assignor and Assignee hereby represent and warrant to Landlord that:

 

  (a) Exhibit A attached hereto is a true, correct and complete copy of the Assignment, except that, for purposes of attaching the Assignment as Exhibit A to this Agreement, Exhibit A to this Agreement does not include the Lease, which is attached as Exhibit A to the Assignment.

 

  (b) Other than as set forth in the Assignment, no rent, money or other consideration has been or will be paid to Assignor by Assignee for the right to use or occupy the Premises or for the use, sale or rental of Assignor’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture or other personal property.

 

  (c) As of the date hereof, (i) Landlord is not in default in the performance of any of its obligations under the Lease, (ii) neither Assignor nor Assignee has any claims or setoffs of any kind, (iii) there are no concessions, inducements, payments or work to which the tenant under the Lease is entitled, and (iv) there are no rights of off-set, counterclaims or credits against any Rent or other charges payable under the Lease.

 

3. Landlord’s Consent . In reliance upon the agreements and representations contained in this Agreement, Landlord hereby consents to the Assignment pursuant to the Assignment Agreement. This Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the tenant under the Lease to obtain the Landlord’s consent to any subsequent assignment, sublease or other transfer under the Lease. In case of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Assignment Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail unaffected by the Assignment Agreement. Assignor and Assignee acknowledge that Landlord is not a party to the Assignment Agreement and is not bound by the provisions thereof, and recognize that, accordingly, Landlord has not, and will not, review or pass upon any of the provisions of the Assignment Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as an approval of, or ratification by Landlord of, any of the particular provisions of the Assignment Agreement.

 

4.

No Release . Nothing contained in the Assignment Agreement or this Agreement shall be construed as relieving or releasing Assignor from any of its obligations under the Lease, and it is expressly understood that Assignor shall remain liable for such obligations notwithstanding the subsequent assignment(s), sublease(s) or transfer(s) of the interest of the tenant under the Lease. In no event


  shall the Assignment Agreement or this Agreement be construed as granting or conferring upon Assignor or Assignee any greater rights than those contained in the Lease nor shall there be any diminution of the rights and privileges of the Landlord under the Lease. Neither this Agreement nor the Assignment Agreement, nor Landlord’s acceptance of Rent or any other consideration from Assignee, shall: (i) operate to waive, modify, impair, release or in any manner affect any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions, obligations or conditions contained in the Lease, or to waive any breach thereof, or any rights of Landlord against any person, firm, association or corporation liable or responsible for the performance thereof; or (ii) be deemed to increase the obligations or diminish the rights of Landlord under the Lease, or to increase the rights or diminish the obligations of Assignor thereunder. Assignor hereby agrees that the obligations of Assignor under the Lease and this Agreement (whether arising before or after the effective date of the Assignment) shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by reason of entering into this Agreement or by Landlord’s giving of any consent or approval. All terms, covenants, agreements, provisions and conditions of the Lease are hereby ratified and declared by Assignor and by Assignee to be in full force and effect, and Assignor and Assignee hereby unconditionally reaffirm and affirm, respectively, their primary, direct and ongoing liability to Landlord for the performance of all obligations to be performed by the tenant under the Lease.

 

5. Security Deposit . Landlord currently holds a Security Deposit from Assignor under the Lease in the total amount of $388,620.00. Such Security Deposit is held by Landlord in the form of: (a) $97,155.00 in cash; and (b) a letter of credit in the amount of $291,465.00. Together with the execution and delivery of the Assignment Agreement, this Agreement and that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Landlord and Assignee provided for in the Assignment Agreement, Assignee shall deliver to Landlord a cash Security Deposit under the Lease in the amount of $194,310.00 (i.e., two months’ of Base Rent at the rate in effect as of the date hereof) in replacement of the Security Deposit provided by Assignor; and, within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of such replacement Security Deposit from Assignee, Landlord shall deliver to Assignor both the original of the letter of credit and the cash portion of the Security Deposit delivered by Assignor and held by Landlord.

 

6. Certificates of Insurance . Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Assignee shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance for all insurance required of the tenant under the Lease, naming Landlord as an additional insured.

 

7. No Further Assignment or Subletting . This consent by Landlord is not assignable and shall not be construed as a consent by Landlord to any further assignment or subletting.

 

8. Landlord’s Expenses and Attorneys’ Fee . Assignee shall pay to Landlord, no later than ten (10) days after invoice, Landlord’s attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with reviewing the Assignment and reviewing and negotiating this Agreement, such payment to be made in satisfaction of Assignor’s obligation with respect thereto as provided for in Section 14.5 of the Lease. Assignor and Assignee acknowledge that Landlord is entitled to fifty percent (50%) of all “Transfer Consideration” (as defined in Section 14.3 of the Lease) in connection with an assignment of the Lease; and Assignor and Assignee represent and warrant to Landlord that there is no Transfer Consideration in connection with the Assignment. For the avoidance of doubt, Assignor and Assignee hereby disclose to Landlord that, as an inducement to Assignor to vacate the Premises in a timely manner, Assignee has agreed to reimburse Assignor for certain relocation costs and tenant improvement costs relating to Assignor’s relocation to new premises, as specifically provided for in the Sublease to be entered into between Assignee, as sublandlord, and Assignor, as subtenant, together with the Assignment; and Landlord acknowledges that such payment is to be made by Assignee to Assignor as provided for in said Sublease and that such payment shall not constitute Transfer Consideration.


9. No Modifications . None of the terms in this Agreement may be modified unless in writing and signed by all parties to this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to amend, modify or alter in any way the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Lease.

 

10. Authority . Assignor, Assignee and the individuals signing this Lease on behalf of each of them hereby represent and warrant to Landlord that: (i) Assignor and Assignee, respectively, have full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and that the person(s) signing this Agreement on behalf of such entity are authorized to sign on behalf of such entity; (ii) this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by Assignor and Assignee, respectively, and no other authorization or third party consent is required; and (iii) this Agreement is enforceable against Assignor and Assignee, respectively, in accordance with its terms.

 

11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and shall constitute an agreement binding on all parties notwithstanding that all parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart provided that all parties are furnished a copy or copies thereof reflecting the signature of all parties.

 

12. Miscellaneous .

(a) Remedies Cumulative . Each right and remedy of Landlord provided in this Agreement or in the Lease shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other right and remedy provided for herein and therein or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise by Landlord of any one or more of the rights or remedies so provided for or existing shall not preclude the simultaneous or subsequent exercise by Landlord of any or all other rights or remedies so provided for or so existing.

(b) Landlord’s Liability . Landlord’s liability under this Agreement shall be limited to the same extent that Landlord’s liability is limited under the Lease.

(c) Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions and restrictions on assignment and subletting contained in this Agreement and in the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

(d) Severability . If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(e) Captions . The captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall in no way define, limit or extend the scope or intent of this Agreement, nor shall such captions affect the construction hereof.

(f) OFAC . As an inducement to Landlord to enter into this Agreement, Assignee hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Landlord that: (i) Assignee is not, nor to the best of its knowledge is it owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, any person, group, entity or nation named on any list issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”) pursuant to Executive Order 13224 or any similar list or any law, order, rule or regulation or any Executive Order of the President of the United States as a


terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person” or other banned or blocked person (any such person, group, entity or nation being hereinafter referred to as a “Prohibited Person”); (ii) Assignee is not (nor to the best of its knowledge is it owned, controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person, group, entity or nation which is) acting directly or indirectly for or on behalf of any Prohibited Person; and (iii) from and after the effective date of the above-referenced Executive Order, Assignee (and any person, group, or entity which Assignee controls, directly or indirectly) has not conducted nor will conduct business nor has engaged nor will engage in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person in violation of the U.S. Patriot Act or any OFAC rule or regulation, including without limitation any assignment of the Lease or any subletting of all or any portion of the Premises or the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person in violation of the U.S. Patriot Act or any OFAC rule or regulation. In connection with the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that (x) any breach by Assignee of the foregoing shall be deemed an immediate Event of Default under the Lease and a default under this Agreement (without the benefit of a notice or grace period) and shall be covered by the indemnity provisions of the Lease, and (y) the representations, warranties and covenants contained in this subsection shall be continuing in nature and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

(g) Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the matters contained herein and may not be modified, amended or otherwise changed except by written instrument signed by the parties sought to be bound.

(h) Governing Law . This Agreement shall for all purposes be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of California.

(i) Civil Code Section 1938 Disclosure . Landlord hereby discloses, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that neither the Premises nor the Building has been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist.

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON NEXT PAGE NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord, Assignor and Assignee have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     ASSIGNOR:

F1 STEVENSON, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

TEACHSCAPE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   Forward One, LLC,     By:   /s/ Jon Corbett
  a California limited liability company     Name: Jon Corbett
Its:   Manager     Title: VP Finance
  By:   Forward Time Corporation,      
    a California corporation      
  Its:   Manager      
    By:   /s/ Belinda Zen      
      Belinda Zen,      
      President      
          ASSIGNEE:
       

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

          By:   /s/ Carrie Dolan
          Name: Carrie Dolan
          Title: CFO


EXHIBIT A

ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

(see attached)

 

A-1


ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE

THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE (the “Assignment”) is hereby made and entered into as of October  17 , 2014, by and between Teachscape, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Assignor”), and LendingClub Corporation, a Delaware corporation, (“Assignee”).

RECITALS

A. Assignor and Forward One, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Forward One”), entered into that certain Lease Agreement, dated November 14, 2013 (the “Lease”), for certain premises containing approximately 25,908 rentable square feet and consisting of the entire 19th and 20th floors (the “Premises”) of the 23 story office building located at 71 Stevenson Street, San Francisco California 94105 (the “Building”). A copy of the Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

B. F1 Stevenson, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Master Landlord”), is the successor-in-interest to Forward One, and is the current owner of the Building.

C. Assignor desires to assign the Lease to Assignee, and Assignee desires to assume the rights and obligations of Assignor under the Lease, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Assignor and Assignee hereby agree as follows:

1. Incorporation of Recitals . The foregoing recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference.

2. Capitalized Terms . Unless otherwise stated herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings defined in the Lease.

3. Assignment and Assumption of Lease . As of the date hereof: (a) Assignor assigns, sets over and transfers to Assignee all of Assignor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Lease; and (b) for the express benefit of both Assignor and Master Landlord, Assignee accepts the foregoing assignment of the Lease and assumes and shall pay, perform and discharge all of the agreements and obligations of Assignor under the Lease arising from and after the Assignment Effective Date to the same extent as if the Assignee were named as the tenant under the Lease as of the Assignment Effective Date. The foregoing assignment by Assignor specifically includes the extension option provided for in Section 2.2 of the Lease. Master Landlord is an express third party beneficiary of Assignee’s covenants and obligations under clause (b) above.

4. Indemnity . Assignor agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Assignee from and against any and all liability, claims, damages, expenses (including cost of litigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, proceedings and causes of action of any kind (“Claims”) arising under the Lease prior to the date hereof; and Assignee agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Assignor from and against any and all Claims arising under the Lease from and after the date hereof.


5. Furniture and Equipment . Together with the assignment of the Lease provided for herein, and in consideration thereof, Assignor. hereby sells, transfers and conveys to Assignee, on an “as-is” basis (subject to Assignor’s representation that such transfer is made free and clear of any third party claims or liens) the furniture and equipment currently located in the Premises and owned by Assignor, including, without limitation, workstations and chairs, office furniture and furnishings, conference room furniture and furnishings (including retractable screen(s) and associated equipment for the operation thereof), IDF room computer racks and UPS equipment, and cabling; but excluding specifically the items set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto, which shall remain the property of Assignor).

6. Sublease Back to Assignor . Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Assignment, Assignee, as sublandlord, and Assignor, as subtenant, shall enter into a Sublease in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Sublease”) pursuant to which Assignee shall sublease the Premises back to Assignor and Assignor shall remain in possession of the Premises on a short-term basis in accordance with the terms of the Sublease.

7. Consent of Master Landlord; Lease Amendment . Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, this Assignment and the rights and obligations of Assignor and Assignee hereunder are subject to and conditioned upon: (a) the execution and delivery by Master Landlord, Assignor and Assignee, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Assignment, of (i) the Landlord Consent to Assignment and Assumption of Lease in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto (the “Master Landlord Assignment Consent”), and (ii) the Landlord Consent to Sublease in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto (the “Master Landlord Sublease Consent”); and (b) the execution and delivery by Master Landlord and Assignee of the First Amendment to Lease Agreement in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (the “First Amendment to Lease”), concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Assignment. Any fees or charges of the Master Landlord in connection with this Assignment and the Master Landlord Assignment Consent shall be payable by Assignee.

8. Representations and Warranties of Assignor . Assignor hereby makes the following representations and warranties to Assignee as of the date hereof, all of which shall survive the consummation of the assignment of the Lease:

(a) A true, correct and complete copy of the Lease (excluding, however, the First Amendment to Lease) is attached hereto as Exhibit A . There are no modifications, supplements, arrangements, or understandings, oral or written of any sort, modifying, amending, altering, supplementing or changing the terms of the Lease, except for the First Amendment to Lease.

(b) Assignor is the current holder of a tenant’s interest in the Lease and Assignor has not transferred, conveyed, assigned, mortgaged or otherwise encumbered any of its right, title or interest in, to or under the Lease.

 

2


(c) The Lease is in full force and effect; to the best of Assignor’s knowledge, there is no existing default under the Lease on the part of the Master Landlord and no event has occurred and no condition exists which, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a default under the Lease on the part of the Master Landlord; and there is no existing default under the Lease on the part of Assignor and no event has occurred and no condition exists which, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a default under the Lease on the part of Assignor.

(d) Assignor has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified to do business in and is in good standing under the laws of the State of California. Assignor has the full right and authority to enter into this Assignment and to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Assignment.

(e) This Assignment and all instruments, documents and agreements to be executed by Assignor in connection herewith are, or when delivered shall be, duly authorized, executed and delivered by Assignor and are, or when delivered shall be, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of Assignor.

(f) Other than the Master Landlord Consent, no consent or approval or other authorization of any person or entity and no waiver of any right by any person or entity is required to authorize or permit, or is otherwise required as a condition of the execution and delivery and performance of, this Assignment by Assignor.

(g) To Assignor’s knowledge and belief, the Premises are in good condition and repair, and Assignor has maintained the Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

(h) Assignor has no knowledge of the existence of any Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises and Assignor has at all times complied with the terms of the Lease regarding Assignor’s handling, use, storage and disposal of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises and the Building.

Master Landlord is an express third party beneficiary of Assignor’s representations and warranties set forth above.

9. Representations and Warranties of Assignee . Assignee hereby makes the following representations and warranties to Assignor as of the date hereof, all of which shall survive the consummation of the assignment of the Lease:

(a) Assignee has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified to do business in and is in good standing under the laws of the State of California. Assignee has the full right and authority to enter into this Assignment and to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Assignment.

(b) This Assignment and all instruments, documents and agreements to be executed by Assignee in connection herewith are, or when delivered shall be, duly authorized, executed and delivered by Assignee and are, or when delivered shall be, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of Assignee.

 

3


(c) Other than the Master Landlord Consent, no consent or approval or other authorization of any person or entity and no waiver of any right by any person or entity is required to authorize or permit, or is otherwise required as a condition of the execution and delivery and performance of, this Assignment by Assignee.

Master Landlord is an express third party beneficiary of Assignee’s representations and warranties set forth above.

10. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute hereunder, or of any action to interpret or enforce this Assignment, any provision hereof or any matter arising herefrom, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs, fees and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, witness fees, expert fees and other professional fees, costs and expenses, whether suit be brought or not, and whether in settlement, in any declaratory action, in any bankruptcy action, at trial or on appeal.

11. Brokers . Assignor and Assignee acknowledge that each of them has retained Avison Young as its real estate broker in connection with the making of this Assignment; and Assignor and Assignee each represents to the other that it has dealt directly with and only with Avison Young as a broker in connection with this Assignment. Assignee and Assignor shall each indemnify and hold the other harmless from all claims of any brokers other than Avison Young claiming to have represented the indemnifying party in connection with this Assignment. Assignor and Assignee agree that Avison Young shall be paid a commission by Assignee in connection with this Assignment pursuant to a separate agreement between Avison Young and Assignee. Master Landlord is an express third party beneficiary of this Section 11 and shall be entitled to indemnification as set forth above.

12. Survival of Terms . The representations, warranties and indemnities set forth herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Assignment and shall continue in full force and effect during the term of the Lease.

13. Binding Agreement . This Assignment constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the transaction contemplated herein, and it supersedes all prior understandings or agreements between the parties relative to such assignment. Each signatory of this Assignment represents that he or she has the authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting.

14. Modifications . This Assignment cannot be changed orally, and no agreement shall be effective to waive, change, modify or discharge it in whole or in part unless such agreement is in writing and is signed by the parties against whom enforcement of any such change is sought.

15. Applicable Law . This Assignment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State California.

 

4


16. Execution and Counterparts . To facilitate execution, the parties hereto agree that this Assignment may be executed and telecopied to the other party and that the executed telecopy shall be binding and enforceable as an original. This Assignment may be executed in as many counterparts as may be required and it shall not be necessary that the signature of, or on behalf of, each party, or that the signatures of all persons required to bind any party, appear on each counterpart; it shall be sufficient that the signature of, or on behalf of, each party, or that the signatures of the persons required to bind any party, appear on one or more of such counterparts.

17. Notices . Any notice, communication, request, reply or advise (hereinafter severally and collectively, “Notice”) regarding this Assignment or provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be given by: (a) established express delivery service which maintains delivery records; (b) hand delivery; or, (c) certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. Notice is effective upon receipt, or upon attempted delivery if delivery is refused or if delivery is impossible because of failure to provide reasonable means for accomplishing delivery. Notice shall be sent to the parties at the following addresses:

 

Assignor (prior to March 1, 2015):   

Teachscape, Inc.

71 Stevenson Street, 19th Floor

San Francisco, California 94105

Attn: Jon Corbett

Assignor (after March 1, 2015):   

Teachscape, Inc.

655 Montgomery Street, Suite 800

San Francisco, California 94111

Attn: Jon Corbett

In each case, with a copy to:   

Fulbright & Jaworski LLP

555 South Flower Street, 41st Floor

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attn: Robert C. Barnes, Esq.

Assignee:   

LendingClub Corporation

71 Stevenson Street, 3rd Floor

San Francisco, California 94105

Attn: Carrie Dolan

With a copy to:   

Shartsis Friese, LLP

One Maritime Plaza, Suite 1800

San Francisco, California 94111

Attn: David H. Kremer, Esq.

Any party shall have the right from time to time to change their respective address for Notice by providing the other with ten (10) days’ prior written notice in the manner set forth above.

18. USA Patriot Act Disclosures . To the extent applicable, Assignor and Assignee each covenant that they are currently in compliance with and shall remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury

 

5


(including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) and any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action relating thereto. Master Landlord is an express third party beneficiary of the covenants set forth above.

19. Further Assurances . Each party agrees that it will execute and deliver such other documents and take such other action, whether prior or subsequent to the Assignment Effective Date, as may be reasonably requested by the other party to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Assignment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Assignment as of the date and year first written above.

 

ASSIGNOR:

Teachscape, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Jon Corbett

Print Name: Jon Corbett
Title:   VP Finance

 

ASSIGNEE:

LendingClub Corporation,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Carrie Dolan

Print Name: Carrie Dolan
Title:   CFO

 

6


EXHIBIT D

LANDLORD CONSENT TO SUBLEASE


CONSENT TO SUBLEASE

THIS CONSENT TO SUBLEASE (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October  17 , 2014, by and among F1 STEVENSON, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Sublandlord ”), and TEACHSCAPE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Subtenant ”).

 

A. Forward One, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Forward One ”), as landlord, and Subtenant, as tenant, entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated November 14, 2013 (the “ Lease ”), with respect to certain premises (the “ Lease Premises ”) containing a total of approximately 25,908 rentable square feet and consisting of the entire 19th and 20th floors of the office building located at 71 Stevenson Street, San Francisco, California (the “ Building ”).

 

B. Landlord is the successor-in-interest to Forward One, and is the current owner of the Building.

 

C. Pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease of even date herewith, Subtenant has assigned and Sublandlord has assumed all of Subtenant’s right, title and interest in and to the tenant’s interest in the Lease (the “ Lease Assignment ”).

 

D. Following the Lease Assignment, Subtenant desires to remain in possession of the 19th and 20th floors of the Building for a prescribed period of time to allow Subtenant to make arrangements to relocate to another location. Accordingly, Sublandlord and Subtenant have entered into that certain Sublease dated as of the date hereof, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Sublease ”), pursuant to which Sublandlord has agreed to sublease to Subtenant the 19th and 20th floors of the Building, as more particularly described in the Sublease (hereinafter, the “ Sublease Premises ”).

 

E. Sublandlord and Subtenant have requested Landlord’s consent to the Sublease, and Landlord has agreed to give such consent upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

F. Unless otherwise stated herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings defined in the Sublease or the Lease, as the case may be.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals, which by this reference are incorporated herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord hereby consents to the Sublease subject to the following terms and conditions, all of which are hereby acknowledged and agreed to by Sublandlord and Subtenant:

 

1. Sublease Agreement . Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby represent and warrant to Landlord that a true and complete copy of the Sublease is attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit A , and Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that the Sublease shall not be modified without Landlord‘s prior written consent in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

 

2. Representations .

(a) Sublandlord hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that: (a) Sublandlord has full power and authority to sublease the Sublease Premises to Subtenant; (b) Sublandlord has not previously transferred or conveyed its interest in the Lease to any person or entity, collaterally or otherwise; (c) Sublandlord has full power and authority to enter into the Sublease and this Agreement; (d) the person(s) signing this Agreement on behalf of Sublandlord are authorized to do so; and (e) this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by Sublandlord, and no other authorization or third party consent is required.


(b) Subtenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that: (a) Subtenant has full power and authority to sublease the Sublease Premises from Sublandlord; (b) Subtenant has full power and authority to enter into the Sublease and this Agreement; (c) the person(s) signing this Agreement on behalf of Subtenant are authorized to do so; and (d) this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by Subtenant, and no other authorization or third party consent is required.

 

3. Indemnity and Insurance . In consideration of Landlord’s consent to the Sublease, Subtenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Subtenant, and Subtenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord, for any loss, injury or other damage to person or property in or about the Sublease Premises or the Building from any cause whatsoever, including without limitation, water leakage of any character from the roof, walls, basement or other portion of the Sublease Premises or the Building, or gas, fire, explosion, electricity, or any malfunction within the Sublease Premises or the Building, or acts of other tenants of the Building. Subtenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify Landlord against any claims, liability, damages, costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same, to the extent arising from (i) Subtenant’s occupancy of the Sublease Premises, (ii) the acts or omissions of Subtenant, Subtenant’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees, subtenants, customers, guests or invitees in or about the Building, and/or (iii) any accident, injury or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, occurring in or about the Sublease Premises. In case any action or proceeding be brought against Landlord by reason of any such claim or liability, Subtenant, upon notice from Landlord, covenants to resist and defend at Subtenant’s sole expense such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. The provisions of this Section 3 shall survive the termination of the Sublease with respect to any injury, illness, death or damage occurring prior to such termination. Subtenant shall cause Landlord and any other parties designated by Landlord to be named as additional insureds on the policy of commercial general liability insurance which Subtenant is required to carry pursuant to Section 11.1(a) of the Lease (which Section 11.1(a) shall be deemed incorporated into the Sublease notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Sublease), and Subtenant shall provide Landlord with such policy or a certificate thereof upon commencement of the term of the Sublease and shall provide Landlord with a renewal policy or certificate at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration dates of expiring policies.

 

4. No Release . Nothing contained in the Sublease or this Agreement shall be construed as relieving or releasing Sublandlord from any of its obligations under the Lease, it being expressly understood and agreed that Sublandlord shall remain liable for such obligations notwithstanding anything contained in the Sublease or this Agreement. Sublandlord shall be responsible for the collection of all rent due it from Subtenant, and for the performance of all the other terms and conditions of the Sublease, it being understood that Landlord is not a party to the Sublease and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Sublease, is not bound by any terms, provisions, representations or warranties contained in the Sublease and is not obligated to Sublandlord or Subtenant for any of the duties and obligations contained therein.

 

5. No Transfer . Landlord’s consent to the Sublease is not assignable and shall not be construed as a consent by Landlord to any further subletting either by Sublandlord or Subtenant. Subtenant shall not further sublease the Sublease Premises, assign its interest as the Subtenant under the Sublease or otherwise transfer its interest in the Sublease Premises or the Sublease to any person or entity without the prior written consent of Landlord.


6. Subject and Subordinate to Lease . The Sublease is subject and subordinate to the terms of the Lease. In case of any conflict between the provisions of the Lease and the provisions of the Sublease, the provisions of the Lease shall prevail unaffected by the Sublease. In no event shall the Sublease or this Agreement be construed as granting or conferring upon the Sublandlord or the Subtenant any greater rights than those contained in the Lease nor shall there be any diminution of the rights and privileges of the Landlord under the Lease, nor shall the Lease be deemed modified in any respect. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to modify, waive or affect any rights or remedies of Landlord under the Lease, or be construed to waive any present or future breach or default on the part of Sublandlord under the Lease. Landlord shall not be bound by any of the terms or conditions of the Sublease. In case of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Sublease, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail unaffected by the Sublease.

 

7. Parking and Services . Any parking rights granted to Subtenant pursuant to the Sublease shall be satisfied out of the parking rights, if any, granted to Sublandlord under the Lease. Sublandlord hereby authorizes Subtenant, as agent for Sublandlord, to obtain services and materials for or related to the Sublease Premises to the extent allowed under the Lease, and Sublandlord agrees to pay for such services and materials as additional Rent under the Lease upon written demand from Landlord. However, as a convenience to Sublandlord, Landlord may bill Subtenant directly for such services and materials, or any portion thereof, in which event Subtenant shall pay for the services and materials so billed upon written demand, provided that such billing shall not relieve Sublandlord from its primary obligation to pay for such services and materials.

 

8. Attornment . Upon the expiration or any earlier termination of the term of the Lease, or in case of surrender of the Lease by Sublandlord to Landlord, except as provided in the next succeeding sentence, the Sublease and its term shall expire and come to an end as of the effective date of such expiration, termination or surrender and Subtenant shall vacate the Sublease Premises on or before such date. If the Lease or Sublandlord’s right to possession thereunder terminates for any reason prior to expiration of the Sublease, Subtenant agrees, at the written election of Landlord, to attorn to Landlord upon the then executory terms and conditions of the Sublease for the remainder of the term of the Sublease. In the event of any such election by Landlord, Landlord will not be (a) liable for any rent paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord more than one month in advance, or any security deposit paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord, unless same has been transferred to Landlord by Sublandlord; (b) liable for any act or omission of Sublandlord under the Lease, Sublease or any other agreement between Sublandlord and Subtenant or for any default of Sublandlord under any such documents which occurred prior to the effective date of the attornment; (c) subject to any defenses or offsets that Subtenant may have against Sublandlord which arose prior to the effective date of the attornment; (d) bound by any changes or modifications made to the Sublease without the written consent of Landlord, or (e) liable for the any payment, credit, offset or amount due from Sublandlord to Subtenant under the Sublease. If Landlord does not elect to have Subtenant attorn to Landlord as described above, the Sublease and all rights of Subtenant in the Sublease Premises shall terminate upon the date of termination of the Lease or Sublandlord’s right to possession thereunder. The terms of this Section 8 supersede any contrary provisions in the Sublease.

 

9.

Payments Under the Sublease . If at any time Sublandlord is in default under the terms of the Lease or a petition is filed by or against Sublandlord to declare Sublandlord bankrupt or seeking a plan of reorganization or arrangement under the Bankruptcy Act, or any amendment or substitution therefor, Landlord shall have the right to contact Subtenant and require Subtenant to pay all rent due under the Sublease directly to Landlord until such time as Sublandlord has cured such default. Subtenant agrees to pay such sums directly to Landlord if requested by Landlord, and Sublandlord agrees that any such sums paid by Subtenant shall be deemed applied against


  any sums owed by Subtenant under the Sublease. Any such sums received by Landlord from Subtenant shall be received by Landlord on behalf of Sublandlord and shall be applied by Landlord to any sums past due under the Lease, in such order of priority as required under the Lease or, if the Lease is silent in such regard, then in such order of priority as Landlord deems appropriate. The receipt of such funds by Landlord shall in no manner be deemed to create a direct lease or sublease between Landlord and Subtenant.

 

10. Payment to Landlord . Sublandlord shall pay to Landlord, no later than ten (10) days after invoice, Landlord’s attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with reviewing the Sublease and reviewing and negotiating this Agreement. Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge that Landlord is entitled to fifty percent (50%) of all “Transfer Consideration” (as defined in Section 14.3 of the Lease) in connection with a sublease; and Sublandlord and Subtenant represent and warrant to Landlord that there is no Transfer Consideration in connection with the Sublease. For the avoidance of doubt, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby disclose to Landlord that, as an inducement to Subtenant to vacate the Premises in a timely manner, Sublandlord has agreed to reimburse Subtenant for certain relocation costs and tenant improvement costs relating to Subtenant’s relocation to new premises, as specifically provided for in the Sublease; and Landlord acknowledges that such payment is to be made by Sublandlord to Subtenant as provided for in the Sublease and that such payment shall not constitute Transfer Consideration.

 

11. Brokerage Commissions . Landlord shall not be responsible to pay any fee or commission payable or claimed to be payable to any broker or finder in connection with the Sublease. Sublandlord shall be solely responsible to pay any fee or commission payable or claimed to be payable to any broker or finder in connection with the Sublease. Sublandlord and Subtenant, jointly and severally, shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, actions, losses, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) arising out of or related to any claim for commission or other compensation made by any broker or finder based on the Sublease.

 

12. Civil Code Section 1938 Disclosure . Landlord hereby discloses, and Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby acknowledge, that neither the Sublease Premises nor the Building has been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist.

 

13. Authority . Each signatory of this Agreement represents hereby that he or she has the authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting.

 

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts each of which is deemed an original but together constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed in so-called “pdf” format and each party has the right to rely upon pdf counterparts of this Agreement signed by the other parties to the same extent as if such party had received original counterparts.

 

15.

Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between or among Landlord, Sublandlord or Subtenant in any way related to this Agreement, and whether involving contract or tort claims, the non-prevailing party or parties shall pay to the prevailing party or parties all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and expenses of any type, without restriction by statute, court rule or otherwise, incurred by the prevailing party or parties in connection with such action or proceeding (including any appeal and the enforcement of any judgment or award), whether or not the dispute is litigated or prosecuted to final judgment (collectively, “ Fees ”). The “prevailing party or parties” shall be determined based upon an assessment of which parties’ major arguments


  or positions taken in the action or proceeding could fairly be said to have prevailed (whether by compromise, settlement, abandonment by the other party or parties of its claim or defense, final decision, after any appeals or otherwise) over the other parties’ major arguments or positions on major disputed issues. Any Fees incurred in enforcing a judgment shall be recoverable separately from any other amount included in the judgment and shall survive and not be merged in the judgment.

 

16. Miscellaneous . The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall not be used in the interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California and contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto. Each of Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledges that, as of the date hereof, Landlord is not in default in the performance of any of its obligations under the Lease and that neither Sublandlord nor Subtenant has any claims or setoffs of any kind. This Agreement has been fully negotiated at arms’ length between the signatories hereto, after advice by counsel and other representatives chosen by such signatories, and such signatories are fully informed with respect thereto. Based on the foregoing, the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed as a whole according to their common meaning and not strictly for or against any party. Wherever the term “ including ” is used in this Agreement, it shall be interpreted as meaning “including, but not limited to” the matter or matters thereafter enumerated. The term “ business days ” means Monday through Friday, excluding State and Federal holidays.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord, Sublandlord and Subtenant have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

LANDLORD:   
           

F1 STEVENSON, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

  
           
By:   

Forward One, LLC,

a California limited liability company

  
Its:    Manager   
           
   By:     

 

Forward Time Corporation,

a California corporation

  
   Its:      Manager   
           
        By:       /s/ Belinda Zen   
        

Belinda Zen,

President

  

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON NEXT PAGE]


SUBLANDLORD:

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Carrie Dolan
Name: Carrie Dolan
Title: CFO
SUBTENANT:
TEACHSCAPE, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Jon Corbett
Print Name: Jon Corbett
Title: VP Finance


EXHIBIT E

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (“ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of October  17 , 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between F1 STEVENSON, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Forward One, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Forward One ”), as landlord, and Teachscape, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Teachscape ”), as tenant, entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated November 14, 2013 (the “ Lease ”) with respect to certain premises containing approximately 25,908 rentable square feet and consisting of the entire 19th and 20th floors (the “ Premises ”) of the 23 story office building located at 71 Stevenson Street, San Francisco California 94105 (the “ Building ”).

B. Landlord is the successor-in-interest to Forward One, and is the current owner of the Building.

C. As of the date hereof, Teachscape has assigned to Tenant, and Tenant has assumed, the rights and obligations of Teachscape under the Lease pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease of even date herewith. Landlord has consented to such assignment and assumption of the Lease pursuant to that certain Landlord Consent to Assignment and Assumption of Lease of even date herewith made and entered into by and among Landlord, Teachscape and Tenant.

D. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease in accordance with the following terms and conditions.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual obligations and covenants contained in this Amendment, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

2. Repayment of Unamortized Free Rent . In the Basic Lease Information, the sentence following the table of Base Rent is hereby deleted and the following is substituted in place thereof:

“If Tenant commits an Event of Default (as defined in Section 15.1 ), then the unamortized portion of the Base Rent for the period of March 1, 2014 through May 31, 2014 shall be immediately due and payable at the rate of $45.00 per rentable square foot per annum, such unamortized portion of such Base Rent to be determined on a straight line basis over the initial 5-year Term of the Lease.”


3. Option to Extend . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that Tenant shall have the right to exercise the Option to extend the Term of the Lease for an additional term of five (5) years pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of Section 2.2 of the Lease. Accordingly, the second sentence of Section 2.2 of the Lease is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the words “Teachscape, Inc.” where they appear and substituting therefor the words “LendingClub Corporation.”

4. Security Deposit .

(a) LendingClub Security Deposit . Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Amendment, Tenant shall provide a Security Deposit to Landlord in the cash amount of $194,310.00 (the “ LendingClub Security Deposit ”). No later than five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the LendingClub Security Deposit, Landlord shall return to Teachscape the Security Deposit initially provided by Teachscape under the Lease (i.e., cash in the amount of $97,155.00 and a letter of credit in the amount of $291,465.00). Accordingly, in the Basic Lease Information, the provisions of the section titled “Security Deposit” are hereby amended to refer to the LendingClub Security Deposit and the term “Security Deposit” when used in the Lease (as modified by this Amendment) shall refer to the LendingClub Security Deposit. Teachscape is an express third party beneficiary of Landlord’s covenants and obligations under the second sentence above.

(b) Revision of Article 4 of Lease . Article 4 of the Lease (consisting of Section 4.1 through Section 4.5) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following.

4. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the amount specified in the Basic Lease Information as the Security Deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”), as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord may (but shall have no obligation to) use the Security Deposit or any portion thereof to cure any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, to fulfill any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or to compensate Landlord for any damage Landlord incurs as a result of Tenant’s failure to perform any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. In such event Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand an amount sufficient to replenish the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant is not in default at the expiration or termination of this Lease and has fully performed all of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Security Deposit or the balance thereof then held by Landlord and not applied as provided above. Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with Landlord’s general and other funds. Landlord shall not be required to pay interest on the Security Deposit to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives (i) California Civil Code Section 1950.7, as amended or recodified from time to time, and any and all other laws, rules and regulations, now or hereafter in force, applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“ Security Deposit Laws ”), and (ii) any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Security Deposit may be retained and applied by Landlord (a) to offset all Rent (as defined in Section 3.3 ) which is unpaid either before or after the termination of this Lease, and (b) against other damages suffered by Landlord before or after the termination of this Lease, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 1950.7 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, AND ALL OTHER SECURITY DEPOSIT LAWS, NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE, WHICH PROVIDE THAT LANDLORD MAY CLAIM FROM A SECURITY DEPOSIT ONLY THOSE


SUMS REASONABLY NECESSARY TO REMEDY DEFAULTS IN THE PAYMENT OF RENT, TO REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED BY TENANT OR TO CLEAN THE PREMISES, IT BEING AGREED THAT LANDLORD MAY, IN ADDITION, CLAIM THOSE SUMS REASONABLY NECESSARY TO COMPENSATE LANDLORD FOR ANY OTHER LOSS OR DAMAGE, FORESEEABLE OR UNFORESEEABLE, CAUSED BY THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF TENANT OR ANY OFFICER, EMPLOYEE, AGENT, CONTRACTOR OR INVITEE OF TENANT.

Tenant’s Initials:

5. Landlord’s Furniture . Landlord hereby acknowledges that it does not own any of the furniture located in the Premises and, accordingly, Section 1.4 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety.

6. Tenant’s Address for Notices . From and after the date hereof, Tenant’s address for notices under the Lease shall be the following:

LendingClub Corporation

71 Stevenson Street, 3rd Floor

San Francisco, California 94105

Attn: Carrie Dolan

With a copy to:

Shartsis Friese, LLP

One Maritime Plaza, Suite 1800

San Francisco, California 94111

Attn: David H. Kremer, Esq.

7. Warranty of Authority . Tenant and the individuals signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant hereby represent and warrant to Landlord that: (i) Tenant has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and that he or she is authorized to sign on behalf of Tenant; (ii) this Amendment has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by Tenant and no other authorization or third party consent is required; and (iii) this Amendment is enforceable against Tenant in accordance with its terms.

8. Brokers . Tenant acknowledges that it has retained Avison Young as its real estate broker in connection with the transaction pertaining to this Amendment. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has dealt directly with and only with Avison Young as a broker in connection with the transaction pertaining to this Amendment. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all claims of any brokers other than Avison Young claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with the transaction pertaining to this Amendment. Tenant shall pay Avison Young a commission in connection with the transaction pertaining to this Amendment pursuant to a separate agreement between Avison Young and Tenant.

9. Miscellaneous .

(a) In the event of any litigation arising out of or in connection with this Amendment, the prevailing party shall be awarded reasonable attorneys’ fees, cost and expenses.


(b) Tenant agrees that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord is not in default under any term or condition of the Lease. The Lease, as modified herein, remains in full force and effect and is ratified by Landlord and Tenant. In the event of any conflict between the Lease and this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

(c) This Amendment is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

(d) This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

(e) This document may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(f) Landlord hereby discloses, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that neither the Premises nor the Building has been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist.

(g) This Amendment has been fully negotiated at arms’ length between the signatories hereto, after advice by counsel and other representatives chosen by such signatories, and such signatories are fully informed with respect thereto. Based on the foregoing, the provisions of this Amendment shall be construed as a whole according to their common meaning and not strictly for or against any party.

[SIGNATURES COMMENCE ON NEXT PAGE

NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this First Amendment to Lease Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:      TENANT:

F1 STEVENSON, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

    

LENDINGCLUB CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:    Forward One, LLC,       
   a California limited liability company      By:  

/s/ Carrie Dolan

Its:    Manager      Name: Carrie Dolan
              Title: CFO
   By:   

Forward Time Corporation,

a California corporation

      
   Its:    Manager       
      By:   

/s/ Belinda Zen

      
        

Belinda Zen,

President

      

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY TEACHSCAPE:

Teachscape is not a party to this Amendment, but remains liable under the Lease following its assignment of the Lease to Tenant. Accordingly, by its signature below, Teachscape acknowledges this Amendment and confirms its continuing liability under the Lease.

 

TEACHSCAPE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Jon Corbett
Print Name: Jon Corbett
Title: VP Finance

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement (“Registration Statement”) No. 333-198393 on Form S-1 of our report dated March 31, 2014 (except for note 1 as it relates to stock splits and note 3, as to which the date is October 17, 2014), relating to the consolidated financial statements of LendingClub Corporation as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

November 16, 2014

San Francisco, CA

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have issued our report dated April 1, 2013 (except as to Note 1 as it relates to stock splits, which is as of October 17, 2014), with respect to the consolidated financial statements included in this Registration Statement and Prospectus for the nine months ended December 31, 2012 and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 of LendingClub Corporation. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

San Francisco, CA

November 16, 2014

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

We have issued our reports dated March 28, 2014, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 for Springstone Financial, LLC, with respect to the financial statements and supplementary information included in this Registration Statement on Form S-1. We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the aforementioned reports, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”

/s/ Auerr, Zajac & Associates, LLP

Franklin, Massachusetts

November 17, 2014